Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

Chifuyu can hear his ears ringing. After all this time...

Baji stands in front of him, his face and shirt smeared with blood. He hurriedly entered the pet store, with his biker jacket ripped on one arm. Blood soaks his jeans, and he grits his teeth so rigidly it's visibly painful.

After all this time... His thoughts immediately go back to their old life, to when they were part of the Toman. They haven't been in a gang for years, but the last time he saw Baji covered in blood was during one of those fights, and-

Something falls to the ground with a dull noise. It's the carrier Kazutora was holding in his hands, luckily it's empty. They both walk closer, Baji is barely standing on his legs, his face is contracted in a grimace of pain. He opens his jacket with trembling hands. On his fingers there is blood, it stains the fur of the creature hidden under there.

"It's... it's alive."

It's a rabbit, and the moment Chifuyu grabs the creature, getting it to safety, Baji collapses to the ground.

*

Kazutora is shaking. He is in shock, the floor is smeared with blood. Is that a piece of wood stuck in Baji's leg?

"We have to take him to the hospital!" exclaims Chifuyu, as he grabs the carrier that has fallen to the floor, and puts the animal Keisuke brought with him in there.

His heart gallops rapidly in his chest, he sees himself with a knife in his hands, and Baji lying on the ground in a pool of blood. He sees himself as a fifteen years old again, ready to make the worst mistake of his life, his mind fully dissociated from reality. He struggles to breathe. What has happened?

"Hanemiya!"

Kazutora blinks, forcing air into his lungs. Takemichi's fist deviated the knife's trajectory, the ambulance arrived in time. Nothing irreparable happened, and nothing will happen this time either. Baji cannot die. There is so much blood, and he sees himself wearing the Valhalla uniform again, in that battlefield.

Chifuyu is talking on the phone. He can barely understand what he is saying. The ambulance, Matsuno is calling the ambulance. Breathe Kazutora, breathe, he says to himself. He is no longer a teenager, he is no longer....

"They'll be here in a few minutes," Chifuyu says. "There has to be some gauze in the clinic, something..." Baji is the veterinarian among them. He is the only one who could, perhaps, do something.

They try anyway, dabbing at the blood but not touching that piece of wood stuck in his leg. He feels so useless, but neither of them stops trying until the ambulance sirens can be heard in the distance.

"I'm going with him," Kazutora states.

Chifuyu looks at him. "Are you... are you sure?"

He has always hated hospitals. Bandages and medicines remind him of his mother, they remind him of every defeat he suffered against a rival gang. He went so far as to have Mitsuya sew up one of his wounds once, just to avoid going to the emergency room. It got infected, and he still didn't go to the hospital.

"Yes."

*

"I'm sorry... I scared you both," laughs Baji. His face is paler than usual. It's night, the full moon outside the window casts a silvery light on his features. "How is the rabbit?"

Kazutora sighs. "The rabbit is fine." He, and Chifuyu, a little less so. "Don't scare us like that ever again."

The injuries are, fortunately, less serious than they look. Baji's bike swerved to avoid hitting an abandoned bunny in the middle of the road, and he crashed into a wooden fence. Instead of calling one of them to immediately get medical treatment, he chased the rabbit for who knows how long, and then walked to the pet store and veterinary clinic they run, with the terrified animal stuffed into his jacket. This is the reason his clothes were soaked in blood. The only serious injury is the one on his leg, but Baji is going to be fine. They have already updated Chifuyu, who will be there shortly.

"Sorry" Baji smiles, but he doesn't look like he's feeling all that guilty. Kazutora is not surprised, Keisuke is a veterinarian who has just rescued an animal. On one hand he can understand him, on the other...

"If you died it would be... horrible," he tells him, looking out the window.

"I think... I've never been so attached to life," Baji replies, with one of those all-canine smiles of his that, even in such a situation, make the world a little better.

Chapter Text

"Are you really doing this all because you are in love with her?"

He's never asked that before. He never really cared. All he wanted was a jolt of adrenaline capable of shaking up that gray world in which he found himself living. Kisaki gave him not just one, but two, three, four of these jolts. With Kisaki every day is vibrant and full of color. Finally blood is red again, sky is blue, and the grass so green it lingers in his mind. Finally waking up in the morning, walking the streets of Tokyo, or why not, even beating someone until he knocks out a couple of teeth, is fun again, exhilarating. 

Hanma never wanted anything different. He chose to follow Kisaki on impulse, because he liked that guy at first sight. Not even a week later he had already realized he wasn't wrong. Kisaki always manages to entertain and amuse him with one of those amazing mental schemes of his, that always lead to someone else's downfall, and Hanma couldn't be more delighted. He doesn't need anything else, so why did that question come out of his mouth?

Kisaki gives him a long look, with that stern expression, and an irritated frown only partly hidden by the frame of his glasses. They are walking along a riverside, the sun is setting. Hanma's question was humorous, of course. Shuji is not an expert, but he has seen how love works, before his father left home and everything went to shit. He remembers his parents' relationship, and he knows that, if you love someone, you don't say, "If she doesn't choose me in the end, I'll make sure no one else can have her."

Kisaki didn't open up to him, that's obvious. He didn't tell him his aims, his ultimate goal, he merely used Hanma as the best of his pawns. Shuji never had anything to complain about. He is happy to be used by someone like Tetta Kisaki, because Tetta Kisaki is the most interesting person he has ever met in his lifetime.  

They started to see each other more often, as time went on. Their age difference is a minor detail when they have their uniforms on, and are around people or on a battlefield, but in the daily routine... Hanma was his first in several ways. He made him smoke his first cigarette, and he also gave him his first motorcycle ride, before Kisaki started using him as his private driver. He did Kisaki's first piercing, with a gun stolen from a mall. Kisaki's first kiss and first blowjob goes to Hanma's credit, and of course also his first bottle of beer. He discovered that even Kisaki's tongue melts with alcohol, and he was delighted by it. Tetta refused to touch a beer again after that experience, but it was really worth it.

It's fun, really. Kisaki is so much smarter than him, he's basically a genius, but on an emotional level? Hanma, who has lost count of the number of times he has run away from home, who has never even had a friendship worth that name, let alone a romantic relationship, understands it more than Kisaki. Maybe that's why they work so well together: they are both utterly screwed in the head, albeit in different ways.

"It's none of your business," Kisaki replies.

Hanma wonders if he is really convinced he is in love, and not just obsessed with an idea, a person, multiple people. Climbing to the top of Toman, becoming Mikey's right-hand man, marrying Hinata, destroying Takemichi....

It doesn't matter. As long as Kisaki keeps entertaining him, giving color to his days, Hanma will be by his side.

-

"You no longer have a reason to follow me."

Kisaki is stuck on a hospital bed. He has been there for months now, almost a year. It's a miracle he is still alive, but the doctors couldn't save his right arm. The hospitalization will be long, Hanma knows this even though he hasn't spoken to anyone, because it's obvious. He can tell by the number of machines connected to Kisaki, but also by his medical records, and by the expression on his parents' faces. He hasn't spoken to them, they don't even know who he is. They certainly wouldn't approve, and not just because he is still a fugitive. He looked at them from a distance and immediately understood: neither of them expected Kisaki to open his eyes again.

Tetta did open his eyes again, however, and Hanma sneaked into the private hospital where he is staying. The security is, fortunately for him, ridiculous. There is a single guard who pretends to watch during the night, but is actually more interested in the movie he's playing on the computer screen. The handful of nurses and janitors who work at that hour don't enter the rooms unless there is an emergency.

Shuji knows what Kisaki is thinking. Reduced to that condition, there is very little Tetta can plan about. Not in the immediate future, not after nearly a year of coma, first pharmacological, and then actual. The world has moved on but not Kisaki, Toman has been disbanded, and the old members... honestly Hanma hasn't kept himself up to date. He heard rumors, but he didn't care to really listen.

According to their old agreement, Hanma no longer has a reason to be Kisaki's right-hand man, to execute his orders. Tetta told him he would get rid of him if Hanma ever stopped being useful, when they met. He made very clear he was just a disposable tool, and instead Kisaki is now the one who expects to be left behind.

He can understand that. Shuji chose to stick by his side only because no one can bring light and color to his world the way Kisaki does. It makes sense for Tetta to think he can't do anything like that while stuck on a hospital bed, after all this time.

It feels like a lifetime has gone by since that damn truck, since the moment everything changed, even though in reality the accident dates back to not even two years earlier. Hanma felt something breaking in his chest when he saw Kisaki in a pool of blood, in the middle of that road. He hadn't cried in years, he didn't even think he was still able to, and instead his eyes turned into a flood. 

He thought Kisaki had died in a wonderful, perfect way, and the overload of emotion sent his brain into meltdown. He thought it would have been better to die himself, than to feel that emptiness in his chest.

Hanma realized it at that moment. Kisaki probably mistook an unhealthy obsession for love - or maybe he really is in love with Hinata, in a twisted and sick way, but it doesn't matter - But Shuji, on the other hand... he's in it deep. 

He can't tell him. Not now, not while Kisaki is on that hospital bed... soon, probably.

Hanma reaches out a hand over his, the only one Kisaki still has. Tetta's hand practically disappears into his palm, and it's a familiar contact, one that makes him feel something warm in his chest. "I'm sure you'll find a way to entertain me again," he tells him. For the first time in months, he is smiling again.

Chapter Text

They are in the warehouse between the stairwells, in the building where both he and Baji live. This is nothing new, it's the same place where, for the past year, Chifuyu and his captain have been meeting at night at least twice a week. They used to go there and chat, talking about everything and nothing for hours. Now instead, he finds himself pressed between Baji's body and Kazutora's. It still feels unbelievable. Chifuyu doesn't quite know how it happened; or rather, he does know, but his mind can't still fully wrap around it.

They left Bloody Halloween behind them. He has been on edge, tense as if walking on the edge of a precipice, the whole time. He trusts them both, Chifuyu knew everything would work out for the best, and yet... sometimes it still feels like it's not real.

"Fuyu..." Baji whispers, with his lips on his neck. His captain is behind him, and Matsuno can feel Keisuke's hard-on pressing against his buttocks, and that warm body he loves so much against his back. Baji is a set of sharp, sexy muscles, but he is also the dearest person Chifuyu has in the world. Feeling him so close is amazing, Baji is passionate and intense in everything he does, and Chifuyu feels so lucky to have him still there with him.

He slowly opens his eyes, and finds himself mirrored in Zakutora's, a yellow so vibrant it leaves him breathless. "Can I...?" murmurs Hanemiya, his hand is stroking Chifuyu's abdomen, close to the elastic band of his underwear.

"Yes..." gasps Matsuno, it still feels unreal, and so good, so intense.

It's not a twist he had expected, but Chifuyu couldn't ask for anything different.

As always, he lets Kazutora do what he wants. He is always happy to accept whatever Hanemiya can give him, at his own pace and without forcing the situation. If Kazutora realizes how much he and Baji treat him with kid gloves, he has never mentioned it. Neither of them really knows how Kazutora did in the reformatory, apart from a few details about the two henchmen he picked up and took with him to Valhalla, but they are well aware of one thing: Hanemiya is unpredictable, and sometimes he has reactions that could be a result of his complicated family history, as well as a consequence of the traumas he has experienced since Toman was founded.

Kazutora is a bit more stable now that Baji is by his side and plans to stay there, Valhalla no longer exists, and his unlikely friendship with Hanma has been cut short the very moment Mikey kicked Kisaki out of Toman. Not hanging out with certain lunatics can only do good to him, just like getting back among his old friends, even if relationships are still tense and delicate.

Chifuyu's eyes close when he feels a pair of soft, warm lips on his own. Hanemiya is kissing him as he strokes his abdomen with one hand, and Chifuyu's muscles tense under his fingers. It's so good. Matsuno murmurs Kazutora's name, or maybe it's Baji's. He calls them both, pressed between them, under the leopard-printed plaid Hanemiya brought there months ago.

It all started one night when Chifuyu climbed up to Baji's bedroom window, using the fire escape as he has done dozens of other times, and instead of the occasional stray cat he saw Kazutora in his room. Hanemiya had just come out of the reformatory, with his mind upside down and a badly placed desire for revenge, created by so much suffering.

Chifuyu heard them talking until they caught him. From there on, the three of them went together to that warehouse. It obviously took some time, and some beer, for them to start doing what they are currently doing, but Chifuyu knew all about Baji's plan, he knew he wasn't a traitor. He figured it out on his own, and then he cornered him by openly asking about it. He didn't doubt him even when Baji beat the crap out of him in order to enter Valhalla, and he is greatly relieved now that Bloody Halloween has ended, and all three of them are still together.

Chifuyu trembles at feeling them so close. That's all he needs, a possible disaster finally over, and both of them pressed against him. Kazutora's hand slips into his briefs, wrapping itself around his dick. Chifuyu is breathless for a few moments, only to let go a shuddering sigh seconds later.

When Takemichi told him about his time travels, about his mission, Chifuyu believed him. It was crazy, nonsensical, but deep inside Chifuyu knew it was all true. It wasn't anything rational, just a feeling in his stomach, which became more and more intense as weeks, and then months, went by. Then, the dreams started.

Chifuyu believed he was fantasizing it all, at first. He believed that his overwhelmed mind had reprocessed Takemichi's stories in a bad way. Even now he still somewhat thinks so, Chifuyu always tries to rationalize, but how could he stay indifferent after seeing a future in which Baji dies, and Kazutora ends up in prison for ten years? How could he wake up without screaming, and not be affected for hours, for whole days?

Those thoughts are snatched from his mind when Baji bites him on the neck. The sharp canines make him wince, a twinge runs through his entire body, immediately eased by the tongue rubbing over the injured area, wet and warm. "Don't get distracted..." murmurs Baji, and then he presses his hips against Matsuno's, through the fabric of his jeans. It's a contact capable of sending yet another shiver through him. "It's all over."

It's all over. Bloody Halloween has ended, no one has been hurt, no one has died. Baji is there with them, Valhalla no longer exists. Kazutora is back in Toman, and although it will take time to repair the relationships between the various members, even if there are still tensions, Chifuyu couldn't be happier than he is now, with both of them pressed on him, with Baji's hands pulling his pants down, and Kazutora touching him with slow, yet sharp strokes that foretell something more.

He knows this is only the start. He knows he can expect much, much more from them over the course of that night.

Chapter Text

It's still deep in the night. Kisaki has been waiting, arms folded across his chest, for nearly an hour. If he didn't already know the details of the fight that has just ended, he would be nervous by now, and not just exasperated.

Hanma's phone is turned off, and Kisaki wants to return home and just go to sleep, but unfortunately he can't do so without his bike ride. Moebius hasn't defeated Toman, but Tetta expected that result, and he already has a new plan. He studied it months ago, he certainly wasn't caught unprepared. Toman's victory is irritating, but in one way it's good that things turned out like that, because Plan B is less linear, and more fun than the one that has just ended. 

Kisaki is ready to offer Mikey something he can’t refuse: the ex-Moebius numerical force. The goal was to merge the two gangs regardless of the winner, and that's what Tetta will obtain in the end. He'll get to the top of Toman one way or another, it matters little whether through Moebius, Valhalla, or by gaining Mikey's trust in a different way. His plan is fail-proof, and a number of pawns are going to be included in it. Hanma will have some fun, put in charge of a brutal gang.

Temporary defeat is a minor trifle. That's not the problem; the problem is that his most important underling, the one who will shortly be put in charge of Valhalla, has practically disappeared after the confrontation. He knows Hanma was on the battlefield, he knows he left on his motorcycle.

Hanma wasn't manipulated by him. Shuji is following him just for the fun of it, according to what Kisaki understands of his babbling, and that could be a problem.

Kisaki plans to wait there even for two, three hours, and if Hanma doesn't show up he'll go after him himself. At that point Shuji can only hope he's had an accident serious enough to prevent him from standing on his own feet, because otherwise Kisaki will break his legs himself.

Hanma has never given him any reason to be doubtful, but Tetta trusts no one on principle. Anyone can betray, if confronted with the right offer, and on top of that Shuji has no real reason to be loyal to him, not one that sounds good enough for Kisaki.

Eventually, Hanma finally shows up at the meeting place. Shibuya station is half-deserted at that hour, there are very few trains leaving and arriving, and most of the people who do nightlife sleep in hotels. He would have chosen a different place, if it hadn't been pouring down for hours.

He should have chosen a different place anyway, he realizes, upon seeing Hanma walking in his direction soaking wet, and with his white shirt splattered with blood. 

"Where's your bike?" he asks, eyeing him from head to toe.

"The old wreck has already stopped working," Hanma has a relaxed sneer on his lips.

"What about your cell phone?"

"Battery's dead."

Kisaki snorts. Telling Hanma to steal a motorcycle from a car wrecking yard wasn't the best idea, it turns out. He did it because private vehicles are all trackable, as are those at dealerships. If Hanma had stolen a motorcycle that wasn't supposed to end up at the junkyard, a lawsuit would have ensued, and they would have a whole different set of problems now. 

It's ridiculous that the second in command of a motorcycle gang was left stranded by his bike, and Kisaki should do something about it. Had the engine died before the fight, and not after, it would have been a big problem. It is, at least in part, Hanma's fault. Shuji chose which vehicle to steal more for the sake of aesthetics than efficiency, but it's also true that he couldn't fill that role in Moebius riding a moped. 

It's irritating to find out that something went wrong, especially when it's a minor detail for which Kisaki hadn't planned an option. It doesn't matter if the fault lies partly with Hanma, and his judgment skills. It was Kisaki who formulated that plan, and it didn't fully work out.

His subordinate sneezes, and Kisaki grabs him by the arm, and drags him inside the train station. Shuji's knuckles are covered in blood, it's not clear whether it's his or someone else's. Sure enough, there are abrasions on his hands. As usual, Hanma jumped into the fight, and didn't stop until he heard police sirens. 

He doesn't ask if he has any spare clothes, he already knows the answer. A foresighted person would have stuffed at least one clean shirt into the motorcycle seat, or into one of the station lockers, before showing up on a battlefield with a white T-shirt, but that's not how Hanma thinks. The inside of the station is not empty, and even if at least half the people waiting for a train three hours in advance are drunk, attracting attention is still not a good thing. 

He should have chosen an hour hotel as the meeting place, perhaps one of those run by the Yakuza, where no one calls the police at the sight of a little blood, or because of their age. He would have been asked for his ID anyway, Kisaki doesn't have enough connections. He has to find them.

He drags him all the way to the restroom, and says, "Get cleaned up. I'll go to the conbini and come back." It's the only store open at that hour.

-

When Kisaki returns to the bathroom, he finds him sitting on the floor, under the electric hand dryer. Hanma gives him an overly broad half-smirk-half-smile, and Kisaki merely raises an eyebrow, because that thing is doing very little to dry the guy out.

If possible, Shuji looks even wetter than before, and he is shaking noticeably. Much of the blood has been washed away, as the red-stained sink confirms. There are no cameras in there, Kisaki has already checked, but someone may walk in at any time.

"Here," he tells him, handing him the bag with the conbini logo he has in his hands.

Hanma looks inside, and his smile grows even wider. "You're spoiling me."

"I don't need an underling with pneumonia."

Hanma gets to his feet, and pulls off his shirt, without moving from in front of the hand dryer. He is basically using it like a heater. With his height, and with the device pointed at the floor, he's definitely getting very little heat from it.

Now that Shuji has at least summarily cleaned himself up, Kisaki gets to see the extent of his injuries. It's nothing serious, just as he expected. His knuckles are scraped, and Hanma struggles to move his hands, but it's probably more from the cold that has entered his bones than from the wounds themselves. He has a graze on his right arm, but what Kisaki didn't expect is the hematoma on his torso, previously hidden by the shirt.

"Mikey?" he asks. There are very few people who can hit a guy with a reputation that has earned him the nickname 'Shinigami of Kabukicho.'

"Draken," Hanma's lips part in a grin. "Mikey gave me this one," he states, showing his forearm. Kisaki wasn't on that battlefield, but the dynamics are nevertheless clear. Hanma must have blocked Mikey's kick with his arm.

"I want to kill them both..." Shuji is laughing, he sounds like a kid in a candy store. "I'll kill them both next time! Kisaaaaki~"

"Hm?"

"You're always the best! Only you can entertain me like this."

Kisaki raises an eyebrow. Hanma is always... ridiculous.

"Put your shirt on before someone comes in."

Shuji laughs, and grabs the square plastic package, which contains a T-shirt, from inside the bag. "It's black," notices the future vice head of Valhalla, but he utters that phrase with a flirtatious tone, as if there's a secret they both know behind that color. Kisaki doesn't want to ruin his mind trips, but if Hanma doesn't shut the fuck up, he'll tell him the truth: it was the only XXL size shirt available, oversized like every other one Hanma wears. There's really no improbable secret meaning behind the color.

Shuji slips it on with some difficulty, he is still shivering from the cold. Then he lifts the bag from the ground once more, and says, "You also brought disinfectant and band-aids..."

Kisaki watches him grab the bottle, and let it slip from his hand. He keeps his gaze on him for a few moments, then bends down to catch it. "I'll do it," he says, sighing in exasperation. He has no idea what time it is, but he wouldn't be surprised if the sun were already rising.

Kisaki can picture the expression on Hanma's face before he even starts to disinfect his knuckles and forearm, and a few moments later he discovers he wasn't wrong. Predictably, Shuji is staring at him as if Kisaki is doing something amazing instead of using toilet paper, taken from the bathroom and soaked in disinfectant, to clean up his bruises. He owes him nothing of the sort, both of them are aware of this. He did it instinctively, because Hanma that lets a bottle slip from his hand is a pitiful sight to see even once, there is no need to replicate. 

Shuji is not badly hurt, his are little more than scratches, so he tells him, "Dry your hair with your free hand in the meantime."

"Okaaay~"

Hanma is in a good mood. Far too good of a mood for someone who has just lost a fight. For a while Kisaki ignores him, focusing only on the various scrapes Shuji has on his hands and arm. Once he is finished with the disinfectant, he opens a couple of band-aids and places them on his knuckles. It's just a precaution, they are not real wounds - if they were, he would now be reevaluating the usefulness of his underling - but they are bleeding.

When he looks up at him, Shuji is holding a travel hair dryer, bought in the conbini, above his head, and he is staring intently at the band-aids already applied. "Give me your other hand," Kisaki tells him. 

Soon the trains will start up again, and they'll be able to go home, even without a motorcycle. Hanma still has to make a report. There's not much to tell, Kisaki already knows the details, but at this point he'll ask him if only to justify all the time he's wasting there.

With the sound of the hair dryer in the background, he barely realizes that Hanma's stomach is grumbling. He lifts his gaze to him, and Shuji shrugs his shoulders. "I haven't eaten yet."

"Once we're done, let's go get something in the conbini. You still have to make a report."

Hanma's eyes light up. "You're buying me dinner, on top of everything else? I might fall in love," he chuckles.

Kisaki stares at him blankly for a few moments. "I'll buy you a precooked ramen at most," he replies, deadpanning. There is no way Hanma is serious. No one can be that easy.

"Precooked ramen is fine," laughs Shuji.

Kisaki hates himself a little, when he finds himself thinking that, if the McDonald's opened in the meantime, they could go there to eat.

Chapter Text

The housekeeper's face went white, when she saw them enter the house. "It's just ketchup," he told the woman, a lie so stupid that not even an idiot would have believed it. It was just a little show of superiority. That ridiculous little act served to tell Hanma that the woman is completely subjugated to him, that Kisaki can bring someone like Shuji - someone over six feet tall, with dyed hair, tattooed hands, and blood-spattered clothes - into the house without the smallest consequence. Hanma was, predictably, delighted.

It's actually funny, but all of this happened about fifteen minutes ago. He dragged Hanma into the bathroom, told him, "Get cleaned up," and left while his underling, who recently beat the crap out of a guy on Kisaki's account, slipped off his shirt.

Tetta is now sitting on his bed, his back leaning against the built-in closet. He has a math book on his lap, and is flipping through the pages. There's nothing really difficult, he's just solving some formulas while waiting. It's more of a pastime for him than a real exercise, it's ridiculous that the academic level of his class is so low. He would enroll in a far more challenging private class if he didn't have more important things to think about.

He took Hanma there because Shuji got carried away, blood splattered on his clothes and also on his face, and they passed two police cars as they rode away on their motorcycle. His house was nearby, and Kisaki knows the housekeeper won't say a single word to his parents. The woman is afraid of him, and besides, there would be no point in doing so. Even though the one who pays her salary is his father, his parents are hardly at home (and even more hardly involved in certain petty nonsense, such as informing themselves about who their son hangs out with, and what he does), and the staff doesn't want to antagonize the one person who really uses that house.

Hanma had no big reactions upon seeing the house where Kisaki lives. Tetta had no big reaction either, in reconfirming that his subordinate is less stupid than people think of him. Hanma expected Kisaki to be from a good family, even though he has never told him openly. He must have realized it by watching him handle, at one time, more bills than boys their age normally see in an entire year. 

They couldn't risk being stopped by the cops just to get to the old arcade that serves as Valhalla's hideout. Letting him walk around covered in blood was not an option. It's less of a burden to let him in, than to end up with his best pawn in a juvenile prison. Shuji is useful to him, after all.

The sound of the door opening distracts him from the exercise he is finishing. Hanma enters his room shirtless, heralded by the sound of footsteps down the hallway. "There you are" He is beaming.

Kisaki barely lifts his gaze from the book.

"It was perfect! That son of a bitch didn't expect anything of the sort" Hanma is giggling, with that ecstatic expression plastered on his face. "Making him think he was our ally, to take advantage of him to the fullest, and then..." that sentence ends in a laugh.

Kisaki had fished out a possible big shot, an asshole with a father in the police force. He tried to get him into Valhalla, but soon realized it would be no use. The fucker was all too eager to join a gang, too bad he didn't even have the passwords to access his father's computer. Kisaki couldn't risk him talking, so he let Hanma shut him up. Shuji was waiting for nothing else.

Kisaki glances at him. Hanma is sitting next to him on the bed, acting as if the whole room belongs to him. He's still revved up, as he often is when he beats the crap out of someone, especially if Tetta's plan is behind it. It's nothing new, but this time they are behind closed doors, on a bed, and Shuji is too close.

"You're always the best!" Hanma laughs, moving even closer. "Perfect... you are nothing short of perfect! Everything you do, everything you plan, add color to my days like nothing else!"

"Are you on drugs?!" gasps Kisaki, trying to put some space between them. If he didn't know for sure that that's not the case, he would really have some doubts.

Hanma laughs, and moves even closer "Kisaaaki" he grins, with that sly catlike expression, and rests a hand on his arm. Kisaki's back is against the pillow of the bed in an instant, partly because he has withdrawn himself, and partly because, with their size difference, it's not difficult for Hanma to move him by weight without even trying.

Kisaki reacts by placing a foot straight in his face. "Get off," he growls through gritted teeth. The book has landed on the floor, and Shuji is far too revved up. That's not exactly a new thing, especially after a fight, but they're not usually indoors. They are not usually in his bedroom.

Kisaki gasps when he feels something wet on the sole of his foot. His face goes hot, he stares at him wide-eyed and realizes that no, he is not wrong. Hanma is really licking his foot, from the heel to the toes, with that overly broad grin still on his lips. Kisaki is a little embarrassed, a little humiliated, and even a little horrified, because that foot has been inside a sock, which itself was inside a boot. He jerks the foot away, moving it to the side. His movement allows Hanma to settle between his legs with disarming ease.

"Tetta..." murmurs Hanma, as he leans over him. He is pretty much towering over him with his body. "Do you mind if..."

He suddenly realizes what's different from usual. Hanma is aroused, and he is a bulky presence on that bed, between his own legs. He should shove him off. He feels his cheeks on fire, Shuji has a near-perfect body. He is lean, with the muscles of someone who has never gone a single day to the gym, but has spent most of his life on the streets of Tokyo, going from fight to fight.

He grits his teeth and holds back a groan, as he feels him settle better between his thighs. The friction lasts only an instant, a moment later Hanma shifts his hips a few inches, and slips a hand under his shirt. The muscles in Kisaki's abdomen contract, the air is torn from his lungs. 

"I can..." Hanma, who unlike him is doing nothing to hold back, pants. His face is flushed, his pupils dilated, and an excited grin is still on his lips. "Let me, and I'll do anything to you," his hand drops dangerously close to the zipper of Kisaki's pants. "Anything you want, I can take your dick in my mouth, I can fuck you until you forget even your name..." he licks his lips, with that lost, ecstatic expression on his face.

Shuji is quite good-looking, with that sharp face, longish figure, and that hard-to-tame allure. Kisaki didn't put a metaphorical collar around his neck, Hanma put it on himself, and Tetta is starting to understand his motives a little better. He is not sure he minds, because Hanma is made of muscles that are pleasant to stare at, and his flushed face would look all too well between his own legs. He's almost on the verge of letting him, for a moment he's actually about to give in, but he's not a fucking faggot. He likes girls, and assuming that was the case for Hanma as well was a mistake.

Kisaki clenches his teeth, and places his hands between their bodies, trying to forcefully push him away. "Get the fuck off," he growls, with their physical difference his act is pretty much useless. Hanma's face is flushed, an excited grin is on his lips, and he looks a little lost. Kisaki feels his face on fire. As if being too close wasn't enough, the asshole is still shirtless.

Hanma wastes no time, he slips a hand between their bodies and touches him between his legs, full-palm stroking the half-bulge in Kisaki's pants. Tetta cannot hold back a yelp that is half surprise and half a moan. It's humiliating, but all his resolve goes to hell when he feels that hand stroking him with the sole intent of making him hard in his pants.

He never thought he could like boys too. Fuck, all he wants is marry Hinata one day, but trying to imagine himself with a woman at that moment doesn't help at all, not when there's someone 6'3" tall, and far bigger than any girl despite being skinny and tall, between his legs. It's frustrating, the way Hanma is touching him makes his breath stop in his lungs, and his heart speeds up in his chest. He can virtually feel it beating in his throat. 

"Fuck, how perfect you are..." gasps Hanma, his lips too close to Kisak's neck. "You're everything I've ever wanted, keep entertaining me like this and I'll do anything you want, and even more..."

Kisaki tries to tell him that he doesn't want a fucking thing from him at all. He really tries, but everything that comes out of his mouth is a moan as loud as it's embarrassing. He feels his face burning, trying to close his legs has no effect, but rather it makes him feel the firmness of Shuji's body between them even more. 

Trying to push him away, he places both hands between their bodies. The muscles he finds himself touching twitch under his fingers. He accidentally brushes a nipple, but by now his face cannot get any redder. Hanma rubs harder between his legs, and Kisaki clings to his arms without even realizing it. He can't do anything at all, as the orgasm is ripped from his body, and shivers shake him from head to toe.

He digs his nails into Shuji's skin, probably. For a few moments he is unable to do anything except cling to him. He is not even sure he has not pushed his hips against the guy's hand.

It's humiliating, but Kisaki's mind rationalizes quickly. He has never been touched by anyone, it is normal that he came so quickly. Hanma is the abnormal one between the two of them. Kisaki struggles to speak. "I-I'm not a fucking faggot..." he gasps, trying to collect himself.

Hanma doesn't change his expression. That aroused, and too broad, grin doesn't leave his face. "Never said you are," he merely replies, as if Kisaki's sexual orientation were the least of his worries. It certainly is. "You came anyway, didn't you?"

"Get off!" he growls again, this time more firmly. "If we're going to do something, it's going to be with my rules."

His words have, finally, the effect of making Hanma move. "Okay," Shuji smiles, he is still on a roll. Kisaki notices only at that moment that he has left visible scratches on him, which add to a couple of old bruises. 

Hanma doesn't break eye contact as he sits back down on the bed. "Have it your way." He doesn't look like someone who minds the change of plans.

Kisaki narrows his gaze, and ignores as best as he can the wet feeling on his underwear, as he straightens his back and places a foot between Hanma's legs. It's the same one the boy licked earlier, he puts it over his cloth-covered hard-on. If he really has to give him what Hanma wants, he'll do it his way, making him remember who is in charge between them. Shuji merely lets go a sigh that sounds more like a moan, his cheeks flushed. 

Hanma himself gave him that idea, and Kisaki can't help but notice that Shuji is definitely big under the waistband of his pants. His cock is at least as long as the sole of Kisaki's foot, maybe even longer. He is not surprised by the size itself, after all Hanma is three years older than him, but the hint of interest that comes over Kisaki actually manages to surprise him. He didn't think he might care to see what Hanma has under his pants, but instead he is curious.

"We always do as I say," he emphasizes, as he rubs the sole of his foot on his dick, and is met with a loud, enthusiastic moan.

Hanma closes his eyes, a tattooed hand rests on Kisaki's foot, and presses it against the cock hidden by his pants. Kisaki doesn't hold back from putting pressure on it, and when he tries to rub it he gets another moan. Hanma's lack of self-control is nothing new, and Kisaki is not surprised when he sees him hastily unfasten his pants, and lower them along with his underwear.

He says nothing, because he is curious. He wasn't wrong, Hanma's dick is big and long. The absurd height is not the only thing in which Hanma is above the Japanese average, and Kisaki has just started puberty a couple of years ago. He quickly banishes that thought, if Hanma wanted to sleep with someone with a big dick, he wouldn't have chosen a thirteen-year-old. Shuji chose him for quite different reasons, and Kisaki knows that. He is unfortunately discovering that he doesn't dislike those attentions, although he hadn't even remotely imagined that something like that could happen, and now is not the right time to decide what to do about it.

He swallows hard when Hanma places his foot against his now naked cock. The skin-to-skin contact makes him feel how hot and wet the other boy is. It's more intense than he had expected when he let him pull his pants down, and it shouldn't be, because that's just his foot, nothing more. Kisaki is not touching him with his hands or with... with any other part of his body, it's just a foot.

"Yes..." Hanma moans, thrusting his hips against him. "Make me feel more... yes, like this..."

Kisaki is starting to feel really hot. He doesn't take off his shirt, even though part of him wants to. His body is reacting, even though he has just cum a few minutes ago.

He tries to stroke him again, now with more conviction. Shuji jerks his hips forward, and grabs his foot with one hand to press it better against him. "Tetta..." he pants, and then he moves suddenly.

Kisaki's eyes go wide when he feels a pair of hands on his hips, and Hanma grabs him all too easily, making him settle astride his legs. "Hey!" he protests, this time he is lucid enough to place his hand straight on the larger bruise Hanma has on his chest. It's the result of a recent fight, probably caused by Draken, although Shuji is not sure. It's always like that with him. When the adrenaline kicks in he's barely aware of what's going on all around him, and if he gets some bruises or grazes he's even happy about it. It's a big difference from when he used to be called 'Shinigami of Kabukicho,' and Kisaki knows it's only thanks to him that Hanma no longer lives in apathy.

"Ouch," laughs Shuji, grabbing his wrist to move Kisaki's hand away from the injured area. Meanwhile, he also grabs his other hand and brings it between his legs. Kisaki doesn't put up much resistance, although he probably should.

His fingers touch Hanma's dick, he tries to retract his hand but Shuji holds him firmly in place, and gasps, "T-Tetta... I need more, touch me..."

He bites the inside of his cheek, he is hard in his pants again. He's going along with him, and he has no justification for it, other than his curiosity. Hanma knows how to insist, but Kisaki hasn't said a single convincing no since the moment he found himself with Hanma between his legs. He doesn't do it now, either. After yet another attempt from Hanma to push Kisaki's hand against his cock, he huffs and finally decides to wrap his fingers around it.

He lifts his face toward him, with a bored frown. He wants to reassert which of the two is in charge between them, but he finds himself jerking backward - for the little that Shuji's firm grip allows him - when he finds his face all too close.

"Don't try it," he growls, his heart hammering in his chest. "You're not about to kiss me."

Hanma laughs, again. "You can... use me for practice, f-for when you'll have a girlfriend..."

Kisaki is not even moving his hand, and he can still feel him wet and hard against his palm. This is ridiculous, what exactly is he supposed to practice at, with him? When he gets a girlfriend she surely won't be over six feet tall, and even more surely she won't have a dick in her pants. It's all wrong, even if he were to practice just to learn how to kiss, forgetting that that's Hanma and thinking instead of Hinata, or any other girl, would literally be impossible.

"Are you telling me I can fuck you to practice?" he asks him.

All this talk is incredibly stupid, but Hanma's grin widens even more "Yes..." Kisaki can feel the boy's erection throbbing in his hand. "Y-you can do whatever you want to me..."

Fuck. No matter how ridiculous this all sounds, and not just because he's straddling Hanma's legs and that position suggests a whole different kind of position, those words make him shudder. He doesn't mind being there, he is starting to realize. Sitting on Hanma's legs, their height difference finally feels less ridiculous.

He better secures his grip around his cock, and starts to really touch him. Hanma finally lets go of his wrist, and brings both hands to his hips, dragging him closer. Kisaki spreads his legs wider, it would take very little to position himself straight on the guy's lap, but he does nothing of the sort. He keeps his gaze on Hanma's cock, on the shiny, reddened glans, and when he lifts his face again, and finds Shuji all too close, this time he doesn't back away.

The kiss they exchange is uncoordinated, with too much tongue. It's not what he had imagined his first kiss to be, and it's certainly not something he could replicate with a girl, but he doesn't mind. Hanma moans into his mouth, he isn't holding back in any way. It doesn't matter if Kisaki has no idea what he's doing, because every motion is a mess, and saliva is already slipping down the sides of his mouth.

He pulls away to clean himself, and while he's at it, he quickly pulls off his glasses, which are getting foggy. "You're drooling like a dog," he tells him, but Hanma just calls his name again, laughing in arousal.

Kisaki feels a hand on his cheek, and goes in for another kiss that is no more coordinated than the first one. Hanma's cock is swollen and hard in his hand, and he seems unable to hold his hips steady, even though Kisaki is positioned on his legs. He clings to him with his free hand, and increases the pace of the other. Shuji doesn't take much longer than him to climax. As his orgasm shakes him, he grabs Kisaki by the hips, and makes their bodies cling together.

Kisaki feels him tremble. For a few moments he keeps still, as Hanma's arms hold him around his waist. He then pulls his hand away, not without some difficulty. He has to pull it out between their bodies pressed together. Shuji lets him go slowly, only after his orgasm has been over for a while. 

Kisaki looks down, and notices that his shirt is a mess. Hanma has come all over him, he should have expected it but the cum has partly splashed even on his pants. He lifts his face again, irritated.

"Whoops," Hanma laughs, his expression relaxed, his cheeks tinged with a deep blush.

Kisaki stands up, he's not even sure what the hell he's supposed to say to him. He is lucky that his parents aren't home, and that there's a washing machine at his disposal. He learned how to use it the first time he had to remove blood stains from a shirt.

"Where are you going?" asks Hanma.

"To get cleaned up." Where else should he go? He has a spot in his underwear, and a mess on his shirt. If nothing else, semen is easier to wash off than blood.

"Um, okay," Shuji lies down on the bed, resting his head on the pillow. "Don't finish alone in the bathroom, I want to blow you when you come back."

Kisaki stares at him blankly for a few moments, then turns and leaves the room, without an answer. Holy shit, who the fuck did he let into his house? He had expected all kinds of things, but not for Shuji Hanma to be a slut. It's not something he had calculated, but he has to admit he doesn't mind too much. His cock has been hard in his pants again for a while now.

Chapter Text

Kazutora is shaking. He feels like he hasn't done anything else since that damn night, since he and Baji decided to steal that bike as a gift for Mikey, and he ended up killing Shinichiro.

Maybe it started even earlier, when his mother demanded that, as a child, he choose who he preferred among his parents. The answer has always been obvious, but his mother took years to push away the man who used to beat her, to give Kazutora a chance not to live in fear. Meanwhile, something dark lodged in his chest, gradually migrated into his stomach, and all the way into his head. 

It was because of Mikey that he and Baji tried to steal that motorcycle. It was because of that gift that Kazutora was forced to hit in the head the person who had seen Baji's face. Only afterwards he found out that the owner of the store was Mikey's brother, that that motorcycle was always meant for Manjiro Sano.

It was easy to convince himself that it was all Mikey's fault. That bike was supposed to be a gift, and it caused him to end up with handcuffs on his wrists, locked up in a juvie. It was Mikey's fault that he lost two years of his life, that he had to endure the dirty looks of the guards, and the violence of boys twice his size, who were seventeen and not fourteen like him.

"Someone with your pretty face won't have it easy in juvie," an officer told him, with a cruel sneer and his file in his hands. Not even a week later Kazutora understood what he meant, and it was all Mikey's fault.

He repeated it to himself so many times, until he really believed it, all the way through. He fueled that desire for revenge to keep going day after day, and he came out of juvie with two henchmen, and half a plan in his mind. Hanma came on the scene just then, he invited him to enter Valhalla, and inside of him Kazutora knew something wasn't right. Everything was too perfect, both in the timing and in the offer he had been given. It was as if someone had designed a plan of which he was just a pawn, a feeling that turned out to be all too correct in the end, but he needed a purpose, and a friend.

"Kazutora."

Hanemiya lifts his face, and finds himself facing Chifuyu. The same Chifuyu whom Baji beat to a pulp to enter Valhalla. That was Kazutora's idea, too.

Matsuno is offering him tea, and Hanemiya realizes only then that his cheeks are wet with tears. He quickly wipes his face, and accepts the drink with hesitant hands. The tea is in a paper cup, it comes from the vending machine at the hospital where they are. In the bed next to which Kazutora is sitting, Baji is still sleeping. His mind has ended up wandering, whirling out of control. His eyes have stayed fixed on Keisuke, without really seeing him.

Baji is not intubated, the doctors said he'll be fine. The knife blade didn't go in deep. No one told the police who was behind it, but Hanemiya wishes it had happened. He thought about turning himself in, but he doesn't want to... he can't end up back in juvie, or worse, in jail. He could only get out one of two ways: crazy, or dead.

"You don't hate me?" he asks, in a whisper. Chifuyu should hate him, after what he's done.

"How do you feel about Baji?"

It's a direct question that shouldn't be so complicated. "Baji is... the person I hold dearest in the world."

Kazutora almost destroyed the most important thing to him. He allowed himself to be manipulated, he listened only to what suited him, only to what he could handle and accept, and someone took advantage of that. Hanma and Kisaki both took advantage of that, but Kazutora is tired of blaming others for his failures. Blaming Mikey, clinging to that idea and making it his only reason to keep going, almost led him to kill Baji.

"It's the same for me," Chifuyu tells him. He hints a smile, but that expression doesn't reach his eyes before disappearing. "That's why we should both stay by his side."

Kazutora merely returns his gaze to Keisuke. He knows he won't be able to forgive himself, but going along with Chifuyu might be, unexpectedly, a start.

Chapter Text

His head hurts. He feels dizzy, but he understands what is happening. He has experienced different emotions since he woke up, from fear to anger, and something confusing and unintelligible in between. Although he has not been involved with any gang for years, his mind immediately goes to the past. The last time he was tied and beaten up he was still part of Toman. He is not covered in bruises this time, but it's normal to make that mental connection and get angry, precisely because he has been out of it for years.

Inui tries to get his mind together, to keep his fear at bay. He tries to remember what he was doing before passing out, what happened. He was alone at work, of that he is sure. He was not physically attacked, or at least he doesn't think he was. He took a sip of water, from the bottle with his name written on it that had been there since the day before, and then nothing.

He must have been drugged. He doesn't remember hearing a customer come in, someone set this up. Toman has been disbanded for years, Black Dragon no longer exists, he has a normal life now. He has done nothing to attract the wrong kind of attention, so either that’s a payback (a name immediately jumps to his mind, it's inevitable, but can it really be him?) or-

The door jerks open, the light is turned on. Inui squints his eyes accustomed to the dimness, a twinge in his temples makes him grit his teeth. There is a person approaching, he can barely keep his eyes open. He stiffens, he's seen pink hair, and he doesn't know anyone with a similar physical appearance.

"Don't touch him!" 

That voice, on the other hand, he knows it well. Kokonoi enters the room, and immediately runs next to him. Inui finally manages to open his eyes again, he has his arms tied behind his back. Judging by the way his face is throbbing, he must have either slammed it to the floor, or taken a punch. That's not the only bruise he has, but it's nothing serious. That's not what worries him. 

"I didn't do a thing..." The stranger has an amused expression, and two noticeable scars on the sides of his mouth. "It wasn't me, I was just checking to make sure he was okay."

"If it wasn't you, then who?" 

Kokonoi has crouched down next to him. Inui stays still when he feels Hajime’s hand on his face. He follows his former partner's movements, lifts his chin and lets Koko look at his face. Fear is slowly giving way to irritation, which, as always, doesn't show in his face, only in his eyes. Koko doesn't seem to notice, a moment later he has already shifted his attention to Seishu's hands. He tries to untie them, with little result. They are blocked by several layers of scotch tape.

The stranger pulls a switchblade out of his pocket, and hands it to Hajime. "The Haitani. They were tired of hearing you mention this Inupi all the time, so they brought him to you. It's your birthday soon, isn't it?"

"Go away... I swear next time I see them I'll kill them both, get lost if you don't want to end up the same way."

The man with the scars laughs. He says nothing, but his expression speaks volumes. Finally he shrugs his shoulders, and leaves the room.

Kokonoi releases his wrists, and Inui moves his arms and grits his teeth. His shoulders ache, he has been forced in that position for too long. Hajime grabs his arm, gently, and helps him. "Can you move?" he asks, making sure everything is fine.

For Inui it's like going back in time. For a moment it feels like he's going back to when they were just teenagers, his dream was to give new life to the Black Dragons, and he and Koko used to tend to each other's wounds after every fight, in their personal refuge: Shinichiro's abandoned shop. Hajime is looking at him as he did back in the days, his every movement feels the same. The way he strokes his face, checking every bruise and wound, making sure nothing is broken... it's all identical. 

Except it's not, because they aren't kids anymore. Koko now has silver hair and a tattoo half-hidden between them, which identifies the gang he belongs to. His features are a little sharper. He has always been thin, with well-defined cheekbones, but his face has lost the softness of adolescence. 

Inui has also changed, and not just because his hair is now shoulder-length. He has since become a mechanic, he lives his life away from gangs. He has a respectable job, and he enjoys it. All this shouldn't be so familiar.

"It's just some scratches, and a few bruises that will heal within a week... luckily it's nothing major," Koko tells him, without moving away. He is still touching his arm. "I don't know what went through the heads of those two idiots... Do you have anyone to call? You're still working with Draken, aren't you? If you don't tell him who's involved, and ask him to pick you up..."

"Slow down," Inui interrupts him, actually speaking for the first time since he saw him again. "First, I want to know why you keep talking about me when it's been more than ten years since we last saw each other. Then I want to talk to the Haitani brothers, and then, maybe, I'll call Draken to come get me," assuming he doesn't decide to get Koko's new phone number in the meantime too, since the old one has been inactive for more than ten years, as well as a set of additional explanations.

Chapter Text

Kisaki is eating dinner when he gets an e-mail. He opens his flip phone, presses the keys, and notices that the sender is Hanma.

"The camera works!( ๑ ˃̵ᴗ˂̵)و ♡"

Kisaki raises an eyebrow at the emoji, selects the attached file, and nearly drops his phone. It's a great thing he always has a good poker face, because Hanma just sent him a picture of his dick. Shuji has just sent him a fucking picture of his dick while Kisaki is having dinner with his parents.

Tetta snaps his phone shut, then opens it again, blocks Hanma's e-mail contact, and slams his phone closed again.

His father clears his throat. They have a rule in that house, "no cell phones at the table." It's annoying, like they were a family that talks about each other's lives, or meets at the dinner table more than once a week. His parents always have some work commitments, and Kisaki would rather eat in front of his computer, or even in front of a school text, than with them. Of course, Hanma nailed just a night when his mother and father are both present, to send him that picture.

Half an hour later, after finishing dinner and returning to his room, Kisaki answers Hanma's seventh call. 

"-oh" Shuji freezes, then laughs. He clearly expected that call to go unanswered as well. 

"Stop calling!"

"You haven't answered my e-mail, and I can't send you another ." 

"Of course, I blocked you." 

Hanma laughs. This is not the reaction of someone who didn't anticipate being blocked. "I did everything you asked, I bought and tested the camera. I even managed to connect it to the computer and transfer the files, it was a pain... how can it be there's no simpler way of doing that?" Kisaki listens to him in silence, not without a hint of irritation. "By the way, how was the picture? Did you like it? I was thinking, it wouldn't be bad if I became a professional photographer someday-"

Kisaki hangs up, and also blocks Hanma's number, in addition to his e-mail address. That camera was bought second-hand, to have an untraceable tool to save compromising photos on, and possibly evidence of some crime. That's the reason it's not handy, because there are some things for which using their cell phones wouldn't be safe, and Hanma knows that very well. It hasn't been bought for that kind of bullshit, Hanma is more than aware of it.

Kisaki opens the e-mail, makes to delete it, but stops. He hates to admit it, but he doesn't hate having a picture of Hanma's dick for himself. He sighs and closes his phone again, with a sharp snap.

°

Kisaki has bought all his most trusted subordinates a latest generation smartphone. They have been modified to be untraceable, and they are all registered in the names of total strangers, people to be taken advantage of if things go bad. Kisaki has connections all over the place, finding a list of dudes to steal data and documents from wasn't difficult at all. All he had to do was take advantage of a couple of small fish who work in the phone business.

He has given that phone to Hanma for not even two hours, when he gets a picture of his dick. Kisaki raises an eyebrow, and replies, "Nothing I haven't seen before."

"As soon as I get home I'll send you something better ;)"

"I need you for something else first," he replies. 

He has no time to waste on that kind of nonsense, running a criminal organization is challenging, there is always some hassle, and Kisaki doesn't like to delegate. Sometimes he is forced to, Toman has become huge and has connections in every sector. He certainly can't control what every drug dealer and prostitute who works in their clubs does, but the big issues all have to go through him. He doesn't even trust his Executives, whom he put in that role precisely to keep an eye on them while waiting for the right time to get rid of them. Hanma is the only exception.

"k"

Kisaki sighs, lately Shuji seems... not unhappy, but increasingly apathetic. They're not kids anymore, it's normal for Hanma to stop grinning like a fool at Kisaki's every plan, but his expression has become serious, almost impassive. 

Sometimes Hanma finds that suit a tight fit, it's obvious, just as he struggles with not being able to jump into fights anymore. Maybe Kisaki should just make him punch someone, even if they have minions to use for that kind of little things. He has only one trusted underling, and he doesn't want to see him in jail because, after keeping him on a leash for years, Kisaki finally lets him let off some steam.

He knows Shuji has no half measures, that he's more than capable of sending someone to the hospital, and Kisaki doesn't want to risk it.

Lately, Hanma's gaze only lights up in two situations: when blood splatters on his hands, or when they are in bed together. He knows it's inevitable, a lot of time has passed since they were kids, but he doesn't like seeing him so different. That change pushes him to ask himself questions he doesn't want to, and can't deal with.

"Once you're done with your job, you can send me whatever you want," he writes to him.

°

"Almost eaten alive, lol," Hanma wrote on Instagram, as a caption for a sequence of images. 

The photos have no filters and are unedited, and show him in close contact with a leopard. Hanma has a black hoodie stained with dirt, a couple of leaves in his long hair, and is laughing while petting an animal Kisaki hopes is semi-domesticated. It has to be, but he wouldn't be surprised if Shuji still got a scratch out of it, long and deep enough to give him stitches, and yet another scar. 

He blocked Hanma's phone number three days prior, because the idiot kept spamming him with stupid videos, with the excuse that he was traveling and bored. As if there weren't two of them who had to work, as if Kisaki had time to waste on such bullshit.

It's not uncommon for that to happen. Even though Hanma is his boyfriend (or at least, the closest thing Kisaki will ever have to a boyfriend) he occasionally becomes such a nuisance that he has to shut him up in one way or another. Shuji is a popular photographer because he has no sense of danger, and he doesn't care about common sense. He is the kind of idiot who could take a selfie with a tiger, or go swimming among sharks without a cage, not for the money that such photographs earn him, but for the mere adrenaline rush. Their relationship is a long-distance one for several months a year, and as a result most of the time all he needs to do to shut him up is block him on his phone and social media. 

Kisaki wouldn't follow Hanma to one of his absurd assignments even if he didn't have a job that requires his constant presence, and fortunately he does. Besides earning him a ton of money, his work keeps Shuji from asking him if he wants to go with him to Africa, South America, or even among penguins in Antarctica, every damn time. 

They are no longer kids, they have been out of gangs for years, and with his current job he couldn't entertain Hanma even if he tried. He didn't expect their relationship to survive adulthood and their new lifestyles, but it did.

Kisaki selects Hanma's contact on his phone's address book, and unblocks him. Predictably, he gets dozens of messages. He ignores the first ones, they are just silly questions and videos, and others are complaints about his disappearance. He scrolls ahead in the chat.

"I miss you," Hanma wrote to him. "I have the night off, we could have talked on the phone, or maybe even done something better... but you blocked me." 

There is a photo attached to that message. Shuji is naked, a tattooed hand is wrapped around the base of his cock, which stands rigid and slightly wet, with the tip flushed.

"Even just thinking about you has that effect on me... just think if we were together now. Or even if you hadn't blocked me ahahah."

When he was younger, he believed Hanma would cut ties with him as soon as Kisaki stopped entertaining him, giving him what he wanted. Actually, no. He believed they wouldn't even get to that point, because he would get rid of him sooner, as soon as Shuji stopped being useful. It's incredible they are still together, after all these years, and with two careers that are so different they are at the polar opposites.

Kisaki presses the call button.

Chapter Text

Hajime sighs, with his eyebrows contracted into an irritated frown. Inupi is absurd. He's absurd in many different ways, but that one beats them all hands down.

Who on earth would go and have blood drawn from a vein not for money, not because he needs it, but because he likes that? And who would do it while wearing stilettos? Hajime shudders at the very idea of getting a needle close to his skin. Every time he has to do a vaccine, or a prescribed exam, it takes weeks to convince himself that he'll survive this time too, and instead Seishu donates blood because he likes the feeling of lightness.

Yes, he actually used the word lightness. Cold chill stuff.

It's not uncommon for Koko to accompany him, because if not him, who else would do it? (Draken and Takemichi, who have offered more than once, but... no. Just no.) They have promised to be there for each other, and that means Hajime will accompany him every fucking time, complaining about the absurdity of it all every fucking time, and support him during every possible fainting spell that Inupi will cause himself by doing something so absurd.

That's why Hajime is, at the moment, disinfecting a scraped knee for him. He failed to catch him in time, and now Seishu is sitting on a bench, with his right pant leg rolled up.

It's nothing serious, they are used to a whole different kind of injury. It's been a while since they've been in a gang, however, and all this is bringing back memories of the countless times they treated each other's wounds after a fight. It's a nostalgic yet familiar feeling that he doesn't dislike, but at the same time it makes him think of a thousand 'what ifs'.  If Koko had not chosen Inupi, maybe their paths would have split forever. He hasn't dreamed of Akane since he told him he would let her go, and sometimes that hurts.

Hajime lifts his gaze to Inupi, who has a juice box in his hands. The straw is stuck in the package, Seishu has already taken at least a couple of sips, but now he just holds it against his lap, slackly. His expression is lost, relaxed, it's as if he is on the moon more than on planet earth. Hajime sighs, and opens the band-aid package.

Tokyo is, thankfully, full of vending machines. Koko had to walk just a few meters to get juice, disinfectant wipes, and band-aids. Seishu waited for him seated, with that lost expression, the whole time. He couldn't care less about having scraped his knee, nor about his ruined pants, it's clear.

Hajime applies the band-aid, then unrolls his pants, and while he's at it he tries to make them presentable again using another wet wipe. At worst, he'll gift him another pair later.

He reaches out a hand to him, and says, "Can you stand on those shoes? I'll take you to eat something sweet."

Chapter Text

"Does it burn?" Hanma asks, even though he already knows the answer. By now he feels like not only his back is burning, but every inch of his body, even the part that was covered by his swimsuit. His head is spinning, and every time he tries to move an arm, a leg, or any other part of his body, it hurts everywhere.

He is naked, and not for the reason he hoped for when they went on that trip. Putting on clothes would hurt like hell.

"What do you think?" replies Kisaki.

Hanma's is indeed a stupid question, but in the condition he is in, it's good enough that he can connect his brain to his mouth. He has a fever of almost 100, and his back is in terrible shape.

He has convinced Kisaki to follow him on one of his job assignments. This is more unique than rare, and it only happened because this time they sent him to the Maldives, and not to the Rainforest, to some reserve to photograph lions, or to Antarctica among the penguins. Hanma is a popular wildlife photographer, and he loves his job. Most of his assignments give him a not indifferent adrenaline rush. It's something he never imagined doing as a teen.

Hanma grew up in a red-light district, he dropped out of school at fourteen, and for a while he lived on gimmicks and shady, if not downright illegal, jobs. As a young boy he used to beat up people in search of an adrenaline rush, until he met Kisaki, and became part of Toman. He put himself at his service because Tetta has a brilliant mind, and no one could entertain and amuse him the way he did.

It was a great era, but it's long over now. Gangs created by kids always end one of these two ways: either they break up, or they become criminal organizations. At first it wasn't easy to adapt, but he's happy to have become a photographer, and not a drug dealer, a hitman, or who knows what else.

"Can you help me put on after-sun lotion?" he asks, with his face resting painfully against the pillow. His back is, unfortunately, not the only sunburned part. His face has also suffered the same fate, and to a barely minor extent his chest as well. He can't find a comfortable position. Whichever way he lies down, he feels pain everywhere. The high fever unfortunately isn't enough to dampen the sensations, it only makes him feel as if he is suffocating. His mind is light, foggy.

Kisaki followed him there to the Maldives, but refused to accompany him during work. Hanma is not surprised, but he still felt a little sad about it. Tetta has remained on the beach with a cocktail in one hand, and his smartphone, so he could work from there as well, in the other. Although Hanma didn't mind the idea of seeing him with his old tan again, he would have liked to have Kisaki next to him while he was photographing the reef. It would have been interesting, and then... well, Kisaki certainly wouldn't have forgotten the sunscreen.

Hanma noticed this when he was already on the boat, and told himself it would be no problem. The photos were scheduled just after sunrise, to have a dim light, and for a while everything was fine. The problem was that he didn't get back to the hotel at eight in the morning, or even at nine, but at eleven-thirty. By then his back and cheeks were on fire, and his head was spinning.

"I'm going to the resort emergency room to get one for burns," Kisaki tells him.

Chapter Text

Hanma is leaning with his back against the wall, his hood pulled down over his head, and a cigarette between his lips. Although he has only been there for ten minutes, it feels like a lifetime, dozens of lifetimes. Kazutora is approaching him, his face has more rigid features than the last time he saw him, and he is too thin, but it's not surprising. 

"It took you long enough." Ten years have gone by, prison hasn't been kind to him.

"You couldn't save him this time either." Kazutora's is not a question.

Ten years. He had to wait ten years for Hanemiya to get out of prison, not for the first time. Hanma couldn't avoid the accident, he wasn't there when that damn truck hit Kisaki head-on. He was too late. It wasn't the first time, but his reaction is always the same, at every damned attempt. He is surprised himself, shouldn't he have slipped back into apathy by now, as he had before he met Kisaki? Apparently not, not even after ten years, not even after all those attempts.

"You couldn't avoid ending up in jail either." That timeline had to be rewritten anyway, whether Hanma wanted to or not. He has already discovered what happens when he looks for a loophole to hold on to his own happiness, and not give a damn about anyone else's. It would still have been different to wait beside Kisaki, instead of completely alone.

"And you became a wanted man, again. We could have reset this timeline ten years ago, you just had to visit me in jail."

Hanma shakes his head, and lets go a puff of smoke. They have tried these things before, but fate is an asshole, and it always finds a way to mess with them. 

He thought Kazutora was the problem, at first. Even though Hanemija knows full well what he has to do, which is to stop Baji and Kisaki from dying in order to have a positive fucking future, in several timelines his brain has still snapped badly. It looks like it's another one of those unavoidable constants, but it took Hanma quite some time to figure it out. He still doesn't know how it works; maybe it would be easier if he did.

More than once Hanma has been on the verge of losing his trigger at Mikey's hands, during Bloody Halloween. Other times it actually happened, but someone else rewrote the timeline. Kazutora has long since realized that, whether he stabs Baji or not, it doesn't make much difference, and that doesn't help his mental condition.

That's why he did it anyway, because the wound on Baji's back was supposed to knock Keisuke out and prevent him from stabbing himself, but the usual disaster replicated itself again.

Kazutora approaches and extends a hand toward him, and Hanma grabs it. For a few moments he feels as if the universe is imploding around him; he is gasping for air. His chest contracts in a grip, but it lasts only an instant. A few seconds later, all that's left is a lost feeling.

There were futures when Kisaki survived, unlike Baji, and Kazutora forced him to go back in time anyway. Other times, the opposite happened. In one specific timeline, Hanma was almost on the verge of shooting Hanemiya to keep his happy ending, except that in truth he wasn't so happy at all, because Toman became a large-scale criminal organization, and the apathy from which Kisaki had pulled him out when he was only sixteen slowly came back to suffocate him. 

It took Hanma a lifetime to realize the problem wasn't Kazutora, or even the other time leaper who keeps messing up the timelines and getting in their way without even realizing it, but Kisaki himself. Hanma has already tried to shoot Hinata and thus solve part of the problem, but promptly Takemichi brings her back to life, and anyway she is not the real cause of it all either. The real issue is that Kisaki obsesses over things and people, and letting him get everything he wants means going straight into that future where there's very little fun, where Hanma is a Toman executive in a suit and tie, that can't beat up anyone because there are people who do it for him.

Eventually he stopped looking for a loophole, a way to have what he wants only for himself, and tried to stick to what he and Kazutora said to each other when they met in the original timeline in juvie. What triggered the mechanism, and started it all, was a simple, instinctive wish. They just wanted an acceptable future for both of them, since the past is already complete shit. It was a sincere desire, before fate showed them dozens of timelines in which only one of them could be happy.

Thinking about others, and not just himself and Kisaki, is not really Hanma's forte. He doesn't give a shit about Keisuke Baji or Matsuno Chifuyu. Only Kisaki has been able to get all his attention, and Hanma has lost count of the times he has seen him die in the middle of a road in a pool of blood. Kazutora is the closest thing to a friend he has ever had, and although they have argued in at least fifteen timelines, and a couple of times they have come dangerously close to killing each other, the worst thing happened when the handshake stopped working. They both have to be focused on the same goal for the power to kick in, and a decent future for both of them seems like an acceptable solution.

(Or rather, it seems so in this timeline, where he has lived as a fugitive for ten years, occasionally joining some gang to kill boredom while waiting for Kazutora to get out of prison. He knows that, in a timeline where Kisaki survives and stays close to him, Hanma will once again start to think differently, regardless of common sense, and what he has learned over time. After all, thinking about others, and not just himself and Kisaki, has never been his strong suit).

Hanma is sixteen years old again, and his knuckles are smeared with blood. He is standing in one of Kabukicho's streets, with his right hand holding some random fucker by the front of his shirt. The bastard is half unconscious, his face covered in blood. Hanma knows he has broken his nose, but it doesn't matter. The only thing that matters is that Osanai is approaching him, and the man will take him to Kisaki.

Tetta wears the uniform of a gang that Hanma at the time knew only by reputation, and he is so petite that, if Shuji wanted to hurt him, he could try it without the slightest difficulty, henchmen or not. Despite this, there's not the slightest fear in his gaze. It's like Kisaki knows Hanma would never do him any harm. He is right to think so; after all, Hanma has devoted his entire life to seeking a fucking happy ending with him.

"Be my pawn, Hanma Shuji."

The grin opens on his lips. Hanma laughs, and like every other time he immediately says yes. He has to keep himself from bursting into tears, it's wonderful to see him again after ten years. He is truly ready to try it again, to the very end. Even if life doesn't work like a movie (and more importantly, his own life doesn't work like a fucking movie) he'll make sure he and Kisaki get their happy ending, whatever it takes.

Chapter Text

'Pick up a stray dog from the street, and it'll be by your side forever. ' 

Kisaki knows that line, but he didn't think it could turn out to be so literal. Anyone can betray, after all. Every person is buyable, you just have to find the right bargaining chip. For many it's money, power, sometimes women or other petty trivialities.

At first Kisaki pretended he didn't care, because Hanma was just a pawn and should remain so. Their relationship was based on mutual interest, with Shuji letting himself be used in exchange for a little adrenaline rush. Then, things got more complicated. Hanma is the kind of guy who gets hard when he beats someone, when blood splashes on his face and clothes. Kisaki was never delicate enough to be bothered by something like that, but it never was his problem, at least until Bloody Halloween.

Once the fight was over, Hanma didn't even wait to get back into the Valhalla lair before dropping to his knees in front of him. Shuji started babbling about how only Kisaki could amuse him, entertain him, make him feel something. He told him he would do anything, in exchange for the adrenaline rush that only Tetta's plans can give him.

When Kisaki was thrown out of Toman, Hanma followed him. Shuji offered to suck him off once again, and Kisaki said yes because he needed a distraction, and they never stopped from there. There was no reason to do so; after all, Hanma is just a pawn for him to take advantage of, and if Shuji feels like putting himself at his service in many different ways, why should he say no? He is young and curious, and so he was back in the day. The only difference is that now there is another uniform, the Tenjiku one, hanging outside the built-in closet in his room.

Hanma is playing Playstation, he always does so when he stops by Kisaki's. Tetta didn't welcome him into his house instantly, he has had plenty of time to make arrangements. To this day Hanma is rarely invited, and only when his parents aren't there. A couple of times he had to hide him behind the bookshelf, and it was ridiculous and humiliating, but somehow also funny, because Hanma didn't breathe a word until Kisaki finished dinner, and let him out the window.

"Did you buy it for me?" asked Hanma, when he saw the Playstation for the first time. "It's new and there's no save recorded on it."

"I bought it for myself, but I never had time to play it." It was a shameless lie, which Hanma recognized as such.

"You bought two controllers to play it alone?"

"They were included in the price."

Some time has passed, and Hanma is in his room again, once more without his parents' knowledge, and once more in front of the Playstation. The new Silent Hill will keep him busy for quite a while, at least until Kisaki finishes the exercises to be submitted tomorrow morning in class. 

It didn't take Tetta long to put two and two together. Hanma is a little too experienced with his hands and mouth, and he comes from Kabukicho. He doesn't know his background, he never asked, but all he had to do was search on some forums to find out that two plus two actually equals four, and his assumptions were correct.

Kisaki didn't think something like this would happen when he picked up a stray dog from the street, but having reached that point he might as well feed him and give him everything Hanma needs, all the way through. Kisaki has never been good at sharing. Shuji is now his thing, and Tetta's first impulse when somebody touches something that's his, is to put a bullet in the head of the fucker of the day.

Chapter Text

Kazutora raises his eyebrows, a puzzled laugh escapes his lips. "What about this?" he asks, as he grabs the girls' school uniform stuffed in the bottom of Baji's closet. He was looking for a pajama, obviously with Keisuke's permission, because he forgot his own. He arranged with Chifuyu to continue to watch Nana, as always at Baji's house. He had not planned to stay overnight, or to better phrase it, he hadn’t asked Baji in advance while hoping for it. 

It's not the first time, Keisuke has never kicked either of them out of his room, and they naturally take advantage of that. Kazutora can't bring two boys home and have them stay until late at night, or even until the next morning, and Chifuyu has a single bed. They invited themselves, coming in as usual through the window via the fire escape, the same one the cats use. They settled on Keisuke's bed while he was still at dinner, and there they waited for him, with the DVD player remote control already in their hands.

They have nothing against coming through the door, but neither of them wants to get Baji in trouble with his mother, since tomorrow is not a holiday. Keisuke should, in theory, go to bed soon to wake up bright and early the next day. They have every intention of kicking him out of bed themselves in the morning, but not before watching at least three or four Nana episodes.

It's a recent passion for him, and it's all Chifuyu's fault. The relationship between them was still new and a bit tense when Matsuno lent him those manga. Kazutora never admitted it out loud, but he was rottenly jealous of Chifuyu, and of the relationship he had built with Baji during the two years Hanemiya was in juvie. The guilt about Bloody Halloween, about having stabbed Baji in the back, didn't help. He tried to keep his distance from both of them in the months that followed. Avoiding Baji was easier said than done, and Chifuyu proved to be unexpectedly nice, within too short of a time, considering what Kazutora did.

Chifuyu lent him some manga, and Kazutora looked at them with a puzzled eye, on discovering they were shojo, girl's stuff. It would have been rude to refuse, so he tried to read them, and three days later he was basically obsessed. He went to the school Chifuyu attends only to ask for the sequel. He came back a second, and then a third time, only to admire the absurd way Baji goes to class now.

His relationship with Chifuyu has improved in a flash, thanks to Ai Yazawa's manga. It's a bit ridiculous, and he knows it wouldn't have happened with anyone else. Chifuyu has a good soul, and he did everything possible to avoid any conflict with him from the start. There is no way he wasn't jealous, Chifuyu has a very obvious crush on Baji. A crush that anyone has noticed, anyone but Baji... but Kazutora is not surprised. After all, he has his share of experience about that.

Everything is working out for the best, or so it looks to him. Kazutora has lost two years of his life, and it's something he still struggles to swallow. Sometimes he hears his former friends talking and doesn't understand what they are referring to, because he wasn’t there with them. Relationships are still delicate, especially with Mikey. Kazutora hasn't fully recovered, but Baji and Chifuyu are now a constant in his life, and he couldn't be happier and more relieved.

Sometimes that feeling of having missed something, of being left behind, happens with them too. Baji and Chifuyu have had more than a year to know each other without him, and he doubts this will ever stop hurting. Usually, however, that feeling is not associated with a sailor-style uniform.

"Ah, that one," Baji snorts. "I thought I threw it away."

"You didn't because the girls in our class said there might be another cosplay event, and they'll help you study if you put it on again," Chifuyu replies. "Mine is still in my closet too."

Kazutora stares blankly at them for a few moments. "Are you serious?" he asks, laughing. He misses Baji with a girl's uniform. He hates having spent two years in juvie, Mikey also stole from him the sight of Keisuke in a miniskirt. "Do you have pictures?"

"Yes, but we won't show them to you," Baji replies, with his cheeks slightly flushed. He is laughing.

"The whole school has seen you!" Everyone but him. "I want to see them."

"You're about the same size, aren't you?" intervenes Chifuyu. "If we show you the photos, you can wear that uniform in exchange."

Kazutora shifts his gaze to the uniform, really looking at it for the first time. It's a short-sleeved shirt with a classic navy collar and matching bow, and a mini-skirt. "Okay," he replies, shrugging his shoulders. It doesn't feel like a problem, it's just a cosplay.

There is no way it'll suit him; after all, he is a guy. At best, as at worst, they’ll laugh about it.

Baji and Chifuyu are staring at him. Kazutora snorts, it's an amused sound. "Should I put it on before I see your photos? Okay." He walks over to the bed, which he uses as a support to arrange his clothes, and takes off his shirt. He doesn't remove his necklace. It's Nana's classic Vivienne Westwood-inspired pendant, a gift from Chifuyu. 

"I bought it months ago but never wore it, it's more your style," Matsuno told him, almost a month earlier, while handing him that necklace.

He slips the uniform shirt on first, then unbuckles his pants. He has his back to both of them. This is not the first time he has undressed in front of Baji, after all they have known each other for years, and they have put on the Toman uniform several times while they were in the same room. Chifuyu is not an addition that embarrasses him, so he just takes off his pants and puts on the skirt, without giving it much thought.

Fixing the bow and the two zippers is the trickiest part, but Kazutora more or less manages to finish it all within a couple of minutes. He turns to them, and says, "Done," with an amused smirk on his lips.

Baji and Chifuyu are staring at him. They both have a surprised expression, and Kazutora looks at them puzzled for some moments. The smile dies on his lips. "Does it look so bad...?" he asks, a little uncomfortable.

"Bad?" Baji clears his throat, with his hand clenched into a fist in front of his lips. His cheeks are slightly flushed. "I don't think bad is the right word..."

Chifuyu is even redder in the face. "It looks... good on you. Even a little too good," he laughs, to hide an embarrassment Kazutora didn't expect to see on his face. "It emphasizes your legs," he adds, in a lower voice.

Keisuke nods. "Your hair, too, and the makeup on your eyes."

"Yeah..." Chifuyu doesn't stop laughing, his face now completely red, and then he adds, "This uniform thing wasn't supposed to happen to us... it was supposed to happen to him."

Kazutora feels his cheeks on fire. "Are you making fun of me?" he covers his face with both hands, and the several rings he wears on them. He doubts they are teasing him, they don't look like it, but it's... ridiculous. He knows he has a lanky build, and more or less androgynous features, but a female uniform can't really fit him. No more than a real girl, that's for sure.

"I want to see your pictures," he approaches them, trying to dissimulate his embarrassment. "It certainly looks much, much better on you than on me." It has to be, after all, they are both beautiful.

Chapter Text

Kazutora knows it's not in his character, he's usually more in control than that. He can usually keep up a minimum facade, but the last two years have been a continuous roller coaster. He feels like he's only breathing again now that Bloody Halloween is over, and no one has died.

It's all Chifuyu's fault. Kazutora went there to talk to Baji, only to see them both seated on the bed, when he looked through the window. Chifuyu was crying, with his arms around Baji. Kazutora felt his chest contract into a tight grip, he would have left immediately, but Keisuke saw him and gestured for him to come in. He had no choice but to open the window and climb over it, to get from the fire escape to Baji's room.

Keisuke has a large band-aid on the base of his back, he was given stitches. Chifuyu was the one who took him to the emergency room. It has only been two days since that horrible night, and Kazutora was in the dark about the details until half an hour ago. The reason the police didn't ring his doorbell, to take him back to juvie or worse, is because Baji didn't report him. The doctors in the ER didn't ask him a thing, they just stitched up his wound, and sent him home. 

It's not the first time something like this has happened, many adults see kids like them as nothing but failures, social rejects to avoid, or to deal the bare minimum with. Kazutora still expected to hear the sirens of a squad car at any moment, after he returned to his house that damn night. 

No such thing happened, and a meeting organized by Mikey is going to take place tomorrow afternoon. Valhalla has been defeated and, theoretically, will be absorbed into Toman. It's not that simple, however, because Hanma and Kisaki have been working together for months, and Kisaki has been plotting behind Mikey's back since Kazutora was still in juvie. Anything could happen tomorrow, and Hanemiya expects the worst not only for the other members of Valhalla, but also for himself. After all he has done, he wouldn't be surprised if Mikey permanently drove him away.

He needed to talk to Baji, and he had to fight with himself to resolve to do so. He stabbed the person he cares most for in the world. He felt betrayed and abandoned, but that's no justification. Kazutora knows there is something wrong in his brain, and he was ready to really open up to Baji, but then he saw him with Chifuyu. Before juvie, the place next to Keisuke was always his, and now there is someone else. 

If Baji hadn’t insisted for him to stay, Kazutora would have run away, and maybe the next day he wouldn't have even shown up at the Toman meeting, because without Baji nothing makes sense anymore.

They talked anyway. Hesitantly at first, and then like raging rivers. Chifuyu's presence wasn't an obstacle, and Kazutora now feels guilty toward him as well. He was the one who suggested that test of trust to Hanma. It's his fault Baji was forced to beat up Chifuyu, and it's his fault Keisuke almost died. He was manipulated by Kisaki, but Kazutora let him do it, the asshole just told him what he wanted to hear. He was the one who stabbed Baji, not Kisaki. He almost lost the person he holds dearest in the world, he almost took away Chifuyu's most beloved person, and it's all his fault.

He still doesn't know what he'll do from now on. Maybe he'll distance himself from them, because even though it pains him to admit it, Kazutora knows he's done enough damage already, and Baji and Chifuyu are a good match. Nothing romantic has happened between them, that much is clear, but he still doesn't want to get in the way; or rather, part of him does, but... it's complicated. Chifuyu is a good person, but Kazutora can't lose Baji. If he loses Baji, he'll have nothing left. He doesn't even know if he'll still be part of a gang tomorrow, and it'll take him a while to cross paths with Kisaki again without feeling anger and disgust. Returning to Valhalla's ranks is out of the question, and his future in Toman is in Mikey's hands.

At one point during that discussion, Kazutora felt his eyes fill with tears. Two years earlier Baji would have ruffled his hair while laughing, and he would have fought them back. Two years earlier, however, he hadn't killed Shinichiro, wasted part of his life in juvie, and stabbed Keisuke. Two years earlier there was no Chifuyu, who is even worse at holding back tears than him, and has done nothing but cry ever since Kazutora has seen them through that window.

That is how he ended up lying on a bed he has known for years, with his arms around Keisuke's waist and his face pressed against his t-shirt. He still has a lump in his chest and a wet face, but he is no longer sobbing. His hand is brushing against the patch on his best friend's back, he still can't believe he hurt Baji of all people. It was like watching the scene from the outside, his mind so clouded that he couldn't think straight, or stop himself. Kazutora felt like dying when he came to his senses, and he didn't stop shaking for a long, long time.

They are on that bed, all three of them. Chifuyu is touching his arm, it's probably an involuntary contact. Baji consoled both of them, in that awkward, combative way of his. Keisuke even took some of the blame, for acting on his own without sharing anything with them, even though Keisuke is not really at fault. It was like coming home after an endless amount of time, and Kazutora never wants to move from there again. He doesn't even care that there’s one more person, he is just relieved Baji is still alive.

"If you weren't there..." he murmurs, his voice barely audible, his face hidden in Baji's shirt.

The sound of the door being opened interrupts him, and makes him startle. He quickly wipes his face with the back of his hand, and sits up. He is lucky he didn't put kajal on his eyes before he left, otherwise he would now look like a panda, and would have already run for a mirror.

"I heard voices. Keisuke, you know you should ask before bringing people home..." Baji's mom is staring at them, her expression all too puzzled. "I'm not sure I want to ask what's going on."

"Mom!"

"You are Chifuyu, and you are... Hanemiya?" Ryoko is no less dumbfounded. Indeed, the last time they saw each other he had entirely different hair, but Kazutora doubts that's the reason for such surprise.

"Mom, just leave!" blurts out Keisuke.

"I'm supposed to leave?!" She responds in kind, screaming. As always, mother and son are a duplicate of each other. "You bring two boys into your bed, and I'm supposed to leave? And besides, I know them both, and you made them both cry! Do you have any idea how embarrassing that is for a mother?!"

Kazutora falls silent for a few moments, quite at a loss for words. Keisuke is meanwhile shouting at her, "What the hell are you talking about?!" and Hanemiya bursts into uncontrolled laughter. Ryoko has definitely misunderstood the situation.

"What am I saying?! What are you doing, more like! Discuss it with them and make up your mind!"

Kazutora takes a while to stop laughing, it's even more difficult as Ryoko says, "And you, stop laughing! I know you always defend him, but Keisuke needs to take responsibility for once in his life!" and because of Chifuyu's utterly red face. Unlike Baji, he has realized what's going on.

"It's not..." Kazutora tries to pull himself together. If nothing else, the lump in his chest has completely melted away. "It's not what you think. It's Toman-related stuff."

"Ah..." Ryoko furrows her brows, falls silent for a moment, and then rolls her eyes. "What I thought was almost better than other screw-ups with your gang..." Kazutora has no idea what Baji told her, but judging by the look Ryoko gives him, Keisuke's mother knows he has been in juvie. He hopes she doesn't know the exact reason.

Shit, he almost robbed her of her only son. He has to force himself not to think about it.

"And anyway, Baji doesn't have to choose between Chifuyu and me," Kazutora smiles, trying to focus his mind on something less dark. "Right, Chifuyu?"

Matsuno's face is on fire. "Um... true."

"If you say so..." Ryoko shrugs her shoulders, and makes to leave the room. "Do I have to make dinner for the two of you as well?"

"Three peyoung yakisoba will do," Baji replies.

"And where am I supposed to find three portions with no warning at this hour?!" she blurts out. "You'll eat whichever there is," she adds, closing the door.

"What the fuck?" Keisuke snorts, shaking his head. "My mom is crazy... who knows what the hell she meant."

"Your mom thinks you have two boyfriends, or something like that," Kazutora tells him, now chuckling again. He has always been more cunning than Baji, even before juvie and his friendship with Hanma. It takes very little, honestly, but Kazutora usually keeps such comments to himself. Or at least, he used to do so two years earlier. 

Seeing Keisuke's face turn a deep red is a sight he wouldn't mind replicating. Baji snaps to his feet, and shouts, "What the hell... mom!" as he hurriedly leaves the room.

"Why did you tell him...?" mutters Chifuyu, who is now covering his face with both hands. Even like that, Kazutora can see how red his face is.

He just laughs, again.

Chapter Text

Ran's lips curve into a smile, he's watching Sanzu straddle his brother. He is, as always, a great sight. Haruchiyo is shirtless, his pants unbuckled, and he meets Rindou's every touch as if he is waiting for nothing else. Everything looks perfect, except for one small detail.

Rindou shifts long pink hair, and bites the pale skin previously hidden by it, thus wringing a loud moan from Sanzu. It surely hurts, Rindou doesn't bite to play, and he always does it with a hint of sadism that turns his brother on at least as much as having another warm body on his. Despite this, Sanzu moans with pure pleasure, his back arches, his thighs spread even wider.

He is beautiful, and explicit. Ran places a hand on his face, and forces Sanzu to open his eyes again, and look at him. "How much stuff did you take?"

"Who cares?" Haruchiyo's pupils are dilated, his smile too wide, he has the look of someone who is virtually in heaven. His every movement is as sinuous as it’s uncoordinated, if Rindou wasn't holding him in place he would probably fall backwards.

Ran smiles, his tone is sweet, but in that venomous way that both Rindou and Sanzu like. It's the same expression with which he shot in the head the last person who angered him, not even a week before. "It kind of matters..." He doesn't want to kill Sanzu, that much is obvious, but he still is a little annoyed. "You look like one of the girls in our clubs."

Sanzu laughs, his expression is lost, wracked with arousal. "And where- ah, where’s the problem? Mmm, I don't mind being fucked by you two like one of your sluts..."

Rindou's grip on Sanzu's hips is firm enough to cause bruising. "My brother means you look like one of those whores we keep in the dungeons, always high as fuck," he specifies, "Not the ones that serve drinks in the clubs."

Sanzu doesn't change his expression, Ran isn't even sure if he can do it. He looks so fucked up. "Ah, those..." It's ridiculous how his scars, his dilated pupils and wide-open eyes only manage to make him look better. Ran slips a hand into Sanzu's already unfastened pants, freeing his dick from the underwear, and wrapping his hand around it. "W-when do you give me another one to work with?"

"Never," Rindou replies, without elaborating further. They did it twice, with two pretty girls in search of easy money, picked up on Roppongi streets. They could have become two good prostitutes, but the first one committed suicide the next day, and the second one was straight up murdered by Sanzu, who got 'carried away'.

"Ran..." mutters Sanzu, bringing his lips close to Rindou's, and thrusting his pelvis toward him.

"I'm Rindou, not Ran," he replies, bored. "Maybe my brother is right. Maybe we should stop fucking you until you're clear-headed enough to notice who you're dealing with."

"Who cares?" gasps Sanzu, thrusting his hips against Rindou's in dry motions. Ran's hand hasn't stopped touching him, but his grip is barely decent. He is doing nothing except holding his fingers and palm in place, as Haruchiyo moves for both of them. "Ran, Rindou..." a moan interrupts those words, it feels like it's vibrating all the way through his body. "I-I know how you two are..." Sanzu is loud, and every touch, even the softest and the aggressive ones, manage to elicit some reaction. "Fuck, keep going... f-fuck... Y-you would fuck me even if- even if I called you w-with Mikey's name..."

Rindou grabs his hair, hard. His hand closes into a fist on pink locks. Ran knows him well enough to be aware that sentence angered his brother, despite being pure nonsense. Sanzu has never really tried to fuck Mikey, though he sure would like to, judging by all the times Ran has heard him moan their leader's name. Haruchiyo sees Mikey as someone unreachable and untouchable, not like him and Rindou.

If Sanzu were lucid, that statement would be a provocation. All things considered, Ran is not sure, but after all, what difference does it make? Even if it were a confession, it still wouldn't change anything. Rindou's teeth sink into Haruchiyo's neck, his hand doesn't stop tugging at his hair, and Sanzu reacts to that small dose of violence by bursting into an orgasm. His body trembles again and again, Ran can feel his cock pulsing in his own hand, semen splashes on Snazu's bare skin, and on Rindou's clothes.

Sanzu sags in his brother's arms, collapsing with his head on his shoulder. He is still trembling, the breaths coming from his lips sounds like little moans.

"This asshole is not that wrong, in saying we'd fuck him anyway," Rindou comments, without releasing his grip on Sanzu's hips. "Let's continue, even if he passes out in the middle." It wouldn't be the first time, and they are well aware Sanzu wouldn't mind.

"Do it..." he gasps, immediately confirming Ran's thoughts.

"No," Ran strokes Sanzu's bare back, from the bottom to his shoulder blades, and then he pushes his hair out of the way. He doesn't know if he wants to place a kiss on his collarbone, or grip that thin body in his hands until he hurts him. In doubt, he does nothing. "Now we're putting you in bed, and we won't touch you again until you ask sober."

It's a punishment, of course. For Sanzu, and indirectly for Rindou as well. Ran grabs Haruchiyo by his arms, and gets him to move off his brother's body.

"What about this, who takes care of it?" snorts Rindou, pointing at the crotch of his pants, and the erection hidden by the fabric. "I was just getting started with him."

"You can fuck me," Ran tells him.

"Can I at least watch?" Sanzu smiles, with his back against the mattress, his eyes half-closed, his expression lost and sleepy.

"If you can stay awake." Ran knows for a fact that this will not be the case.

°

Sanzu's face is on fire. He is not used to being lucid when he fucks or kills someone. He has done both things before, but not in the last few years, and not with those two assholes in front of him.

"It took you long enough," Rindou tells him, his tone bored, with a hint of sarcasm.

"So, what do you want?" adds Ran, with an expression that's the opposite of his brother's. On his lips there is a sly smile.

Sanzu wants to tell them both to fuck off. He started to sleep with them that time when, after catching them naked on top of each other, instead of making up an excuse or having him swear not to say anything to anyone (because those two are brothers, and even if it's just fun and hot for him, Sanzu is not so out of touch to not know how uncomfortable most people would be about it) they invited him to join in. Over time, getting fucked by them when he is high has become something between a coping mechanism, and a habit.

Sanzu is where he wanted to be, at Mikey's side, right there to support him in his descent into hell. That's not the best possible scenario, however. It's not what Shinichiro wanted, and even though Haruchiyo's brain has been screwed for a long, long time, it's not always easy. If the Haitani can make him forget everything that went wrong for a while, that's all gained... until Ran told him not to go back to them until he was sober.

What is he supposed to do now, ask to be banged? "Fuck it, I don't need a thing," he replies. He doesn't need anything like that, he can find someone different anytime. The Haitani are not the only two good-looking men on the face of the earth, and they are getting a little too demanding lately, especially Ran.

Ran grabs him by the arm, and says, "Get undressed, and lie prone on the bed."

He gives him a puzzled look, but he does so anyway. He sheds his clothes and settles down as asked, partly out of curiosity, and partly because he actually wants to be fucked, even though he doesn't feel like asking. He gets the answer to his doubts when he sees him pull a small envelope out of his pants pocket. The contents are impossible to misinterpret, since the plastic is transparent.

"Are you serious?" Sanzu gives them an annoyed look, now they are both grinning. As always, Ran has a softer expression, but Sanzu knows full well that it's just his face, and not a sudden desire to share. "You want to snort a line on my ass, as if I were one of the sluts who work for you?" And after stopping him from doing it himself, of all things. Fuck, that's as ridiculous as it’s irritating.

"Yeah." Ran is already preparing everything needed. "Stay still."

"You said it yourself you don't mind being one of our sluts," sneers Rindou.

Sanzu doesn't know when he said something like that, he doesn't even know if it really happened, and at this point he doesn't feel like asking. Those two assholes are making him pay for something he did, it's obvious. 

A hand is placed on his back, to keep him still. He feels something barely perceptible on his buttocks, and then the stiff edge of a credit card, collecting the powder and settling it into place. If he doesn't fight back, it's only because Ran says, facing his brother, "Are we still on the same page? I fuck his ass and you fuck his mouth."

Rindou strokes Sanzu's lips until he reaches the corner of them. "I've always liked these scars..." he comments, with an interested look that sends a warm shiver down Sanzu's back. The contact lasts a few moments, then Rindou moves closer to his brother.

Chapter Text

Takemichi feels his heart miss a beat when Mikey walks up to him. They have arranged to spend an afternoon together, it's nothing that hasn't happened dozens of times before, but Manjiro's hair is now black, no longer blond.

"What? Does it look that bad on me?" Mikey laughs.

Takemichi is not surprised that his reaction can be read on his face, it's always like that with him. He knows he is an open book, so he hurries to reply, "No... of course not! They look great on you!"

Mikey really looks great with that haircut. The last time he saw it, there was a tattoo on his neck identical to Draken's and Mitsuya's, and it comes naturally to Takemichi to gaze at that very spot. He almost sighs with relief to see that Mikey's skin is still white, and certainly not because the tattoo didn't beautifully bring out the curve of his neck, left uncovered by his now shorter hair.

"Then what's wrong?" Mikey is laughing. His expression doesn't look like the one he saw in that terrible future.

"I've seen you with this hair before," he admits. Manjiro already knows everything, after all they've rewritten the present together, but Takemichi hasn't told him every single detail of every timeline. He didn't dwell on the less important things, such as the hairstyles they all changed over time.

He saw Mikey with that haircut twice. The first one, when Manjiro had black hair just like now, the former Toman leader had killed all his dearest friends. The second one, in which his hair was instead white like Izana's, he had become the head of a terrible gang, and had been guilty of every imaginable crime.

They are walking along the streets of Ueno. They met there because Mikey read on the zoo website that a new lion cub had been born, and he wanted to see it. Takemichi doesn't know why he asked him and not Draken, Emma, or Baji, but after all, they are all adults with their own busy schedules now. Takemichi, who still works at that dvd store despite rewriting the present dozens of times, had the afternoon off and Mikey took advantage of it. 

"Tell me everything," Manjiro says as they enter the park. They are still far from the zoo, but Ueno is always a pleasant place to take a walk, and they haven't been there in almost a year. The last time they were there was because Kazutora wanted to see a punk show, and almost all the members of the now former Toman invited themselves.

"I've already told you how you died in my arms... in that timeline where, fully consumed by darkness, you killed all our friends, and then..." and then he pretended to shoot Takemichi, so Naoto, or Takemichi himself, would kill him. He feels uncomfortable as he speaks those words, to the point that he stops the sentence in the middle, and drops it.

"Was it during that timeline that I had this hair?" Mikey asks, and grabs him by the arm, motioning for him to sit on a bench.

Takemichi nods. He feels a little better as he takes a seat next to him, under a cherry tree that during spring would create a whole different scenario, but now is simply bright green. This is not the kind of discussion to get into while walking in a park. Mikey's hair means nothing in particular, many of them have ended up choosing, over time, the same hairstyles they had in this or that timeline. There are few exceptions, he knows very well that Manjiro is not about to slip into a spiral of darkness. He probably just copied Draken who has, in turn, dyed his hair black a few weeks ago.

"I've already told you everything, but not..." Takemichi has told him everything when they went back in time together. He has told him every timeline, but omitted certain details. He didn't go into the emotional side, that would have been too difficult, and they had other things to think about anyway. Mikey just needed to know the worst-case scenarios to prevent them from happening again. "I never told you the way I felt, holding you in my arms as you died." It was worse than being shot by him. "You don't know... you don't know how many times I cried, and not just for Hina, over all those time travels."

"Tell me about it," Mikey smiles, and grabs his arm with a soft, casual grip. 

It's not the first time he's done this, and it's always nice. It’s a contact that makes him feel at home, maybe because they have started over together. They struggled for ten years to get where they are now, and he would do it again anytime.

Takemichi starts talking. Not for the first time, he tells him everything that happened after Toman won against Tenjiku, how Kisaki's death saved Hina but didn't fix every problem. He tells him the horrible timeline in which every member of Toman had died at Mikey's hands, and Manjiro forced Takemichi to kill him. He keeps his gaze down, unable to look at him in the face as his mind is invaded by memories, and Mikey has that exact same haircut. 

Removing Izana and Kisaki's influence led to the creation of a new gang, this time at Mikey's own hands. He tells him how he arrived at the wedding of his dreams, but Mikey wasn't there. He tells him what happened when he found him, how, even with a bullet in his body, he still tried to save him. As soon as their hands touched, the power activated again.

Mikey already knows that last part, along with the majority of the previous timelines. It's not the first time they've talked about it, but Takemichi is like a river in flood. Mikey's hand, meanwhile, has squeezed his. Their fingers are intertwined. It's such a natural gesture that Takemichi let it happen without even thinking about it, without paying attention to it.

"You are one of the most important people in my life... you know that, right?" Mikey tells him.

Takemichi knows this. He and Mikey have shared so much, he would give his life for him. He almost did, he is only alive because fate had something else in store for him.

"Hinata forgave you when you ditched her at the altar to run to save me," Mikey smiles like he used to, with that wonderful, sunny expression and a sly light in his eyes. "I wonder if she can forgive you a bit more."

Takemichi stares at him blankly, then blinks. "What do you mean?" 

Mikey merely laughs, and stands up. "Shall we go?" He hasn't let go of his hand.

Chapter Text

Chifuyu looks around confused, the apartment is plunged into darkness. He and Kazutora have just finished working, it's already eight o'clock in the evening. They have closed the shutters, cleaned the store, fed and waved goodbye to the animals for the night, and stopped to get three bowls of peyoung yakisoba and a tub of ice cream on their way home. 

They already knew what to expect, but the lights off still worries him a little. It is 8 p.m., and Baji's shoes lie on the entrance mat. He and Kazutora leave theirs there as well, and while Chifuyu shoves the ice cream into the freezer, Hanemiya walks to the bedroom.

The apartment is small, from the kitchen he can see Kazutora turning on every light, while asking, "Are you awake?" 

"Yes..." Baji's voice is a half muffled mumble, and Chifuyu only needs to go to the bedroom to understand why. Keisuke is lying prone on the bed, and has two cats on top of him, curled up on his back. The third, a kitten that Baji rescued from the street not even two weeks earlier, and whom they are supposed to give up for adoption, is lying on the pillow next to his head. Chifuyu already knows that cat will also stay with them, he has adapted too well, in a too short time.

"Was it that bad?" laughs Kazutora.

"I don't think... I don't know. My brain is melted, every time I close my eyes I only see kanji, and half the time they don't make any fucking sense. I studied until five minutes before the exam, and... what the fuck, I can't even remember what I wrote on that shitty paper."

"It couldn't have been that bad," Chifuyu takes a seat on the bed, with a smile on his face. "We studied together, you knew everything until last night."

"Last night yeah, but this morning... what the fuck, this morning I couldn't remember shit," Baji rants, lifting his face from the pillow as Chifuyu and Kazutora settle down next to him, one on each side. Only one cat moves off Keisuke's back, the other two remain stubbornly in place.

"It can't have been that bad," Kazutora repeats, laughing. He brings his face closer to Baji's as he tells him, "We've gone through the whole book countless times, it's impossible for you to have nothing stuck in your head." He has a sly smirk on his lips, his tone is amused.

Baji snorts, and displaces Kazutora with one hand. Hanemiya bursts out laughing, as he clings to his arm, and insists, "Even Fuyu and I could pass these exams, so much we've studied with you. You can't have failed even a passing grade."

"Are you trying to get punched?!" blurts out Baji, and Kazutora laughs harder, knowing full well that Keisuke will do nothing of the sort, not to him.

Chifuyu hugs Baji, although the position is not the best, putting an arm over his shoulders. He is also laughing, with Kazutora's complicity. "There's some peyoung yakisoba in the kitchen," they both know this will cheer him up instantly. Keisuke is, in fact, much easier to read and indulge than what Chifuyu thought when he was younger.

Baji turns on his side to face Chifuyu, and places both hands on his face. That movement makes the other two cats move as well, and Keisuke smirks with that endearing, all-canine grin, as he tells him, "Here's my favorite boyfriend."

Chifuyu laughs, and he laughs even more when Kazutora murmurs, with his lips against Baji's back, "We'll see if you say that also later, when we'll be back on this bed..." and Baji snorts, and replies, "We'll see later, meanwhile let me mope about that fucking exam... there has to be a way to buy a fucking degree."

"Probably, but we're already neck-deep in debt to Koko for the store," Chifuyu points out. They didn't have the credentials to ask for a bank loan, and Kokonoi was, to put it mildly, an asshole. Although they are former gang mates, and still on good terms, Hajime doesn't look anyone in the face when it comes to money. His only exception is Inupi, to whom he gives Louis Vuitton bags and Jimmy Choo shoes despite the fact that nothing of the sort has ever been asked of him, while he fleeces anyone who has had the unfortunate idea of asking him for a loan.

"And that leaves you with only one option," Kazutora prompts him.

"...Indebt myself to that asshole Kisaki too, and buy the fucking degree?"

"No, studying," Chifuyu laughs. Baji's is a sarcastic remark, both he and Kazutora know full well that Keisuke would rather amputate his arm than ask Kisaki for any kind of favor, and it's better that way. They don't need two loans to pay off in forever, while Baji is, in fact, already a very good vet, at least in the field. All he needs is... well, the license to work.

Baji hides his face in the crook of Chifuyu’s neck with a heavy sigh, and Matsuno chuckles as he holds him close. His arms touch Kazutora's, who is doing the same, behind Keisuke's back. Everything will work out, they already know that. After all, they are working hard to get Baji to wrap his head around every notion, every damn technical kanji, everything he needs to get that piece of paper. Chifuyu hopes he won't have to keep doing this for the next five years, but it's not a problem he needs to deal with instantly. He has always had a positive personality, and his hope at the moment is for that exam to be finally overcome after three unsuccessful attempts.

Chapter Text

Hanma usually doesn't move from Kabukicho. It's the neighborhood he knows best, in the good and the bad. He has lived there since he was seven years old, since his father left home and never returned. His mother changed a thousand jobs in the years that followed, she started with respectable occupations, in the Chiba prefecture where they used to live, and slowly began to take jobs that earned her better money. By the age of ten Hanma knew his mother was - and still is - more of a prostitute than a bartender, and when he ran away from home for the first time he latched on to the only thing he was familiar with, despite it being one of the reasons he felt the need to get away from that house. After all, as people say, like mother like son.

Kabukicho, with its thousand establishments, the shady ones run by the Yakuza and the safer ones where he'd like to stop and eat a little more, instead of living off conbini and precooked ramen, are all he knows. It's his territory, he's made a reputation for himself that no gang has yet been able to question. He went to Shibuya because Moebius' leader offered him to join his gang. It was an interesting, and potentially fun enough proposal, to make him take a train. He only had to look at Osanai's face to realize that no, he didn't really like the guy.

It ended in a fight, as usual. He didn't decimate an entire gang single-handedly, but in the end he had fun, one way or another. One of the few punches he took split his lip, blood trickled down his chin to his white shirt, and mixed with spatter from his opponents'.

Shibuya is chaotic as always. The streets are so busy that Hanma is not standing out that much. When he passes someone, they just lower their gaze and hurriedly walk away. He plans to catch a train and go back the way he came, and he is heading toward the station when someone runs into him.

Hanma barely feels it, because the other person is smaller than him. He takes a step back and a grin opens on his lips. "You made me drop my cigarette," he says, ignoring the small twinge that crosses his face. His lower lip is split. He licks it, his mouth fills with the iron taste of blood.

He expects that kid, who can't be more than fourteen, to run away scared. It's a normal reaction for most people, for those who are not delinquents, and that guy is about a foot shorter than him.

The young boy lifts his gaze to him, his expression is icy. He doesn't back away a single step, he doesn't even look away from the blood. For a number of moments it's as if everything stops around them, Hanma is stunned. Nothing like this has ever happened to him. 

Eventually it's the newcomer who breaks eye contact, and shifts his attention to the shirt he's wearing, now bloodstained in turn. "What am I supposed to do with this now?"

Hanma blinks a few times. He has no idea who the person talking to him is, the appearance is not of a delinquent, or of someone used to dealing with people like him. The guy who slammed into him has black hair parted in the middle, he wears glasses, and is dressed like a model student, even though it's summer. He was dressed like a model student before his shirt got blood on it. That kid is nothing special at first glance, but for Hanma it's like being confronted with the most interesting person he has ever met in his life. "...Take it off?" he replies, without losing his grin. If humans could purr, Hanma would be purring right now.

"Are you bullshitting me?" he asks, and Hanma laughs.

"No, I'm dead serious."

That cold look is setting him on fire, but he can't exactly confess his love there, in the middle of the street, to a stranger. "What's your name?" he asks instead, it feels like an important detail, and a good place to start.

His new crush (how long has it been since he had a crush? Years, probably) doesn't deign him an answer. He adjusts his glasses, and says, "Unless you can buy me a new shirt, that's none of your business."

"Of course I'll buy you one!" Hanma laughs, although in reality he doesn't even have the money to buy himself a new pack of cigarettes. He thought he'd steal them from someone before going home, maybe in Kabukicho, where the law works a little differently, and the police don't meddle more than they need to. "Are we going to a mall? Shibuya 109 should be... around here somewhere."

The young boy gives him a skeptical look, but tells him anyway, "Let's go." Whatever his schedule was for the day, he probably can't show up with a bloodstained shirt. It's all a win-win for Hanma, who will try to extend their date as long as possible, before revealing that he actually only has a couple of crumpled bills in his pants pocket, and nothing more. With that amount he certainly can't buy him clothes, maybe an ice cream, if his maybe-future-boyfriend likes sweets.

"Aren't you going to tell me your name?" he laughs.

"You first."

"Hanma Shuji."

The boy has no particular reaction, but then again, he doesn't seem like someone informed about the gang world. His fame as 'Shinigami of Kabukicho' must have gone unnoticed.

"Kisaki Tetta."

-

Kisaki doesn't quite know how he ended up with someone like Hanma blatantly infatuated with him, but it happened, and he has to admit he doesn't mind. That chance meeting in Shibuya set off a series of other events. From the start Kisaki suspected that Hanma didn't have a single yen with him, and it didn't take long to confirm that he wasn't wrong. Despite this, he was unable to get rid of him for a full four hours. In the end, he bought two new T-shirts for both of them, and even took him to McDonald's for dinner, since it had become eight o'clock in the meantime.

He wouldn't have done it for someone else, that's a given. Kisaki is no benefactor, and he certainly doesn't invite to dinner just any asshole who, by bumping into him, prevents him from showing up for an interview to enter a private class. Hanma caught his attention right away because he is different from ordinary people, and also from the typical punks who attend middle school. He found out the reason after a few days, when Hanma revealed his age and the neighborhood he came from. At that point it was easy for Kisaki to do an Internet search, and connect the pieces of the puzzle. He happened to cross paths on the streets of Shibuya with someone who is called 'Shinigami of Kabukicho.' Kisaki doesn't believe in fate, but such an encounter doesn't happen every day, and Tetta didn't let it end in nothing.

They exchanged phone numbers, and over the next month several things happened. His mind started thinking fast, as it always does. He remembered that a childhood friend of his, whom he hasn't seen since elementary school, is in a gang. A quick search was all he needed to find out that it was Toman, headed by Manjiro Sano, a guy with a blinding charisma.

Kisaki was getting bored with attending school, the usual classes, extracurricular courses that are a bit more complex but never really at his level. There's a different way to gain power, one that his parents wouldn't like, but after all, they are both rarely at home, and both only interested in his GPA. Neither his mother nor his father blinked an eye when they saw him with dyed blond hair, tanned skin, and an ear piercing. He did it himself, and Hanma whined for a whole week because he wishes he could have been the one to press the button on the disposable machine Kisaki bought at the mall.

Shuji is very into him, even a little too much. For Kisaki, it's absurd that someone who is three years older than him, who has far more experience in the field - in all fields - than him, does hang on his every word like that. It's strange, but not unpleasant. If Hanma wants to put himself at his service by beating the shit out of someone, or by sliding down on his knees in front of him to give him a blowjob, Tetta is not going to complain. He has never had a relationship like this with anyone, and it's a little scary how quickly he is getting used to it.

Hanma might betray him, get tired of him; in fact, they might get tired of each other. He is not going to ask Takemichi to let him join Toman, he wants to make others come to him. For this he'll have to use a couple of subterfuges, and maybe stain his hands himself, or have Shuji do it for him. Hanma is delighted by all this, but they are already starting to share a little too many secrets. Having sex is not nearly the most dangerous of them.

They started quickly, because Hanma doesn't have a shred of decency, and it's normal for Kisaki to be curious. On the average, his peers at the most hold hands with their girlfriends and share a few lip kisses, assuming they have a girlfriend at all. Shuji is not his boyfriend, but he still stuck his tongue down his throat after only a week. That same night he gave him the first blowjob of his life, and within a month they were already having sex on a regular basis. It's another thing he's getting used to too quickly, like having Hanma in his room. That's one of the reasons he's trying to keep a cool head. They are already connected by a physical relationship and a number of secrets, there's no need to put feelings in the mix as well.

Even at that moment, Shuji is on his bed. He has been there for more than three hours, despite Kisaki having told him not to ring the intercom before five o'clock in the afternoon. Even though his parents aren't home, he has homeworks to do. Hanma still showed up there too early. He entertained himself with the Playstation for a while, then started complaining that he was bored, and went to the kitchen to rummage in the pantry. Two packages of chips finished later, Hanma found a new way to try to get his attention.

Kisaki is still trying to study, now in vain, as he listens to Shuji's moans. He grits his teeth, wondering how shameless a person can be. Hanma told him, "You can enjoy the show if you want," when Kisaki asked him what the hell he was doing. 

He kept insistently giving him his back, sitting at his desk, and now he's kind of regretting it. Turning around would be like letting him have it, but Hanma is handsome, and Kisaki already knows how his flushed face looks like. He also knows the shape and firmness of his cock, and although he's trying to keep studying, he's completely hard in his pants, and re-reading the same line for the third time.

It's not a great thing that Hanma always gets, one way or another, what he wants. It's a fucking problem, which Kisaki has to handle by summoning all his self-control. He sighs, tries to empty his mind, and re-reads the same line for the umpteenth time.

Another moan, louder than the others, makes him snap the book shut. It's impossible to concentrate while Hanma continues to be loud, annoying, and as sexy as he is irritating. Kisaki should have left him outside the front door, and closed his bedroom window from the inside as well, just in case. Next time he'll do just that.

He slowly turns to him, feeling his cheeks on fire but hoping his tan will hide the blush at least a little.

"Hmm..." Hanma licks his lips slowly, he has a relaxed grin on them, his hand is slick with cum. "What do you think?" he asks, as if Kisaki could give him a fucking opinion on something like that.

"I have nothing to add, you did it all by yourself," he answers him, dryly. Hanma literally did it all by himself. 

Kisaki isn't surprised, because that's Shuji after all, but damn... the fucker really masturbated in his bed, just to distract him from the exercises he was doing, and try to get his attention. He doesn't know whether it's more laughable or crazy.

"Come on, I'm sure you have something to say..." On top of it, Hanma brings his hand to his lips, and licks the fingers without breaking eye contact. Kisaki fakes a disgusted look, opens a drawer and tosses him a packet of tissues. Shuji laughs as he grabs them.

"Actually, there's something I'd like to say." He is giving him too much freedom. He needs to take a step back, put up some boundaries, reestablish the hierarchy. "Go to the first sex shop and buy some handcuffs and a rope, the money is in the usual place." Kisaki is, objectively, not fully in control of his mental abilities when he is aroused. It doesn't matter, by evening he'll still succeed in pointing out who's in charge between the two of them.

Hanma's gaze lights up, but only for a few seconds. "The first sex shop is... like an hour away from your house?"

"Great, so I have time to finish studying." As well as to calm down, fully regain control of himself, and maybe even do some internet research to get a good understanding of what to do, with a rope and handcuffs.

"Can I give you a blowjob before I leave?"

"Get out."

"Can I at least buy some more sex toys, since I'm going on a long, long trip?"

Kisaki sighs, and slowly lifts his gaze to him. "Buy whatever you want, but get lost."

Chapter Text

Kisaki raises an eyebrow, as he throws open the door of the small room in the Valhalla lair. He knew he would find Hanma there. Shuji has the Bloody Halloween plan in one hand, the other is tucked into his unzipped pants.

"What... are you doing?"

They have recently started having sex. Hanma has revealed he has a half fixation lately, and although Kisaki hasn't told him, in all honesty they both have that problem. Getting distracted in such a ridiculous way is annoying, but unavoidable. To have found Hanma about to masturbate doesn't surprise him, after all Shuji wasn't expecting anyone else, and there's nothing Kisaki hasn't seen of him, but... the Bloody Halloween plan, really? Kisaki recognized the cover of the notebook, and also his own handwriting, it's impossible for it to be anything different.

"Kisaki," Hanma laughs, moving his hand away. "Don't you use to knock anymore?"

"'Don't you use to lock the door anymore?" 

Tetta gives him a bored glance, it's a discussion that has no point. Hanma never had an ounce of decency, that little room has a latch only because Kisaki demanded it be installed. Shuji couldn't care less.

"Why should I lock it if I'm waiting for you?" Hanma doesn't fasten his pants again, but at least he's no longer touching himself. He grins as he adds, "I was rereading your notes, every single detail, every... everything."

"So what?"

"So what?! It's great, it's all perfect! The way you plan, the care you put into it... I'm going to have such a great time!"

Kisaki merely gives him a cold, calm look. Hanma got turned on thinking about the bloodshed that's going to take place soon. It's not something that makes him uncomfortable, or impresses him that much, but they don't have time to waste. He can't entertain him that way too, there are too many details yet to be planned, Kisaki has to make sure everything is perfect.

His plan has to be flawless, and that means he has to design not just one plan, but two, three, four. Whatever happens, Kisaki will make sure to use it for his own gain. It's not simple, there are a thousand scenarios to take into account.

He has no time for distractions, if Hanma wants to fuck again they can do it after Bloody Halloween. "Update me on Keisuke Baji, and his relationship with Kazutora Hanemiya," he tells him. Kisaki is the mastermind behind all this, but few people know it. It's amazing that the Toman idiots didn't put two and two together, since Kisaki was in charge of Moebius and Hanma was his second in command. Mikey bought into the bullshit that he and Shuji had a superficial relationship from the beginning, which led to their paths to split quickly. Having offered him Pah-chin's freedom certainly helped Manjiro Sano to close his eyes to any possible doubts.

"Yes... everything went smoothly. As it was supposed to go."

"The details."

Hanma is unconcentrated. He licks his lips, starts to tell how Baji brutally punched Chifuyu's face to enter Valhalla. Kisaki notices that Hanma's gaze is wandering over his body as he continues to explain, at one point Shuji also loses his train of thought, and Tetta has to push him to continue.

Kisaki quickly becomes irritated, upon realizing that he is trying in vain to explain some additional details to his subordinate, who meanwhile is surely imagining him bent over, straddling him, or something similar. Not for the first time, he is somewhat regretting having started that kind of relationship with him. He needs Hanma with a clear head, and instead at that moment he is wondering if Shuji has ever been clear-headed in his entire life. There's a reason he has always called him a pawn, but Hanma is not stupid, and Kisaki has put him in charge of a gang.

"Are you listening to me?" he asks, after finishing yet another detailed description of what they'll have to do in case Baji really is a spy, as Kisaki suspects.

Hanma takes a few moments to reply. "Eh... yes." It's clear he wasn't listening to half a word.

"I know what you're thinking," he points out.

"Ahahaha I can't help it~"

Tetta has wondered more than once whether agreeing to have sex with Hanma was a bad idea, but only after indulging him all the way. His only mistake was being curious. The result is that he now finds himself with a subordinate who, instead of thinking with his brain, is literally thinking with his dick, just days before Bloody Halloween.

"Okay," he snorts, because he knows how Hanma is. Getting the sexual tension out of the way is a quick and easy solution. No matter if in doing so he's letting him get away with it, he has more important things to think about. "Let's do some quick stuff, so you can finally get your brain to work." At least, that's what he hopes.

Hanma's gaze lights up. In a moment Shuji is on his feet, the notebook with the Bloody Halloween plan abandoned on the small sofa where he was sitting until a moment before. "Kisaki, you're always the best!" he chuckles, and then slides to his knees in front of him, with an enthusiasm that's no longer new to Tetta.

It's always like that with him. Kisaki knows Hanma likes him because of his intellect, because no one else can entertain him the same way he does, but it's still ridiculous for someone with a background like Shuji, someone who comes from Kabukicho, to show such desperation in front of him. Kisaki is not the type to downplay himself, on the contrary, but he is not delusional. He knows full well that he is three years younger than Hanma, and he has no sexual experience to justify the reactions he often manages to wring from him. Shuji is... nonsensical.

It doesn't matter, at that moment. Although Kisaki has a rational mind, his brain shuts down even too quickly when a pair of soft lips wrap around his cock, and that's what will happen shortly. Hanma is on his knees in front of him, with his hands on Kisaki's pants, and-

The door is thrown wide open. Kisaki freezes in place, his eyes settle on Kazutora who didn't knock, didn't wonder if Hanma might not be alone in there, just opened the door. 

"So, I was thinking that-" Kazutora is saying, but he suddenly freezes, staring at them.

"It's not what you think," Hanma has his hands still on Kisaki's pants, who now feels those fingers with a sharpness he's never felt before, considering they're on top of the fabric of his jeans. "It's just... Kisaki has lost the button of his pants?"

Tetta hits him in the head with a fist. Hanma winces, and reacts with an, "Ouch!" and Kisaki has to call on all his strength not to intimate him to shut the fuck up. Did Shuji really say 'Kisaki has lost the button of his pants'?  

Kazutora slowly closes the door, then opens it again, and adds, "I didn't see anything," before closing it again.

"It's not what you think!" insists Hanma, but the door is still closed. Shuji keeps still, looks worried for about two or three seconds, then bursts into laughter and shrugs his shoulders. "At least he left quickly."

The only good news is that Hanemiya already knows who is behind Valhalla. If someone else had opened that door, it would have been a disaster. There is a padlock, so why the hell didn't he close it as soon as he got in there? Hanma has claimed that ridiculous little room for himself, he calls it his office even though he actually uses it for sleeping and relaxing. He is the temporary head of Valhalla, in theory no one should disturb him there, at least not unless it's strictly necessary. No one except Kisaki himself, and apparently also Kazutora.

"Shall we start again?" Hanma licks his lips, and brings his hands back to the button on his pants, the same one that isn't missed at all.

"Dream on if you think we're going to do anything here!" blurts Kisaki, jerking away.

-

Hanma can feel his heart beating rapidly in his chest, even though they left the battlefield a while ago. It was electrifying, the result is even better than expected, and he can't calm down. Bloody Halloween wasn't like normal gang fights, not even close.

Only Kisaki could design something so awesome. Only Kisaki can give him such excitement, and Hanma is still thrilled, the adrenaline hasn't stopped flowing rapidly under his skin.

Damn, he's turned on. He still has blood on his hands, and a hard-on in his pants. The bike between his legs, and the vibration of the engine, doesn't help in that regard. Kisaki's arms around his waist, and his body pressed against his own back, don't either. Tetta has left him without sex since they were interrupted last time, and although Kazutora won't be a problem for quite a few years now, they can't go back to Valhalla's lair, not after someone in that uniform has died on the battlefield.

He doesn't quite know how to tell him that he wants to fuck him for hours, given what happened last time. Hanma pulls into a deserted parking lot, and positions the motorcycle stand. He doesn't quite know what to do, where to go. They moved quickly away from the crash site.

"I thought..." 

They are both off the motorcycle, and Hanma feels himself being grabbed by the shirt, and dragged downward. He goes along with Kisaki's movements, and finds his lips against his own. He takes a few moments to react, to pull him close and slips his tongue into his mouth.

"Thank god..." Hanma gasps, mid-kiss. "I need to..."

"I know," Kisaki replies, making it clear with those two simple words that Shuji is not the only one who is aroused.

It's perfect. It's so fucking perfect, even though it hasn't even been a week since the last time, it feels like they haven't fucked in forever. He still has so much violence in front of his eyes, he feels like he's going to explode in his pants.

"My house or yours?" he moans. The answer is obvious, he has never taken Kisaki to his house. It's bad enough if he goes back there himself.

"Here is more than fine."

Kisaki puts something in his hand, and Shuji raises his eyebrows when he feels a plastic square of familiar texture between his fingers. It's a condom. Kisaki left his house with a condom in his pocket. Kisaki fought through the entire Bloody Halloween with a condom in his pocket, thinking about what they would do next.

The answer wasn't obvious, and Hanma feels a chill run down his spine. He didn't see it coming, Kisaki planned everything... every fucking thing. It's wonderful, it's more than perfect. Kisaki is truly unique, special, and Hanma plans to be by his side forever. 

"More than fine..." he returns with his lips on Kisaki's, this time with more transport. He slips one hand through his hair, the other rests on his buttocks, pulling Tetta toward him. 

There is not a soul around at that time of night, but the possibility of being caught only turns him on more. 

"Finally..." he chuckles against his mouth, it's an aroused sound. "I've been looking forward to this..."

He doesn't give him time to reply, "What a novelty," or something similar. He lifts him up by the weight and moves a few steps away, near some trees.

Chapter Text

Chifuyu looks around, not without some embarrassment. He is in that room for the first time, and everything is so... yellow. Yellow and leopard printed.

"Um..." he clears his throat, "Can I come in?"

Kazutora laughs as he motions him to enter, and closes the door behind them. "Don't you like my room?"

"No! It's just... it has a lot of personality?" Maybe even a little too much, the curtains are both leopard printed. The bedcover is also leopard printed, and the pillow, and two additional round pillows.

"Exactly," comments Kazutora, as he takes a seat on the bed. "That's good for our little plan, isn't it?"

"About that..." Chifuyu feels his cheeks heat up at the very thought. It's not a bad idea, he's not against spicing things up a bit between them, but Kazutora's methods sound a bit too much like a subterfuge. Doing all of this behind Baji's back... he is afraid that idea would backfire on them, and also very embarrassed at the thought of putting it into practice.

"Are you having second thoughts?"

"Not really! I'd like to, but... what if Baji doesn't like it? If he gets offended, or..."

Kazutora laughs. "Why should he get offended? Would you feel offended if Baji and I sent you that kind of video?"

"Of course not!" it would be more like a dream coming true, he would keep that video forever in his phone, and also a copy in his computer because you can never be too sure with technology. "But I'm not Baji, how can I be sure it wouldn't bother him?"

Kazutora falls silent for a moment, then shrugs. "We can't be one hundred percent sure, but..." Hanemiya drops the sentence, then adds. "We can do nothing, and leave things as they are."

Leaving things as they are is not a bad choice, at the end of the day. Chifuyu had barely realized how repetitive their sex life was, before Kazutora pointed it out, speaking to him privately. He felt fine that way, but upon thinking about it, he couldn't really argue with him.

Starting their relationship wasn't easy, first of all because neither of them knew a three-way relationship was possible. It was natural, and at the same time tricky, and not quick at all. 

Chifuyu knows that Kazutora was jealous of him at first, because of the relationship he built with Baji during the two years Hanemiya spent in juvie. Kazutora felt - and probably still feels - guilt about everything that happened before, and during Bloody Halloween. 

Chifuyu never held a grudge against him, not after he realized what Kazutora's true feelings were, but for months they just circled around each other, as if they were walking on hot coals. Then they became friends, and finally Chifuyu couldn't hold back any longer, and revealed how he felt about Baji to him. He thus discovered that Kazutora's feelings were the same as his own, and they mutually agreed not to say anything to Keisuke. It would have been unfair to force him to choose, after all the things Baji had already gone through.

Chifuyu was able to keep his mouth shut for about a week. It resulted in some problems and some tension, but fortunately Baji is not good at choosing, and they slowly arrived at the relationship they have now. It's a stable and functioning relationship, but it's actually not that spicy under the sheets. Baji is beautiful, but he seems more than happy to just fuck him or Kazutora, without asking half a question about the alternatives. Chifuyu doesn't think Hanemiya is unhappy, but it's as if he is constantly holding back. 

That's why he said yes to him, after a long discussion, but now that he's in Kazutora's room he's not really sure that excluding Baji, even if only for once and for a very good cause, is a good idea. He feels a little guilty.

He lets his gaze wander around the room, he had never been there before, and he has to admit he was caught a little off guard. They spend most of their time together in the abandoned warehouse located in the same building he and Baji live in. They brought pillows, blankets, and even a mattress there. They filled an entire closet with magazines, manga, snacks, and other stuff. Sometimes they even went to Baji's or Chifuyu's room, never to Kazutora's, but he never asked too many questions. Who would ask his boyfriends to meet in their own bedroom, which is adjacent to his mother's, when they have an entire abandoned warehouse to use whenever and however they want?

He is surprised. He had imagined that room to be much more ordinary, given that Kazutora only goes back there to sleep, and not even every night. There are CDs, DVDs, even a baseball bat and a knuckle-duster left in plain sight, along with an assortment of other items. 

"Who are these?" he asks, it's impossible not to notice the posters with pretty girls in bikinis hanging on the walls.

"I don't know. Baji was looking for an old movie with Yuko Natori, so we went to Akihabara. In the same store they were selling posters of some gravure idol, I got the ones with the prettiest girls with the biggest boobs."

Chifuyu raises an eyebrow. Buying those posters is an all too understandable choice - he himself would have bought them if they had fallen into his hands - but he didn't think Kazutora was also into girls.

"We were eleven," Hanemiya laughs.

"Ah..." Chifuyu chuckles, and can't help but wonder if the posters are there because Kazutora likes to look at them, or because they remind him of a day he spent with Baji. He could ask, but he doesn't.

He doesn't know why, but most of the time he has a filter, with Kazutora. It's not intentional but automatic, and although sometimes having a barrier between his brain and his mouth is convenient and helpful, other times it's just irritating. He has no coherent reason for not asking him something so simple, Kazutora certainly won't replicate Bloody Halloween if Chifuyu stops being so careful and delicate with him all the time. He knows better, but his brain doesn't always cooperate.

It is, probably, also his fault if their relationship with Baji is so ordinary under the sheets, if they never do anything different, a little spicier. Chifuyu realizes this only now, and bites the inside of his cheek. He really doesn't know what to do.

"Well?" Kazutora asks. "Don't you want to do it for Baji?" he has that charismatic, endearing smile on his lips. He's looking at him with those big eyes, the left one barely left uncovered by a wisp of black and blond hair.

Kazutora is beautiful, and when he speaks with that tone, when he looks at him like that, it's impossible for Chifuyu to say no. "Of course I want to do it for Baji!" He just hopes they won't end up regretting it.

"Then it's settled."

Chifuyu takes a seat on the bed and stays there stiffly, his hands resting on his knees, while Kazutora opens his cell phone and arranges it among the books, on the bookshelf in front of them. He watches him try different options, arranging the phone again and again, looking for an acceptable angle.

"Does your phone make good videos?" asks Kazutora.

"Worse than yours... it's an older model."

"Yeah... that way it should stay in place. Maybe."

"Maybe it's better to use the camera?"

"And then email the video? It would be too heavy to watch from the phone, and Baji doesn't have a computer in his room."

Chifuyu shrugs his shoulders. A technical problem might stop them from making that video, but Kazutora is working hard to get the phone to stay in place, and then he walks over to him.

"Okay... here we go," Kazutora smiles.

"Wait, are you already recording?"

"Yes, of course... I can't start a video from a distance."

"Play it again, I wasn't ready!" Chifuyu's cheeks are on fire, his heart is beating fast in his chest. Are they really going to do it?

"Okay..." Kazutora is next to his cell phone again, he is pressing the button to start the video. "Let's start."

They are really going to do it. "For Baji-san...?" he asks, nervously. "For Baji..." confirms Kazutora, as he strokes his face with one hand.

Kazutora's lips are on his. Chifuyu sighs in that kiss, and tries to relax. It has never been difficult, with him. Chifuyu has two boyfriends, and the way they kiss and touch him is different. Baji is pure energy, he is passionate and often even impetuous. Kazutora, on the other hand, is more gentle, he slowly gets under your skin, and before you know it it's impossible to get him out of your mind. Kisses with him work the same way, they always start out gentle, and moments later Chifuyu finds himself trembling in his arms, completely lost in the sensations. In any case, whether it's with Baji or Kazutora, Chifuyu loses the ability to think in an instant when their hands touch him, when their lips kiss him.

The knowledge that there's a video going on slowly slips into the back of his mind, as Kazutora's tongue rubs against his own. They move against each other, a hand sneaks under Chifuyu's shirt. He responds to the kiss, angles his face better, and meets him with his tongue. It's wet and warm, and familiar by now. It's a bit weird not being all three together, it's never happened before, but Kazutora's hands are touching him, and it's natural for Chifuyu to melt into the kiss.

His heart has already started beating fast, his hands are on Kazutora's hips. He is thinking about slipping off his shirt, when a noise catches both of their attention, causing them to pull apart. Kazutora's phone has fallen down.

Hanemiya gets up to fix it, he tries for a couple of moments, and then tells him, "I guess it's better if one of us holds the phone..." he has his gaze fixed on the screen, and from the noises Chifuyu hears coming from the phone, Kazutora is looking at the video. It's embarrassing. "I can hardly see anything."

"Yes, but... how do we film ourselves while...?"

"We take turns. Like..." Kazutora licks his lips softly, they are curved into a smirk. "Like, if I film you while you suck me off, and we send the video to Baji... he'd sure like that, wouldn't he?"

Chifuyu feels himself on fire. He remains wide-eyed, his cheeks hot, for a few seconds. He feels like he's choking. When he finally manages to speak, he asks, "Do you really think...?"

"And then I could straddle you, and moan Baji's name as you fuck me. Just think how much he'd like that... can we do that? For Baji..."

Chifuyu can do nothing but moan, "Yes...!"

-

Kazutora bites his lower lip, he is starting to feel nervous. In the end, they sent two videos to Baji. He never thought that would be the worst part: not making the videos per se, but mailing them.

Hanemiya talked to Chifuyu, he worked him up a bit - he knew it would be easy - and invited him to his house one morning when his mother was away, after making him promise not to tell anything to Baji. They skipped school to make a sex tape for Keisuke, and it was a little awkward but mostly fun, until it was time to hit the send button.

After a string of "Send it to him," "No, you send it to him," completely useless since the cell phone belong to Kazutora anyway, he made up his mind and pressed that button. He doesn't think Baji will be upset about not being included, even though he and Chifuyu have never had sex without him before. From the start he thought that making a video specifically for Baji was a very good justification for temporarily excluding him; after all, if his two boyfriends did the same for him, he would be more than delighted. He was relaxed about that, but three hours had passed in the meantime.

For a while they did something different. He showed Chifuyu his collection of visual-k albums, then his mangas and magazines, and finally he settled back on the bed, now a little more nervous. He is watching the videos again, trying to figure out if they are actually too much.

It's nothing they haven't already done in front of Keisuke, even though Kazutora isn't usually the bottom one. It's still not a first, and he felt like putting on a little show.

Seeing himself completely naked, with his thighs spread wide while straddling Chifuyu, has a certain effect on him. The video is blurry, a bit grainy at times, but still explicit. He can see his swollen, hard erection, and Chifuyu's hand around it. Matsuno's cock, pushed deep into his body, is not as visible in the video, but it's more than clear what they are doing. Chifuyu mainly framed his face, his bare chest, and only occasionally lower down, but that's okay. The overall effect is erotic, and the leopard print background is really perfect. Perhaps next time - if there's going to be a next time - they might try a position that leaves even less to the imagination.

The other video, the one made by Kazutora, is if possible even more explicit. Kazutora had no problem framing Chifuyu's beautiful flushed face, his long eyelashes, and his lips around his own cock. At one point he even brought his phone closer, receiving an embarrassed and utterly erotic look in exchange.

There is nothing wrong with those videos, other than being... well, pornographic, and certainly unexpected by Baji.

"Was it too much...?" Chifuyu asks.

It's automatic for him to answer, "No...?" He is not so sure anymore, actually.

"Are you sure?" Chifuyu is biting his lower lip, he looks really worried. "It was... I liked it, but maybe it was a suggestion a bit over the top? Speaking of which, where did you read that stuff about spicing up sexual chemistry with a sex tape?"

Kazutora has lied for good. He clears his throat, and admits, "I actually didn't read it."

"And who told you about it?" Chifuyu furrows his brows, but the confusion doesn't last long on his face. "Don't tell me it was Hanma."

"Well..." Who else was he supposed to ask? It's not as if Kazutora knows a thousand people who grew up in a red-light district.

"Didn't we say it's never a good idea to listen to Hanma?"

There's a hint of panic in Chifuyu's voice, and it's instinctive for Kazutora to immediately get defensive: "This time it wasn't such a bad idea."

His more-or-less friendship with Hanma began during his time in Valhalla, and despite everything, it didn't die after Bloody Halloween. Kazutora knows who he is dealing with, namely an asshole who would do anything for Kisaki and only for Kisaki, but Hanma is funny, and he has a sadistic side similar to his own. There's a reason Mikey has never sent them to beat up someone together, even now that they are all part of Toman.

Sex with Baji and Chifuyu works well, but it took them more than a year to go from foreplay to the full act, and now it's as if they are stuck again. For months Kazutora has wondered if he should just sit on one of their dicks to get what he wanted, but even after he has actually done it... he can't say he doesn't enjoy sex with them, he does, but he wants something more.

With a boyfriend as impetuous as uncreative, and another boyfriend who is happy with whatever he and Baji decide to do, Kazutora didn't have many options. Who should he have asked, the Dear Heart Mail of one of those girlie magazines? To some online forum? To Draken? Hanma constantly brags about what he does with Kisaki, and Kazutora figured that, if he had to hear him say a bunch of exaggerated bullshit, he might as well get something good out of it.

It wasn't easy to ask for his advice, mostly because Hanma is the kind of person who habitually mocks others, and much of their friendship is based on insulting each other and calling each other a slut. It weighed on him more than a little to admit that in fact he, Baji, and Chifuyu don't exactly spark under the sheets. Hanma already knew this, he has a hawk eye for that sort of thing, but he didn't hold back from making jokes anyway. Kazutora threatened his life, insulted him, in the process he snatched the cigarette Hanma was about to light out of his hand and threw it out the window, and finally actually got some advice.

"Your room looks like a porn movie stage set, take advantage of it."

Kazutora gave him a really, really puzzled look. When he bought those leopard-print curtains he didn't do it because they inspired him sex. Hanma is as ridiculous as ever, but after being left alone again, he reconsidered. He came to the conclusion that his room wouldn't actually work badly as a background for that kind of video.

"I hate to ask it..." Chifuyu sighs "Did Hanma give you this... um, advice, because he did something similar for Kisaki?"

"Yeah." Half the things Hanma says are probably bullshit, but that one definitely happened. He is sure because of the conversation they had afterwards.

"I hate asking this even more, because I really don't want to know" Chifuyu has a half disgusted expression, his sigh is even heavier than the previous one. "How did Kisaki react?"

"Does it matter? Baji is not Kisaki."

"Good thing he isn't! But just to understand..."

Kazutora clears his throat, he knows it would be better not to say it, but... well, Chifuyu is the one who asked.

"So... I also asked him. Hanma told me that Kisaki not only didn't answer him, but he also blocked him." Predictably, Chifuyu's gaze becomes alarmed to say the least. "But it's Kisaki! Hanma told me Kisaki randomly blocks him on his phone sometimes, when he texts him too much or bugs him in any other way... we all know those two have a weird relationship, and Kisaki has a shitty temper." Chifuyu's expression didn't change one bit. "And by the way, Hanma left in a hurry because Kisaki called him, so he must have unlocked him for sure... okay, I'll call Baji."

There are, in fact, two of them who are worried. They become even more so when Keisuke's cell phone rings with no answer. "At least he didn't block me," Kazutora laughs, but his downplaying doesn't reassure Chifuyu.

-

'Come over to my place and let's go check on Baji-san. It's already ten o'clock at night and neither of us has heard from him… maybe we've gone too far and he's angry.'

When Chifuyu sends that message to Kazutora, they have said goodbye to each other hours ago. He went back to his house, locked himself in his room, but even rereading Paradise Kiss couldn't calm him down. His heart is beating too fast in his chest, and he can't help but check his phone every ten minutes. By now he is really sure that he and Kazutora have gone too far. Even if he sees Baji tomorrow morning at school, how could he bear the wait? Certainly not without staying up the whole night. He and Keisuke live in the same building, but unfortunately he doesn't have the courage to go alone, and face the consequences.

'I'm already around there, I'm coming.' Kazutora replies.

Chifuyu climbs out the window after slipping on a sweatshirt, and waits for him sitting on the fire escape. It's a very short wait, he wonders if Kazutora was waiting for a message from him, or if he planned to go to Baji himself, but it matters little.

They exchange a nod, he only has to look into Kazutora's face to realize that he is not the only one in that frame of mind.

"Shall we go...?"

"Let's go."

"Be quiet... it's better if he doesn't hear us coming. Just in case... you know."

Chifuyu swallows hard, and nods. "Yes... slowly," he repeats, his heart pounding in his throat. They wouldn't be so careful and quiet even if they were going to rob an apartment. The staircase is made of steel, but they move lightly, until they arrive in front of Baji's window, the same one they have entered dozens of times.

He and Kazutora exchange a glance. Keisuke's room is bathed in darkness, but from where they stand they can see the only source of light: Baji's cell phone, which he holds in front of his face. His expression is focused, rapt.

"Do you think he's..." murmurs Chifuyu.

"He's definitely watching the videos."

"Since, uh, how long? It's after ten o'clock, and..."

"Um... should we stay and watch, or knock on the window?"

If Baji hated those videos, he wouldn't be watching them on repeat, would he? His expression doesn't look angry, but it's dark, and Chifuyu can't really be sure. He doesn't know what to do, but Keisuke really doesn't look angry, just... extremely intent on staring at his phone screen.

"I don't know..." he murmurs. "Let's check what he's doing for a while longer, just to be sure...?"

"Okay..."

In the end it's Keisuke who decides for them. Baji lifts his gaze from his cell phone, even in the dark of night he recognizes their silhouettes outside the window. His reaction is comical, he opens his eyes wide and snaps to his feet, then grabs his cell phone and closes it with a sharp movement, before running to the window.

He is reacting like someone who has just been caught watching porn. Which is probably exactly what happened, but...

"What are you two doing here?!" blurts out Baji. Although Chifuyu can't see the blush on his cheeks, by now he can clearly recognize an embarrassed reaction from him.

"So, did you like the little gift?" chuckles Kazutora.

Baji brings his gaze back to him, stares blankly at him for a few moments, then gasps, "Yes...?"

"You haven't watched those videos all day?" laughs Chifuyu, finally feeling relieved. They didn't screw up. In fact, Baji appreciated it! It's just like him to not answer any calls because he had to watch and rewatch the videos, but Chifuyu's mind immediately thought the worst.

"Yes... I mean no! Go away both of you, what the fuck are you thinking! There's school tomorrow, and if my mom catches you two here she'll become a real pain in the ass!"

"Ahahaha you liked them!" Kazutora chuckles. "Did you see, Fuyu? It wasn't a bad idea!"

"It wasn't, now get lost both of you," growls Baji.

"So you can keep watching the videos?"

"Get lost!"

He and Kazutora continue to laugh for quite a while, even as the window is closed in their faces, and they go back down the fire escape.

Chapter Text

Kisaki approaches Hanma, and grabs the cigarette from his fingers. It hasn't been lit yet, and before Shuji can do it, Kisaki makes it disappear into a drawer.

"Ahahaha, I can't even smoke?"

"Not in my room," he replies, coldly. 

His mother is barely at home, she doesn't check what he does during the day or if he goes out during the night, but the smell of a cigarette? She was able to recognize it, and have something to say about it, even after Kisaki was in Valhalla's lair. That place was filled with secondhand smoke, but it's always irritating to be lectured about something he didn't do, and in that specific case about the cigarettes he didn't smoke.

Hanma is in his room not for the first time, but his parents know nothing about it. They are as always at work, and Kisaki doesn't want to have any unnecessary annoyance.

"No post-sex cigarette... you'll have to give me something else to keep my mouth busy." Hanma gives him one of those relaxed half grins typical of when they've recently finished having sex. It's a subtle difference with his usual expression, but Kisaki has already learned to notice every little nuance.

"You had your mouth busy until ten minutes ago," he points out, with a detached look. He has no time to waste, he was crystal clear with him. Unlike Hanma, Kisaki not only hasn't dropped out of school, he has to maintain a high GPA. He agreed to have sex with him, but it was just a little off schedule, because he felt like it. For the rest of the afternoon Shuji could play Playstation, sleep, or leave.

"I was talking about something to eat," laughs Hanma.

Kisaki gives him a 'yeah, right' glance, then he opens the same drawer in which he made the cigarette disappear, and grabs a lollipop. Hanma stands up and settles behind him, while Kisaki unwraps the candy, and hands it to him.

"...wait, how old are you?" Shuji asks. On the desk in front of Kisaki are arranged a couple of textbooks. On the literature one is specified the year he is attending.

"Thirteen, why?" 

There is a pause, behind his back. Kisaki doesn't turn to look at Hanma, because he suspects the kind of expression he would find on his face. Was the idiot really unaware of his age? He is not surprised, but it still comes across as irritating, mostly because of the implication. His age doesn't make him a child, nor does it make him any less intelligent, or skilled at planning.

"Any problems?"

"...no?"

That's not a statement, it sounds more like a question. He turns toward him, with the whole swivel chair. He is still handing him the lollipop, which Hanma grabs. Shuji's expression is just as he imagined it.

"You know I'm sixteen, right?"

"Of course," unlike Hanma, he informs himself about the people he is dealing with. It wasn't difficult, online forums contain more information about Hanma than Kisaki would have liked to know. "Hanma Shuji, sixteen years old, you ran away from home at twelve according to what people say. You're from Kabukicho and you've been living on the streets, you can't be shocked because a thirteen-year-old fuck."

"Of course not," Hanma laughs, "it's just that you're... perfect, with a brilliant mind. Following someone like you is all I've ever dreamed of-"

"...but?" urges Kisaki. Ther's clearly a but.

"But nothing! I just didn't expect it, I thought you were fifteen... at least fourteen. I thought you were just short?"

Kisaki glares at him, Hanma might as well have said he didn't expect to have fucked a 13-year-old, it would have been less laughable. "It's your height that's ridiculous, there's nothing wrong with mine." Mikey himself is shorter than him by a couple of inches. It's not his fault Hanma looks like a fucking streetlamp.

-

Hanma can't stop smiling as he waits for Kisaki outside his school. It's a private, clearly expensive-looking institution, and they're all staring puzzled and bewildered - and scared, of course also scared - at him, the tattoos on his hands, the cigarette between his lips, and his motorcycle.

That school can't have strict rules, otherwise Kisaki wouldn't be able to attend it with his hair dyed blond and his ear pierced, or alternatively it's Tetta who is an exception because he's basically a genius, and no self-respecting principal would turn him down for such trivial reasons. In any case, the other students are boring and ordinary, with their black hair, neat uniforms, and downcast looks.

"Kisaaki! ♡" he exclaims loudly, when he finally notices him in the crowd. It's not just Tetta who lifts his gaze to him, but three-quarters of the people present there.

"Didn't I tell you to wait at the street corner?" Kisaki snarls at him, without even saying hello.

Hanma laughs. "I know, but I missed you! Hop in, I'll take you for a ride!"

"We had an appointment at two-thirty for a reason, you idiot," Kisaki points out. Hanma knew Tetta wouldn't get out of school before that time, it's obvious. They are both well aware he is only there to scare some students and teachers. "I shouldn't have told you what school I attend," Kisaki states as he gets on the bike.

"I would have found out anyway," Hanma tells him, as he hands him his helmet. "Have you eaten yet?"

"Yes."

"I haven't. First stop McDonald's?"

Kisaki fastens his helmet. Hanma still has that wide smile on his lips, because he knows what's going through Kisaki's head at that moment. In a normal situation, Tetta would have already reminded him that they didn't meet to waste time, that they have things to do. Everyone is watching them, they are the main attraction of the institution at that moment.

"First stop McDonald's, just hurry up."

Chapter Text

"You've got to be kidding me," Rindou turns an irritated glance to his brother, who laughs as he grabs him by the hips, and places a kiss on his neck, on a portion of skin left uncovered by purple hair.

"Just a little," chuckles Ran. Rindou pretends to push him away with an elbow that is too weak and contained to have the slightest effect.

Sanzu snorts, and drops himself sitting on the sofa, as he watches them. He has no idea what the topic is, and it's not important. In a few hours that house will be filled with people, and they are setting up the bottles of alcohol, and all the stuff bought at Don Quijote. He didn't catch the joke exchange, but seeing the line of Rindou's deltoids, and Ran's hands on his hips, brought something back to his mind.

"What now?" Ran asks.

"That stuff won't end up settling on its own," comments Rindou.

Sanzu lingers his gaze on them for a few moments, on Ran's soft expression and Rindou's slightly irritated one, on both of their clothes. Even in simple comfortable sweatpants, which they wear to stay at home and which will be replaced by more refined clothes in a couple of hours, their perfect figures can be guessed from the way the fabric falls. Sanzu knows that what's underneath it is even better. "Seeing you two flirting reminded me that I never saw you two having sex. With each other, I mean."

"Is that a problem?" the Haitani older brother asks, with an amused frown.

"Yes," Sanzu replies, without skirting around it. It's a problem, because he has wanted to enjoy that show for a while now, but things always turn out differently in the end. It's definitely not an accident.

"Has it ever occurred to you that we don't let you watch because you talk too much?" Ran's smile is still on those soft lips. Sanzu is not surprised, he knows it's fake. 

Instead, Rindou rolls his eyes, and adds, "After what Senju said..." Unlike his brother, he has what he thinks written all over his face.

"And what did Senju say?"

"That after a party you came home, and before you even said good morning you said I fucked both the Haitani."

"She also said she choked on the juice she was drinking," Ran adds.

"I know what Senju said, I was there," snorts Sanzu, that story is nothing new, and it's ridiculous. Okay, he might have let something slip because he came home still drunk from the night before, but no Haitani batted an eye when Senju told that story during the monthly dinner with the former Toman members. "And by the way, my sister is the usual exaggerated one, the proof is that she is still alive." She hardly choked on her juice, it just went in her throat for a couple of minutes.

Their trio was born during that time, but they were never in the same division, there was never anything official. If someone managed to make Mikey really angry, their Leader knew who to turn to. Manjiro used to send the three of them, and in worse cases also Mucho, to settle scores with the worst scum. They never killed anyone, but violence was always assured, and extreme.

Their relationship survived Toman because Ran likes the social life, he likes throwing parties, talking to people, buying people drinks, flirting, being liked, and all the things that goes with it. Rindou likes to deejay, to manage the music and the rhythms of the evening. Sanzu likes to drink and party, and it's a lucky coincidence that he already knew the current owners of one of the hottest clubs in Roppongi. They don't do anything violent together anymore - at least for the time being, Sanzu is always available to help make someone disappear, if ever the need arises - but their relationship still works.

For some time now, Rindou and Ran have been hosting a second kind of parties. Those in the club are wild, they attract a lot of people, and are very fashionable. Sanzu, who is a Youtuber by profession, knows that almost all of his fans like to follow the live streams he does from the Haitani's club. The ones held at Ran and Rindou's house are exclusive and at the strictest discretion, you enter with a special invitation, and cell phones, cameras, and video recorders are forbidden. Sanzu is invited to each one, and sometimes he even helps them with the organization, or at least with emptying the Don Quijote bags and arranging all the stuff bought for the occasion.

"It doesn't make a big difference," Ran tells him, but it's clear from his attitude how little he cares whether or not the rest of the former Toman knows that he, Sanzu, and Rindou are fucking.

Apparently it's not the same as far as the two brothers are exclusively involved. Sanzu knows his brain is screwed up, but not to the point of not be aware that incest is a problem for most people. "When Senju and Takeomi asked if the rumors were true, I said I didn't know, even though I do know. You can trust me."

That's not the only thing he hasn't revealed to a single soul. What happens at the Haitani's private parties stays at the Haitani's house, and for the most part Sanzu sticks to that rule, despite being asked a thousand times by his internet followers, and even by strangers on the street, to tell what he saw or did in there.

The truth is that most of those parties end in at least a couple of orgies and stuff like that. Even though Rindou and Ran's rooms remain closed, the guests don't make much of a fuss about using the couch, the carpet, or any available surface. That's what everyone suspects, but only a select circle of people got to see with their own eyes. Sanzu never told about the amount of alcohol and other stuff going around in that house, nor about all the people who were lucky enough to be fucked by the Haitani brothers, nor even about the time he woke up in Rindou's bed... although he kept that last part to himself mostly to avoid losing the last glimmer of decency he has left. 

He remembers very little of that night. Certainly not what Rindou told him, which was, "You asked any guy here to cum on you, and I think at least half did. In the end Ran took pity on you, we stuck you in the shower, and put you to bed."

Sanzu wishes he didn't believe that story, but he knows himself too well. It's not even the gangbang part that's so embarrassing, but being dragged into the shower, handled like a doll while he was already basically asleep, and then stuffed into Rindou's bed, where by the way he's never been without at least a couple of drinks first. He didn't even have the courage to ask if Rindou and Ran had also had a turn on him that night, but it mattered little. After all, it had happened dozens of other times.

"...there's a rumor that Ran and I are fucking?"

"Since before you joined Toman." And Toman has been disbanded for almost seven years now.

"Rumors are just rumors as long as no one can confirm them," smiles Ran.

The discussion is not over. If it were, Ran would have already gone back to sorting out the wine bottles, but instead he is standing in front of him, his arm still around Rindou's waist. "What should I give you in return?" Sanzu asks, annoyed. Ran is no easier than Rindou, although he likes to pretend to be, with that mellifluous smile. It's all a facade, the elder of the Haitans is the one in charge between the two, though Rindou doesn't like to have it pointed out. It doesn't happen, most of the time.

"Think about it," Ran answers.

"What do you want, my eternal devotion?" he replies, sarcastically.

"That's impossible," Rindou cuts it short, then slips out of Ran's grasp and grabs a couple of bottles from inside a bag. "Let's go back and sort this stuff out, this place must be perfect in less than three hours."

It's true that it's impossible, his devotion already belongs to someone else, someone who, unlike the Haitani, is certainly not within his reach. Sanzu has noticed the cold tone with which Rindou has spoken those words, but he can't do anything about it. He stands up, and doesn't respond as he in turn grabs a bag, and goes back to doing what he had interrupted earlier. The one between them is not some kind of affair, it's just a weird relationship, which is neither a friendship nor anything else clearly definable. That's okay.

Ran walks up to him, wraps an arm around his shoulders, and says, "If we get clear-headed enough to tomorrow, we'll talk about it."

Sanzu nods, already knowing that it's virtually impossible for that to happen.

Chapter Text

That's not a show of trust. That's just yet another piece of Hanma's bullshit, which Kisaki is only going along with because he has a steady hand, and a brain that has allowed him to do a long series of research.

When Hanma told him, "I want a tongue piercing," Kisaki merely replied, "Go get it done." His former subordinate, and now more-or-less boyfriend, is already eighteen years old. He doesn't need parental consent to go to a reputable studio, and not someone's basement, to have his tongue pierced with a needle.

Too bad Hanma doesn't want to go to a professional, but he wants him to do that piercing. Kisaki wouldn't bat an eye if it were any other area of his body, after all, he himself got his first ear piercing at thirteen. A hole in the tongue is potentially dangerous if done incorrectly.

"Are you still sure?" he asks, because as confident as Kisaki can be about himself and his research, he knows that's not a great idea.

He is not against the piercing itself. He hasn't told him, but he is curious to find out what it will be like to kiss him, or to get a blowjob from him, after the hole has healed. Kisaki would have accompanied Hanma to a studio without any problem, he would even have gifted him that piercing, since he is personally interested in it, but Shuji didn't consider the different options. He just told him, "I want you to do it."

"Sure," Hanma smiles, with that expression that always looks more like a grin on his face. "The fun part is having you do it."

Kisaki gives him an indifferent look, he knew that even without hearing him say it. He stands up and opens a drawer, where he has arranged everything he needs. "I did some research."

"Of course you did."

"Your tongue is going to swell up a lot, so we're going to use a longer bar to start with. It's uncomfortable, but no more than not being able to eat normally for a couple of weeks. I've already bought the shorter bar, to replace it when it's fully healed."

Hanma shrugs his shoulders. "I don't need to learn all this stuff, if I have a doubt I'll just call you," he tells him, although Kisaki knows that Hanma is actually listening to his every word. "You basically know more than a real piercer by now."

"Wait to say that," Tetta gives him a cold look. "The reason this piercing, more than others, should be done by a professional is that the tongue is full of nerve endings. Someone pierced the wrong spot, and ended up in the hospital... just hope you won't end up like that."

These are empty threats, made only to keep Hanma's feet on the ground. Predictably, they have no effect. Shuji laughs, and tells him, "That will never happen," with the tone, and the smirk, of someone who knows that Kisaki has been studying for hours and hours on any available website, even going so far as to download medical manuals online, to be really sure.

They know each other very well by now, and that's just the way Tetta is. If a topic catches his attention, it's not uncommon for him to research it thoroughly and ending up being absorbed in a tunnel of information, articles, and extracts from university textbooks. This is why he has always had above-average grades, certainly not because of his professors. He enjoys studying, but Kisaki has always done it all on his own.

"Then let's get started. Sit in the chair." The bed is not an ideal spot to place everything he needs. The desk is not sterile either, but at least it's a flat surface where it's easy to get organized. Kisaki has left part of it free of any books or junk, and has even cleaned it with disinfectant wipes before Hanma's arrival.

He grabs everything he needs from the drawer, while Hanma does as he is asked. He doesn't hurry, he neatly arranges the clamp and needle, both in their packages, and the jewel he has already disinfected. If Shuji wants to back out, that's the right time to do so, but Kisaki knows that won't happen. Hanma is looking curiously at everything Tetta has gotten. He slips on a pair of disposable gloves, and turns to look at him.

"Okay, stick your tongue out."

Kisaki is not easy to distract. If he were, it would be a problem, because Hanma doesn't break eye contact for even a moment as Tetta's fingers go over the area to make sure the placement is correct.

"A little more..." Hanma's look is the same one he has seen him do in quite different situations. If having his latex-covered fingers on his tongue is having any effect on Shuji, Kisaki has no problem blocking his hot spirits right away. "The clamp should be left in place for a few seconds, so the area goes numb. It's uncomfortable, bear it and keep still."

Kisaki releases the clamp from its wrapping, it is easy to use. He just positions it and secures it with the hook provided. He leaves it there, just as he told him, and in the meantime he opens the needle wrapper. Now comes the hardest part, at least for him. Many people online have written that the clamp is worse than the needle, only someone has felt pain during the actual piercing, so he doubts Hanma is having a good time at the moment. Still, he seems relaxed, which is definitely a good thing.

"I'm doing it," he tells him. It's the only notice he gives him, before he passes the needle through the loop created by the clamp. He leaves it stuck in his tongue long enough to grab the piercing, and place one end of the rod against the back of the needle cannula. As expected, it fits perfectly. 

It's a quick process, which he accomplishes with a steady hand. He places needle and clamp, now both to be discarded, back on the desk, and screws in the second piercing ball. The latex of the gloves gives him a firm grip.

"Done."

Hanma's eyes widened at one point, as the needle pierced his tongue. Kisaki is all in all satisfied, there is no trace of blood and he didn't hesitate for a moment, just as he should have done. He stayed composed the whole time.

Hanma has a pained expression on his face, he is moving his mouth to try to get used to the feeling.

"How is it?"

"Uncomfortable..."

"It'll be even more so, as soon as the tongue starts to swell."

"More than all... the bar is pretty much stuck in my palate."

Kisaki has already explained to him that it's the one that has to be used during healing, there's no point in repeating himself. He takes off the gloves, and throws them along with the needle and forceps into the bin. He opens the usual drawer and grabs a small bottle. "It's a spray mouthwash. It should be used two or three times a day, that's all you have to do. No alcohol, cigarettes or spicy food for a month."

Hanma merely nods, although Kisaki doubts he'll be able to go that long without smoking. Shuji has the expression of someone who is still trying to get used to having something uncomfortable in his mouth. Kisaki already knows, because he has read it online, that that discomfort will continue for a month, until the bar is changed.

"Hmm..."

Kisaki gives him a long look. "That's what you wanted," he might tell him. Hanma was the one who insisted, Kisaki merely indulged him. He says nothing, he just turns on the PlayStation, and places a controller in his hand. He knows that, over the next month, he'll hear him complain frequently, and will have every opportunity to remind him who was the one who wanted that piercing.

Chapter Text

Chifuyu is staring at him wide-eyed. His cheeks, that are on fire, make his face even more adorable. "'B-but... are you sure it can be done?"

"Of course it can be done."

"I mean... is it anatomically possible?"

Kazutora laughs. He and Chifuyu are in the usual disused warehouse, waiting for Baji, who is finishing dinner. They know Keisuke will arrive a little later, because his mother has guests for dinner and he can't get up from the table as soon as he's finished eating, but it's no problem. In fact, that way Kazutora has plenty of time to explain the situation to Chifuyu.

Like all the other times, they came in through the window and settled on the mattress they brought there months before. There is a leopard-print blanket on it, and beer cans have been placed near their feet. He and Chifuyu have already finished two of them.

"Of course it's anatomically possible, otherwise I wouldn't have proposed it."

"Wait... I have two questions." Chifuyu grabs another beer, and for a moment he looks like he is unsure whether to open it or not. At the end he sets it back down, sighs, and with his cheeks still flushed he asks, "Is this Hanma's idea too?"

"No, this is my idea." He is sincere, that one is all his own brainchild. The idea of the amateur sex tape to send to Baji was great, but he didn't feel like asking for that asshole's help twice. Hanma may be his best friend, but Kazutora knows who he's dealing with.

"Ah... okay. How did you ask Baji? I mean, what did you say to him? How did he react?"

"I just asked him. I promised myself to be a little less paranoid, to be more open with you..." that's not really true, not entirely. Kazutora has fantasies he hasn't revealed yet, but he's trying. "He said yes, with a shrug of his shoulders."

"...with a shrug of his shoulders?"

"I was puzzled, too." It was easy, so easy that Kazutora wondered why the hell he hadn't asked him sooner. "He told me if I can handle fifty guys at once on the battlefield, do you think I can't handle you two?"

"But it's not the same! Not at all!"

Kazutora thought the exact same thing, but he didn't tell Baji. He didn't want to self-sabotage. If Keisuke thinks that taking two cocks at the same time is a piece of cake, without having ever even tried it with one before, it's all win-win for them. He's thoroughly informed himself, he knows how it works, it'll be fine.

"I don't see why I should have corrected him," he says, but shushes when he hears a noise coming from the fire escape. Baji is walking up to them, and Kazutora smiles, "Okay, here we go!"

Kaisuke throws open the window, and enters the warehouse. "Finally, that pain in the ass mom and her friends wouldn't leave me alone," he blurts out, as he slips off his shoes and walks over to them. "First the questions about school, then the ones about the girlfriend I don't have, and all this while my mom kicked me from under the table to stop me from telling them to fuck off!" 

Baji grabs a beer and takes a seat on the mattress. He opens it, takes a long sip, and finally brings his gaze to them. "What are you looking at?" he asks, without changing his expression. "...and you, why are you red in the face?" he adds, toward Chifuyu. "Did you start without me?"

"No... of course not!" rushes to say Chifuyu. "Tora was just explaining... what you said to each other."

"You already call him Tora. So you started without me." Keisuke swallows another long gulp of beer, then sets the half-empty can on the floor, and grabs Chifuyu by the front of his shirt, dragging him toward him.

Kazutora watches them exchange a kiss that quickly becomes intense, deep. Chifuyu doesn't call him Tora outside of sex, or at least he didn't until now, but that's not a problem. Nor is it a problem that Baji misunderstood the situation; he himself said, "You can do whatever you like, even without me." It happened the day after they sent him those videos. Even after confirming that Baji didn't mind the little gift, Chifuyu wanted to talk about it to, make sure there was no problem whatsoever.

Kazutora licks his lips, and brings both hands to Baji's pants, to unfasten them. Meanwhile, he lies prone on the mattress, in a position that allows him to reach with his mouth between Baji's legs. He wraps a hand around the base of his dick, it only takes a few movements for him to feel it getting hard in his hand.

Sucking Keisuke off is something he has dreamed of doing since he was thirteen, and he had to wait another three years to achieve it. No one can blame him for not missing any opportunity now. Giving blowjobs is something he enjoys, and judging from what his two boyfriends say, he does it pretty well.

Unfortunately, he rarely manages to get either of them to finish in his mouth. Chifuyu most of the time interrupts him, too embarrassed and respectful to end up in his throat even if Kazutora asks for it. Baji, on the other hand, is the type who gets tired of it in the middle, grabs him by the weight, spreads his legs wide and settles on top of him, looking for something more intense.

Kazutora doesn't quite know how to tell them that he likes the rough treatment, but that he also wants them both to cum in his mouth or on his face, and to verbally abuse him a bit. Maybe one day he'll just ask for it, just as he asked Baji if he wanted to try something new. He didn't think he would get a positive answer, for some reason he expected Baji to refuse to take it up his ass.

Kazutora parted his lips around Keisuke's girth and, with a satisfied sigh, slid the first few inches into his mouth. He rubs the glans with his tongue, strokes all the sensitive spots, then relaxes his throat to prepare to take it all the way to the base.

He wants Keisuke, or why not also Chifuyu, to fuck his mouth. He wants to be grabbed by the hair, instead Baji's hands are one still on Chifuyu's shirt, and the other is clinging to the blanket arranged underneath them. Someday he'll tell both of them that he wants to be treated like a slut, and if they'll look at him as if he's suddenly sprouted a second head, he'll face the consequences. That day, however, is not today. Today they'll devote themselves only to Baji, just as they planned.

Kazutora owes everything to him, and Keisuke deserves his every attention. He knows Chifuyu thinks the same, they have talked about it many times. Chifuyu's feelings are obvious, he sees them in his gestures, in the way he acts. 

The former jealousy vanished the second or third time Chifuyu kissed him, and their relationship solidified. Kazutora knows that he has two people there for him, and it's an incredible feeling. Nothing like this has ever happened during his lifetime. He couldn't be happier, and even though the old demons bubble to the surface from time to time, he manages to keep them at bay.

God, he loves Baji's cock so much. He is moving up and down the shaft with his head, he can feel the raised veins against his tongue, the firm, hot texture in his mouth. For a few minutes the reality around him loses consistency. There's only Baji's scent, the taste of him in his mouth, and moans in the background. They are muffled, and he doesn't even know if they are coming from the other two boys, who have not yet stopped kissing, or from himself.

A hand grabs his hair, forcing him to stop, and raise his face. A loud moan escapes his lips, he is so hard in his pants that he wouldn't be surprised to find a wet spot in his underwear. Baji is looking at him. "So, are we really going to start?"

Chifuyu is shirtless, and Kazutora has no idea when he pulled his shirt off, or if it was removed for him. He nods, licking his lips. Although Baji has already let go of his hair, he can feel the phantom sensation on his scalp. He stands up, and tells him, "Get undressed and lie down on the mattress."

They have left a bottle of lubricant inside a closet, along with an assortment of other objects. Kazutora grabs it, luckily it’s more than half full. He knows they’ll use a lot of it that night.

"Do you want to be the one to-" he asks Chifuyu, who shakes his head, flushed red in the face.

"It's better if you do it... you're better with your fingers."

"You're good too," he tells him, because it's the truth. He doesn't insist, Chifuyu looks like he might pass out at any moment. He is completely red in the face, and his eyes are lost. Kazutora slides his gaze over his body, over his naked, lean chest with barely visible muscles. They don't have very different physicality, the two of them, but Chifuyu is more petite, and still a great sight. He shifts his attention lower, past the hem of his pants, to his erection hidden by the fabric. "Take those off too," he tells him, biting his lower lip softly.

"Tora..." Baji is looking at him with his back resting on the mattress, his legs slightly bent. He is completely naked. Every muscle, thanks to years of martial arts practice, is exposed for them. "Clothes off."

He does as he is asked, at the same time as Chifuyu, and then settles between Baji's thighs, with the lube in his hands. If he were with any other person, he would tell them to be patient, that the first time can be uncomfortable, that a good preparation is needed for what they want to do. Baji has never had patience in his life, so he simply opens the cap of the bottle as soon as he hears him say, "Well?"

Kazutora hurries to do it, he knows he'll have other moments later in the evening to admire Baji and Chifuyu. He is relaxed, because he didn't really feel pain even the first few times, just a little discomfort, even when the preparation wasn't thorough. Keisuke has never been delicate, so he doesn't make a big deal about it before covering his fingers with lube, and taking them between his legs.

His heart starts beating faster in his chest, that's a first. He has already imagined what it would be like to do it, the way Baji's muscles would contract, the way his back would arch. Keisuke with his legs wide open is one of his recurring fantasies, and it seems unreal that it's really happening.

He strokes him with two fingertips, rubbing them against his hole and feeling it contract under his fingers. Baji's abs jerk in relief, his erection throbs, and Kazutora murmurs, "Try to relax, hmm?" completely enraptured by that sight.

"Just push your fingers in," Keisuke tells him, now his face is flushed too.

Kazutora does it. He starts with a single finger, and before he even gets all the way inside, he forces a second one in, with slow motions helped by the lube. Baji's breath breaks in his throat. Chifuyu places a hand on his cheek, and murmurs, "Baji-san... Keisuke..."

"Hmm..." Baji goes to meet that caress with his face, and simultaneously pushes himself toward Kazutora's hand. Hearing his name always has a certain effect on him, this is nothing new, especially if Chifuyu is the one calling him like that. It's probably because Fuyu is younger than they are, and he never does it in public.

Two fingers go in with some difficulty, up to the knuckles. Baji is not completely relaxed, but he is not complaining, and his face doesn't flinch. Kazutora moves them in and out, tries to scissors them, and curves them. It's something he's done dozens of other times to himself and Chifuyu, he has some experience now, and Baji does nothing to fight it, either with words or actions.

Keisuke hasn't tied his hair, and Chifuyu moves a lock from his cheek, and then turns that touch into a caress. Keisuke reaches out to him with his face, and when Chifuyu's thumb rubs against his lips, Baji opens them and nibbles his fingertip. His tongue barely rubs the skin. It's a contained movement, which is enough to wring a small moan from Chifuyu.

Unfortunately, it takes a moment for Baji to break that contact, lift his face, and say, "Hurry up... I'm ready."

No, he isn't. Kazutora hasn't added a third finger yet, and Keisuke is barely moaning. He's not even sure that Baji is enjoying it, that he’s not just enduring it without flinching, as he does in a thousand other situations. Kazutora can do better, in fact, he has to do better, if they want to get something done that day.

"Keep his mouth busy," he says to Chifuyu.

"Oi!" Baji bites the finger near his mouth, and Chifuyu gasps, and pulls his hand away.

Kazutora hurries to push in a third finger, though he has to force it a bit, and laughs as Chifuyu checks his hand. There is no trace of blood, but it wouldn't be the first time Baji's canines have done some damage.

"Fuyu... I need some more time, give me a hand to keep Baji busy," he tells him, biting his lower lip softly. His gaze falls on Chifuyu's cock, and he doesn't hold back from looking at it insistently. It's a little smaller than Baji's, but he loves it equally. Sucking Chifuyu off is easier, which means Kazutora can be creative without the risk of dislocating his jaw. He knows what it's like to have it in his mouth, and he wouldn't mind replicating, maybe later in the night. 

"O-okay..." Chifuyu snatches him from his fantasy with that word, then repeats, "Okay," now more convinced, as he grabs the base of his cock and brings it closer to Baji's lips. "Watch your canines, Baji-san..."

Keisuke snorts, but doesn't argue. He could snap to his feet, tell them to hurry and insist for the pace to be sped up, that would be just like him. Fortunately, he doesn't. Baji just sticks out his tongue and points to it with a hand gesture, inviting Chifuyu to rub his cock on it.

Fuck, that's sexy. Sexy and explicit. Kazutora feels himself on fire, he wonders why the hell they didn't do something like this before. Baji is good at fucking, he basically makes him forget his own name as he keeps a steady pace, until his moans - or Chifuyu's - turn into screams. Foreplay, and prepping, is a whole other story. In the beginning it was a disaster, and even now, if it weren't for them, Baji would forget to use lube two times out of three.

It's no wonder it took them so long to click in, for months they only exchanged handjobs and blowjobs, and when they started doing something more, it didn't always go smoothly. He feels like he's gotten it all wrong from the start. It probably would have been a lot easier if he and Fuyu had just spread Baji's legs and taken charge of the whole thing. Kazutora didn't think Keisuke would let them do something like that, he hadn't even considered the option at first.

Baji, who has meanwhile taken Chifuyu's dick in his mouth, is a wonderful sight. His face is turned sideways, his only visible cheek is deliciously flushed. Finally Kazutora is sure he is enjoying it, because Baji is noisy. He is panting, moaning around Chifuyu's cock, his chin is covered with saliva. That's not a blowjob, it's basically a disaster, but that's also why it's so hot. Keisuke is not trying in any way to dominate the intercourse or manage the rhythm, he is just enjoying every attention. If his mouth weren't busy, he might be asking for more.

Kazutora gives it to him anyway, he wets his hand with lube, without removing his fingers from inside him, and then pushes a fourth finger past the ring of muscle. Baji lets out a throaty cry, something very much like a moan or a grunt, which is overpowered by Chifuyu's voice. Kazutora knows from experience what it feels like when someone moans around your dick like that, he knows what both his boyfriends are feeling at that moment.

Baji can't keep his hips still, he's moving toward him, and he's so tight. His fingers are not comfortable inside of him, Kazutora can barely move them all together, but he still doesn't stop curving them, pushing them all the way in, doing his best. He is inside up to half a palm, while enjoying the scene in front of him. 

Every muscle on Baji's body is clearly visible, it's a breathtaking sight. He had never imagined him like this, legs spread apart, his swollen, hard cock towering over his belly, busy moaning around Chifuyu's dick as he takes four of his fingers. Fuck, he's enjoying it. They're all enjoying it. Chifuyu is a little nervous, because Baji has a history of killing the bliss that only a blowjob can give with a less-than-pleasant use of his canines, but it's clear how aroused and lost in the moment he is. His two boyfriends are a wonderful sight. 

"Okay... let's do it," he gasps, feeling himself on fire. His face is burning, his chest is contracted in a grip. Lowering his gaze to his hard-on, he realizes that he's dripping. Baji's is also wet, he can tell even if he hasn't taken it in his hand. Baji and patience usually travel on two parallel tracks, and if that's not enough to make it clear how much he's enjoying this, it's written all over his flushed face, in the way his body moves.

Kazutora's words have the effect of interrupting the moment. Baji pulls his lips away from Chifuyu's erection and sits up, forcing Hanemiya to move his hand. "Finally," he smiles, his face flushed and his expression all canine. He is so handsome that Kazutora's heart loses a beat.

"Okay... how do you want us to arrange ourselves?" asks Chifuyu. His face is no less flushed than Baji's, and Kazutora has to keep himself from reaching over to kiss him on the mouth, and give him the amount of attention he deserves. Later, he promises to himself.

"Come closer and rest your legs on mine." It's easier to show him the position than to explain it in words. They need to be close enough for their cocks to adhere, and allow Baji to lower himself onto them.

"I'm not sure..." murmurs Chifuyu, as he grabs the lube, and pours it over both of them, squeezing the packet that is now almost empty.

"It'll be okay... Baji won't break for so little," Kazutora laughs. Chifuyu is using his hands to cover both of their erections with lube, and Hanemiya is already out of breath. He knows what Chifuyu is like, he is always careful and protective of the people he loves, a stark difference from the version of him Kazutora has seen on the battlefield. It's one of Chifuyu's qualities that he appreciates, but nothing bad is going to happen. They have gotten that far, what can go wrong?

"If you say so..."

"Do it for Baji," he smiles at him, biting his lower lip softly. He knows that, with those simple three words, he could push Chifuyu to do more or less everything. They are like a magic formula.

Baji knows it too, and he snorts with a frown that is a little amused and a little exasperated, as he settles between their bodies. "It's okay, Fuyu... it's nothing I can't handle." Keisuke's knees are on the mattress, he is facing Chifuyu, but Kazutora doesn't mind. He has always loved his broad back, he likes to cling to it, and he likes to look at it.

Baji's is a confident, firm tone of voice, and Chifuyu bites his lower lip and nods, without adding anything else. Kazutora grabs both their dicks at the base, and Keisuke lowers himself onto them, without waiting any longer.

The first attempt doesn't go well. Baji's body seems to refuse to open for them, despite Kazutora having prepared him with four fingers. He can tell it hurts, Baji is gritting his teeth. 

"Relax..." he tells him, and rests his free hand on his hip.

"I'm trying!" snarls Baji.

He and Chifuyu try to position themselves better, to push against each other a little more. They stay still as Keisuke lowers himself. The lubricant helps, but it also makes them slip. Kazutora can't keep a good grip, and Baji keeps pushing against them.

"W-wait..." gasps Kazutora, his hand is slipping. Baji needs to slow down a little, but he does nothing of the sort.

Kazutora loses his grip, and his cock slides along Keisuke's buttocks. Chifuyu's, on the other hand, enters him in one motion, or at least that's what he guesses from the way Baji's body stiffens, and from the shocked expression painted on Chifuyu's face.

Chifuyu's eyes and lips are wide open, his face on fire. "O-oh... oh fuck, I-I'm..." He barely looks able to speak, while Baji is cursing through clenched teeth, and trembling.

"That's okay..." gasps Kazutora, upon seeing Chifuyu's face, the reactions of both of them. He brings both hands to Baji's hips, pressing his body against Keisuke's back. He doesn't stop looking into Chifuyu's face, and tells him, "You can start..."

It has to be pretty much a dream for Fuyu to be able to touch and fuck his Captain like that, Kazutora is well aware of that. He had a different idea in mind, but it comes instinctively to tell them to keep going. He does it without even thinking about it, just seeing Chifuyu's expression, and feeling the way Baji's body trembles. Kazutora can wait his turn, it's not a problem, not with Chifuyu. Not if he can enjoy such a show in the meantime.

In fact, Baji has become Captain of both of them, in the meantime. Keisuke was the one who wanted Kazutora back in Toman, and Mikey agreed, as long as he took all responsibility. His role is, at present, the one of a standard gang member. On paper he has to report to both of his boyfriends. Kazutora has never given much thought to hierarchy, he is just grateful to Keisuke for taking his side, and to Mikey for not kicking him out. He knows that, for Chifuyu, fucking his Captain has a different meaning than for him.

That's also why he lets him take Baji's first time, after all it doesn't make a big difference to Kazutora. What matters is that all three of them are together, and besides, he has already taken another kind of first time, when he straddled Keisuke months earlier. He can let Chifuyu lead the dance, partly because he is sure he is happy about it. His face speaks volumes.

"C-can I... really can I... Baji-san!" whatever Chifuyu wanted to say is stolen from him together with a loud moan. Keisuke has started to move on him.

The first movements are more of an attempt, but it takes Baji very little to pick up the pace. "C-Chifuyu... fuck, Chifuyu!" He is rough not only with others, but also with himself, and that's just what Kazutora was expecting from him.

He grabs his hair, Baji hasn't tied it up, and Kazutora lifts it as if he has to do it for him, gently. He assures himself free access to his neck that way, and there he begins to kiss and nibble at the exposed skin. His erection is pressed against Keisuke's buttocks, every movement of that perfect body tears hot shivers out of him too.

All three of them are moaning, calling each other's name. Chifuyu grabs his arm, clinging to him. Kazutora keeps his hand on Baji's hip. He can't stop himself from rubbing his cock against Keisuke's buttocks, now in a voluntary way, and no longer just passively. He doesn't want to come like that, he wants to climax inside Keisuke, and that's why he tries to control himself, not to overdo it.

Baji's rhythm is fast, he is moving his hips with sharp thrusts, as he moans without restraint. His muscles are all tense, he's just as gorgeous to see as he is to touch. Kazutora has already licked and caressed those perfect abs, and he would touch them even now if he didn't have both hands busy. Chifuyu is grabbing him, but he still manages to move his hand from Keisuke's side, trailing higher until he meets a nipple. 

Baji gasps, "F-fuck Tora... ah- touch me more..." and Chifuyu immediately goes to play with his other nipple, squeezing it between his fingers, imitating his movements. 

Keisuke is a breathtaking sight for Kazutora, who is just leaning against him. He can only imagine how it must be for Chifuyu to be inside him. He is not surprised when he hears him gasp, "B-Baji-san... I won't... nnh- I-I won't last long!"

Kazutora has always found Chifuyu really adorable, for that inability to drop the honorific when he is too lost in the moment. Baji has repeatedly told him to just call him Baji, or even Keisuke, when they are in bed together. Chifuyu tries his best, but when he is so aroused that he cannot think straight that -san always escapes his lips.

"Fuyu... c-cum inside, you don't need a f-fucking written invitation," Baji moans, he doesn't stop moving on him. Kazutora is sure there's an excited grin on his lips.

Chifuyu calls out "Baji-san" even as he cums, pushed deep into his captain's body. Kazutora feels hot shivers run through him, and he comes dangerously close to exploding in an orgasm against Baji's back, only in hearing them screaming and shaking. By some miracle he manages to hold himself back. He moves his hips away from Keisuke's hot body, and forces himself to breathe deeply, to regain control. He even let go of his hair. He hasn't left any mark on his neck, unfortunately his concentration shattered too soon, but maybe he'll do it later in the evening. 

Baji points his knees to the mattress and lifts his hips, letting Chifuyu's dick, now no longer hard, exit from him. He keeps the position and turns his face toward Kazutora. "It's your turn," he says, as he brings a hand to one of his buttocks and spreads it apart from its twin. On his face, he has just the grin Kazutora had imagined.

He feels his heart miss a beat. A trickle of cum is sliding down Baji's inner thigh, and that detail, coupled with Keisuke's beautiful flushed face with that expression on it, is a deadly combination. He won't last more than five seconds, he is sure of it, but he can't, and doesn't want to back down. 

"Okay..." he says to himself. That's not a first time. He and Chifuyu routinely switch roles, he's put his dick in him more times than the other way around.

It's nothing new, it's not like he's never fucked anyone before. He settles on his knees, and brings both hands to Keisuke's hips. He can do it, he just has to... do what he always does. 

Holy shit, he's about to fuck Baji for the first time.

"W-wait..." he gasps, as he looks around, trying to get his brain in gear. "The lube..." He has no idea where the bottle went.

"You've used enough," Baji doesn't give him time to compose himself, or even to breathe. "And Chifuyu has already cum in me, that also acts as a lubricant."

"...more or less, Baji-san..." murmurs Chifuyu, with barely a whisper and his cheeks on fire.

All Kazutora can do is grab his hard-on at the base, because Keisuke is lowering himself onto it whether he is ready or not. He bites his lower lip, this time Baji's body offers no resistance. In an instant, he finds himself wrapped in a suffocating heat.

"F-fuck..." he gasps. He's in, all the way. He clutches him at the hip, Keisuke's hair ends up in his face but it doesn't matter. He breathes in the scent of his shampoo, if it were up to him he would allow himself a few seconds to savor the moment, but Kazutora is not dictating the pace.

He should have told him to lie down with his back on the mattress. That way he is completely at Baji's mercy, it matters little who is fucking who. He clings to him, calling his name.

Chifuyu comes to his help, grabbing Baji's cock in the palm of his hand, and starting to touch him. Keisuke gasps, "Y-yes... F-Fuyu, Tora... more, more, fucking more, fuck fuck fuck..." the litany coming from his lips is interrupted by a loud moan.

Kazutora picks up the pace, moving toward him with dry motions. Baji is doing most of the work, but by now he can't keep still. The pleasure is mounting fast, he feels his face, chest, abdomen, and even more his belly, on fire. This time he doesn't even try to hold back.

He comes deep inside Baji, holding on to him. He feels like the orgasm is being ripped from his body, while Chifuyu continues to masturbate Keisuke with rapid movements.

For a few moments, he feels nothing except the shivers of pleasure that run through him. He stays close to him, moaning and trembling. Baji grabs Chifuyu by the arm and drags him over to kiss him on the mouth, and finally Kazutora feels his walls contract, his body tensing, and then shivering again and again.

When he comes out from inside Baji, his two boyfriends are still kissing. He watches them do it for a while, his breath broken, his heart beating fast. He keeps his gaze glued on them, on the people he holds dearest in the world, until Baji stands up.

"I go to the bathroom first."

That warehouse has a small bathroom, and although there is no shower, fortunately the water has not been turned off. At first they cleaned themselves with wipes, because for some reason that door was locked, then they broke it in and everything became a little more handy.

Kazutora brings his gaze to Chifuyu, who also needs to adjust himself. Baji has cum on him. He pauses his gaze on him for a few moments, bites his lower lip softly as he smiles, and finally doesn't resist any longer. He reaches up and kisses him on the mouth, while with his hand he goes to caress his abdomen smeared with Baji's cum.

"Kazutora...!" Chifuyu mutters mid-kiss, still red in the face.

He doesn't hold back a laugh, he knows Matsuno's mind has gone to that time when he cleaned him by licking the cum right off his skin. This time he doesn't do that, because he has already had his orgasm, and something like that comes more naturally to him when he is aroused than when he is relaxed and still wrapped in the pleasant post-climax warmth. 

"That went well," he smiles, wiping his hand on his own thigh. "Not exactly how it was supposed to go, but... I still can't believe we both fucked Baji!" he laughs. He is still a bit in disbelief, as well as relaxed, and enveloped in that pleasant feeling.

"...yeah," murmurs Chifuyu, with a smile that grows wider by the moment.

"Next time we'll succeed in fucking him at the same time, you'll see."

"I don't think that... Kazutora-san, where did you get that idea? Those are things people do in porn, not... not in reality!"

"If it happens in porn, that means it's anatomically possible."

Chifuyu bites his lower lip, looks away, then brings his gaze back to him. "Those are people paid to do that, to... don't tell me you just got the idea from porn," he sighs, red in the face.

Kazutora laughs, he understands what Chifuyu is trying to say. Pornography and reality are two different things, he knows it well. He is no longer thirteen, and he has his share of 'things that were supposed to go a certain way, and instead weren't at all easy or immediate like in porn' under his belt. There is nothing new in this, but instead of telling him that yes, the idea came to him while watching sex videos on the Internet, he replies, "Well, in porn it actually looked easier... but Baji is not an ordinary person, right?"

"Of course he's not! That's not the problem..."

"He's the most incredible person we know, he has well above average stamina, and he's not afraid of anything."

"Yes, but what I was trying to say is that you need a certain amount of experience, and proper preparation. These are not things people do from day to night, and-" Chifuyu pauses, because the bathroom door has opened.

Baji is walking toward them.

"Anatomically possible," Kazutora murmurs toward Chifuyu, in a whisper, with a smirk on his lips. He stands up, reaching out a hand to him. "We go and get cleaned up too," he says to Baji, who has meanwhile grabbed the beer left half-finished.

He already knows that later Keisuke will ask them for another round, that's what he always does. He also knows that they might not succeed in fucking him simultaneously tonight, but it'll happen, probably sooner than later. After all, Baji is stubborn, and Chifuyu always ends up indulging them.

Chapter Text

Inui is more puzzled than amused. For once, it's a lucky thing that his face is not very expressive. Koko first asked him if he wanted to go out to dinner (and so far, nothing strange), then he told him they should get the money for it (which they already have), and explained the plan. It's ridiculous, and it's crazy that it's working.

Is he really watching Koko flirting with a sixty-year-old man in a suit and tie, while wearing a female school uniform? Making fun of people is Hajime's style, but 'I'm getting bored since we're no longer part of a gang' is not a good justification for... that.

Inui actually has suspicions about Koko's true motives, but he has kept them to himself.

He grabs his phone from the pocket of the skirt he is wearing, and with a quick movement he snaps a photo, before hiding it again. Hajime took the man's arm, to distract him.

"So... can you buy us a little gift before we go to the hotel?" giggles Koko.

To distract him and scrounge up a designer bag, apparently.

"I-I don't have that much money."

"It doesn't matter" Hajime laughs, he's not even making the effort to keep his voice pretty and feminine. Inui is sure he is enjoying himself, it's written all over his face, and the most ridiculous thing is that the man is misreading his attitude for enthusiasm. "Just a little gift, we would never ask you to buy two seven hundred thousand yen Vuittons for us."

Hajime is definitely asking him to buy two seven hundred thousand yen Vuittons.

The point is that Koko can buy them himself, since he has so much money he doesn't know what to do with it. It's more fun that way for him, that's for sure, but it worries him a little that Hajime keeps looking for ways to make money - no matter how ridiculous - even after choosing him over Akane. He's trying hard not to read all this stuff as a red flag, to convince himself that the true reason is much simpler, since Koko hasn't stopped looking at his legs the whole time.

"I thought you were on my side," Koko told him, with that endearing smirk, after expressing that ridiculous, absurd plan.

"I am," Inui replied, not without a hint of irritation. He's always been on his side, he was on his side with his mind and heart even when Koko walked away from him. It's annoying to hear him use such a phrase as if it were a weapon to point at him.

A female school uniform, to be used to spice up their night in Ginza, but not the way he would like it... Seishu would have spit on it, just as he did with the Thousand Winters uniform, if it weren't for one detail: seeing Hajime wearing something like that is an opportunity he didn't feel like throwing down the drain.

Koko pretty much drags the man inside the store, and Inui takes the opportunity to sneak a couple more photos. He has enough blackmail material, at this point he's continuing to take pictures more because Hajime in a skirt is really a sight to behold. It's so short it barely covers his boxers shorts, and the loose socks fit him unexpectedly well. Koko's slim legs stand out despite the fact that he's not wearing heels.

Inui also had to give up on them. Their height makes them hardly believable as two girls from the start, but not for that guy. That one felt like he won the lottery the very moment Koko said, "My friend and I are a package deal, it's either a threesome or nothing," with that characteristic smirk, and his tongue slipping between his lips. Hajime chose an idiot, it's obvious.

Before him, others refused. One even stated, "It sounds too good to be true... I don't want to get robbed in a hotel room." He said it laughing, but it's not surprising that someone was able to see through their act. It's really blatant, but then Koko found a complete imbecile, who will end up just as predicted by the guy who avoided them.

Just as in any other fancy store, the shop assistants greet them enthusiastically and professionally. The man, whose name Inui has already forgotten, is gloating as he explains that those girls are there with him. He really is an idiot. Anyone in that store realizes this in an instant. Seishu certainly doesn't care to be the only one with some morality, while Koko admires dizzyingly priced bags and asks a thousand questions, the answers to which he already knows, of the shop assistants.

Inui points at a pair of high-heeled shoes, and a girl is immediately at him. "What size do you wear?" she asks, and he tells her in a whisper.

The shop assistant doesn't blink, even though that's not exactly the average size for a Japanese girl. He knew this would happen, he has been to many stores before, and professionalism is the basis of such jobs. He wonders if the girl realized that he's actually male, which the imbecile they bring along clearly missed. He discovers that this is not the case after wearing the shoes.

"You look beautiful, you look like a model! Maybe you are one?" The girl is looking at him as if Inui is everything she would like to be, or as if she has suddenly developed a crush on him. "You look beautiful even without makeup, it's amazing!"

Inui doesn't look away from the mirror, he is admiring a pair of beautiful, black, elegant shoes with a vertiginous heel. "I'm not a model," he replies. He is not even a girl, but he keeps that detail to himself. The shoes look good even with a girl's school uniform, he just needed to remove the socks. He has never worn a skirt before, it looks like he has very long legs. It's a little weird, he wants to ask Koko's opinion.

"You have wonderful hair, and your eyelashes!" the shop assistant is telling him. "By the way, if you want, I know a good cosmetic clinic... for, you know, the scar."

"I don't want to hide the scar."

"Aah, you're also so confident!"

That day is touching previously unseen peaks of absurdity; and he has, throughout his life, dealt with definitely absurd people. The shop assistant now also has slightly flushed cheeks, and she won't stop staring at him.

"Can I... can you call my friend?" His voice is deeper than Koko's, that's one of the reasons he has spoken little all evening. The other reason is that, of course, Hajime is enough in interacting for two.

The girl doesn't even notice. "Sure!"

Koko has a bag in each hand, and his eyes go wide as soon as he sees him.

"What do you think?"

"I think..." Hajime looks speechless. He clears his throat, approaches him, and finally says, "Buy them. It doesn't matter the price, if that asshole doesn't buy them for you, I'll do it."

-

Hajime is good at keeping the guy interested, putting on an act, and staging random bullshits. He is so good that Inui managed to take quite a few pictures, and even two video clips. At one point he stopped framing their victim, and started stealing snaps of Koko. These are photos he won't share with him: Hajime's legs, the way the skirt barely covers what it's supposed to cover, his face. In the last photo he caught him with his tongue out.

No matter how much time they spend together, no matter how many times he sees his face, Koko is always seductive with that tongue, and the worst part is that he doesn't do it voluntarily. It's as if he's begging someone (him) to rub his dick on it, so much he shows it. Too bad it's not really like that, and Inui can't do anything but fantasize about it.

Koko chose him, and from there on they were always together, but nothing really happened between them. That's why Seishu was somewhat alarmed when Hajime pointed to the window of a store that sells school uniforms, and said, "We should buy two."

Koko made him wear a skirt with a ridiculous subterfuge. If he had called him Akane as well, Inui would have killed him. It didn't happen, fortunately, but it's not easy to convince himself that Koko made him wear a school uniform just to see him in a skirt, since he didn't openly ask.

Theirs is not really a friendship, they are in a weird standoff. Back in the day, before their paths parted, they used to make out in Shinichiro's old abandoned store. Sometimes Inui sucked him off, while Koko called him Akane. He liked the physical closeness, but the context was far from ideal.

It's in order to not fall back into the old bad habits that he said to himself 'okay, he chose me, but now he'll have to make the first move,' but then months passed. He doesn't quite know how to go from there, Koko is not good at dealing with problems head-on, and Seishu himself doesn't want to get into an argument.

Now is not the time to think about it. They are entering the hotel lobby, the man is carrying the bags with their purchases. He has been paying in cash since the beginning of the evening, which means he either has a wife at home who checks the bank account, or has some dirty money to pass around. Inui hopes the former option is the correct one, it would be more fun that way, but it doesn't make much difference.

Seishu feels the adrenaline rush down his spine as they enter the hotel room, and the door closes behind them. Wasting no time, Inui grabs the phone and glances at Koko, who responds with a small nod.

Seishu opens his flip phone, and selects one of the photos in which the man's profile can be seen. During that shot he feared, more than with the others, that he would get caught. He didn't, the guy was too busy drooling over Koko. With his other hand he grabs the switchblade, and snaps it with a quick, expert gesture.

"We have photos, videos, your full name. Do you want people to know you like high school girls? Empty your wallet and leave," Hajime says, with his trademark smirk that, now more than before, Inui wants to erase by pressing his lips to his.

-

"What now?" Inui is sitting on the bed, looking at his new shoes. They are still in the box, and they are really beautiful. He is unsure whether to wear them right now or not.

"Now we're going to fix ourselves and go have dinner," Koko slips the money into his Vuitton - not the new one, the one he already had when he left home - and takes out his cosmetics. His make-up isn't ruined, but Inui doesn't tell him. Hajime will surely find some microscopic, imperceptible smudge to fix. He always does.

Inui nods, and closes the box that contains the shoes, placing it on the bed. Koko hasn't yet settled in front of the mirror, but he is rather staring at his legs, despite the fact that Inui is now sitting without the slightest elegance, in the same position he always uses.

"...do you want me to keep the skirt on?" he asks.

"If you want. It doesn't look bad on you," grins Koko, as he walks toward the mirror.

Seishu stands up with a sigh. He'll have to take things into his hands again, if he doesn't want to wait for Koko to do something for the next five years. He is more and more sure of this.

Chapter Text

Hinata has been watching Manjiro Sano flirting - or something like that, because for crying out loud, even though everyone keeps telling her that's not the case, it sure looks like he's flirting - with her boyfriend all day long. That trip seemed like a good idea, a vacation among friends now that they all have jobs and a bit of financial stability, but instead it's just turning out to be a huge source of stress.

Toman has been disbanded for years, all of them went on with their lives. She and Takemichi both enrolled in college, she to be a teacher, and he to become a cinematographer. Their relationship is going on stably, they are both very busy between their courses, and their respective part-time jobs. It's not a love story that sparks, but something quiet and reassuring that has lasted over time, and that works.

At least, that's what Hinata has always thought.

"You know I can't give up on you," Mikey laughs, clinging to Takemichi's arm. He is only talking about seeing a movie in the theater, Mikey can't give up seeing that specific movie with Takemichi, Hinata tries to repeat to herself. It's a movie about rival gang confrontations, set in Tokyo in the 1990s. Manjiro Sano is not talking about something quite different, although it sounds like it.

Takemichi laughs, his cheeks are flushed. "O-of course we're going together! Given the topic... I wanted to see it anyway, with my course of study and since I was part of Toman."

Hinata is really trying hard not to see anything other than a friendship in those interactions. She hasn't seen them near each other in quite some time, and Mikey is far too clingy with Takemichi. As a young girl, she thought their relationship was close just because they were part of the same gang, that it was totally normal guy stuff, considering Manjiro's peculiar personality.

To her knowledge, Takemichi and Mikey don't see each other that often, excluding the evenings with the former Toman members, which neither she nor Emma attend. Either their friendship (or whatever it is) has always been like this and she didn't know it, or it has solidified since they started that vacation. Mikey is the first person Takemichi mentions in the morning, that trip is all about "Mikey wants to do this, Mikey asked me that." Majiro's egocentrism is not exactly new, Hinata had taken into account that they would do what he wanted most of the time when she agreed to take a vacation with half of the Sano family. What she hadn't calculated was that Takemichi would go along with him to such an extent, even now that he is in his twenties and no longer fourteen.

It doesn't help that Mikey has become very, very pretty in the process. He now wears his hair black, with an undercut hairstyle that shows off his neck. He hasn't grown in height, and with his slim figure he looks good in any piece of clothing, even a simple black shirt. Hinata envies a little the way he shows off his shoulders, with t-shirts that are more studied than Manjiro gives away.

It wasn't much of an evening. They spent it in the hotel lobby, because everyone was tired. There are comfortable couches and a TV set there, and they choose to watch a movie. At one point Hinata wished she could go back to her room with Takemichi, who is still her boyfriend, but Mikey had clung to his arm, with his head on his shoulder. They just missed holding hands. Hinata waited patiently, not without a hint of irritation, for the movie to finish.

"So we'll go see that temple tomorrow, it should be nice," Takemichi is saying, now that they are finally in their room. "There's also an aquarium in the area, maybe we can take a bus and go see it? Mikey said he'd like that."

"Am I your girlfriend, or Mikey?" she finally blurts out, unable to contain herself.

Takemichi falls silent, and stares at her wide-eyed.

She didn't want to go that far. She is not even sure that it's not all in her head; or rather, it's definitely not all in her head, but she doesn't know if Takemichi and Mikey are aware of what they are doing. Maybe they really believe they are just friends, maybe they are even happy this vacation is allowing them to catch up on their old relationship, even now that they are all grown up and have less free time.

It's impossible to avoid asking herself a question or two, while Mikey keeps clinging to her boyfriend and calling him 'Takemitchi' in that winking tone all damn day. Hinata tried to ignore it, because they are on a vacation and she doesn't want to make a fuss, because maybe... it's impossible for it to be all in her head. She refuses to believe it.

"We need to talk."

-

Draken is pissed as hell. Until half an hour earlier he was sharing a room with Emma, but now his girlfriend has moved into Hinata's room, and he is there with Mikey and Takemichi. Even before, he and Emma couldn't do anything with each other because Mikey was in their way, now they are straight up separated.

The room arrangement didn't feel like a problem, before they left. He and Emma don't live together, but they spend a lot of time alone. Since Draken rented an apartment she often stays over, the intimacy in their relationship is not lacking. He doesn't mind not being able to have sex on vacation, he had just forgotten how problematic it is staying with Mikey twenty-four hours a day, especially if Takemichi is also around.

That's why he wants to kill Mikey. Not so much because he's going to go without sex for the whole trip (he'd taken this into account the moment the receptionist told them the room availability) but because holy shit, one can't even have a peaceful vacation with Manjiro Sano in the way.

Mikey is, at that moment, comforting Takemichi. Mikey is also comforting Takemichi. It's ridiculous, Draken sometimes can't really believe that that's his best friend, and that they're all in their twenties now. He always tolerated everything, as long as they were kids. He justified it, he stayed by his side even when he wanted to grab his head and smash it against a wall.

It's a feeling he's having right now, too, and who knows, maybe this will be the time he'll really do it.

"You know, girls are like that... maybe she'll rethink it tomorrow," Mikey is saying, as he lies on the bed with Takemichi. They are almost-hugged-but-not-quite, and Draken doesn't know whether to kill them both, or bang his head against the wall until he passes out.

That whole situation is Mikey's fault, literally, and Mikey hasn't noticed shit. Draken wonders if Takemichi realized it. His face is on fire, so maybe he did realize it, but as always Takemichi is at Mikey's mercy. Draken is not surprised, and they both piss him off, Mikey because he is an idiot, and Takemichi because he should decide what the fuck to do with his life.

The situation wouldn't be ideal even if Takemichi were engaged to some random chick, but Hinata is Emma's friend, and Emma is Mikey's sister. Draken, through it all, is watching that ridiculous, fucking soap opera that affects him closely.

"After all, nothing really happened" Mikey smiles, and with his hand he goes to squeeze Takemichi's.

Draken snaps to his feet, from the couch where he is sitting, and blurts out, "Holy shit Majiro Sano, you have a crush on Takemichi since you were fifteen and you never realized it, but you still managed to get in the way of his relationship and get him dumped by his girlfriend! Now decide what the fuck to do once and for all!" He's really pissed off.

Mikey is staring at him wide-eyed. Takemichi snaps seated, red in the face, "I-it's not what you think! We're friends, just friends, Hinata misunderstood..."

Draken completely ignores him, as he tells Mikey, "Don't think about going on with your bullshit for another hundred years," and exits the room, slamming the door.

-

"Is... is it true? What Draken said..." says Takemichi, with barely a whisper. He can't look Mikey in the face. It's all so crazy, the feelings that bind him to Manjiro are strong, but they're... they're not that kind of feelings. They can't be that kind of feelings. He has always done everything for Hinata, always dreamed of marrying Hina. What should he do now?

Maybe Draken has just misunderstood, and the next day everything will be fine. Maybe they just need to talk about it, and....

"I don't know," Mikey's voice is serious, it's little more than a whisper. "I've never seen it that way before, but..." Takemichi struggles to bring his gaze back to him. There is a tiny smile on his lips, it's similar to the one he saw in the rubble of an abandoned building in the Philippines. Mikey was in his arms at that moment. His chest tightens in a grip, he can't think of anything like that now. "It's like everything suddenly makes sense," he said.

"I don't know if... I've always done everything for Hina." Mikey is one of the most important people in his life. What should he do now? "Hinata… I fought to save her, to have a happy future with her. To make sure she didn't die, to have the wedding of my dreams, to..."

"Are you sure you always did everything for her?"

Mikey is right. His feelings for Hina are undeniable, and Takemichi saved her, achieved a happy future. He was one step away from marrying her, and then what did he do? Takemichi couldn't bear a life without Mikey, and he ran to find him. He almost died at Mikey's hands, and at that moment he didn't think about Hinata, he only thought about Manjiro Sano, about how much he wanted to save him.

"I thought about it, Takemicchi... I can't give up on you, and not just for a stupid movie." Mikey's hand touches his arm, but for the first time since the beginning of that trip Takemichi feels that contact differently. It's sharper, it's like it's entirely new. It's crazy that it has happened a thousand other times.

"But..."

"If you want a wedding, you can always marry me." It's a joke, probably, but Mikey's lips part in a sunny, endearing smile. Takemichi's heart misses a beat.

He'll have to talk to Hinata, even if he feels sickeningly guilty. Mikey wasn't even an option until a few hours before, but after talking to him... Takemichi isn't sure he can give up Manjiro either.

Chapter Text

He hadn't seen Hanma so on edge in quite some time. He remembers exactly when the last time was: his right-hand man, whom he still didn't call such back then, was only twenty years old. Kisaki was still a minor, and Toman had just begun to expand, to run the businesses that are now the basis of the criminal organization it has become. That time, too, Kisaki had ordered him to close someone's mouth.

"You look a little nervous," snickers Hanma.

They are in Kisaki's private office. Shuji walked in with that expression already plastered on his face, and now he is standing in front of him. The desk separates them, but not for long. Hanma rests a hand on the dark wood, and with an abrupt movement he moves the piece of furniture as if it doesn't weigh anything at all, getting it out of the way.

Tetta's eyes go wide, some papers land on the floor, along with a cup that shatters into a thousand pieces. He doesn't get up in time, Shuji walks over to him and straddles his legs, or at least he tries to. The chair has armrests, and the position is all wrong, but that's the least of his fucking problems.

"Kisaki..." One of Hanma's legs is pointed at the floor, Tetta can feel the weight of his body on his own. "Even after all this time... fuck, how much I missed it."

The shock lasts the time of an instant. Kisaki grabs his gun, freeing it from its holster with a quick reach, and points it at him. "Get off me," he growls through gritted teeth, his heart pounding in his chest.

Hanma's clothes, the expensive suite he got him, is stained with blood. There is no trace of his jacket, and his shirt sleeves are rolled up to the elbow. His hair is mussed, and who knows where his glasses have gone. Shuji hasn't even cleaned himself up before he opened Kisaki's office door with that wide grin plastered on his face.

Tetta is pissed, but not surprised. He knew this was going to happen, but... fuck, not like this. This is too much, they are two adults, and adults generally have a modicum of self-control. They are no longer kids, and yet his most trusted subordinate is standing in front of him with an erection in his pants and blood on his hands, as if he were still sixteen years old. There's no way Hanma is so out of it he can't control himself, he wasn't like that even back in the day, not really. Shuji is less out of control than he shows, and he knows how to get what he wants.

Hanma snaps back, in a moment he is on his feet again. His eyes widen, the grin becomes even broader, as he stares at the gun. "I did what you asked," he even has the courage to say, without changing his attitude one bit. He is not scared, but after all, Kisaki has never seen fear in Hanma's eyes.

"Lock the door," he tells him, as he stands up. He pretends to ignore the way Shuji's eyes light up, and adds, "We need to talk."

Kisaki moves to the small sofa. His office is a mess, there's a bloody handprint on the desk and spatter on the floor, but he'll call someone to clean up later. "On your knees," he tells him, as Hanma approaches him again. His subordinate instantly does it, and Kisaki is not surprised. It's always that way with him.

He doesn't give him a chance to get too excited. He doesn't stow the gun away, and points it straight at him. "Tell me why I shouldn't shoot you," he says, his tone cold.

"I'm your most trusted man, and I did what you asked for."

"I told you to do a clean job" Every now and then he has to let Hanma vent. He used to do this more often when they were young, it has become a rare occurrence now. They have men who do the dirty work, and he can't let his right-hand man go to jail in such an idiotic way. He doesn't usually send him to beat the shit out of people, but he also can't keep him on a chain for too long, if he doesn't want Hanma to get bored. It's a delicate balance, one that Kisaki struggles more and more to manage, though he doesn't like to admit it. "How is that clean?"

Hanma is covered in blood. He has been waiting for nothing else, it's obvious. Maybe Kisaki waited too long before ordering him to beat someone up again, or maybe he should stop him from doing it again for the rest of his life. Shuji would deserve just that, after ignoring part of his orders so blatantly.

"You're not trying to scare me. You're just trying to turn me on."

"You're the one who's out of his mind."

Hanma raises his chin, and Kisaki lowers the gun, enough to point it directly at his face. Shuji licks it, starting at the base and going up the barrel. All the while, his subordinate maintains eye contact. It's clear how aroused he is, but Tetta knows exactly who he's dealing with.

Hanma wasn't that messed up when they were kids. He was violent and ruthless back in the day, but he didn't masturbate thinking about Kisaki pointing a gun at him, about Kisaki shooting him in the face. No longer being part of a simple gang, but a large-scale criminal organization, has done something to Shuji... or maybe it's just being constantly repressed, forced to moderate himself, to give orders instead of getting rid of problems himself.

Kisaki doesn't quite know what to make of this change, but it's nothing he can't handle. "Everyone can be replaced, even you," he reminds him. Hanma should keep this in mind before dragging his feet so much. Shuji is his best man, and the only one who is - almost certainly - loyal to him, but Kisaki doesn't trust him. That day was yet another confirmation, Hanma is the type who, when given a finger, takes the whole fucking arm. He's always been like that, ever since they were young. "Open your mouth."

The shape of the gun is not suitable for pushing it all the way down his throat, though part of him would like to try anyway. He rubs it on his lips, on his tongue, and Shuji groans.

"You're always such a slut... some things never change."

"That's true... some things never change." Hanma barely moves his face, and reaches over the fastening of Kisaki's pants. The gun rubs against his cheek.

Tetta lets Hanma undo his pants, he lets him start sucking him off. He is already aroused, and the contact with his mouth, with his tongue, is enough to make him fully hard. "You always liked sucking my cock, huh?" he tells him, trying to keep a cool, controlled tone.

Hanma really likes it, he moans around it, and takes it all the way to the base. Getting sucked by him is always intense, Shuji's technique is good, even if he puts far too much saliva in it. His mouth is as hot as a furnace, and his throat is even better.

Kisaki stops him before the sensation becomes too much, because he knows how Hanma is. He knows that Shuji is waiting for nothing more than to bring him to a series of moans and shivers, and then grab him by the weight and do what he pleases with him. It's a story already written, and Kisaki usually doesn't mind letting him do it, but not this time.

He still has the gun in his hand, he points it at him again, and says, "Move away."

Hanma does so, but slowly. His mouth pulls away with a resounding wet pop, and then he licks his lips. Once, he would have told him to continue; or to better say, once he would never have made him stop.

He stands up, and tells him, "On your stomach on the couch."

Hanma's eyes widen, but the surprised look doesn't last more than a few moments. His face is immediately colored with renewed excitement. His eyes, that already have that delicious shape, thins as he grins in pure pleasure. This is not how it works between them. Kisaki likes to be serviced, he likes his subordinate to do all the work, and Shuji gets off on touching him, on giving him what Kisaki needs. The chemistry between them was immediate, to the point that Kisaki found himself fucking Hanma from the very beginning, at an age when most of his peers didn't even know how sex worked.

He doesn't mind their usual dynamic, but having someone help him relieve tension, doing everything Kisaki needs and even more, is not enough for him today. Today he's pissed off because of Hanma, because for once he's given him freedom of action, and Shuji has reconfirmed himself for what he is: someone who takes the whole fucking arm when you give him a finger, in every fucking situation. Someone who thinks he'll always get a free pass for all his bullshit, because they've been close for so many years, and Tetta basically has a soft spot for him. Shuji is used to doing it even in the bedroom, and that's exactly why Kisaki won't give him anything like that today. What goes on behind closed doors, in the loft where they live, is one thing; matters related to Toman are another.

"Are you sure that..."

"Hurry up, and drop your pants," he tells him, with the gun still in his palm.

Hanma is not worried about himself, that much is obvious. Shuji is asking him if Kisaki really wants to do this, and it's irritating. All he has to do is look at the condition of his office, at the documents lying on the floor that he'll have to pick up himself, to set aside any hint of doubt. He knows he won't be able to teach him a lesson that way, Shuji is far too out of it to interpret something like that as punishment, but they're on a roll now, and Kisaki won't stop.

There are condoms in the top desk drawer, and Kisaki grabs one. Hanma has settled down as asked, but he has also pointed his forearms on the couch, and is looking at him with that excited expression. The grin is still on his lips, the only good news is that he'll soon erase it, one way or another.

The number of times he has slipped a condom on himself, instead of on Hanma, is relatively few; and that's saying a lot, since Shuji usually does it himself. He does it quickly, and grabs the lube as well. Kisaki grips the gun again, approaches him, and points it at his temples.

"Okay, okay..." chuckles Shuji, as he settles down as he was asked earlier, lying prone on the black leather sofa. It's not an ordinary office sofa, Kisaki took into account the height of his right-arm man when he bought it months earlier. They have used it more than once before, though not in that position.

Hanma gasps when Kisaki pours the lube directly onto his buttocks. The liquid slides down the line between them, the sofa is not wide enough for Hanma to open his legs, but that's fine. Kisaki has no intention of giving him more attention than is strictly necessary, it doesn't matter that Hanma does it with him all the time. Shuji touches him because he likes it, because he's an asshole who tries to wring increasingly blatant and out-of-control reactions out of him, but Kisaki doesn't care about anything like that, not usually and certainly not today.

He just settles on him, and grabs his own dick at the base. The lubricant has, at least in part, gone where it was supposed to go. The rest has dripped onto the couch seat, but that's not a problem, Kisaki has someone who cleans up for him. Hanma sighs when Kisaki pushes against his hole, he doesn't even stiffen when he tries to enter him. Shuji's body resists, but that's normal.

Kisaki doesn't stop, forcing Shuji's hole to take him inside. The lube, along with the condom, do their job. He slides in even without any preparation, and Hanma barely makes a sound, which is a kind of growl held between his teeth. It hurts, it's obvious, but it's what Tetta wanted. It's not a punishment, it's little more than a game. It has never been this easy with Shuji.

He doesn't stop, but he starts slowly, to get used to that suffocating heat. He knows Hanma uses toys, he knows he has at least a couple of dildos. He's not really hurting him, probably. He doesn't know the details of how often they are used, and he certainly won't ask him now. He cares to a certain extent about Shuji adjusting to it, but he knows it will happen. Hanma has never been afraid of pain, and he is making an effort to stay relaxed, to breathe.

He is burning hot, and so tight. Kisaki can count the times he has fucked him on the fingers of one hand, and each time he wonders why he doesn't do it more often. Hanma is always willing, ready to do whatever he wants, but then they inevitably fall back into the same old patterns, and months pass before Kisaki feels like doing it again.

Shuji has been in his service for years, but not always in a way that Kisaki likes. From time to time he must, unfortunately, loosen the chain with which he keeps him on a leash. Every now and then he has to give him an adrenaline rush, just like in the old days. He doesn't know what he'd do if Hanma really got tired of his position there in Toman, of wearing that fancy suite, of wearing his hair and glasses just the way Kisaki wants. Tetta has been clear from the beginning: none of his executive members can get out of it, or else they'll die. This includes Hanma, the problem is that Shuji is one of the few he wants alive, he couldn't care less about the others. He has just a couple of exceptions, but for quite different reasons than those concerning Hanma.

"Don't hold back your voice," he tells him, and to emphasize the point he presses the gun against his temples. "Let me hear how much you like it."

He knows full well that Hanma isn't moaning without restraint just because he's hurting him. They have been lovers for almost fifteen years, Shuji is normally explicit. In any case, he only needs to utter those words for his subordinate to start moaning, at first in a restrained way, and then louder and louder.

If he is faking it, he is good at it. It's not surprising, Hanma is, after all, a former Kabukicho whore. Kisaki didn't know this when he got stuck with him, but it was never really a problem, just a slight source of annoyance. Shuji is more turned on by blood than sex, and Kisaki unintentionally attracted him with his mind, with his ability to plan, at first.

His subordinate's body is hot, and those moans sound real. He doesn't care if they really are, as he increases the pace and his thrusts become dry. Hanma is so tight, and Kisaki never had a doubt about his faithfulness. Even though he knows it doesn't really matter, with someone like Shuji, he still can't contain the possessiveness he feels burning under his skin. Hanma is his and must remain so, and although he is annoying, he can put up with some bullshit from time to time in exchange for all that.

He'll give him the opportunity to send someone to the hospital again, or maybe even to kill someone, in the future. However, months, if not years, will pass before it, and Shuji will have to wait patiently in the meantime. This is how it works between them: Kisaki is the one who decides what to give him and how to give it to him. It has always been that way, and even more so since Toman became a large-scale criminal organization.

Hanma trembles, he moans without restraint, and by now Tetta is only chasing his orgasm. He continues to pound his hips against his buttocks, the arm with which he supports himself is beginning to ache, but he refuses to lower the gun. He keeps fucking him until he comes, thrust deep inside him. The condom is a nuisance, having to choose between that or a good prepping he chose the more comfortable alternative, but emptying himself inside the latex, and not deep inside his subordinate's body, is not much of a conclusion. He wants to see the cum dripping out, but instead he just gets up and throws the condom on the ground, his breathing broken.

Hanma slowly raises his face. Kisaki is already fastening his pants. "Go take a shower," he tells him, and points with a gesture of his head, as cool as possible despite having just had an orgasm, to the door leading to his private bathroom.

It looks like a fight, rather than a sexual intercourse, has taken place in that room. Kisaki needs to collect his papers, and lock them in a drawer, before calling the cleaning company.

Hanma stands up on trembling legs. "The safety..." gasps his subordinate, and Kisaki raises an eyebrow at seeing a cum stain on the couch. Hanma wasn't faking it, and he also climaxed. He struggles to understand how enduring something like that could have been pleasurable, yet what he sees speaks volumes. No matter how many years passes, Shuji always manages to surprise him. "Next time take the safety off the gun, that way it'll be more exciting," Hanma finishes with a broken voice.

"You've had enough fun," he tells him. They've had that kind of relationship for almost fifteen years now, and Hanma... fuck, Kisaki still manages to find him absurd. "Whore,'" he adds, just for good measure.

Shuji laughs. He doesn't put his pants back on; in fact, he takes them off altogether and abandons them on the floor, along with his underwear. "Come take a shower with me?" he asks, while wearing only his blood-stained shirt, with the sleeves rolled up to his forearms, and his vest.

Kisaki doesn't even give him a look, it can't be a serious question. His subordinate knows he messed up that office, and he also knows that Tetta doesn't let anyone get their hands on his papers. Hanma laughs as he closes the bathroom door. He looks happy. He surely is.

Kisaki sighs, and shakes his head. He knows it's impossible to win with Hanma, but deep down he also knew what he was getting into when he decided to fuck him. It's a game the two of them are playing, some insubordination is normal on his part. Now he just has to be patient, and wait for Shuji's next move.

Chapter Text

His heart hammers in his chest. Kazutora feels something pressing between his shoulder blades, he knows it's the sole of that son of a bitch's shoe, but it doesn't hurt as much as being grabbed by the hair. He screams, thrashing around, only to stiffen a moment later. A noise brought the world around him to a halt. Black and blond wisps fall back on his face, and Kazutora sees red.

Hanma is on the man a moment later, but his mind realizes belatedly. He notices it only when, raising his face, he sees his coworker with a bloodstained pipe bar in his hand. Kazutora feels his cheek wet, it's blood, but it does not matter. His heart beats rapidly in his chest.

"Stop laughing!"

"I can't, this new cut looks like shit on you!"

These are words belonging to another life, to when he was just a kid, before it all went to shit. Before juvie, before Bloody Halloween, before jail... He can still hear Baji's laugh in his mind.

His hair… he hasn't cut it anymore, not really short, but now the floor is covered in black and blond locks, and Kazutora can feel his mind dissociating from reality. He has to try to keep control, to stay in himself.

He had his hair cut before he started middle school. He had enrolled in a public one, which he could attend despite the tattoo on his neck. It was a respectable haircut that was supposed to give him a fresh start. Not only Baji laughed at him for two solid hours, but it was the start of a disaster.

In spite of respectability, he ended up in juvie for two years, and then in prison for four more. If it weren't for Baji and Chifuyu, he would still be in there. The two people he holds dearest in the world had sold themselves to Kisaki, in order to have him free again, next to them.

He wasn't doing well in prison, Baji and Chifuyu saved him, but at what cost? Now all three are Executive Members of a Toman that has nothing to do with the gang Mikey created. Kisaki has tightened the rope around his boyfriends' necks, he has bought their loyalty in exchange for Kazutora's freedom.

It's horrible, it's a shitty situation he can't get out of, and now his hair... "This new haircut looks like shit on you," Baji told him, the last time he saw him with such short hair. He wants to kill that son of a bitch, not only his boyfriends have blood on their hands because of him, not only they owe Kisaki a lifelong debt....

"Kazutora." Hanma is saying something. "-because of your hair. You would've reacted better if he had stabbed you in the neck."

"Shut up, or I'll kill you too," he tells him, as his lips curve into an unsettled smile. It's been a long time since this has happened, he's usually in control of himself, even while torturing someone. It's like an itch he can't get rid of. It's a tightness in his chest, it's suffocating. No matter how much he may tell himself that it's just hair, that it'll grow back. It's not the hair, it's a trigger. He wants to kill that son of a bitch in a slow, painful way, ripping out nail after nail.

"Give me your knife," he says to Hanma, his heart pounding in his chest, his eyes wide and a grin on his lips.

"Kisaki is going to be pissed... this was supposed to be a quick and easy job," Hanma laughs. If Kazutora were a little more lucid, he would quickly realize how much this amuses him. In his mental state, he can barely comprehend his words. "Here," Hanma hands him the knife. "I hold him down while you do whatever you want with him."

Kazutora grabs one of the man's hands, he is still out cold. He sticks the tip of the blade under his fingernail, driving it into his flesh, and the man regains consciousness. He immediately starts screaming, but Hanma does what he told him: he holds him down, while Kazutora rips out his fingernails one by one, and finally stabs him an unspecified number of times in the chest, until a pool of blood opens beneath him, wide and dark.

-

Kazutora is in Akkun's salon. Hanma brought him there, and he is now using one of the sinks to wipe the blood off his hands. He is still shaking, barely in himself, and his clothes are a mess. Customers were hurriedly made to leave. 

"It's an emergency," said Shuji, with that usual grin on his face. Akkun could only execute. After all, he is only a subordinate of Takemichi, not an Executive Member like them.

"It's your fault too," Kazutora is telling him now, as the hairdresser checks the mess his hair has become. That son of a bitch has cut it on the side, close to the scalp, and Hanemiya really doesn't know how it could be saved. In no way, probably. He demanded for the mirror to be instantly taken away.

"It's your fault Chifuyu has to babysit Takemichi, that he can't work with me and Baji anymore... he's your friend, so it's also your fault," he repeats, staring at the wall in front of him.

He doesn't mind working with Hanma, Shuji is as irritating as he is funny, and together they reach peaks of sadism he can't allow himself with Baji and Chifuyu. Being partnered with his boyfriends is, however, another thing. They are always his first choice, and Kazutora hasn't been so lucky in months.

Baji does well on his own, he is one of the best pimps Toman has. No customer would dare mistreat or not pay a girl in his presence, and Baji is liked by all of them because he treats them well. He is also great as a beater, but he has a moral, and consequently Kisaki takes advantage of him for a certain kind of task: the ones Baji can accomplish by thinking he is in the right. It's just a manipulation technique, but Kazutora has never told him that. Baji is bound for life to Toman, and to Kisaki, because of him. Kazutora doesn't want to make the situation worse by making him face the harsh reality, assuming Baji hasn't already realized it himself. He wouldn't be surprised if that were the case, Baji is street smart, even if his grades in school were a complete disaster. He was the first to realize what Kisaki was really like, when they were just teens.

Chifuyu was assigned to babysit Takemichi after he found him passed out on his desk, his nose buried in coke, and a panicked hooker next to him. For years Chifuyu has hesitantly approached Takemichi's office, because he never knew what he might find inside, but this time the idiot really succeeded in giving his worst. Even Kisaki seemed concerned, as well as disgusted, and as a result Chifuyu was assigned to keep an eye on him.

Drug use is not exactly new among Toman members, like in any mafia organization, but Takemichi has made them all want to stop doing it for quite a while. He is not sorry for barging into Akkun's salon like that, because where was Takemichi's childhood friend when they needed him? Yet Akkun is free to continue his hairdressing business, while Chifuyu wakes up with anxiety clutching his chest every morning.

At that moment, Kazutora doesn't care that Takemichi is completely out of control, that he has had a huge meltdown since Mikey disappeared, that he has stepped on Atsushi a thousand times, that he is objectively unmanageable to his childhood friends. He couldn't care less, while his hair is irretrievably ruined by a negotiation that was supposed to be quick and easy, and instead turned out to be a disaster.

Hanma is also to blame. Working with Shuji is fun, but that asshole instigates the worst in people, and the result is almost always a bloodbath. It's no wonder Kisaki has been keeping him on a leash lately, Hanma would act the same way he did as a teen, if Kisaki let him. In part he still does, provoking people and interpreting orders in his own way.

"If this thing has consequences..." he tells him, looking at his bloodstained hands.

"I'll talk to Kisaki," Hanma huffs, with that amused expression plastered on his face.

"Of course." If that asshole were to get back at Baji or Chifuyu because Kazutora has lost his temper, or just for the sake of pointing out who's in charge... that would be just Kisaki's style, but Hanemiya can't think about that right now. "After all, you are his whore."

Akkun, and the two hairstylists left in the salon, freeze on the spot. Hanma, unlike them, bursts out laughing heartily. "Yes, yes..." he replies, with indifference.

At least half an hour passes, before Atsushi tells him, "I'm done."

"I'll break a couple of your bones if my hair isn't pretty," Kazutora replies to him.

Chapter Text

Takemichi registers first the heat, and the pleasure invading his abdomen and entire body, then the situation he is in. He sees black hair and pale skin. His heart leaps into his throat, the air is torn from his lungs.

He is frozen, completely shocked but also holy-shit-what-the-fuck-is-happening-and-why-the-fuck-is-it-so-pleasurable with Mikey fully naked, straddling him. He's having sex with Mikey, and even if that's his first time - not in this timeline, clearly - there's not the slightest doubt about what's happening.

Holy shit, Manjiro Sano is straddling him, he’s riding his cock like it's the most pleasurable thing in the world. His face is flushed, his expression lost, those incredibly deep eyes are glossy with pleasure.

He wants to stop, but he can't. He is burning up, arousal clouds his thoughts, making it hard to connect his brain. He is shaking, moaning, his body is impossible to control. What on earth has happened? What did he change in the past to get to that?

Nothing, he did nothing. He shook Naoto's hand because he needed some information, just for that, and-

He went to take a crepe with Mikey, in the past. How the hell is it possible that a crepe led to this? It's too much, the shivers that run through him leave him breathless. Mikey's hair is black, with that undercut he's seen before, in another timeline.

That time, Mikey had died in his arms. Now he is once again holding onto him, but lost in a pleasure he had never seen written on his face, his clothes forgotten who knows where. Takemichi's mind can barely connect. His body, on the other hand, seems to know all too well what to do.

"You won't abandon me, will you Takemitchi?" Mikey asked him, while they ate that crepe. It seemed a harmless line, something typically Manjiro Sano. It's not uncommon for him to come up with such questions, and he was smiling. Takemichi replied “of course not”, he said he would stay by his side-

He really did stay by his side. Mikey is beautiful, his face is a sight to behold with his eyes half-closed and his cheeks flushed. What he is feeling leaves him breathless. His leader's body, assuming he still is, is gripping Takemichi's cock in a hot clamp. Mikey is warm and tight, and he moves on him as if this doesn't hurt at all, as if it were a dream come true. Maybe they are used to it in that timeline. Maybe Takemichi chose to be with him, instead of Hinata.

Hinata. He did everything to save her, to have a happy future with her, only to find himself with Mikey moving on him, totally naked. His emotions are too much, they overpower him, he can't think straight. It doesn't seem so bad, that future. He doesn't know what the hell happened, but Mikey is a fairytale. He always has been, and that short-cut hair highlights his sinuous neck, and the tattoo on it.

He needs to talk to Naoto. He needs to understand what has happened, but Mikey rests both hands on his cheeks, and kisses him, as the pleasure mounts quickly. Takemichi melts in that contact, it's inevitable. The last time he saw him looking like that, Manjiro died in his arms. Mikey, one of his dearest people, told him, "My life has been nothing but suffering," and then passed away as Takemichi held him close and screamed all his pain.

In comparison, a future in which he has become Mikey's boyfriend, and not Hinata's, is far more positive. He can't pause to think about how cheating is a far less serious crime than the ones he got his hands dirty with, in that timeline where Toman had become a criminal organization run by Kisaki... he must have chosen one person over another, right? He wishes he had, but the pleasure is too much to stop and ask him what their relationship is. It's suffocating.

Mikey's tongue is in his mouth, and Takemichi doesn't really know how it works, but in any case it's a wet, uncoordinated kiss. He doesn't have to try hard, shivers are running through him from head to toe, and Mikey is moaning loudly into his mouth. Manjiro hasn't stopped moving, but now he does it more sharply. He is shaking, and Takemichi realizes only then that his hands are on his hips.

A set of twitches clamp around his dick, and he can do nothing but cum, releasing himself deep inside that hot body. He tenses beneath him, shivering, his hands hold onto Mikey's body, who is in turn screaming in pleasure. Something hot and wet splashes on his chest, but he barely realizes it.

"W-Where are you going...?" Takemichi gasps, when Mikey finally stands up. He is still overwhelmed, he feels his heart pounding in his throat.

"To take a shower, where else?" Mikey laughs, with that wonderful smile of his. He hasn't changed since they were young, his slim body has stayed pretty much the same, but his hair... fuck, how good it fits him. He hardly looks like the same person, until you lingers on his expression. 

"By the way, I realized it..."

Takemichi feels his heart miss a beat. In the past, he revealed to Mikey that he is a time leaper. He told him he is the Takemichi from the future, he explained how it works, he told him everything....

"But you're still my Takemitchi, aren't you?" Manjiro asks him, with that adorable smile on his face, and a light in his eyes he'd never seen before. Maybe it's because of the orgasm. Maybe not. 

"If you leave me, I kill you and then I kill myself," Mikey tells him.

Takemichi stops breathing while he watches his back move away, as Manjiro walks toward the bathroom. There's something really out of place in that timeline, and it's not his having started a relationship with Mikey instead of Hinata.

Chapter Text

"I... lost my pencil," Mitsuya laughs, to disguise his embarrassment, as he searches through the cushions of the couch at the Shiba's house. "It has to be here somewhere."

He has lost his pencil, and before that his paper, found later on the floor. His tape measure is secured around his neck when he doesn't have it in his hands, but honestly... it's good enough if he doesn't also lose the ability to think, with Taiju shirtless in front of him.

It's not the first time he's seen him like that, of course. There was the fight against the Black Dragon, and that time at the beach, and another time when it was so hot Taiju poured a bottle of water on himself, and the wet cloth stuck to his pecs, and to every single muscle on his chest. These were rare occasions, all things considered, and Mitsuya didn’t have to keep his gaze fixed on him or touch him.

He's taking his measurements to prepare his Toman uniform. Taiju, accustomed to giving orders and being a leader all his life, has agreed to work under someone in light of the upcoming battle that may change not only Toman's future, but the lives of all of them.

Mitsuya couldn't be happier about it, but there's a part of him that still wonders if Taiju will actually show up. The Shiba older brother gains nothing by meddling in that fight, and on top of that, entering the battlefield with that uniform will be like admitting to everyone that he has changed. It mustn’t be easy for someone like him, even after two years since the Black Dragon disbandment.

They became good friends after that fight. Taiju was the one who contacted him, after leaving the Shiba family home. At first Mitsuya thought the worst. He showed up at the meeting place, and found that Taiju just wanted to have a chat. They talked about their respective families, and Mitsuya didn't hold back from telling him, again, what he thought about him. After a couple of weeks, Taiju invited him to go to the aquarium. Takashi wondered if the guy didn't have any friends, but he ended up going anyway, and had a good time.

Taiju is not a bad person. He is someone who, put in a difficult situation - with a grief and an abandonment behind him, and too many responsibilities he didn't know how to handle - did the worst thing he could do. Mitsuya didn't keep quiet, he told him that beating up his siblings is a big jerk move, but he didn't push him away when Taiju came looking for him. Their family situation is similar, and at the same time very different. Mana and Luna are only partly his responsibility, he still has a mother who works her ass off to support them, even if his feelings for her are complicated.

The Shiba older brother is nice to have around, he has discovered over time. Mana and Luna also like him, and gave him a shark-shaped stuffed animal for his birthday, sewn by Mitsuya himself. Their relationship works, what doesn't work is his brain, that has decided to get a crush on Taiju, of all people. He is sure that, if he told any of his friends he likes a Shiba, they would think of everyone but him.

"There are at least ten pens by the phone," Taiju says, there's an amused undertone in his voice. Takashi abandons the pencil wherever it went, and goes to grab a pen from the pen holder.

Mitsuya has taken everyone's measurements in Toman. He has prepared the uniform for people as tall and - almost - as muscular as Taiju, but those perfectly sculpted pecs, and all those tattoos, make it hard for him to think straight. "I have to measure your chest again," he says, while hoping not to blush. "You'll have to put up with me for a while longer," he laughs, trying to imprint a joking tone on that sentence.

"You are the easiest person on the face of the earth to put up with," Taiju replies, his tone amused. "Measure what you like."

Mitsuya almost dropped the pen from his hand. His chest, of course he is talking about his chest. "Okay... great." He quickly gets to work, before he comes up with any weird ideas.  He's already thinking about asking him for a pair of pants to trace, because sooner or later he'll get to those sizes too, and Mitsuya isn't sure he can survive a close-but-not-really meeting with the crotch of Taiju's pants.

Chapter Text

When he first saw Chifuyu, Kazutora was on his way to visit Baji at school. He wouldn't have paid attention to him, punk hair or not, if Matsuno hadn't been in the middle of a fight. He didn't help him, he didn't even stop to watch. He just registered that this kid with ridiculous hair - though no more ridiculous than his own, Kazutora had already regretted that laughable, respectable haircut - was getting his way against three guys bigger than him.

When he met Chifuyu for the second time, he had already heard about him from Baji. "There's your fanboy," he told Keisuke, rolling his eyes. He had, as always, snuck into Baji's school. Chifuyu didn't hold back from answering back, and it ended in a half-fight, which was settled by Keisuke. Baji hit them both, Kazutora in the face, and Chifuyu in the stomach.

By the third time, they hadn't yet become friends. Kazutora had started skipping school more and more often, to go to Baji's one, because he was jealous of his relationship with Chifuyu. They were half-talking-half-bickering when a guy stood in front of them, ranting loudly. He wanted something from Chifuyu, but Kazutora didn't wait to figure out what, before pulling his switchblade out of his pocket and pointing it at him just because the asshole had interrupted them. Baji got pissed at both of them, and punched them both again. "I'm trying not to fail again, but if you guys don't calm the fuck down I'm going to end up getting straight expelled, for fuck's sake!" Neither of them could blame him.

The fourth time, Kazutora was pissed because his application to transfer from one school to another wasn't accepted. The institution he attends is far from prestigious. He chose it only because it was close to home, without imagining he would miss scenes like Baji dressed in an absurd way, or Baji and Chifuyu in girls' school uniforms. (He didn't actually miss them, since he's more at their school than he is at the one he attends, but it's still not the same.) In that institution they don't want someone who comes from a public school, and has a tattoo on his neck, as if they don't have some punks among their students too. Baji was still in class, pretending to be the perfect nerd, so Kazutora went to Chifuyu, and asked him, "I want to beat up someone. Can you think of some names?"

Some time passed between the fourth and fifth time. The jealousy he felt has slowly subsided, because Chifuyu is adorable, and gives him a lot of attention. Kazutora is not used to it. His relationship with Baji is close, Keisuke is the first person who has reached out to him. His feelings for him run deep, but having someone who visits him at home just to bring him a manga, who texts him just to ask how he is doing, is not bad at all. It's something new, something he's quickly gotten used to. 

It irritates him that Chifuyu is so clingy with Baji, but when Matsuno acts the same way with him, he suddenly stops being annoying. They generally get along well, and he likes Chifuyu; not in the same way he likes Baji, but he would still like to suck them both off. He hasn't told either of them, not even that time when, with too many beers and some porn magazines in their hands, they ended up masturbating together in the abandoned warehouse in the building where Baji and Chifuyu live. He wanted to touch both of them, but didn't have the courage to do so, even with alcohol in his system. 

He even had the perfect excuse, since Baji apparently jerks off as impetuously as he does anything else in life, and Kazutora would have liked to show him how to do it in an acceptable way. He's sure it was the same for Chifuyu, but neither of them did anything except horrifiedly commenting on Baji's technique, asking him how the fuck he doesn't end up with his dick on fire every single time, and explaining in words a lot of details that got lost in their drunken laughter.

It was a wasted opportunity, and he doesn't know if there will ever be another one. Chifuyu has joined Toman, in Baji's division. Kazutora is jealous of that as well, but there's not much he can do. He himself has a division to lead, and Chifuyu's relationship with Baji will always be a little deeper than the one between Chifuyu and him. It's not always easy. Kazutora has never had someone truly his, he has never had a bit of emotional stability, and he still doesn't know what he wants, who he really wants. Every now and then something dark grips his chest, and he can only get it out by hurting someone else. It's fortunate that, even though Baji has forbidden him from looking for trouble at his school, outside the gate both Keisuke and Chifuyu are always more than willing to start a fight.

°

He was alone this time. He was on his way to Baji and Chifuyu, by train because his bike was at the mechanic's, and they surrounded him outside the station. He still arrived at his best friends’ place, but with his arm in a pitiful condition, and his eyesight splitting from pain. He also lost one of his favorite knives, which got stuck in one of the assholes' legs.

"We have to take you to the hospital," Chifuyu is telling him.

Kazutora can hardly breathe from too much pain. He doesn't even know how he managed to walk there. "Don't... no." He doesn't want to go to the hospital, he hates that place. One night he stayed in the ER waiting room for seven hours, next to his mother who had a bloody nose and, she thought, at least two cracked ribs. In reality they were not, and no charges ensued anyway. His father continued to live with them for years, and Kazutora witnessed a ton of arguments, and was sometimes punched himself. "I'll be fine... the... m-my arm is not broken, I can move my hand..."

It wasn't a fight, but a full-scale ambush. He was alone, and he still won. He just has to take a painkiller or two, and wait for the pain to pass. It's not the first time he's been hit by a pipe bar, on one occasion he was stuck in bed for three days after a blow to his head, and he recovered on his own.

Keisuke grabs his arm. It's not an abrupt movement, but a twinge of pain invests Kazutora, so strong he screams. If not for Chifuyu, he would collapse to the ground.

"The hell you are. I'll call my mom and have you taken to the hospital."

Kazutora can do nothing but listen to the sound of Baji's footsteps, as his best friend walks toward the window. They are in the usual abandoned warehouse, Baji's house is on the upper floor. Using the fire escape, he'll get there in no time.

"Can you..." Chifuyu is trying to say something, which Kazutora doesn't grasp at all. He is struggling to breathe, shaking. The twinge of pain hasn't passed. "Kazutora-san... let's sit on the floor, I help you."

"Don't..." he sobs, leaning against Chifuyu's chest. Damn, it hurts so much. "I-I don't want to go to the hospital..."

He's dreamed dozens of times of having Chifuyu's arms around his waist, his hands in his hair - his, or Baji's - and it's happening right now, that he can barely breathe from how much his fucking arm hurts. Chifuyu says something, but Kazutora doesn't understand a single word. He only hears the sound of his voice.

"Don't... w-we can wait one night... at least until tomorrow..." He doesn't care if it'll be complete torture, going to the emergency room is worse. He is clutching Chifuyu's shirt with his healthy hand, clinging to him. He'll be better in the morning. It has to be like that.

"Kazutora-san" Chifuyu rests a hand on his cheek, in an attempt to look him in the face. Kazutora resists, unwilling to part from him even an inch. Eventually he finds himself facing a pair of blue eyes so intense they take his breath away. Maybe it's the pain, maybe it's the way his head is spinning, but he has never found them so vivid. "We'll stay with you, okay? Me and Baji-san. We won't leave you alone."

Kazutora really doesn't know how Chifuyu can always say the right thing at the right time. His eyes fill with tears, which wet Chifuyu's shirt as soon as he hides his face against his neck again. He doesn't hear the sound of footsteps on the fire escape, he only realizes Baji is back when he hears him say, "My mom went to get the car. Chifuyu, give me a hand. I'll carry him down the fire escape."

°

"-call her? But I don't know her."

"That bitch hates me, it’s better if you tell her that her son is in the hospital."

"But-"

Kazutora slowly opens his eyes. For a few moments he sees nothing but white, but the voices are familiar. He struggles to come back to himself, it’s as if drowsiness is dragging him down.

"Tora?"

It's not drowsiness, it's numbness. It's an alarming sensation, but it's counterbalanced by the mind he feels light. For a moment he closes his eyes again, he is almost on the verge of letting go.

"Kazutora-san?"

He opens them again, and finally starts to realize where he is. "What..."

"How are you feeling? They gave you anesthesia and they did surgery-" that's Chifuyu's voice.

"They didn't really do surgery on him, his arm wasn't even broken," Baji replies.

"Two microfractures are still fractures, Baji-san, and I don't think doctors do anesthesia for nothing."

"They did it because Kazutora freaked out, and they had to fix his arm."

"With surgery..." finishes Chifuyu, with a hint in his voice. He can tell he doesn't like to contradict Baji, and in all this Kazutora still hasn't figured out what the hell happened to him.

"What... what time is it? What... when can I go home?"

"It's eight thirty, and you'll be discharged tomorrow," Baji snorts. "We haven't called your mom yet."

That's what they were talking about when he was waking up. "Don't call her."

"And who pays the hospital bill?"

"No one, I'm getting up and leaving now..."

This is easier said than done. He feels his whole body heavy, his arm is in a cast, and he is just realizing it now. He feels dizzy, and his mind doesn't connect well. They must have pumped him full of medicine.

"Kazutora-san! You can't..." the way Chifuyu tries to physically stop him, but then freezes before he rests his hands on him, makes him laugh.

"You can touch me..." he tells him. "You too, of course," he adds, in Baji's direction. He moistens his lips, he feels light-headed. He doesn't know what he's saying. "You can both touch me... where you want, when you want..."

Baji clears his throat. "The nurse told us that..."

"That something like this could happen, because the surgery was a bit..." finishes Chifuyu, dropping the sentence.

A nurse. That word brings to Kazutora's mind that they are in a hospital, that he is there against his will, that he detests hospitals. The gauze, and the aseptic smell of disinfectant, remind him of his childhood. He tries hard not to think about it, to divert his mind to another kind of violence, namely the one he causes himself, but he can't. His mind wanders wildly, it's impossible to control.

Baji rests a hand on his hair and musses it. "We'll stay here with you all night, Fuyu promised. Whatever you say, we'll pretend to forget about it in a few hours." Baji is grinning, with that wonderful all-canine expression. 

"Pet me again," Kazutora murmurs, half-closing her eyes and moving toward him with his face.

Baji jerks his hand away. His cheeks are on fire, but Kazutora barely realizes it. "I've changed my mind," Baji mutters. "I'm leaving. Chifuyu, you take care of him."

"Baji-san! You can't, we promised!"

"You promised!"

"You... you can't leave me here alone!" Kazutora feels his heart hammering in his chest, he wants to run away again. He is in a hospital, Baji can't leave. Chifuyu can't leave. "Not... not like that time, don't..." He doesn't even know what he is saying.

"We never left you alone!" Baji tells him, and takes a seat next to him. The bed is small, but Keisuke is on the side of his healthy arm. "It never happened, okay?" he adds, as he grabs his hand. "Now go to sleep before you say some more bullshit."

Kazutora nods, his heart pounding in his chest. For a few moments, or maybe it's minutes, he stays staring at the ceiling. The warmth of Keisuke's hand, which is grasping his own, feels good. He makes some room for him, or at least he tries to, with his arm out of action, and the sheet placed over him.

He turns to Chifuyu, and finds him looking at them with his eyes down. He is also biting his lower lip. "Come closer..." he tells him, even though there is no room for three on that bed. He would also grab his hand, if he could. Chifuyu, however, understands the meaning of those words, and places his fingers on his arm, above the cast.

°

When he wakes up again, it is four o'clock in the morning. Baji is sleeping next to him, he is so on the edge that a wrong movement would send him to the floor. Unfortunately, there is no second bed in that room, and Kazutora can't move anyway. Chifuyu is still sitting on the chair, but his face is resting on his own chest, and he is also sleeping.

His arm hurts once again, and he has an annoying beginning of a headache. These are not, however, the reasons why it takes an endless amount of time to fall asleep again.

Chapter Text

"I... I messed up," Seishu is shaking. His hands are smeared with blood, as are his clothes.

Koko is not used to seeing him like this. Usually Inupi wears a mask of indifference, it's as if nothing touches him closely. He is aware that's not really the case, after all they have known each other for a long time, and that's precisely why seeing him in such a state tightens his chest in a grip. He is relieved to have let him sneak in through the window. When Seishu called him in the middle of the night, he was almost on the verge of telling him to come back tomorrow morning.

There was a time when his parents approved of their friendship. It was before the fire, before Seishu joined the Black Dragon and officially became a gang member. Koko doesn't have clean hands, to get the money that was supposed to save Akane he stole, he blackmailed, he used anyone he met without worrying about collateral damage. Someone got hurt, and he never cared. 

His parents are not aware of all this, and they had already started making unpleasant comments about his relationship with Seishu: too morbid, based on something that no longer exists, problematic, potentially in the way of his future. Then they saw Inupi on the street wearing a gang uniform, and it got much worse.

He let him sneak in through the window, only to freeze at seeing his expression. The last time he saw him really scared, Akane was still on the verge of death.

"Are you hurt?" is the first thing he asks, as he makes him sit on the bed. 

It has been months since Seishu was last there, but Koko thinks nothing of it, just as he doesn't think about his bed sheets that are going to end up stained with blood. With anxiety gripping his chest, he immediately goes to unfasten his Black Dragon uniform. Inupi blocks his hands, shaking his head softly.

"It's not mine," he says, talking about the blood.

"Then it's okay..." No, it's not okay. Something serious has happened, but Seishu is not hurt. That's the most important thing. Inupi is safe, except for some bruises and grazes.

Seishu keeps silent, and Koko brings both hands to his cheeks. For a few moments they maintain eye contact. His friend's expression is blank, but it looks nothing like Inupi's usual face. It's an abyssal difference.

"I stabbed a guy..." Seishu lowers his gaze, breaking eye contact. "I think he's dead... and if he's not dead, he's in really bad shape."

Shit. Koko's morals have never been clean, that's not what he cares about. "Did they see you? How did it happen? Maybe you can get away with it, if no one reports it, if..." if the guy didn't really die, if he has just passed out. This is not the first time some gang members, and more generally punks their age, end up in the hospital. There are not always consequences.

Inupi doesn't lift his face, and shakes his head slowly. He doesn't say a word, but his silence is like a confession. Everyone has seen him. The police are probably already looking for him. The cell phone in Seishu's pocket is vibrating, Koko can feel it against his leg, so close they are. "There's nothing money can't buy," he tells him, but he doesn't even believe it himself. What is he supposed to buy, the silence of the cops? The one of a family that now has their son dead, or dying on a hospital bed? He doesn't have so much fucking money. He has to get more, he has to....

That fucking cell phone won't stop buzzing. Koko moves abruptly, rests one hand on Inupi's shoulder, and shoves the other into his pocket. He almost sends him slamming into the mattress, but manages to grab that phone, and press the button to turn it off. He doesn't even check who is calling him, surely another Black Dragon member, maybe even that asshole Izana. Maybe the police.

Inupi has no big reaction. He doesn't try to take his phone back, he just stares blankly at it for a few moments, before saying, "I don't want to go to juvie..."

Seishu is only thirteen, Koko doesn't want to think about what they might do to him inside there. Fuck, it's inevitable that he'll end up there, and Inupi got himself into that mess. Seishu followed Shinichiro's shadow, and joined the Black Dragon even though he likes the new leader not nearly a quarter as much as he liked Shinichiro. It was all a mistake, and now Seishu will have to pay the consequences, and there is really nothing Koko can do about it. It's frustrating, it sucks, he told him not to get involved with those people. By the time Seishu will get out of juvie his beloved gang will probably no longer exist, and what the fuck will all this have been for?

Inupi stands up sharply, interrupting Koko's train of thought. "I shouldn't be here," he tells him.

'Don't pull me into your mess,' Hajime once told him. He never wanted anything to do with Izana, he never approved of Inupi's choices. Koko was never part of a gang, he only turned to crime because it was the fastest way to make money.

"Stay here tonight," he tells him, grabbing him by the arm to keep him from moving away. "Tomorrow... we'll take care of it tomorrow. Take off that jacket, there’s blood on it, and your face... " there's an abrasion on his left cheekbone. It's nothing serious, but Koko has disinfectant and gauze hidden in the room. "Sit down and don't move."

Inupi does as he is asked.

Chapter Text

Sanzu gasps and closes his eyes, it fucking hurts. He's lying on a dirty floor, the same one where he killed two guys a couple of weeks earlier, Bonten members Mikey couldn't trust anymore. He used a gun, not his katana, because it's a faster, more impersonal method. He was still high, as any other time. It's the quickest way to disassociate from reality.

Sanzu is lying supine, his head resting on Ran's lap, who is stroking his face and holding him in place. He can feel his cheek throbbing. Ran's fingertips are not touching the area where he was hit, but they are close, and it still hurts. His legs are wide open, he is naked from the waist down, and Rindou is between his thighs. 

"Nnh," he mutters, through gritted teeth. The lube is barely doing its job, and Rindou's cock is big. He turns his face to the side, but that way his cheek comes in contact with Ran's fingertips, and it hurts like hell. It hurts even more than being opened by such a cock without proper preparation.

Someone has washed the floor, but in a rough way. There is broken glass a few meters away, it is smeared with blood. Sanzu's gaze remained fixed there, without really looking at them, for several minutes.

"Ssh..." Ran is telling him, but his grip is firm. His smile is honey, his expression soft and aroused. His hands don't allow him to move even an inch. That's okay, after all Haruchiyo doesn't want to do that. "Breathe..."

He doesn't mind killing, he has done it in the past and will do it again, as often as Mikey orders him to. He swore loyalty to him, he's put himself in his service since childhood. He killed Mucho, cut up his corpse and hid the pieces, for Mikey's sake. He was lucid that time, and he could still kill while lucid, it's just...

Rindou grabs his legs, forcing him to bend his knees. He pulls his thighs up, and with them his hips, and Sanzu feels his breath break in his throat. He is basically bent over, with Ran forcing him into position, and Rindou's cock pushed all the way in. It hurts, but holy shit if it isn't a pleasant pain. He feels himself being filled to the brim, those two assholes know that's exactly what Sanzu needs. They always know what to do with him, and it's irritating, and problematic. It's a fucking nightmare that comes in handy from time to time. The Haitans are two sons of a bitch he wouldn't have wanted to get involved with, but instead he found himself in their bed before he knew it. It's probably just because they are two whores, and even though he is not the same, after a couple of pills he stops being in control of himself. Over time, it has become a habit.

"F-fuck..." he gasps, he is shaking. "Holy s-shit..." the only lube that's been used is a disposable packet, and even though his body is used to penetration, being filled like that suddenly isn't easy. It feels like he is being stretched to his limit, even if he knows better. He has also taken two cocks at a time, but he wasn't as lucid as he is now, and he had been fingered before.

He opens his eyes wide as Ran murmurs, "Rindou... start moving. Sanzu can handle this... can't you?" His voice is soft, mellifluous, as are those slant-cut eyes.

No he can't. It hurts so fucking much. Rindou doesn't wait for an answer, he starts moving inside him. In his field of vision there is the ruined ceiling of the old disused shed they are in, between the metal sheets he can see the sky, and the bright, full moon. He sees it doubling, as Rindou slams his hips against his. A moment later he closes his eyes, a rush of pain and pleasure overwhelms him from head to toe.

This is not what he asked for. He wanted a physical confrontation, a fight. He wanted to use his katana and hurt someone, but lucidly, and not on Mikey's behalf. Following his leader's orders is all he has left, he would do anything for Mikey, but lately he feels like things are getting out of hand. It's a horrible feeling, he can feel it in the pit of his stomach. The last time he felt something like this Shinichiro was still alive, and shortly afterward it all went to hell, along with his sanity.

Blood is slipping down Rindou's arm, a couple of drops land on his face. It's not a serious wound, Sanzu barely caught him, then a blow from Ran disarmed him. With the second blow, the older Haitani brother hit him in the face with the baton he always uses, the same one he told him he stole from a policeman as a child, and sent him crashing to the floor.

A horrible bruise will come out. The injury itself is irrelevant, the only really annoying thing is knowing that he'll find a look of pure satisfaction in Ran's eyes whenever they'll cross paths over the next few weeks. 

It wasn't a serious fight, those two knew what he needed: a shot of real violence, different from shooting a pathetic guy in the head, while he begs for mercy and pisses himself in fear. The last execution left him with a bitter aftertaste, and the last pills he took made him sick for days once the effect wore off. He doesn't know what the fuck that stuff was cut with, but that morning he paused, before swallowing another one. He needed something to make him forget, even for a moment, that horrible feeling under his skin, and he still found an alternative. He didn't even have to be explicit, Ran and Rindou knew right away where he was going with this. After all, no one shows up at the scene of a real fight with lube in their pocket.

It hurts like hell, the position is uncomfortable, and Ran won't stop touching his face. His fingers are too close to where he has previously hit him, to be enjoyable. Sanzu's cock is rock hard, and it's already dripping pre-orgasmic liquid, which is collecting on his chest. The way Rindou is fucking him, forcing him to stay with his legs in midair and his body bent over, he'll end up cumming on his face.

All he can do is moan and scream, as pain mixes with pleasure, and his nerve endings, just like his mind, completely short-circuit. Each thrust is dry and deep, his prostate is assaulted mercilessly. The two of them know all too well how to reduce him to an incoherent set of moans and shivers, how to destroy him deep inside and put him back together again. Rindou is already doing it, and there's not the slightest doubt that, after him, Ran will fuck him too. The abandoned warehouse is shabby, but it's a place all too suitable for them, and for his mental condition.

Maybe later Ran and Rindou will take him to their home, put him in the bathtub, and then into the bed of one of them. Sanzu will only let them do this if they fuck him to the point of making him unable to think, and to walk on his own legs. Alternatively, he'll take a cab, go back to his apartment, and take that pill he has left on the living room table.

Chapter Text

"What else was I supposed to do?" Baji blurted, when he showed up at Chifuyu's house with a cat shoved in the carrier, and his face covered with scratches. "He woke me up at dawn from so much meowing, I spent three hours looking for him, and another three to catch him."

Chifuyu has two co-workers who are two disasters. They spend more time playing with the animals than working, they leave the most ungrateful tasks to him all the time, including cleaning, with some excuse. One of them even forced him to open Peke-j Land on Easter Day after catching yet another stray cat. To make matters worse, it's a kitten, and their cages are full. They had to put him in a dog carrier for quarantine. 

Chifuyu will have to ask Kazutora to try to press the clients into adopting some cats. He generally doesn't like to use certain subterfuges - if they can be called such - but Baji has rescued three cats and two rabbits in the past month, and spring, which is the litter season par excellence, hasn't even started yet. If he has to ask Kazutora to use his charm to avoid ending up with forty animals in the backroom, he'll do it without too many qualms. Girls generally stop thinking when he's behind the counter, one time a girl's mother entered the store to return "the cat that your clerk convinced my daughter to take home without parental permission," and walked out half an hour later with two cats inside that carrier.

This is one of the things Kazutora is useful in. Cleaning the cages and the store, arranging products on the shelves, or even just managing inventory and paperwork? In all this, Kazutora is a disaster. 

Baji is even worse, he's bad with customers, and he fills his store with animals rescued from the street. One of the back rooms, which they'll turn into a veterinary clinic sooner or later, is also full of cages. Baji hasn't managed to get that damn degree yet. It matters little that Keisuke, as he himself says, is a good veterinarian even without a piece of paper. That applies more or less to strays, certainly not to clients' animals. If Baji doesn't get that degree, they can't even legally order medicine, and Chifuyu doesn't want to start an illegal backroom clinic.

"And to say that cats usually love you!" Kazutora is laughing. He hasn't stopped laughing since he saw Baji's face. "By the way, what color is he? Is he cute?"

"Cats always love me, this one loves me too," Baji snorts, irritated as if he has been betrayed by the whole feline species. "He just got scared."

"If you say so" Kazutora doesn't stop laughing, he has disinfectant and a gauze in his hands. "So what color is he? Did you take a picture?"

Chifuyu and Baji hurriedly brought the new cat to Peke-J Land, set up the necessities, and while they were at it, checked to make sure all the other animals had enough food, before hurriedly closing up. They have other plans for the day, namely to go to Chifuyu's house - where they are now - and celebrate Easter all three of them together. Kazutora even had the nerve to complain about being called late, because he also wanted to come to Peke-J Land to see the new cat.

"No, we don't have a picture... it's a regular tabby."

"Can we stop by the store later? I want to see him."

"No. He's scared, it's better to leave him alone for at least a day."

Kazutora puts an adorable pout on that handsome face, turns a glance to Chifuyu who responds with a smile and a half-shrug, and finally brings his attention back to Baji. "Okay. Sit on this chair, I'll finish fixing your face."

Chifuyu finds himself smiling at the familiarity of it all. It's the same day as a thousand others, the only exception are the scratches on Keisuke's face. Nothing like this usually happens, and Baji hasn't taken it very well. Cats usually love him, even those considered unapproachable, but apparently there is always a first time. It's a familiar scene because they've known each other all their lives, and having them over for lunch or dinner has become somewhat of a habit. It doesn't bother him that they invite themselves over all the time; after all, Peke-J Land's expenses are important, and Chifuyu doesn't pay either of his two employees a big salary. That's the best he can do, and since there's no way he's going to eat peyoung yakisoba all the time - as Baji would like - he's also learning how to cook. After all, it's not as if the other two are able, or have half an intention, to approach the stove to prepare anything.

"I'm thinking..." murmurs Kazutora. "When are we going to move in together?"

Chifuyu bites his lower lip, he is facing the stove and has his back to them. It's not the first time Kazutora has asked him that question, and he himself thinks about it almost daily. After all he was the one, almost a year earlier, who postponed a possible living together. "I don't know... isn't it better to try working together first, before living and working together?" he said at the time.

He would actually love to live with them, but he has reasons not to, and the other two are well aware of this. They have known each other for years, and have been more-than-friends since high school. They have never given a name to their relationship, it just happened, in the abandoned warehouse that used to be in the building where both his mom and Baji's mom still live. He and Kazutora always assumed that Keisuke would sooner or later choose one of them, that that situation would somehow evolve, but it never happened. They stayed together as three, and Chifuyu never asked too many questions about it. He was afraid that Baji, having to choose, would cut him off (because his relationship with Kazutora began years earlier, because they are both older than him, because Chifuyu came later, and Tora is objectively beautiful, who would ever say no to him?) and because he likes them both. Getting out of what felt like a "weird stalemate" back in the day, worried him more than staying in it, and in the end years have passed, and everything is working fine between them. 

After Baji replied "Why, isn't this a relationship? Aren't you fine with it?" the one time Chifuyu expressed half a doubt, there was no point in worrying anymore.

He is in love with both of them, and he wants to move in with them, he really does. The thing is, Baji's one-room apartment is a complete mess, there are two layers of clothes on the floor, and the last time Chifuyu was there he found far too much expired stuff in the refrigerator, which he threw out before Keisuke risked his life by eating something he shouldn't have. Kazutora on the other hand has an apartment full of accessories, all decorated just like his old bedroom, but there are three fingers of dust because he never cleans up, and he leaves everything scattered around. The last time he was there, Chifuyu first almost stepped on a knife ("Ah, that's where it went! Thank you for finding it, it's my favorite!") and then found himself screaming in pain when Baji grabbed him by the weight and threw him on Kazutora's bed, and Chifuyu ended with two rings, and the tips of a studded collar, pressed against his side.

It would be indelicate to say, "When you'll learn to put your stuff away, and clean up a bit?" His house is not neat and tidy, but... a minimum. He knows that sooner or later he'll end up saying just that, but in the meantime he sighs, and turns to them. "I'd like to, but..."

Chifuyu stops, with the ladle in his hand suspended in midair. Kazutora has settled astride Baji's legs, and is applying band-aids to his face. It's too much touching for what he's doing, but the expression on his face is happy, relaxed. Baji still hasn't stopped pouting about being rejected by a stray cat, the whole scene is adorable.

Chifuyu finds himself smiling, while looking at them. "Later we'll talk about it," he only replies, before turning back to the food. None of the three have ever really celebrated Easter, that's just an excuse to spend a day similar to many others, with the addition of three chocolate rabbits placed in the center of the table. It could, however, be the night when Chifuyu finally says yes to that cohabitation, if Baji and Kazutora agree to a few compromises. After all, Chifuyu knows he has two employees - and two boyfriends - who are a complete disaster, but he couldn't ask for anything different.

Chapter Text

"Shuji Hanma. My father's lover," says the seven-year-old girl, as she adjusts her glasses in an all too familiar gesture.

Hanma blinks. He raises his eyebrows, and takes a few moments to regain his composure. "Ahahaha" he forces a laugh, which comes out half-choked. "Kisaki talks about me?" Certainly not in those terms, and not to his seven-year-old daughter.

"No, of course not," the little one thins her gaze as she scans him from head to toe, as if she weren't less than half his height, to be generous. "I don't see my father more than three times a year, and he doesn't talk about his personal affairs, whatever they may be."

"A...ha?" It's not so much the comment about him being Kisaki's lover that throws Hanma off; the girl may have heard something similar from her mother, or from one of the babysitters. It's a little strange, but not impossible. The most absurd thing is that this kid looks exactly like Kisaki when he was young, except for her age, and her being female. She has pale skin and black hair, but Hanma can easily imagine her in a few years, with a tan and dyed blond hair. Her attitude is just like Kisaki's. The way she speaks, the icy stare, even the movement with which she adjusts her glasses, is really alike. "So, how do you know?" he laughs. He has been taken aback, and cornered by a little girl. She's still Kisaki's daughter, but... fuck, that's absurd.

"Simple. I overheard my mother's conversations... it wasn't hard, given the amount of alcohol and downers she used to consume, and the volume of her phone outbursts. A quick online search allowed me to connect the name I had heard to your face. I only needed to delve a little deeper, on some forums ten or fifteen years old, to get the full picture. Shuji Hanma, Kisaki Tetta's right-hand man, at least officially. Before this, they used to call you Shinigami of Kabukicho... that's interesting, one day you'll explain why."

Hanma is seriously impressed, as well as puzzled, but he has no time to process all this. "Mom?" the boy interrupts them. "Where is mom?"

Shuji killed her just two days earlier. Kisaki asked for a clean job, so he entered the house at a time when he knew he would find her locked in her bedroom, already drunk or knocked out by drugs. He had plenty of time to prepare the perfect cocktail. He stood in front of her with an excited grin on his lips, splitting his face in two. Thinking back to the terror in that stupid whore's eyes still sent the shiver of adrenaline down his spine.

"Drink," he told her, and then watched her die, for hours. It wasn't a quick process, and even though he couldn't use his fists or brute force to finish her off, it was still satisfying.

The bitch was lucky to have been chosen by Kisaki, despite being just a good-looking slut, because Tetta needed a representative wife and an heir. She never was a first choice, but Hinata has fortunately been dead for a decade or so - it would have been much worse for Hanma if Kisaki had married someone for whom he showed, albeit in a twisted and immature way, a real interest - and filling a role in exchange for a luxurious life was good enough for her for a while. Eventually, it wasn't enough for that bitch to be married to someone at the top of the Toman anymore, even if only for the sake of facade. After years, guilt came upon her for giving birth to two children already destined for a life in the underground, and she filed for divorce. Maybe Kisaki would have even given it to her, if she hadn't gone to the police.

Kisaki has been held at the station, and although Hanma knows he'll be out soon, he doesn't currently have orders to follow. It would be easier if he had them, instead he had to do things on his own, without even knowing the babysitter's schedule, or the cleaning lady's one. The bitch took a lifetime to die. Although watching her agonizing was amusing at first, he soon got the urge for a cigarette. He made sure she was really dead before leaving the house, going out into the street, and finally lighting one without having to worry about the ashes and the footprints. It was at that point that he remembered the children sleeping upstairs.

He waited two days to show up in front of them, meanwhile the dead body was found by the cleaning woman, and the cops began an internal investigation. It's just yet another one concerning Toman. Everyone in that house knew how much the woman abused alcohol and psychotropic drugs, even her seven-year-old daughter.

She is the one who states, "She'll be here soon," with an annoyed snort, in the direction of the younger child. Hanma gives her a puzzled look, because he thought it was clear the little girl knew their mother is dead. There have been cops for two days in that house, and she is smart. "He is convinced the babysitter is our mother," she says. "He's not very smart, he must have taken after our mother... the real one, not the babysitter."

Yeah... far too smart. "He's three years old," Hanma laughs, taken aback.

"At three I was smarter. But all things considered, maybe it's for the best... if our babysitter had died, it would have been a real disaster" the child squares Hanma from head to toe, with a critical expression.

Hanma wonders if she knows, or at least suspects something. He hopes she doesn't, or at least that he isn't at the top of the suspect list of a seven-year-old girl. A girl whose name he doesn't even know, by the way... fuck, he should have informed himself a little better about Kisaki's kids. He never wanted to know anything about them. He took it for granted that, if they ever made it to Toman's command, in the meantime he would be far too old to care, or straight up dead.

He never liked that Tetta had found himself a cover wife, even though he never touched her, even though those children were born in a clinic, by artificial insemination. "He hasn't even touched me to bring our children into the world... and now I'm going to die by your very hand," she told him, with that glass in her hands.

"Tragic, isn't it?" Hanma replied, laughing. It had been a long time since he had felt such an adrenaline rush. He didn't think staging that woman's suicide would make him feel this way. When Kisaki gave him the order he even huffed, because he was forbidden to act on his own, as always. "Now drink, otherwise I'll make your death much, much more painful. After all, we both know I've been waiting for nothing else."

The babysitter is coming. Hanma needs to leave the scene, return to his apartment. The child already knows too much, Kisaki will probably blame him for it. It will be a mess to explain that Shuji didn't do anything at all. With a little luck, it will all turn out to be a lot of fun. First, however, he has to wait for Tetta to be released.

"Do you kids want McDonald's for dinner?"

"In a little while the babysitter will be here, and she'll cook for us," says the little one, then she smiles, "But McDonald's is better."

Hanma laughs. After all, she's still a child.

°

"You did what?" Kisaki asks. That dangerous spark, which Hanma reads in his eyes, sends a hot shiver down his spine.

He grins, as he tells him, "I just made sure your children were okay, what else was I supposed to do?"

"Let the babysitter take care of them?"

Hanma slowly approaches. He is waiting for Kisaki to put his hand on the gun, and is almost disappointed when it doesn't happen. "I did everything you told me."

"You did more than what I told you."

Shuji laughs, he can't really argue with that. "I know you always treated those children coldly, but you wouldn't have liked it if something had happened while you were gone, would you? After all, they are your heirs," he grins. He doesn't hold back in his attitude, it's been ages since he's had this much fun.

"That's exactly why the babysitter works twenty-four hours, seven days a week" Kisaki is pissed, but he stays calm, controlled. "Now get lost before I get the urge to kill someone else." You, it is implied.

"Your daughter is very smart, and she looks a lot like you. You should introduce us properly, even though she already knew everything about me," he tells him, without changing his attitude one bit. Hanma mentally congratulates himself for managing to tell Kisaki, without exposing himself too much, that his daughter knows everything about them. "She said it would have been worse if the babysitter had died, rather than her mother... ahahaha, your little son is convinced the babysitter is his mother. Funny, right?" And also convenient, as well as funny.

"By the way, now that the real mother is dead, you'll have to look after those children a little more. The girl said you're her role model, even though she's seen you five times in all." It's the truth, and Hanma laughs as he tells him. "I can help you, they both like me anyway. All it took was ordering dinner at McDonald's to win them over!"

Kisaki's expression grows darker and darker. It's hilarious, for more than one reason. "I wouldn't mind becoming a father... I don't know, it would be nice, I guess." He wonders how long it will take for Kisaki to get the gun out. He can't wait to find out. "They'll need someone to teach them how to hit people without hurting their knuckles, especially the girl who is already seven. You know how fast they grow up, two or three more years and she'll already be leading a female gang, with boys trying to hit on her. I was thinking about getting her a taser for her birthday, just as a precaution. She's smart enough to keep it hidden and use it in the right way."

Kisaki is moving his hand closer to the waistband of his pants, to which the gun holster is hooked. Hanma watches that movement carefully, as he continues to laugh, and talk in circles. "The boy is still young, but if he's really not as bright as his sister says, he can always act as her bodyguard... but I'd wait at least another five or six years before buying him a baseball bat or a knuckle-duster." Kisaki's hand is on the grip of the gun. "I mean, he might improve as he grows up, your daughter is a little genius and uses herself as a yardstick, but there are normal people too... ahahaha, does that remind you of anyone?"

Kisaki is pointing his gun at him. "You, as a parent? You're ridiculous, get lost."

Hanma gives him his best grin as he replies, "I can't be worse than their real mother." Although he lit a cigarette in front of them before remembering it was not appropriate, and only moderated his language when the little girl said, "Do you always use all these swear words?" adjusting her glasses with the same expression as Tetta, at least he is not on a diet of alcohol and xanax. He didn't do too badly at all until the babysitter arrived, and that was only the first time.

He doesn't push it, he simply walks out of Kisaki's office after giving him one last look. For that day, he knows he has done enough.

The idea of having children had never crossed his mind, but he knows that by now it won't be easy to get it out of his head. It doesn't matter, now that the bitch is out of the picture he can not only have Kisaki all to himself, but also a nice happy family.

Chapter Text

Taiju is training when he receives a phone call from Mitsuya. He puts on the floor the weights he's been using - in the absence of a barbell and all the equipment he has in the Shiba house, and which he still doesn't know if he will move to the apartment he recently rented - and answers the call.

They had seen each other only a week before, so it's an unexpected phone call. He hadn't hoped to hear from Mitsuya again so soon, but that's not a problem in itself. He has found that he likes to chat with him, but he is in the middle of a training session, he is sweating from head to toe, and it's not that hot. After the customary greetings, he asks quickly, "Did something happen?"

"No... I mean, yes, but nothing serious," Takashi laughs. "It's a little embarrassing, but also funny... if you hear some rumors about us, just ignore them."

Taiju falls silent for a moment, his eyebrows twitching in a confused expression. "What do you mean?"

"This is ridiculous, I know it sounds like a middle school joke, but..." Mitsuya is both amused and embarrassed, he can hear it even through the phone. "I'm talking about sexual innuendo about crêpes."

Taiju's mind puts two and two together. "Actually, I might have heard something like that..."

His subordinates, who remained so even after Black Dragon was absorbed into Toman, asked him if he had really taken a crêpe with Mitsuya. Or rather, Koko asked him with an expression too scandalized for someone who was really talking about a crêpe, and Inui stood as impassive as ever, as he said, "Koko, cut it out. There's nothing wrong with it, the Boss can have as many crêpes as he wants, with whomever he wants and whenever he wants."

It was a surreal discussion, but no more than the one he had with his sister. He no longer lives in the Shiba family home, and relations are still strained. Taiju has moved away for everyone's sake, but he still sees Yuzuha and Hakkai at Toman meetings. His sister approached him hesitantly, with the hint of a smile on her lips, and said, "I heard the news... I think Mitsuya is a very good influence and a good company, but if you treat him badly you'll have to deal with me." Taiju was ready to answer her to mind her own business, but then Yuzuha said, "And by the way, about the crêpe thing... I'm happy for you," with a chuckle that left him so perplexed that he merely replied, "Um… okay?" as he walked away.

"What happened, exactly?" he asks, not without some puzzlement.

"Nothing, actually. I told Yumi I was going for a crêpe with you-"

"Yumi?"

"Pah-chin's girlfriend."

"Pah-chin has a girlfriend?"

It's probably not nice to show such surprise, but Taiju was taken aback. Mitsuya doesn't comment on this, he just states, "Yes, she's a kohai of mine and she's in the sewing club with me. I told her I had to go out early to get a crêpe with you the other day... when we actually got a crêpe." They actually went out to get that crêpe, and there shouldn't be anything so crazy about that. Maybe the two of them together are an odd pairing to imagine on a friends' hangout, but to go from there to all that chatter... "She told Pah-chin, who told Peh-yan, and then the word got to Mikey."

Taiju doesn't know Toman's leader that well, but Mitsuya's words have a clear implication: saying something to Mikey is equivalent to saying it to the whole world. He mentally pins this down for the future, just in case.

"The other day they were all staring at me funny and giggling," Mitsuya is explaining, "I only realized what the hell was wrong with them when Draken took me aside, and said 'Mitsuya... I understand everything, but call a spade a spade. No one gets scandalized, and everyone here has been laughing for three days, as if they were an elementary school class instead of a gang.'"

"Draken tell you that...?" Draken, unlike many others in there, strikes him as a serious guy. Not as a guy who would make jokes about eating crêpes, that's for sure, especially since he comes from a red-light district. Taiju doubts someone who grew up in a brothel would compare a vaguely cylindrical-shaped food item with a blowjob, it's ridiculous enough that others do it.

"Yeah... Draken, who usually doesn't believe any of Mikey's bullshit, bought into this. Ahahaha, that's... funny in its own way, but I thought I should tell you, in case anyone looked at you funny, or asked weird questions."

He is reminded, again, of Koko's face. The whole situation is getting more and more ridiculous. Taiju thought that his subordinates couldn't imagine him with a crêpe on his hands. They wouldn't be the first to believe that his diet consists only of protein foods, protein bars, and protein concoctions. It's a ridiculous but harmless prejudice that he has never bothered to debunk or confirm, because it's so stupid it's not even worth it.

"So the whole Toman thinks 'crêpes' stands for..." He laughs, is the gang he's part of made of elementary school kids, or what?

"Oral sex, yes."

"Why do all your friends think you would perform oral sex on me? Isn't it more normal to think we really ate a crêpe?" That's the real question. It's probably another somewhat indelicate thing to ask, given the implications (either the whole Toman has some weird ideas about Mitsuya, or he's the one who's missing something, and Taiju is aware he's known him for much, much less time than people like Mikey and Draken) but it's out of his mouth by now.

"'Cause, um," Mitsuya clears his throat, "Taiju-kun, you don't have a problem with gay or bisexual people, I hope?"

"Have you seen my underlings?" He doesn't hold back a laugh, if he had a problem with people who aren't straight, or who don't conform to typical male standards, he wouldn't have someone wearing heels in his ranks. He actually doesn't quite know what's going on between Koko and Inui, but... nothing heterosexual, that's for sure. 

Taiju knows he managed a portion of his life in a very questionable way, Mitsuya himself was the one who opened his eyes. He believed he was doing the right thing, and the situation got heavily out of hand. That's the reason he left home, in order not to fall back into old habits. He knows that, if he had stayed there, it would have been hard to keep himself from punching Hakkai (or Yuzuha, if she really cares that much about defending Hakkai) in the face at the first bullshit done by his pathetic younger brother. Taiju has several flaws, and he realized some of them belatedly, but at least he is not homophobic or sexist. He has always punched everyone indiscriminately.

"Yeah, I thought so... then I was right," Mitsuya laughs, then clears his throat. "Let's just say I don't dislike men either... yeah."

"It's not a problem," Taiju specifies, because it sounds like Mitsuya needs to hear that.

"I'm glad it's not a problem, but... well, it's not just that. I've never been in a serious relationship because I have Mana and Luna to take care of, Toman, the sewing club, the uniforms to deal with... and my friends know that."

Mitsuya is telling him, not so much between the lines, that he is used to casual hookups. That's not a problem either, but it's still ridiculous. "It's not very flattering that it's easier for your friends to imagine you doing certain things, than to imagine you eating a crêpe." Basically, the whole Toman, or at least the founding members, think Mitsuya is a slut and have told him in a way that is as ridiculous as it’s blatant. Taiju avoids being direct, partly because it's none of his business, but... he'd like to know what exactly those idiots said, because he feels like he's missing a step. Even someone who changes one partner a night can eat a dessert, where the heck is the problem?

"Ahahaha actually I think they can't imagine you eating a crêpe, Taiju-kun. But well, they also know my taste in guys, and..."

"What exactly did they tell you?" He doesn't know whether he should ask. He'll probably regret it. He has already put two and two together, he is now aware that Toman consists of a bunch of idiots who think like kindergarten children. He could go on with his life without delving further into detail.

"Exactly?" Takashi asks, still laughing, but now he's clearly reluctant.

"Yeah."

"Okay, exactly..." Mitsuya clears his throat. "Pah-chin said 'A crêpe, as if. Taiju doesn't eat crêpes, at most he eats protein bars or whatever the fuck, and Mitsuya with that face at most would like to suck his' ...you got it," Mitsuya pauses a little, then continues. "Draken kept telling me to cut that shit out, like I was the one saying bullshit, and not all of them. Kazutora started laughing uncontrollably, repeating 'with cream' for half an hour, and Baji got pissed because ' call a spade a spade, what the fuck, are we in elementary school?' I won't repeat what Pey-yan said because it's even worse than all this... Mikey meanwhile was eating a taiyaki and nodding, like it was nothing."

Taiju falls silent for a few moments, trying to take in the absurdity of it all, and then, despite himself, he bursts out laughing. "Okay, I get it..." fuck, and he thought he was in a serious gang. "I don't know how the heck it's possible, but for the whole Toman, including my underlings and my sister, it's unthinkable we went for a crêpe, but normal if we do... something else."

"Clearly," laughs Mitsuya. "They're a bunch of idiots. I don't know how this could have happened, especially... I could see it coming from Pah-chin and Peh-yan, and others you'd expect such ridiculous jokes from, but Draken and Baji? Kisaki?"

"Kisaki?"

"I heard him muttering something under his breath to Hanma... forget it," Mitsuya laughs, and Taiju doesn't fail to notice how relieved he sounds. He doesn't hide it at all, as he tells him, "Mostly, I'm glad it's not a problem for you. I laughed about it, but... you know."

"Let those idiots think what they want," Taiju snorts, still laughing. 

It's really absurd, as if he has a reputation for shagging this or that person, by the way. It's been months since he last slept with a girl, and he, like Mitsuya, has always limited himself to one-night stands, of which he's not even a big fan, by the way. Maybe that's another thing they have in common, or maybe not, given the reputation of his new more-or-less friend. Still, it's a big gamble to think someone like Mitsuya, someone who is literally perfect in everything he says and does, would sleep with him.

"Then I'll leave you to your things," Takashi tells him, not knowing that, in fact, Taiju should have hung up the phone at least half an hour earlier. Sweat has dried on him, and he is starting to get cold. He needs a shower. "I’ll see you soon."

"To get another crêpe?" Taiju asks him, it's all so ridiculous he's starting to find it funny himself.

"What kind of crêpe?" Mitsuya asks, in a winking tone of voice that Taiju interprets as part of the joke exchange.

"The one you want," he replies, without even thinking about it.

"Perfect, I look forward to it," Takashi murmurs, in that playful tone. "See you soon."

Only when the call is cut off, and Taiju finds himself staring at the phone's unlit screen, a doubt comes over him. He feels his cheeks heat up, was Mitsuya flirting, or...?

Probably training some more will do him good, he decides, with his face on fire. To... relieve stress, or whatever the feeling in his chest is.

Chapter Text

"Remember me why we're doing this," Rindou growls, while restraining Sanzu's arms. 

Pinning him down wasn't easy. Although the other Bonten member is thin - far too thin, and he is not the only one who eats less than the bare essentials among them - he has thrashed around for quite a bit, screaming and cursing. He's finally not doing it anymore, but it's inevitable for Rindou to wonder if this is only a temporary truce, or if Sanzu will end up staring into space for the next two hours, or even fall unconscious. It wouldn't be bad if he did.

Haruchiyo swallowed two of his usual pills, and so far nothing new. They had a bad effect on him, a really shitty effect. This isn't a first either, it's far from it, but Sanzu doesn't usually fall into the darkest paranoia. Dealing with him when he's high is usually a little annoying and a little funny, because Sanzu's self-control goes completely to hell, and he says and does the biggest bullshit. That stuff isn't good for him, that's for sure, but none of Bonten's Executive Members plan to live long. Sanzu, clearly, even less than the others.

Returning to a lower risk life is impossible, so does it really matter who swallows what pills, or who snorts what, inside that organization? It wasn't the future Rindou envisioned for himself when he joined Tenjiku many years earlier, but he's in it up to his neck now. Mikey has completely lost his mind, and his second-in-command spends three-quarters of his time disassociating from reality in one way or another. It's not so bad for him and Ran; after all, what else could the two of them have done in their life? 

Ran is holding Sanzu tight, he is telling him, "It's just a bad trip, keep calm. We are here with you."

It’s a bit weird. Although Rindou is not entirely sure that Ran is not actually thinking about grabbing the katana with which Sanzu tried to stab himself in the peak of that moment of paranoia, and killing him off to finish the job, usually his brother reserves such cares for no one but him, his own blood. If nothing else, they managed to stop him in time. The wound Sanzu has on his abdomen is little more than a scratch, they'll deal with it later.

In truth, Rindou knows the reason why they are doing this. 

It's the same reason why seeing Sanzu babbling about time travel and darkness, and then grabbing his katana and trying to stab himself, gave him the same feeling he gets when Ran gets wounded. It's also the same reason why he'd like it if Sanzu started moderating that drug abuse of his, even though he is not stupid enough to hope for it to actually happen. It's the exact same reason why knowing that Sanzu has his phone full of photos of Mikey, recent and even ten years old, like the fucking stalker he is, has been bothering him more and more lately.

Ran doesn't answer his question, and not just because he’s trying to calm Sanzu, who meanwhile is looking blankly ahead with a vacant stare, and a shaken expression on his face. Some things are better left unsaid.

°

Yeah, some things are really better left unsaid.

"Don't say a word," sighs Rindou, half an hour later. He is sitting on Sanzu's bed. Haruchiyo, who is lying on the mattress, is hugging him at the waist and has his face on his legs. The good news is that he is no longer trying to hurt himself or anyone else, the bad one is that the effect of the stuff he took has not worn off yet.

Sanzu has been sobbing for more than ten minutes, while Ran tries to disinfect his wound, and Rindou holds back the urge to grab him by the hair and tell him to stop. They not only took him home instead of putting him in a cab and paying for the driver's silence, not only they are tolerating this, but he is also stroking Sanzu’s instead of yanking him like he would have done a few months earlier.

"There's nothing to say," grins Ran, with that mellifluous smile of his, and a look that has a thousand subtexts. "Stay with him tonight." It's not a question, but an affirmation.

Rindou pauses with his gaze on Ran's hands, which are opening a large patch. He has just finished applying the healing ointment. Sanzu had none of this in his house, they had to make a couple of phone calls. They could have made a third, and asked for someone else to take care of him.

"You stay," he replies. He is sure Ran wouldn't mind, he likes Sanzu as much as him, even though they have never talked about it. He knows him too well to miss the signs.

"Let's both stay." Ran's nerve is incomparable, as always. Rindou can see through it without any difficulty, but he nods anyway, without adding a word. In any case, Sanzu and his constant whining are irritating enough to erase the weight of the unspoken words.

Chapter Text

"Baji and I have something to tell you," Chifuyu says, and Kazutora freezes with a cat in his arms.

In the end, the time has come. He bites his lower lip, and putd the animal into his cage, slowly. He knew this would happen, it was only a matter of time. Baji and Chifuyu are close, they have been for years. Keisuke is a wonderful person, he is someone who would do anything for those he loves, and now he is also getting his degree to become a veterinarian. He is just four exams away, and then he'll have not only his dream job, but also a job that will earn him fairly well. Chifuyu is lovely, kind, and always ready to support those he loves. They are both perfect.

Kazutora always felt that, if anyone was to be excluded from their relationship, it would be him. For Chifuyu, Baji was his first love. Even now he is completely infatuated with him, it's obvious. After ten years he still calls him 'Baji-san' sometimes, and he would literally do anything Keisuke. He and Baji are close, they've grown up together, but Chifuyu is... far more perfect than Kazutora will ever be.

It was good while it lasted. He is really happy with them, but a three-way relationship has always been weird, and also... is it really a relationship? Did they ever call it such? As teens they said they were just friends, even after they started sharing touches and kisses with each other, in the disused warehouse they went to back in the day. Then there was that time when Chifuyu went out with a girl, and he and Baji stalked him. That was the first time he and Keisuke held hands in public, and they did it just to make Chifuyu jealous. In the end, they intruded in his date like two perfect assholes, or more accurately, Kazutora did it and dragged Baji along. Keisuke said "Fuck, aren't the two of us enough for you?" at Chifuyu, at which point Kazutora assumed they were in some kind of relationship, and then ten years passed. 

They work together in the pet store run by Chifuyu, they still spend most of their time together, but Kazutora knows deep inside that he is a complete mess. Although he doesn't say it out loud, he is well aware of it.

As a teenager he spent a year in juvie for burglary, aggravated by sending the store owner, who was none other than Shinichiro, to hospital. Mikey's brother didn't press charges, he even laughed about it, but a head injury with a fifteen-day prognosis is no small thing. Kazutora really could have killed him, and made the biggest mistake of his life, just because he panicked.

He took back his life, finished high school, and became part of Toman again. He didn't get into any more trouble, although he came far too close to it that time he let Hanma talk him into joining Valhalla. He was jealous of Baji, and his relationship with Chifuyu. Fortunately, it was a brief parenthesis, interrupted by Keisuke himself, who punched some sense back into him.

Baji has always done everything for the sake of those he holds dear, and now he is studying at the university and working in Mikey's dojo, as well as in the pet shop with them. Chifuyu opened that store, asked for a loan and signed documents, as adult people do. He is taking care of it all, and also of the employees he hired. Chifuyu is learning how to cook because he and Baji keep inviting themselves to his house, under the excuse that they get paid little. There's not much to say about Chifuyu, he's really perfect. It's no surprise that Baji eventually chose him. They are two wonderful people, and they deserve each other.

On the contrary, Kazutora is doing nothing except working in there, and only because Baji and Chifuyu dragged him into that adventure. What's more, working is a big word. Kazutora knows he's good with customers, but he doesn't like putting things in order, cleaning, sorting out paperwork, or doing anything else useful for the store. When no customers come in, and he doesn't have anybody to chat and entertain himself with, he usually plays with the cats. 

He doesn't know how to cook, he tried once and it was a disaster, he almost set the whole pan on fire, along with the stuff in it. He is not neat, he has a tendency to leave everything lying around not only in the store, but also in the apartment where he lives. It's no wonder Chifuyu didn't agree to start living together with them, the last time he was in his apartment he almost stepped on a knife left on the carpet. Baji is also messy, he doesn't like to clean up, he too leaves expired food in the refrigerator and makes the house where he lives barely decent, but Baji still has more good sides than Kazutora. On top of that, Chifuyu adores Keisuke.

It was only a matter of time. A three-way relationship, assuming it could be called such, cannot last forever.

"Kazutora?" Chifuyu asks him. His expression immediately becomes worried, not to say on the verge of panic, when Kazutora closes the cat's cage and turns to look at him.

He is not sure he doesn't have tears in his eyes. He feels a pang in his chest, he bites his lower lip and struggles to say, "Are you breaking up with me?"

"No... of course not!"

What else could it possibly be about, if not that? Chifuyu probably just got worried at seeing his expression, and now he's taking it all back, but this is even worse. No one should stay in a relationship out of pity, to not hurt someone else.

"If you are breaking up with me tell me now, so..." so what? The sentence dies into thin air, Kazutora doesn't really know what he'd do, once left alone. 

Toman no longer exists. He doesn't get along with his mom, who still refuses to face reality, and keeps asking when he plans to get a girlfriend, despite Kazutora being openly and obviously gay. His mom still insists on seeing Baji as a bad influence, as she did when they were young, even though Baji is not the one who got a tattoo at twelve and ended up in juvie at fourteen. He hasn't seen his father in forever, which is for the best, since he still remembers the violence with which he was yanked and smacked the last time he dared to raise his voice with him. He only has a job because Chifuyu is nice, and forgives him everything.

"What the fuck are you guys talking about?" intrudes Baji, who was arranging the newly arrived cat cans on the appropriate shelf.

"Nothing!" Chifuyu says defensively, looking at Baji as if desperately seeking help. "I was just trying to tell him… you know, what we talked about last night!"

Kazutora watches them exchange a stressed look. He waits a moment, then two, and finally resists no longer: "Just tell me!"

"That's not what... we would never break up with you, Tora!" says Chifuyu, "Why do you even come up with that? I always thought that sooner or later you two would leave me, not the other way around-"

"What the fuck are you talking too!" blurts out Baji. "Tora and I have already told you to cut that crap, nobody wants to break up with nobody," Baji breathes deeply, then plants himself in front of Kazutora. "I'll tell him. Fuyu and I think your turtleneck sweaters are shit, don't wear them anymore."

Kazutora stares blankly at them for a few moments. What do his sweaters have to do with this?

"They're not ugly!" interjects Chifuyu, red in the face. "They're just... turtlenecks! But they don't look bad on you, I swear they don't look bad!"

Kazutora takes a long time to process those words. "So you don't want to break up with me?" he asks, still not quite sure what his sweaters have to do with this.

"Again?! Hell no!" snorts Baji, crossing his arms over his chest.

What's wrong with his sweaters? "I thought they looked good on me..." They're turtlenecked, that's obvious since they're supposed to hide his tattoo, but they hug his lean physique and don't stand out under his shirt, or under his apron when it's too hot to wear anything else.

"They look good on you!" insists Chifuyu. "Very good! They're just... different from what you used to wear? I mean..."

Kazutora is well aware of this, but at the age of twenty-five, and with a job to keep, it doesn't feel appropriate to flaunt his tattoo like he did as a teen. It was already excessive to do it when he was fifteen, but he was young and stupid and wanted to show off. Now he has to be a functional member of society, he can't walk around... like that.

"Yes, different," Baji repeats.

"Well, of course! I have to work, and you know how society sees tattoos... and mine is on the neck!" What was he thinking, back then? Couldn't he tattoo his chest, or his back, or any other spot easier to cover? Even for Draken and Mitsuya the situation is not so tragic, all they had to do was grow their hair to hide their tattoos.

"But the store is mine!" says Chifuyu. "You don't need to cover it all the time."

"Fuck it Tora, you went from walking around with a neckline so low it was close to show even your nipples, to… to this," Keisuke looks annoyed, but Kazutora still takes a while to put two and two together. The situation is absurd, and he has not yet completely stopped believing that they actually just want to dump him. It would still be more plausible than that.

"Exactly! I was young, and... I can't walk around like I did when I was fifteen."

"Why not, you were... pretty, in the way you used to walk around back then," Chifuyu tells him, his cheeks on fire.

"I don't think pretty is the right word," mutters Baji.

Kazutora raises an eyebrow, then sighs. "So you're telling me you don't like me like this."

"No!"

"For fuck's sake, no!"

He can't walk around like a teen who has to show off, at the age of twentyfive. More importantly, he can't believe that's really the problem. His turtleneck sweaters can't be the problem, that's ridiculous. Did they really not want to break up with him, and diverted the focus to something else in seeing his reaction?

"But you liked me better as a teen."

"No, for fuck's sake-" Chifuyu puts an arm in front of Baji, interrupting him. He clears his throat, and says, "I'll do it, Baji-san... Tora, we still like you very much, and we have no problem with your clothes, but you don't take those sweaters off even in summer! Not even that time when the AC broke... you bought a lightweight turtleneck t-shirt for the occasion!"

"I didn't think it was a problem?" Kazutora feels his cheeks flush. It's ridiculous, but Chifuyu seems to really mean what he's saying. "It’s for... the respectability of the store."

"Fuck the respectability of the store," mumbles Baji, and Chifuyu ignores him, as he continues, "The store is mine... you don't have to cover yourself up, and thus change your style for me..."

"But I don't mind."

"But he does!" blurts out Baji, pointing at Chifuyu. "He got a crush on you because you always walked around half fucking naked. Tell him Fuyu!"

"That's not true!" replies Chifuyu, now completely red in the face. "That's not what really happened, it's just... it was impossible to resist him, with that attitude and look, and you liked Kazutora too back then!"

He stood looking at them surprised, his cheeks getting redder and redder. He didn't know Baji and Chifuyu had talked about him years ago. He didn't know that they had mutually decided to start something with him, discussing it in private. He thought it had just happened. He feels his face on fire, he clears his throat and asks, "My attitude...?"

"You were... flirty back in the day. Always with your neck exposed, with the earring, and that attitude...um. When we started doing stuff you were more experienced than us, it was impossible to resist you..." Chifuyu at this point has his face completely on fire, but he’s not the only one.

"You were my firsts," Kazutora tells him, although this is nothing new. They asked about it before. If he seemed the most experienced of the three, it was only because, again, he had to put on an attitude... and thanks to a good dose of porn movies he had seen, combined with his habit of experimenting on himself first. "Really."

"I know," Chifuyu laughs, embarrassed. "But it didn't seem like it."

"You're telling me I looked slutty," laughs Kazutora. He is not offended, just embarrassed and a little incredulous. If he had been told this ten years earlier, maybe not in those exact words, he would have been flattered.

"No!" rushes to deny Chifuyu.

"Yes," Baji confirms, huffing and looking away, "and neither of us minded." He, too, has red cheeks.

Kazutora laughs. He feels a little better, though... "Why didn't you tell me earlier? You gave me a heart attack for nothing, I thought you were going to dump me!"

"That's why we didn't tell you earlier!"

"Eh, look at how the fuck you reacted!"

He reacted like that because he couldn't believe that his boyfriends were really talking about his clothes. He immediately thought they wanted to break up with him because they are two amazing people, and Kazutora sometimes really feels like he is no match for them. He tries hard not to think about it, he bites his lower lip, and looks at Chifuyu. "You were cute with blond hair, too, though..."

"They weren't bad, but we were kids... I have to run the store now."

"Eh," comments Kazutora. Chifuyu is giving him the exact same speech he did about turtleneck sweaters. He doesn't need to spell anything else out, Chifuyu has more than got the implication right, it's clear.

Baji is looking at them with that half annoyed, half embarrassed expression. It's adorable. "You," he says, toward Kazutora, "come to work on Monday in a regular shirt. And you," he adds, toward Chifuyu, "do your hair blond again on Monday."

"You should do something to your hair, too," laughs Kazutora. "A shatush, maybe?" It would be nice to have all three of them black and blond hair. At least it would mitigate some of his embarrassment, in showing up in the store with his tattoo in plain sight.

Chapter Text

It's three o'clock on a hot Saturday summer night, when Manjiro Sano throws open the door of Emma's room, and shouts, "Ken-chin, we need to do an extraordinary meeting!"

Draken is almost naked, with Emma in her panties and bra straddling him. It's a scene no normal brother would want to see, but Mikey doesn't even pay attention to it, he doesn't even look at them. He barely registers what is going on, ignores it, and continues screaming toward Izana's room.

"Extraordinary meeting!"

"Fuck, Mikey!" shouts Emma.

"Fuck Mikey!!!" also shouts Draken "Holy shit! The fuck-" the rest of the sentence is lost in the distance, because in the meantime Mikey has thrown open Izana's bedroom door, woken him and Kakucho, who unlike Emma and Draken were sleeping, and gone back to his room to get his Toman uniform.

Even though it's very hot, Manjiro puts on his uniform before going down to the garage to get his motorcycle. He then starts calling all his subordinates on the phone, as he drives to the shrine where they have all their meetings. The first on the list is, of course, Takemichi.

-

Takemichi is sweating from head to toe. It's so hot he's gasping for air. He forgot to take a water bottle, and there are no vending machines around there. He doesn't think he should lengthen the distance to look for one.

He tried to call Chifuyu, but he didn't get an answer, so all he could do was get out of the house and start running. He has no bike, and his bicycle is still wrecked.

"Mikey, what happened?" he asks, when he finally arrives at the meeting place. He is panting, and all sweaty.

"An important thing Takemitchi, now let's wait for the others."

Takemichi takes a few moments to catch his breath, and look around. There is no one there but the two of them. It's a little weird, because all the founding members of Toman have motorcycles, he expected to find at least Draken there. Mikey is making repeated phone calls, and Takemichi can hear people cursing in the background.

He is worried. A Toman meeting at three in the morning must be something important. If Mikey called them at that hour something serious must have happened, right?

-

Draken is pissed as hell. Emma followed him, he tried to tell her to stay home, so at least she could rest. His girlfriend didn't take none of it. She is angry too, blatantly annoyed, and she keeps staring at the clock.

"If we go home now, maybe we can finish what we started," she tells him, her arms crossed over her chest. She has slipped on the first thing she came across: Draken's shirt, which acts as a dress on her. He doesn't even know if there's a pair of shorts under there.

At the moment he has, unfortunately, more serious things to think about. "Manjiro Sano, for fuck's sake I hope it's a matter of life and death because I swear I'm going to kill you," he tells him, approaching with wide strides. He and Emma had recently started to go further than kissing and petting, maybe that could have been a good night. They were both very into the moment, but holy shit Mikey always has to ruin everything.

Unfortunately, they know him too well to believe it's really anything serious.

Izana is also there with them, and from the smile on his face it's not clear if being woken up doesn't weigh on him, or if he's secretly planning Mikey's death. If nothing else, he and Kakucho were lucky. They were actually sleeping when Manjiro threw open their bedroom door, and as annoying as it is to be kicked out of bed like that, being interrupted while doing something else is definitely worse.

"Ken-chin, you're finally here," Mikey tells him, and then he also has the nerve to ask, "What's Emma doing here?"

"Are you serious?!" she blurts out.

"You didn't need to come, it's Toman business."

"Fuck you."

Draken knows how close brother and sister are, he knows Emma loves Mikey dearly and the feeling is mutual, but shit, he can understand her all too well. Putting up with Manjiro Sano is really a feat sometimes.

He wasn't surprised to see only Takemichi, when he arrived there with everyone in the Sano household except Shinichiro. An uncomfortable doubt is dawning on him, which he tries hard to ignore. Mikey couldn't have called them there under a completely imbecile excuse, one that came to his mind at three in the morning, just because he wanted to see Takemichi. He couldn't have done that, because otherwise Draken will personally kill him, and then make the body disappear.

No one else arrives for an hour.

-

"You brought the girls!" exclaims Mikey, when he sees Mitsuya and Hakkai arrive, along with Luna and Mana. The little one is whining, and repeating, "Big brother, I'm sleepy." The older one yawns, clutching a stuffed animal.

"Of course, who do I leave them with at three in the morning? My mom is at work," Mitsuya crosses his arms over his chest. "I hope it's something important."

The girls had recently fallen asleep after a stressful evening of running around the coffee table in the living room. He and Hakkai were watching a movie, finally able to rest, but no. Mitsuya answered his phone because he was worried about seeing a call at that hour. He does this every time, even though night calls are not really new for Mikey. It happens that he gets bored and calls someone in the middle of the night, but getting the whole Toman together is different, and then... after all the swearing and insults he got from Baji and Draken the last time, Mitsuya believes (and hopes, especially hopes) that Mikey has understood that giving people a heart attack by calling them in the middle of the night is not really a great idea.

He is, unfortunately for him, too conscientious to turn away and go back to sleep, or to watch a movie. That's the reason he's here now, with the girls barely standing on their feet, hoping there's a serious reason behind all this.

-

It's almost morning. The sky is lightening, and no one else has arrived in the meantime. Takemichi would have died dehydrated if he hadn't gotten permission to run to the nearest vending machine, and buy a bottle of water.

When he returns, still running because one can't know who may arrive while he is gone, and he certainly doesn't want to miss Mikey's words, no one has arrived yet. Manjiro is complaining that Koko and Inui are not answering their phones, and he is explaining to Draken that he hasn't tried to call Taiju, and neither Shion and Mucho. "There's no point in bothering them at this hour."

"So it's okay to bother us?!" Draken, who evidently still has the energy to do so, almost shouts in his face.

"I'm on good terms with Taiju, I can call him," Mitsuya says, with that smirk of his that could be pure kindness, a veiled threat, or a thousand other things. It's probably better not to know.

"Nah... Hakkai will tell him in the morning," Mikey replies, as if nothing has happened.

So, if someone were to get punched in the face, that someone would be Hakkai? Takemichi doesn't dare ask that question.

Senju is approaching at that moment, yawning and rubbing her eyes. "I just saw my phone... what did I miss?"

Ten minutes later Angry and Smiley also arrive, with dark circles under their eyes because they stayed up all night to play a Playstation tournament. Pah-chin and Peh-yan are preceded by the volume of their yelling, swearing, and insults.

"'Fucking shit Mikey, give us a serious reason or I'll really kick your ass this time!"

"Holy shit I was sleeping, you dickheads!"

Draken mutters insults, Emma stares at the clock, the first light of dawn starts to show.

-

Kazutora knows full well that, ninety-nine point nine percent, they're there for a massive bullshit. He knows it well, and so does Baji, but Chifuyu insisted.

"If Mikey called us at this time it has to be something important... and Takemichi won't stop calling me."

"It's definitely bullshit, but if it makes you feel better let's go."

Kazutora was the first to give in, and say: “Okay, let's go and hear what the fuck Mikey wants at that time of night.” Baji gave in pretty much instantly in front of both of them, but that didn't stop him from being pissed as hell. Kazutora can understand him.

They dressed quickly, and the three of them got on Baji's bike, with the excuse that Kazutora's is almost out of gas. He really doesn't feel like wasting gas on Mikey's bullshit, and besides, it's nice to have Chifuyu pressed between them on the saddle. If he has to bugger himself with their leader's crap, he might as well get something positive out of it.

Baji gets off the bike and immediately goes briskly toward Mikey, grabbing him by the front of his jacket. "Fuck Mikey it's five in the morning, for fuck's sake what do you want?!"

Kazutora yawns, and takes a while to realize that people are staring at them intensely. He's a little sleepy and a little pissed off, it's hard to pay attention to the details. He looks closer at his best friends, and realizes that Chifuyu is wearing Baji's shirt. It's large, but it's nothing crazy. Baji's hair is tied up in a fucked-up way, with tufts sticking out of his ponytail, and both Kazutora and Chifuyu have clips on their hair. They're the ones with kittens, the same ones that Baji's classmates gave them for yet another cosplay day, but it's nothing too weird.

What the fuck are all these people staring at, for a couple of clips with kittens?

Kazutora furrows his eyebrows, and takes a better look at Baji. The shirt he is wearing fits him tight, it's all clinging to his chest. It's clearly not his. He put on Chifuyu's, maybe that's why they're all staring at them, but it's not that unreasonable. Such things happen. For all the others know, the three of them could have been at Baji's house watching a movie, and dressed in bulk when their leader called them in the middle of the night.

"Kazutora... did you look at yourself in the mirror?" murmurs Emma, in a whisper, approaching him and holding out a makeup mirror.

"Ah fuck, my eyeliner... in this heat it must have all dripped off." Maybe everyone is staring at him because he looks like a fucking panda? Embarrassing.

"Um, no."

Kazutora checks his makeup, which is indeed smeared. He wipes it off with his fingers, it doesn't look like a major disaster to him. Then his gaze falls lower, and he gasps, opening his eyes wide. His neck is full of hickeys and bites, on his delicate skin the mark of Baji's canines can be seen almost everywhere. As always, he is wearing a revealing shirt.

"Fuck..." he tries to cover himself as best he can, with a shirt that doesn't really cover anything, and finally gives up and snorts. "Whatever, it's not like we're the only ones in the world who get laid."

"What the fuck are you talking about?!" blurts out Baji, purple in the face.

"Everyone already knew it anyway! Rather, look at what you did on my neck! And I don't even have foundation with me!"

Chifuyu covers his face with his hands, red in the cheeks. "Um..."

Kazutora wants to eviscerate Mikey to cover himself with his guts, because he's been there for half an hour, he's already had his share of embarrassment, and Manjiro still hasn't said a word about why they're there in the middle of the night... almost morning now. He's convinced it's bullshit, he knows him too well.

-

It's six in the morning, the sun is high in the sky. Hanma and Kisaki arrive, Hanma has a McDonald's bag in his hand. If Mikey really has to kick them out of bed, he might as well eat breakfast. Kisaki's face is bored, he's irritated, but at least they were able to fuck. Hanma secretly turned off Tetta's phone as soon as he realized it was vibrating. It's a subterfuge he's proud of, at least their night wasn't ruined, even though they're both now very sleepy.

Unfortunately, Kisaki wanted to check his phone before going to sleep, only to give him an annoyed look at seeing that it was turned off, and that there were several missed calls.

"Maybe the battery is starting to play tricks... haha, you know how these electronic things are," he told him, making up an excuse on the spot.

"Yeah, right. Get dressed, let's go hear what Mikey wants," Kisaki told him, with that adorable irritated frown.

"We could have stayed home, after four orgasms I wanted to sleep," whispers Hanma, as they approach their gang mates. "It's just bullshit anyway."

"Shut up you idiot, I know it's probably bullshit, but if Mikey summons everyone at three in the morning, we have to go. It's bad enough we got there at six because you turned off my phone, and then you wanted breakfast and cigarettes."

Hanma is bored, but he remains so only until he notices the mess on Kazutora's neck. "You guys have been at it tonight," he laughs.

"We were at it, before Manjiro Sano called."

Three-quarters of Toman is pissed as hell. In the end being here is not bad, even though he is so sleepy. The scene in front of him is hilarious. Hanma is relaxed, at least he got to fuck Kisaki. "All nervous, eh? Did you sleep badly, by any chance?"

Draken is pissed as hell, Chifuyu is trying to calm Baji down, Mitsuya's little sisters are sleeping on a bench. Pah-chin and Peh-yan are ranting loudly. Perhaps, with any luck, it will end in a fight. There is a ban on fighting between members of the same gang in Toman, but they are all so sleepy and pissed off that you never know, someone might snap, and Hanma wants to be there to enjoy the show. Emma is staring at the sun in the sky with a lost look, as Senju says something that she is definitely not listening to.

Baji approaches Kazutora, and asks him, "Hey Tora, do we have new people in Toman?"

"Huh? What are you saying?"

"Yes, who are these two?"

"Did you hit your head? Can't you see it's Kisaki and Hanma?"

Hanma bursts out laughing heartily, because he and Kisaki have their hair down, Kisaki has forgotten his glasses - it's hilarious, he looks like he's glaring at everyone, when really he's just trying to focus - and they're both in t-shirts. "It was worth coming, in the end," he tells Kisaki, laughing.

"Yeah, right," snorts Kisaki.

-

It's almost seven in the morning. Mikey is about to start the briefing, in the end. Someone is sleeping with their back against a tree, Hanma is smoking while drowsy. Pah-chin and Peh-yan have stopped swearing and are sleeping on the floor, others are planning Mikey's death, in the literal sense of the word. There's a plan in action, complete with details, but it will never be carried out.

"Whatever, we're all there now. That's the twelfth time Inupi has hung up his phone, I don't think he and Koko will come. Taiju will be informed by Hakkai in the morning, Mucho and Shion will be informed... by someone. We can start."

"Finally, fucking finally!" "Holy shit, after only four hours..." "About time, we can finally go home." "Tell me this is serious, please."

Mikey looks around, confused. "Ah no, wait, someone is still not here."

Pah-chin's shout rises among the people, "Who the fuck is not here, I'll kill them!"

Another half hour passes before the Haitani brothers arrive, well dressed and well coiffed despite it being morning. With them there's Sanzu, clearly drunk, barely holding on his legs. Three chicks are following them.

"What's going on?" asks Rindou.

"Sorry we're late guys, we were out clubbing and having fun," Ran smiles.

"Yes, I can see..." comments Mikey. "Who are these? Your girlfriends?"

"There are less naked people in the brothel where I live," mutters Draken, looking at them.

"Nah... they're three girls we met in a club," smiles Ran.

"Who knows, they followed us" Rindou shrugs his shoulders, as if it's not important.

Sanzu just laughs, looking lost, with his legs barely holding him up. Rindou is quick to grab him before he slumps to the ground. Mikey raises an eyebrow.

The girls giggle. "Nooo so fun, a gang!" "I've always dreamed of being in a gang!" They are, too, clearly drunk.

"Ahahaha you got hickeys on your neck!" the one with the shorter skirt approaches Kazutora. "Wait, I'll lend you my makeup kit and help you fix yourself... you know, you always have to go around organized," she giggles, winking at him. "I've got concealer, foundation, everything you need... even hairbrush and hairspray, too bad there's no power for the travel straightener."

"Um... thank you?" replies Kazutora.

-

Mikey shrugs, and comments, "Whatever, I've seen this too... Takemitchi, can you check if Pah-chin is still alive?" he asks, pointing to his friend and subordinate who is sleeping at the foot of a tree, despite having screamed until five minutes before. "Touch him with a stick, I don't know..."

He is the only one in uniform, struggling to keep his open jacket slung over his shoulders, despite having been tempted to get rid of it at least thirty times since he has arrived there. Why are none of his subordinates in uniform? They are part of Toman, and they certainly haven't arranged to go to the beach.

Mitsuya's little sisters have woken up, and Hakkai is playing with them. Kisaki has brought a school book with him, and he is reading it two inches from his face, because he has no glasses. Two of the chicks with the Haitanis are talking to them about the future club that maybe one day the brothers will open, where they would like to work. Sanzu is sitting with his back against a tree, his expression lost. His sister is pretending not to know him. Mikey really doesn't want to know what they were planning to do with those girls. Emma has just returned with several bottles of water, to keep anyone from dying of dehydration.

"Okay, we're all here." Mikey clears his throat, like a good leader. "Okay people, no more jokes, no more games, no more swearing Pa-chin and Pe-yan no more swearing... and you too Baji, I hear you! Enough of everything, now I'm going to tell you the real reason why I brought you together tonight, even though it's nine o'clock now..." he is starting to get tired, too. He is also wondering if all this was a good idea. Maybe he would have been better off waiting.

Mikey clears his throat. He is the leader, he has absolute power in that gang, and it's morning now anyway. He called them at three o'clock , but it's already nine... nine o'clock is a more than appropriate time to ask the question he's about to ask. "It's a really crucial thing. The internal Toman tournament… are we playing Tekken this year, or do you prefer another fighting game?"

Silence falls among Toman members. It's an awkward minute, interrupted by the sound of Kisaki's book falling out of his hand, ending up on the floor with a thud. Even the girls brought by the Haitans fall silent.

Then the murmurs begin, "No, are you serious? That can't be the reason..." and then the shouts.

"He... woke us up for a Playstation tournament" Kisaki adjusts his glasses with his fingers, but he doesn't have them. His fingers touch air.

"Holy shit, you woke us up in the middle of the night for a Playstation tournament, I kill you with the controller wire!" shouts Baji, three people are holding him still.

Mitsuya has an almost hysterical reaction, "Ahaha... I lost a night's sleep over this... and I took my little sisters with me too."

Draken approaches Mikey and throws a punch straight at him, which is stopped by Manjiro himself. Izana shakes his head, and smiles, "I thought so. Mikey, Mikey, always the same."

Takemichi laughs, incredulously, "Ahaha... a Playstation tournament. And I came here from my house running... that can't be the real reason, can it? Mikey, what's the real reason?"

"Keep deluding yourself, we know him too well," snorts Kazutora, as he checks his make-up with Emma's mirror. It's a flawless work. The chick who lent him her makeup laughs, and approaches the Haitani brothers, "Ahaha so if it's nothing serious we'll do that six-way thing? The reservation at the hotel is still valid."

"Mh yeah let's go..." smiles Ran, and goes to get Sanzu who is still staring blankly in front of himself. Even Hanma stares at them wide-eyed.

"Shit Mikey, you woke us up at three for a shitty tournament! I'll kill you, for fuck's sake!" blurts out Baji, with Chifuyu trying to hold him by the arm.

Kazutora jots down his new friend's phone number, as he says, "Don't worry Fuyu, now we calm him down in that way you know, then we go buy some new clothes - maybe a crop top at a vintage store, have you seen how your shirt looks on him? - and we take him to Nekobukuro... we're awake anyway, and my makeup is perfect again."

-

Mikey laughs, he's riding with Takemichi. He has at least a couple of bruises, including one on his right eye, thanks to Draken. Baji was held down by the others. Nevertheless, he had fun.

"Anyway Takemitchi, do you want to play Tekken or Soulcalibur?"

Takemichi sank onto his back. "Mikey-kun..."

"In the end I didn't get an answer... I'll decide," he laughs, as he drives to the Sano house. "Even better, let's decide together... I'll take you to my place to try them both, Takemitchi!"

Chapter Text

Mitsuya is a little amused and a little exasperated, but mostly exhausted. He has taken the measurements of less than a quarter of the Toman members, and it has been... an experience. Thinking about all the people he misses for the annual uniform check makes him want to go home and sleep for three days and nights.

He can't do that, of course. He left his little sisters with Hakkai and Yuzuha for that very reason. He has a notebook full of jottings, and he wants to fill at least four or five more pages before nightfall. Taking care of the uniforms is challenging, but taking the measurements is worse.

His first stop, at nine in the morning, was the Sano household. It wasn't a traumatic start, if he doesn't consider he had to practically chase Mikey to get his fucking size while their leader ran around the house like a ten-year-old. It's typically Mikey, Mitsuya went along with this with a smile on his face, before moving on to the other inhabitants of the Sano house.

He found there not only Izana and Emma, who had her measurements taken because she and Senju had decided to start a female division, despite Mikey being less than enthusiastic about it, but also Draken, Kakucho, and Takemichi. When it came time to measure the last one, Mikey suddenly stopped running around the house, grabbed onto Takemichi and got in the way of Mitsuya's work, and felt the need to specify, "Takemitchi is my buddy, remember that." As if someone was trying to steal him away. As if Takemichi wasn't already engaged to Hinata, by the way.

It was all in all painless, a bit like his second stop: Inupi's house, where he knew he would also find Koko. Inui undressed more than necessary, keeping just his underwear, without changing his expression a bit. Mitsuya acted as if nothing had happened, and for a while he really thought Seishu didn't know that measurements can be taken smoothly even with clothes on. After all, "Should I take my clothes off?" is one of the most common questions he hears when he shows up at someone's house with a measuring tape around his neck. Then he saw the looks Koko was giving Inui when he thought he wasn't being seen, and he put two and two together.

When it came Hajime's turn to be measured, Koko grabbed his old Black Dragon uniform and told him, "Check this, my size is always the same," red in the face. He handed it to him with so much force he almost threw it straight in his face, but fortunately Mitsuya always had a good catch. He left without saying anything, but he kinda wanted to put a hand on Inupi's shoulder and say, "Good luck, you'll need it."

It's to the captain of those two that he is heading now, after having lunch with two nikuman bought in a conbini. It's actually already three o'clock in the afternoon, but he hasn't looked at his watch or taken a proper lunch break. The plan for the day is to do as much as possible, because he certainly can't ask Hakkai and Yuzuha to watch the girls for him for several consecutive days. He has neither the time nor the opportunity to take it easy, and with what he has seen at some of the houses he has been to, first and foremost the Haitani house from which he recently left, he is glad he didn't take his younger sisters with him.

He didn't delay meeting Taiju because they don't have a good relationship, on the contrary. They became good friends after the Black Dragon was defeated, and incorporated into Toman. Taiju invited him to have a crêpe, and they talked for a long time. Mitsuya didn't hold his tongue just because Taiju has twice as much muscle as him, and is known to be violent. He flat out told him everything he thought about the 'Shiba issue,' and it went unexpectedly well. So well that Taiju invited him to go to the aquarium together.

It was just a friendly hang out, and he had to take Mana and Luna with him, but... well, the point is that Taiju is exactly his kind of guy. He is everything Mitsuya never hoped to find, because how many guys are there with his build and attitude in Tokyo? It's unbelievable that Taiju has always been a stone's throw away from him. He is the brother of one of his closest friends, and Mitsuya only met him during the fight in that church.

It's probably because he has never been to the Shiba house much. He always got the impression that Hakkai and Yuzuha didn't want to make him uncomfortable by inviting him to their huge and luxurious family mansion. Gang life, combined with his normal daily schedule, did the rest.

However, it's not to the Shiba household that he's heading now. After the fight between Black Dragon and Toman, Taiju rented an apartment to live alone. Mitsuya thinks this is a good choice. Taiju hasn't regretted everything he did, he clearly has mixed feelings about it, but moving away, in order to avoid falling back into bad habits in the face of the first source of stress is, probably, a good start. It'll take quite a while to heal relationships, assuming it's even possible to do so, but at least it's an attempt, a starting point.

Mitsuya takes a deep breath, as he rings the doorbell. It's all in his head, he says to himself. He'll most likely be out of that house in ten minutes, because Taiju knows how to behave, unlike some of the other people he's taken measurements of over the course of the day. Hanma presented himself in front of Mitsuya more naked than clothed, with only a pair of tight boxer shorts on, and he kept teasing Kisaki with innuendo and jokes. In the end, Tetta threw a math book the size of a brick at him and hit him on the forehead. Kisaki, in compensation, saved him some of the work by handing him his measurements diligently jotted down on a piece of paper.

He then made a brief but awkward stop at Baji's house, which left him more than a little puzzled. Keisuke got rid of his clothes as he gets rid of opponents on the battlefield, while Chifuyu and Kazutora stared at him like two hawks, without even holding themselves back. Chifuyu turned purple in the face when it was his turn. Mitsuya didn't tell him that he could easily keep his shirt and pants on, because he was a little puzzled and a little amused and he wanted to see the others' reactions. Then came Kazutora's turn, who took off his shirt as sensual as a person would do a striptease, until Baji yelled at him to stop it, red in the face, and threw his uniform shirt at him.

When he came out of that bedroom, Ryoko asked if he wanted to stay for lunch, and if 'those three idiots were still playing Playstation instead of studying.' Mitsuya answered her, "Thanks but I'm in a hurry... they're grabbing their books now," because he didn't know what the hell to say. He certainly couldn't answer that what he saw in there was far from playing Playstation, that he didn't quite understand what the situation is, but that it's clear as daylight that those three would like to suck each other's dicks as much as he would like to suck Taiju's.

The door is opened and Mitsuya smiles, his cheeks barely reddened by the thought his mind has decided to formulate on its own. "You're late," Taiju tells him.

"Yeah. Did you have other plans?" he laughs, he can hardly tell him that he's been procrastinating because the thought of wrapping his tape measure around all those perfect muscles short-circuits his brain. "Someone wasted my time, you know how Toman members are..."

Taiju gives him an amused look, and says, "I got an idea during the last few meetings."

"We're a little different from Black Dragon," he chuckles. 'And it's a good thing we are,' he keeps those words to himself, because although Toman was born in the image and likeness of the first generation of Black Dragons, from the second onward that gang has been a succession of disasters. Izana turned Shinichiro's former gang into something overly violent, and half of his underlings from the times, including Inupi, ended up in juvie. With Shion Madarame as a leader, Black Dragon came close to dying permanently. Taiju was an excellent leader as long as one talks about mere brute force, but a complete disaster on human level.

"Quite different, but I don't think that's a bad thing."

That's another thing they agree on, apparently. There is not much to say, and there's no point in engaging in a discussion about it, especially since Mitsuya has other houses to visit after Taiju's. He just has to take his measurements, he has done it for a thousand other people. He even managed to do it with Ran Haitani, who looks at anyone with that fucking 'I want to undress you with my gaze and I'm doing it' expression. Mitsuya felt his face burning, despite being neither interested nor easily to embarass. He survived the Haitani brothers opening the door with only their sweatpants on, the house completely messed up from the day before, and Sanzu half asleep or half unconscious - Mitsuya didn't ask - on the couch. He measured Rindou while Ran stared at him with a piercing gaze, to say the least, and then the two brothers lifted Sanzu by his weight and said, "You have to measure him too, don't you? We'll strip him for you if you want."

It was no use saying, "I can come back another time," or "You can leave him dressed, nothing changes." It was a surreal experience, he didn't even know those three were friends. He found himself ignoring the countless empty bottles thrown on the floor, a thong abandoned on the back of the sofa in plain sight, and a collection of other stuff Mitsuya refused to dwell on as he took their measurements. Taiju's house is clean and tidy, and he has an attitude... well, not exactly normal, but not like Hanma's or Ran's either. Mitsuya can survive the experience.

"Okay..." Mitsuya smiles. "I don't have much time, so let's get right to it."

There's no point in skirting around it, he just has to do what he always does. He took Mucho and South Terano sizes a few months ago, and although both of them are nowhere near as sexy as Taiju, the muscles and physical size are more or less the same. He has measured anyone, it's a job he can do with his eyes closed, just like running a sewing machine. He's used to it, but still the notebook almost falls out of his hands when Taiju takes off his shirt and says, "Go ahead."

"Yes..." Mitsuya clears his throat, and rests the notebook and pen on the sofa in front of him. That apartment, unlike the Shiba household, is small in size. It's still well decorated, with furniture that probably costs more than the entire house where Mitsuya lives, and a cozy look. He wouldn't mind staying there a little longer, but he has already told him he's in a hurry. "Where did I put the measuring tape..." he murmurs, searching through his bag.

"Around your neck," Taiju points out. "You hung it there a minute ago."

"Ah... ahaha yeah."

Mitsuya takes a deep breath as he approaches him. "Okay, let's get started."

Taiju's pecs are spectacular. They are well-defined, tattooed, nothing short of perfect, and the first measurement to be taken is always the torso. Mitsuya swallows hard, his tape measure is touching all those inches of perfect skin. It matters little that it happened with a dozen other people just that day, Taiju is completely different.

He licks his lips softly, as he pins down the first numbers. Her heart speeds up in his chest as he returns next to him, now to measure his waist. Taiju's abs are as sculpted as his pecs, it's a full-fledged fucking six-pack, and Mitsuya wants to lick every inch of skin. He feels his mouth salivate at the mere thought, he swallows hard as he takes notes.

He lifts his gaze to Taiju, whose cheeks are in turn slightly flushed, and is looking away. He is probably not used to being measured. "Okay..." he murmurs to himself. "Now the shoulders, and the arms." He decides to postpone the hips, at least for the moment. He feels hot at the idea of placing his tape measure on those steely buttocks, even if covered by pants. In fact, he could ask for a pair of his pants, so he wouldn't have to check body parts with which he doesn't know how far he would be able to maintain his professionalism.

Honestly, he would gladly take the measurement of the crotch of Taiju's pants with his mouth.

The shoulders should be simple and risk-free, but those deltoids are sculpted. Mitsuya would love to cling to those fantastic shoulders, and that beautiful broad back, while being fucked.

His mind is fantasizing far too much. He needs to stop, to pull himself together, before he gets a hard-on. "Um..." he mutters, as he measures his biceps. He usually just takes bust, waist, hip, and shoulder measurements for jackets, he has patterns that fit the vast majority of people, and his experience does the rest. With a body like Taiju's, however, there is a risk that the uniform will tighten on his arms, and he prefers to be doubly sure. "I don't often get to measure biceps like yours," he laughs, and while he's at it he lets his fingers wander and takes the opportunity to squeeze slightly. The arms are a safe place to touch, and they are no less awesome than everything else. Mitsuya is sure that Taiju could grab him by the weight, lift him off the ground, and slam his back against the wall, or any other surface, with two arms like that.

"Do you like them?" Taiju asks him, with that endearing grin on his lips, and his cheeks slightly flushed.

"You ask me that?" he answers, still laughing.

"You have a good body too."

"Not on your level." That much is for sure, no one is like Taiju. Mitsuya knows this for sure, after all he has long searched for someone who meets his ideals aesthetically and more. "I was thinking... do you want to give me a pair of your pants so I can check the size from there?"

"Don't bother" Taiju laughs. "Take the measurements you need."

"Oh... okay," chuckles Mitsuya. He's red in the face, but there's not much he can do about it. If nothing else, he's not the only one. "If that's what you want."

"Don't make it sound like a big thing" Taiju laughs, but he is clearly disguising embarrassment. "It's just measurements."

Mitsuya moistens his lips, unable to wipe that smirk off his face. He didn't think he would get such a reaction. He thought it would be something quick and relatively painless, meaning that he would still die internally, and that he would use every single moment of this as masturbation material for the next six months, but not that Taiju would be somehow affected.

"Okay, then let's move on to the hips," he chuckles, itching to take off his sweatshirt. He feels very hot, but unfortunately he has no excuse to do so. He arranges the tape measure around Taiju's hips, with expert hands despite the fact that his mind is wandering to entirely other shores, and then stops.

Taiju has a beginning of an erection. And to be a principle, it already looks discreetly big. Mitsuya lifts his gaze to him, and meets a pair of eyes as surprised as they are embarrassed.

"Shit... sorry, don't-"

"Nono, don't be embarrassed Taiju-kun! It's not a problem!" In fact, it's more or less the opposite of a problem. Mitsuya really can't believe his luck, and the more he realizes how allusive the situation they are in is, the less his brain can think straight. He has his hands on the tape measure, which is on Taiju's hips. His hands aren't more than ten centimeters away from Taiju's dick.

It would be so easy to touch him, he has to keep himself from doing so, to ask for permission. "I can help you with that too, if you want," he laughs, red in the face.

Taiju leaves him no time to say anything else. He grabs him by the hips and kisses him on the mouth, with the same impetuosity he uses on the battlefield, and Mitsuya feels himself go on fire. Taiju's tongue is in his mouth before he has time to realize what is happening, or to remember how a kiss works. The tape measure has slipped from his hand and fallen to the ground, and there it remains forgotten.

For a few moments he is completely overwhelmed, but Mitsuya's hand is close to the waistband of Taiju's pants, and touching him from above the fabric is an instinctive gesture. He places his hand on the crotch of his pants, touching him full palm, testing the texture. Fuck, he's big. He wants to take it in his hand, or even in his mouth. He wants to undress him immediately, but Taiju grabs him by the weight and throws him on the couch.

Mitsuya feels his breath being ripped from his lungs, he finds himself with that wonderful body on top of his, towering over him completely. He wraps his legs around his hips, pulls him closer, and Taiju's mouth is on his again.

He finds himself moaning, his dick hard in his pants. He pushes himself closer, the way Taiju grinds between his legs makes him tremble. The tongue in his mouth moves with a transport that puts the vast majority of kisses Mitsuya has had over the course of his life to shame. His hands rest motionless on Taiju's hips for a few minutes, until he realizes he can finally touch him for real.

He slips his fingers between their bodies, and feels himself on fire as he touches a perfect chest, and every single muscle in tension on it. The umpteenth thrust between his legs makes him moan loudly, he is hard as a rock despite having his pants on, and judging by what he feels he is not the only one. Stroking him on the chest feels wonderful, but the position is not comfortable, he doesn't have much freedom of action, and the clothes between them are killing him. He can't resist any longer, he spreads his legs wider in an attempt to get a little more range, and goes with both hands on the zipper of Taiju's pants.

He doesn't have time to undo them, Taiju takes care of it himself, and then he brings his hands to Mitsuya's. He wants to be undressed completely, to get rid of his sweatshirt as well. He wants to touch him freely, he's only had a small glimpse of what Taiju hides in his underwear, and he's already realized how big and long his cock is. He wants to taste the firmness, with his hands and with his mouth. He wants to be fucked by him, to feel him all the way in, to be banged on that couch like he has never been banged in his life, but Taiju has already grabbed both of their hard-ons in the palm of his hand, and is moving on him.

All Mitsuya can do is moan underneath him, not having the slightest control over what is going on helps make it all the more arousing. Although he wants more, infinitely more, Taiju will decide if and when he'll give it to him. Such a realization while being touched, while being overpowered by someone with a dream body, manages to make him tremble from head to toe. The tongue in his mouth is warm and wet, it's rubbing on his, but the movements of Taiju's hips make him moan to the point that he can't keep a rhythm.

They are doing almost nothing. Mitsuya is used to actual sex, not to having someone rub against him like that. Taiju still manages to make him scream, even with just that. Thinking about what it would be like to have him inside, to be fucked in every single, fucking position of the kamasutra, makes his cock hard like never before. He's sure he's wet with pre-cum, Taiju's hand is sliding like a charm, and the rough grip of those fingers is not uncomfortable at all. Having Taiju's cock pressed against his short-circuits his brain, it matters little if the Shiba olber brother's movements are too quick and dry to make any of this coherent, if his grip is not all that firm. All Mitsuya can think about is what it would be like to have him all the way inside.

That sequence of thoughts mixed with fantasies is interrupted by his orgasm, which mounts fast and runs through his entire body, making him shake and moan. Taiju doesn't stop, he just grasps his own erection better and starts to move his hand rapidly, now with a firmer grip, as Mitsuya is torn apart by his orgasm. It doesn't take long for his cum to mix with Taiju's, and both stain his black sweatshirt.

Mitsuya lies motionless, his legs spread wide, his pants unzipped, and his breath broken in his throat. He is so hot. He needs a shower, he feels all sweaty, his cheeks are definitely on fire. His gaze stays fixed on Taiju and his beautiful face, now softened by orgasm.

The idyll lasts a couple of moments, which Mitsuya savors to the fullest, then Taiju moves from him. "Fuck! I'll, uh, lend you a sweatshirt of mine, something."

Mitsuya laughs, incredulously happy and terribly hot, and watches him hurriedly walk away toward a room he assumes to be the bedroom. He sits up again, runs a hand over his face, and finally pulls off his hoodie. Even his pants haven't been spared, but they are not a complete disaster, and Taiju wear a completely different size than him. A jacket or sweatshirt from the eldest of the Shiba's will fit him big enough to cover everything that needs to be covered, and he looks forward to wearing it, maybe after he catches his breath a bit. He is so hot, but he knows that feeling is supposed to pass soon, at least in theory.

"Here," Taiju tells him, after returning from the room. He hands him a sweater, without looking at his face. "I'll put yours in the washing machine... fuck, I got carried away."

"It's not a problem," he smiles at him. "I offered to help you." Mitsuya was looking forward to nothing more, not even in his wildest fantasies had he imagined that Taiju might get hard while he was measuring his hips. "It was... better than an erotic fantasy come true, honestly," he laughs, he is still embarrassed, but now there was little point in hiding the truth.

"Um, yes..." Taiju clears his throat. "I can't say it wasn't, but... didn't you say sizing me up had to be a quick thing, that you had other people to drop by by evening?"

Shit, he'd forgotten. "Yeah," he laughs, unable to pretend he cares, even though he should. "No big deal... I'll continue another day, at most I'll take Mana and Luna with me."

"I can take care of them for a few hours if you trust me."

"Oh..." those words come completely unexpected, and Mitsuya's eyes go wide, surprised. Does he trust him enough to leave his younger sisters with him? Probably yes. "Of course!" There is no way Taiju will make, with Luna and Mana, the same mess he made with Hakkai and Yuzuha. It's all different, and although on the one hand the idea somewhat worries him, Mitsuya knows he owes him that chance.

Chapter Text

It's the second time they've met that boy. It had already happened outside the school Baji used to attend, a couple of months earlier. Keisuke had decided to drop out of school, and had been called there to sign the usual papers that absolved the school of any responsibility. He didn't want to go, he did so only because his mom insisted, and Kazutora accompanied him and stood outside the gate waiting for him.

That's where he first saw the guy, a boy younger than them, who acted as if the world belonged to him. He was pissed off because his cat ran away, according to what Kazutora heard him yell in some guy's face that day, and that's why he decided to beat up whoever stood in front of him.

Unfortunately for him, the boy found himself facing the wrong people. Baji was already in a foul mood, because he did't want to see that school again even from a distance, and as he came out of the gate he immediately jumped into the fray. Kazutora followed him with a laugh, because that's what he always does: stick close to Baji. If in doing so he runs into a fight in which he can use his fists, or the switchblade he keeps in his pocket, that's even better.

"That guy you left unconscious on the asphalt... I think he was pissed off because his cat ran away from home," Kazutora told him, as they walked away.

"Ah... shall we help look for it?"

Baji wasn't joking, he never does when talking about cats, but Kazutora still burst out laughing. "Nah, it'll come back on its own."

More than a month has passed. Kazutora has no idea whether the cat has returned, and he cares relatively little. On the other hand, a lot has happened to them. Baji was kicked out of his house by his mother, or rather, he shoved his clothes into his backpack and left in a hurry after yet another fight. He and Baji tried to rob a store, the police rang both their houses, and Ryoko got sick and tired of having such a problematic child. They were already fighting because, after Baji failed school, his mom no longer gave him a single yen, and he started dealing to get gas money. That was the straw that broke the camel's back.

Kazutora is a little envious, honestly. Keisuke and Ryoko's relationship is not completely ruined, despite the thousand fights, screams, and objects thrown against the wall. Baji has a mother who loves him, who will stand by him if things get really bad. Kazutora on the other hand has a father who beats him, and a completely disinterested mother, who has always been too busy feeling sorry for herself to really ask for that fucking divorce. A mother who is single is not respectable, and the family budget would suffer. When he left home together with Baji, Kazutora turned off his phone and threw it in the first dumpster. If his mother wants to look for him, she'll have to do it in the back alleys of Tokyo, but he doubts that will happen. Maybe sooner or later his parents will divorce for real, but he'll never have a real mother, one who remembers his birthday, one who cooks for him instead of buying a pre-made bento.

The whole situation is shitty. Baji stayed at Shinichiro's for a while after leaving home, but the worse Mikey's condition gets, the more Shinichiro loses his mind. "I'd rather live under a fucking bridge," Baji told him after staying at the Sano's house for a week, and seeing what the atmosphere is like within those walls. Kazutora couldn't blame him, even Emma ran away, and no one knows where she is now.

Street life is hard, but at least they can vent pent-up anger by beating up other people. They spend their days smoking, stealing, or in the middle of this or that fight. They have some methods for getting money, but it's never enough, and there's a limit beyond which Kazutora has no intention of falling down. Trusting no one is the basis, and he has Baji to rely on.

Even now, his hands are shaking with the urge to hurt someone. He is euphoric. He knows it's partly the fault of the stuff he took half an hour earlier, but he doesn't care. If a pill or two can make him forget for a few hours the shitty situation he grew up in, and the one he ended up in, Kazutora has no problem using them. It hardly matters that Baji disagrees, because in the end Keisuke promptly gives in, and indulges him in that as well.

"It's you again," he grins, looking at that boy. "What a nice coincidence."

"Did you finally found your cat?" Baji's question is honest and direct, there isn't the slightest malice in it. Kazutora remembers Keisuke's room, and all the strays that came in through the window. A bowl full of kibble was always in that room.

The newcomer knows nothing of this, and he replies with an insult, and lashing out at Baji. His cat hasn't returned, it's clear. Kazutora laughs, partly because of the irony of it all, and partly because seeing his best friend beating someone up is always a thrilling experience. Keisuke did martial arts as a child, and although he stopped years ago, he still has the technique, and the quickness, in him. Baji is a beast on the battlefield, Kazutora once saw him single-handedly knock down a dozen people, and once again Keisuke gets the upper hand within an instant. It's exciting to watch him fight, it has always been.

The thrill of adrenaline runs down Kazutora's back, as he grabs the knife from his pants pocket and snaps the blade. It's the same one he stuck in a guy's leg two years earlier. He almost ended up in juvie that time, his family paid for that asshole's hospitalization, and then his father made him pay for it. Kazutora hid the bruises under his clothes for two weeks.

He doesn't care. The risk of making serious damage and getting caught by the police doesn't even cross his mind, he's too high. Baji has thrown the guy to the ground, Keisuke's black and blond hair is free on his shoulders, now slightly tousled. He didn't have time to tie it up, but it doesn't matter, that's not an opponent on Baji's level.

Kazutora settles astride him, and pins him with the weight of his body, as he holds the knife to his throat. "What, you like getting beaten up?" he asks, with a wide grin on his lips. "Baji was really interested in your cat."

"Fuck you!" growls the guy, and Kazutora presses the knife harder, until he sees blood.

"Whoops," he laughs, watching him wince. It's a shallow cut, and it's not the worst wound the guy has collected in the last five minutes. Baji hit him in the face a couple of times, on the cheek and eye. The area is already reddened, bruises are starting to show up. "He was really interested," he chuckles, "you should have seen his room, before he ran away from home. He let any stray cat in through the window, he loved them all..."

"Tora" Baji rests a hand on his shoulder, now irritated. "Stop telling him the fucking story of my life."

Kazutora can't stop laughing, he's enjoying himself. He settles a little better, sitting on the stranger's lap, and rests the tip of the knife against his throat when he notices an attempt to move. "Stop," he reminds him. He's enjoying this all too much, but he barely realizes it, so much he's out of control. "So tell me... what's your name again?"

"Chifuyu," growls the boy, with the blade touching his throat as he speaks. A tiny dot of blood appears there, and it grows to a tiny pearl sliding down his throat in an instant. It's inviting.

"Tell me, Chifuyu... do you like getting beaten up, or do you like us?"

Two meetings, and two fights. It can't be a coincidence. It matters little that he can think of at least ten other assholes they routinely beat up, that's no coincidence... it certainly isn't, or at least that's what Kazutora's altered mind is telling him at that moment.

Chifuyu's eyes go wide, and he tries to slip away despite the knife. Kazutora uses his body to keep him pinned to the ground, and places the blade flat against his neck. "You feel that, mh? If you don't stay still I'll make you feel it all the way in."

"Kazutora," Baji tells him, maybe to stop him.

The only thing he registers is the way Chifuyu's gaze shifts to Baji. His eyes are wide, he looks either scared or wrathful, probably a combination of the two, but to Kazutora it feels a little too much like a silent plea. He realizes only then that he has something hard pressed against his buttocks. It's probably a normal physical reaction since he's been rubbing against him and keeping him pinned using the full weight of his body, but he's not thinking straight at that moment.

"So you like Baji," he tells him, with a grin on his lips. "Baji is mine. I'm generous, though, you can suck his cock." Those words are out of his lips before he realizes it, it's as if they weren't even formulated by his mind, he directly uttered them.

Chifuyu's face is on fire, and now his expression is downright frightened. Having such an effect on someone sends a hot shiver down Kazutora's spine. He is getting aroused in turn, he can feel it in his stomach, in his pants that are starting to get tight.

"What the fuck are you saying?" growls Baji, but Kazutora only needs to look at him, to notice that he already has his hands on the zipper of his jeans.

He lifts his gaze to Keisuke's face, and the smile widens on his lips. "He got hard," he tells him, and to emphasize those words he moves on Chifuyu's hips, simulating a sexual intercourse. "All hard, against my ass," he moans, without changing his expression a bit. He doesn't have to continue for long, it only takes a couple of movements of his hips for Baji to grasp him by weight, forcing him to move.

Kazutora, who finds himself on his feet in an instant, stumbles over his own legs. He laughs as he regains his balance. Baji grabbed Chifuyu by the arm, dragging him to a sitting position and then to his knees, unceremoniously.

"F-fuck..." gasps Chifuyu, he looks overwhelmed. He is completely red in the face, a lovely sight. That expression is accentuated when Baji unbuckles his pants, and grabs his already hard cock, pulling it out of his underwear.

Kazutora sidesteps both of them, and slips to his knees next to Chifuyu. He settles with his chest a little against his side and a little against his back, and hugs him at the waist. He still has the knife in his right hand, but he doesn't even pay attention to it.

"Baji's cock is beautiful, hmm?" he murmurs, as he looks at it at close range. "It's perfect, thick and curved, with raised veins... t's better than porn actors'," he chuckles, because normally Baji would have already told him to knock it off. Getting praises for his cock embarrasses him, which is one of the reasons Kazutora often does it, other than out of genuine appreciation. Now they are both high, and Baji is barely paying attention to him. He has his hand wrapped around that perfect cock, and he is bringing it closer to Chifuyu's lips.

"Open your mouth," Kazutora tells him, and lifts his hand to caress his face. Only then he remembers he has the knife in his hand, he looks at it confusedly for a moment, and abandons it on the ground without a second thought.

They are on a public street. It's a side road in Shibuya, an alley where hardly anyone ventures during the day. Next to them there is the back door of a club, which is open only at night. They are in a densely populated area of Tokyo, however, and there's a risk for someone to catch them at any moment.

He doesn't care, he just stands and watches in fascination as Baji's dick penetrates Chifuyu's mouth. He is hard in his pants, but does nothing for himself. He looks at Baji's flushed face, and at the wide-open lips of the one who is still a stranger, as if it were the best show he has ever witnessed.

"Good... yeah, like that," he murmurs, stroking Chifuyu's hair. He wants to kiss him on the neck, but to do so he would have to look away, so he just stands looking at them mesmerized. "You're doing well... relax your throat, it feels good to feel it all in your mouth, hmm?"

Baji doesn't have good self-control even normally, and now he's not in his right mind. Kazutora chuckles when he sees him grabbing Chifuyu's hair, to increase the pace. He moves his hand away, leaving him total range of motion. He realizes that Chifuyu is having no small difficulty with such treatment, so he continues to murmur words of encouragement. He tries to explain to him how to do it, after all, he has quite a bit of experience about giving blowjobs to Baji, but he is dizzy, completely enraptured by that spectacle, and he is having a hard time keeping himself coherent. More than once he loses track of what he is saying, and half of his sentences are no more than appreciations for Baji, Baji's cock, or how Chifuyu is taking it.

When Keisuke cums, Chifuyu flinches away and starts coughing, bringing his hands to his mouth. "You poor thing," chuckles Kazutora, still holding him "The first few times it's hard... you'll practice over time" he hasn't stopped stroking him yet, one of his hands is wandering over Chifuyu's back. He has no idea when he started.

"Fuck..." gasps Baji, as he pulls his pants back on with trembling hands. "What the fuck..."

"Come here, I'll give you a hand... how cute you are," murmurs Kazutora, as he slips a hand into his pants pocket, looking for a handkerchief. Baji's cum has dripped down Chifuyu's chin, all the way to his shirt. His fingers meet only a pack of cigarettes. In fact, he cannot remember the last time he had tissues in his pocket.

"Fuck..." he murmurs, confused. "Baji, we have to take him with us."

"What..." gasps Chifuyu.

Baji is already dragging him to his feet.

°

"Do you like our house?" laughs Kazutora, as he spreads his arms wide and points to the abandoned arcade they are in. It is their lair; they were the first to find it. They even put padlocks on the door, after breaking the ones that were already there with a pair of tongs.

"It sucks," grins Baji. "But it's got everything we need."

Kazutora is on a roll again, he never stopped being so, and now he's also hard in the pants. "That's the important thing, we have everything!" he laughs, pointing to a corner where they have set up a mattress and blankets. "Bed, something to eat, alcohol... and the Street Fighter booth still works!" It wouldn't hurt to play a game later.

"Do you really live here...?" asks Chifuyu, looking around.

Kazutora is surprised that he hasn't run away yet. They didn't drag him there by holding the knife to his throat, he merely grabbed him by the arm and said, "Come this way." His grip wasn't even that firm, Chifuyu could have broken free and run away at any time.

"I guess he really likes us," he told Baji, laughing.

Keisuke merely shrugged, before grinning, and saying, "Maybe." The orgasm softened him a little, the expression on his face is still relaxed. It's always like that, and it's one of the things Kazutora loves most about having sex with him.

Kazutora asked Chifuyu a thousand questions on their way there. He asked him how old he is (one year younger than them), what school he goes to (the same school where Baji once studied), if his cat had come home (unfortunately Peke-J has been gone for more than a month), and then he and Baji talked about cats for a while. He feels comfortable, but he wants more.

Kazutora walks towards the table where they keep some of the stuff they have stolen over time, there are several liquors. He grabs the vodka, a bottle already opened and half finished. The taste is disgusting, it's cheap stuff they stole just because of the alcohol content.

"Want some?" he laughs, handing the bottle to Chifuyu.

"I don't know if..." Chifuyu twitches his eyebrows, looking at the label.

"What, you've never had a drink before? It's not that bad."

"O-of course I've had a drink before!"

"Then show us," grins Baji, backing him up.

Chifuyu opens the cap, brings the bottle to his mouth, and swallows a sip. A moment later he is coughing, his face contracted from the taste. Kazutora knows that stuff is like pure alcohol in the esophagus, but that doesn't stop him from laughing. He pats his back, and says, "Slowly... try again, but swallow slowly."

Chifuyu, red in the face, does so. The second gulp still causes him to contract his face in a grimace, but he manages to swallow it down without spitting alcohol everywhere. Baji lights a cigarette and sits on one of the small sofas, and Kazutora joins him, dragging Chifuyu with them.

They pass the bottle to each other, from which Kazutora barely takes a sip, because he really doesn't like that stuff. "Next time we have to steal the strawberry one," he complains, wiping his mouth.

"The strawberry one is sickeningly sweet," Baji tells him.

"Then steal it for me, I'll drink it," he replies, slipping the cigarette out of Keisuke's hand and bringing it to his lips.

Baji also contracts his face as he swallows a sip of pure vodka, as he and Chifuyu have already done. The aftertaste, however, is not bad at all, Kazutora discovers, when he kisses him on the mouth and slips his tongue between his lips. The ash ends up on the sofa, he extends the cigarette to Chifuyu as he continues to kiss Baji for what seems like an endless amount of time. His head is spinning, he feels good. He grabs a hand, which he thinks is Baji's, and brings it to the crotch of his pants. The hand is Chifuyu's, who still has a cigarette between his fingers.

Kazutora gasps when the skin on his arm gets burned, he pulls away from Baji and looks at Chifuyu, who has meanwhile jerked his hand away.

"Sorry, I don't..." Chifuyu is checking his arm, as he holds the cigarette more carefully. "Did I burn you?"

"Just a little..." Kazutora blows on the burned skin until Baji grabs him by the wrist, unconcerned about the tiny burn, and kisses him on the mouth again.

He immediately reciprocates, and Baji grabs him by the hips and tries to position him on his legs. Kazutora is more than happy to go along with his every move; he settles astride Kaisuke, though he has to bend his legs to do so, and one of them ends up pressed between Baji and Chifuyu's bodies. The latter moves slightly, perhaps to make room for him, but Kazutora interprets the movement as an attempt to pull away and grabs him by the wrist.

"Drink more," he tells him, taking back his cigarette. "We're not done with you yet... we haven't even started," he laughs, "it's just... fuck, if I don't cum at least once I'll go crazy." Kazutora grabs one of Baji's hands and puts it between his legs, while pushing his hips against his.

Kazutora inhales a long puff of smoke, then tosses the cigarette on the dirty floor, without putting it out. He groans, going to meet Baji's hand that touches him from above the fabric of his pants. Chifuyu is staring at them with wide eyes and red cheeks, and Kazutora repeats, "Drink."

Chifuyu does so, without looking away from them. What he swallows this time is a full sip, and he even manages not to cough. "Good, like that..." murmurs Kazutora, reaching out a hand to his hair, to muss it for good. Chifuyu has, or rather had, one of the typical hooligan hairstyles. Now his hair is more like an undercut, with the wisps falling over his face. He looks adorable. "How cute you look... your hair looks much better like that, doesn't it, Baji?"

"Hmm..." Baji murmurs absently. "Keep it like that," he adds, as he unbuckles Kazutora's pants.

"Again... take another sip," Kazutora moves his hips, pressing himself against his best friend's hand, as he looks at Chifuyu. "Go ahead, B-Baji... make me cum, then I'll grab Fuyu and prepare him all good for your cock..."

"Don't you want to be the first one to..." Baji gasps.

"To take your cock?" That's what he always wants, but precisely because he's had a thousand other opportunities....

"To take his ass."

This time Chifuyu drinks without even being asked. He is really adorable, and diligent, and it makes him want to keep him there with them forever. It wouldn't be bad, if they could do that. "Fuyu likes you more," he tells him, as Baji's hand wraps around his dick, and immediately starts to move quickly.

"I-in truth..." murmurs Chifuyu, but he doesn't finish the sentence.

Kazutora doesn't ask him to, because Keisuke is touching him. He gets lost in the sensations, Baji's movements are rough, quick, and that's okay. He wants to come, he has waited too long. He clings to him, he closes his eyes as he moans, then opens them again because he remembers they are not alone, that Chifuyu is there too. The expression he meets is rapt, and Kazutora climaxes as he looks into his face. It feels good, it makes him tense and tremble as Baji holds him close, but it's not enough.

He wants much more from them, which is why he struggles to stand up on trembling legs, and get the lube. They have condoms, and he lingers his gaze on them for a few moments, before ignoring them. He knows it's a risk, but he doesn't care.

He sits down next to Chifuyu, still with his pants undone, and points to the bottle. "Why don't you finish it? There's only a little left."

"M-my head is spinning..." Chifuyu gasps, his cheeks are on fire, but he does it anyway. Kazutora watches him bring the bottle to his lips, he wants to stroke his hair again, but this time Baji precedes him.

"Finish it all..." Keisuke licks his lips, and barely waits for Chifuyu to do so, before grabbing him and settling him on his lap.

"At least wait until I take off his pants," laughs Kazutora.

"Hurry up."

Chifuyu is as handy as a doll, and completely drunk. Kazutora snatches the empty bottle out of his hand before it shatters on the floor, and puts it down himself. He and Baji remove not only his pants, but all his clothes, before settling him back on Keisuke's lap.

"You are so good..." he murmurs, stroking Chifuyu's bare back. "He's so good, right Baji?"

Keisuke quickly ties up his hair, getting the long black and blond wisps out of the way, and brings both hands to Chifuyu's buttocks. "Get him ready quickly, I'm itching for it again."

"Mhm," mumbles Kazutora, with a smile on his lips. He wets his fingers with lube, and immediately pushes two of them inside Chifuyu, who reacts with a little gasp. "You're so tight... is this the first time?"

Chifuyu's incoherent murmur lets him realize it is. Kazutora laughs, curves his fingers until he snatches a loud moan, and tells him, "Don't worry... Baji's cock is perfect for the first time..."

"Is it?" Keisuke raises an eyebrow, amused. His size is above average, and they both know it.

"It was for me," he tells him, licking his lips softly. It actually hurt, it would be pointless to deny it, but the mental arousal was overwhelmingly prevalent. Just the idea of having Baji's cock pushed all the way in was enough to short-circuit his brain, and he got used to it within two or three times anyway. It's nothing impossible to handle, and Chifuyu is stuffed with alcohol. Kazutora was lucid the first time he had sex, and he still managed to go through with it.

"That's because you're greedy," snickers Baji, as he cups Chifuyu's buttocks with full palms.

"How do you know he's not too?" Kazutora laughs, and curves his fingers until he gets a delightful mewl in response. "See, he already likes it..."

Baji grabs Chifuyu by the hips, roughly, and settles him better on himself. "Wait..." gasps Kazutora. "Let me at least add a third finger, he's really tight..."

"Hurry though, I want to get inside him."

Kazutora works his way in with three fingers, all the while kissing Chifuyu's neck, who is moaning against Baji's shoulder. He pushes them all the way in, curving them, moving them in and out. He tries to spread them apart, to prepare Chifuyu as best he can, in the little time he knows Baji will give him.

When Keisuke grabs Chifuyu's hips once more, this time with every intention of positioning him straight on his cock, Kazutora is sad to leave the heat in which his fingers were clenched. He doesn't interrupt him again, partly because at this point he knows Baji wouldn't listen to him. He just watches his best friend's hard-on disappear into that hot body.

Chifuyu stiffens, and groans in pain. Kazutora immediately goes to wrap his erection in the palm of his hand, while stroking his side with the other. He moves close enough to whisper against his ear, "Relax... you're doing well, just breathe and relax..."

He doesn't know if it's his words or the alcohol, he doesn't even know if Chifuyu is moaning because he likes it or because it hurts, but it's a sight to see him straddling Baji, naked and exposed. Chifuyu has a nice body, he is smaller than them but has nice muscles, barely pronounced and pleasant to look at. With his free hand he goes to his chest, stroking every muscle before stopping on a nipple, and starting to play with it.

Baji has already picked up the pace, he is holding Chifuyu in position, his hands clenched on his hips, fucking him as if they are used to doing it. "Are you enjoying it?" moans Kazutora, against his ear.

"Y-yes..."

"Baji's cock is so beautiful, and it feels so good, all the way in... can you feel it, Fuyu...?"

"Y-yes...yes! F-fuck, yes..."

"Good... like this... fuck Baji, look how well he takes you, how good he is..." Chifuyu is really beautiful, and Kazutora would slip a hand into his pants to start touching himself, if he weren't busy doing it for Chifuyu. He is so aroused he's shaking. He never thought seeing Baji fucking someone else would have such an effect on him.

Chifuyu is completely incoherent, he is screaming and shaking from head to toe, but Kazutora doesn't slow the pace, doesn't stop touching him until he feels him cum. He helps him enjoy his orgasm as best he can, continuing to touch him now more slowly, accompanying him through each jolt of pleasure. When Chifuyu sags into Baji's arms, Kazutora stands up and settles behind him, helping Keisuke support Chifuyu so he too can chase his orgasm and release inside that warm body.

Kazutora surrounds Chifuyu's torso with both arms, and tells him, "Hold on a little longer.... You're so good, you're perfect..." he has his gaze focused on Baji, on his beautiful face, on his expression twisted with pleasure.

It doesn't take long for Baji to climax, and for a few moments Kazutora lets Chifuyu stay leaning on him. He gives them both their time, until Keisuke nods, and Kazutora once again grabs Chifuyu, and sits on the small sofa. Unlike Baji, he has some difficulty handling the other boy, but he still manages to settle him the way he wants: sitting on his lap, with his back against his own chest.

Baji opened the dance, and he did it in a great way. It's easy for Kazutora to lower his pants just enough, and thrust himself inside Chifuyu, after Keisuke has preceded him. His cock is not as big as Baji's, and the combination of lube and semen prevent even the slightest friction. It's warm, and comfortable, and the heat that envelops him makes his breath stop in his lungs.

It feels good, but it's not enough. He turns a glance to Baji, who is sitting there with his eyes half-closed, his expression relaxed. Chifuyu can't move, it's clear from the way he's slumped over him. "L-let's move to the bed..." he gasps, he needs something more. "Can you start again?" he asks Keisuke, even though he already knows the answer.

"Sure..." Baji answers with a small, all-canine grin on his face, which looks beautiful on his relaxed face.

It's Baji again who grabs Chifuyu, and moves him onto the bed. Kazutora immediately misses the warmth of his body, but he knows he'll have much more soon. He gets to his feet in turn, and walks the few meters that separate him from the bed. It's made of found materials, but that area of the old arcade is a little cleaner than the rest. They are making an effort to keep it that way; after all, they sleep there.

Chifuyu's eyes are half-closed, he is more asleep than awake. Kazutora grabs his legs and settles between them, his heart quickening in his chest as he sees semen dripping between his thighs. The fact that it's Baji's makes it all even hotter.

He doesn't need to tell Keisuke what he wants from him, after all they've known each other all their lives. He doesn't wait for him, as Baji gets the lube and returns to them. He thrusts into Chifuyu's warm body, which opens for him without the slightest resistance. Kazutora caresses his face as he enters him, and softly calls his name.

Chifuyu barely opens his eyes, and mutters something incoherent. Kazutora smiles and kisses him on the mouth, he really likes this boy. He loves that, despite everything, Chifuyu is still responding to his caresses, to his thrusts.

When Baji settles down behind him, everything becomes even better. Keisuke pulls his pants down to his thighs and doesn't prepare him, he just grabs his resting sex and touches himself with his lube-wet hand until he gets hard again. It's relatively quick, and Kazutora meanwhile continues to enjoy Chifuyu's body.

Baji grabs his hips, and Kazutora stays still, thrust deep inside Chifuyu as Kaisuke enters him. "Oh fuck..." he gasps, it burns a little but he doesn't care, he's never experienced double stimulation and it's so intense. He's loving every moment. "Baji..."

Chifuyu's eyes are glossy and barely open, Kazutora strokes his face, and intertwines the fingers of his free hand with his. It's so intense it leaves him dazed, breathless. He no longer controls the rhythm, Baji does. Each of Keisuke's thrusts sends him slamming his hips into Chifuyu, and it vibrates like an intense rush along his entire body.

Baji's cock forcibly opens him, Kazutora can feel it so clearly he's out of breath. He can't resist any longer, it's just too much. The orgasm mounts inside him fast, overwhelming him in that intense pleasure. Kazutora screams, Baji doesn't stop moving.

"Fuck... f-fuck- ah Baji! Fuck, I'm going to..."

He explodes inside Chifuyu, pushed all the way in. He shakes, moans, says something incoherent, maybe. It's beautiful, it's too much. The orgasm makes him tremble, but it also makes him hypersensitive. As soon as he finishes, he finds himself wincing and stiffening.

"Baji! F-fuck, stop..."

"Already?" Keisuke replies, but he still pulls off.

Kazutora turns to look at him, and notices an amused smirk on his lips. He flops onto the bed next to Chifuyu, out of breath. "F-fuck... I'd like to see you," he gasps. "I didn't think it was... like that, doing it with two people." It was absurd. "Finish with him."

"He's asleep..."

"Nearly asleep, but still hard between his legs," Kazutora murmurs, reaching out a hand to Chifuyu's abdomen, who moans and slowly opens his eyes, upon feeling the touch. "Do you want Baji to make you cum again...?" he asks, against his ear.

Chifuyu is in no condition to answer, but Baji settles back between his thighs, and spreads them wide open for him. A moment later, he is inside him once again. Kazutora settles on his side, his pants still down almost to his knees, and watches the way Chifuyu's face twitches, the way his lips part, without holding back moans.

He wants to give Baji a hand, but he is not ready to start again. His last orgasm, although it was too fast, left him dazed. For a while he just keeps his gaze on Baji and Chifuyu, flowing from one's face to the other's, dwelling on the naked, exposed body of the one that, until a few hours before, was a stranger. He could help him at least with a couple of fingers, returning the favor Baji did for him, but getting up sounds like a huge effort. Keisuke orgasms before Kazutora can convince himself, and by then Chifuyu is asleep, but still with a slick of semen on his abdomen.

°

"What the fuck happened..." Kazutora is staring at the void in front of him. They have left Chifuyu in their bed, after covering him with a sheet that was recently washed at the nearest laundromat. He and Baji are sitting on the floor, their backs against the wall. He pulled up his pants, along with his underwear, but didn't fasten them back on. "What the fuck did we do..."

The effect of the pill he took a few hours ago is finally wearing off, luckily he hasn't drunk too much, only half a sip. He is smoking a cigarette, and out of the corner of his eye he can see Baji's hand clenched into a fist. He, too, has finally realized what they have done.

"We're really going to end up in juvie this time... I swear I won't take that stuff anymore, it melts my brain and doesn't make me think straight... fuck."

"I've told you to stop taking it since you started," Baji growls, between his teeth. "We just had to sell that shit!"

"You took it too!"

"Only because of you!"

Kazutora knows this is true. His mom has always been wrong when she said Baji is a bad influence on him, just because Ryoko gave birth to him when he was fifteen and because he is aggressive and quarrelsome. In fact, Kazutora has always been the bad influence, but he can't tell him that now. If he agreed with him, he would break down. "I never forced you. Or you want to tell me that even what happened," he points with a wave of his hand at Chifuyu, asleep in their bed "is it all my fault?"

"You held the knife to his throat and told him to suck my cock!"

"And you dropped your pants a moment later!"

"Fuck... I didn't even understand what the fuck I was doing!" Baji growls that word between his teeth, his hands clenched into fists. Kazutora extends his cigarette to him, but instead of taking it, Keisuke hugs him and pulls him closer, against his chest.

"We screwed up big time," Kazutora murmurs, with barely a whisper. What the hell has gone through his brain? He likes Chifuyu, but holy shit he doesn't even know him, and besides that, he has Baji. Baji has always been enough for him, he's his whole world, but even if that weren't the case, there's no fucking justification for putting a knife to someone's neck, forcing him to give a blowjob, and then taking him to his place and pumping him full of alcohol to fuck him. And Baji even went along with it. He wasn't thinking straight, neither of them were, they're not completely lucid even now, but... holy shit.

"We're in this together, okay? If things get bad, if Chifuyu sues or whatever the fuck..."

Kazutora feels his eyes fill with tears. The effect of the stuff he has took hasn't completely worn off. He can think straight now, but his head is still spinning, and his emotions are upside down. Those words tighten his chest in a vise, because he knows he was the one who started it all. "It wasn't your fault... it was me, not you. Fuck... what the fuck was I thinking, and Chifuyu is so nice, and he's a good person, and..." They don't actually know him at all, technically they could be dealing with just anybody, but those words sound like absolute truth in that moment. 

Baji pulls him close, and growls "Holy shit..." between his teeth. They both stiffen as they hear a noise coming from the bed.

Chifuyu stands up on unsteady legs, brings a hand to his mouth and says, "I need a toilet..."

For a few moments their gazes meet. Even with a terrible nausea and migraine - Kazutora knows what Chifuyu is feeling, even if he's not the one who drank - the boy's eyes widen as he sees the tears on Kazutora's face. Baji loosens the hug and stands up, to help Chifuyu and accompany him to the bathroom. Fortunately, the running water still works, although the shower consists of a makeshift tube placed on one of the toilets.

°

Kazutora whitens in the face when he sees Baji enter the old arcade with Chifuyu in tow. "What the fuck..." Keisuke just had to go to the nearest supermarket, spend the money they pocketed during the last fight, and use it to buy something to eat.

A week has passed, and Kazutora has thought about Chifuyu every single fucking day. A thousand scenarios have played out in his mind, from finding himself facing Chifuyu's friends - assuming he has them - with bars in their hands, to seeing the police burst through the front door. 

"We have to act as if nothing happened," he told Baji, a week earlier. "Even in the worst case scenario, even if... we need a common version, if we get interrogated by the police we say he made it all up. And if he went to the hospital, we say it was consensual." 

They have a well-organized plan, more or less, but his mind stops working when he sees Baji and Chifuyu together. The latter doesn't have that ridiculous pompadour hairstyle, and Kazutora is immediately reminded of the way he messed up his hair a week earlier. He doesn't remember well, but maybe Baji said something like, "It looks good on you, keep it that way."

"I found him outside," Baji explains to him, pointing to Chifuyu with a wave of his hand. "He told me he wanted to talk, and I didn't feel like beating him up again after... you know."

"And why does he have a supermarket bag...?" asks Kazutora, looking at the bag Chifuyu is holding.

"I told him that, if he really wanted to talk to us, he could at least buy us something to put under our teeth...I haven't had a peyoung yakisoba in months."

Kazutora is confused, and also worried. He doesn't understand what the hell is going on, and he immediately thinks that Chifuyu is there to blackmail them in some way, or for a similar reason. What else could possibly have prompted him to return to that place?

"What do you want to tell us?" he asks, guardedly.

"I don't..." Chifuyu looks away, uncomfortable. "I actually wanted to know you better, more than all, and..."

Kazutora keeps staring at him for a few moments, until he realizes that Chifuyu won't elaborate any further. The sentence falls into thin air, and he lifts the supermarket bag, and asks, "Do you have a water kettle?"

They found one there when they arrived , but that's not the point of the conversation, nor the main problem. Kazutora has recognized the expression on Chifuyu's face, because when he was still in school he was popular. He was the kind of guy girls appreciate, to whom they turn glances when they think they aren't being seen.

He turns a confused look to Baji. "Did you make him hit his head, the last time you beat him...?" those words come out of his mouth on their own, because such an attitude is not normal. Who the fuck would be interested in the guys who did... the stuff they did to him? "He doesn't really like us, does he? What the fuck is this, Stockholm Syndrome?" he asks, incredulously.

"I-it's not what you think, Kazutora-san!" says Chifuyu, red in the face. "It's not for..."

Baji merely shrugs his shoulders. "Tora, if you're going to make him run away at least wait until we eat. I want my fucking peyoung yakisoba first."

"Don't call me with the 'san,' it's so long and it sounds like crap... just call me Kazutora, or Tora." He doesn't know if this is a good idea, but after what they have done, they can listen to what Chifuyu has to say. He feels like he owes it to him, even though... fuck, that's insane. "The electric kettle is over here. It's at least fifteen years old, but it works..."

°

"It's just... despite everything you didn't strike me as bad people, and I wanted to understand... besides, Peke-J came home that very night."

Chifuyu said those words while they were eating, and Kazutora can't get them out of his brain. It doesn't make any fucking logical sense, just as it doesn't make sense for Chifuyu to justify them with phrases like, "You weren't lucid, I can tell you regretted it, and then you also helped me get myself together before going home..." Kazutora can't stop wondering what's wrong with that guy, because who the fuck would say such a thing?

However, the sound of the Street Fighter booth is filling the old arcade, Baji is cursing as he presses the buttons, and Chifuyu is practically cheering. They have taken off the lid of the box where the money goes, and are continuing to play with a single, old token. The next round is Chifuyu's.

Maybe he just needs to do like Baji: show enthusiasm for the cat's return, and leave everything else for later. He likes Chifuyu, he still feels like keeping him all for themselves in that arcade, and that's a problem; or rather, it would be if the other two behaved in a sane way. He has a suspicion that Baji likes him too, and this arouses some jealousy in him.

They made a mess, his emotions are a mess, his whole life is a mess. He should be used to it, but this time is different, and maybe Chifuyu is not entirely wrong in saying that he and Baji are not bad people. Every time he thinks back to how things went, a sickness grips his stomach in a vice. He knows it's the same for Baji, otherwise they would have talked about it by now. He has known him all his life, Keisuke would never have done anything like this if he hadn't been high, and repeatedly instigated by him.

He bites his lower lip, and approaches them, even though he just wants to sit in a corner and disappear. "Next turn is mine," he says, laughing.

Chapter Text

"Takemitchi. You finally woke up."

Takemichi is trembling, he feels weak. He doesn't know what they gave him, whether a drug or medicine, but his shoulder never stopped hurting like hell.

It's where Mikey shot him. The wound was checked, cleaned and fixed, or at least that's what he was told. He remembers only snatches of those terrible moments, the pain made him faint multiple times, and he was dizzy the whole time.

There was a doctor, perhaps. He is not quite sure. He remembers a pair of deep purple eyes. He has the feeling he has seen them somewhere before, and they left him with a sense of deep unease.

"I would have killed them, if we had lost you," Mikey comments, he is not smiling. His expression is blank, empty of any feeling. White hair frames his face, he is really beautiful, but he doesn't look like him. He looks like an empty shell.

"You are the only one who has come looking for me, after all these years..."

He is so dazed that he barely realizes what is happening. His wrists are bound, when he moves them he hears the metal clinking. He tries to focus, to figure out where he is, but he can barely shift his gaze from Mikey.

"I should be glad, I guess. It's been a long time since I've been able to feel anything."

Mikey's eyes are empty, and furrowed with deep dark circles under them. He is thinner than his younger self, the dear friend Takemichi once had. He is the shadow of himself, the muscles have completely disappeared from his body, it's noticeable even with his clothes on. His collarbone sticks out sharply from the neckline of his shirt, and are scars the ones on his arms? His sleeves are rolled up to his elbow, and Takemichi pauses with his gaze there for a few moments, before realizing that Mikey has something in his hand.

Manjiro crouches in front of him, between Takemichi's bent legs. They are in a dimly lit room, perhaps a warehouse, judging by the shelves leaning against the wall. Most of them are empty. He is tied by heavy metal chains, bound to something behind him. That's where he came to his senses, not on a hospital bed, but on the floor, pinned against his will.

"I don't know..." Mikey lays the objects he is holding on the floor, and unbuckles the belt of his pants. Takemichi opens his eyes wide and tries to move. He gets a piercing pain in his shoulder, which makes him wince, and clench his eyes shut. "Sanzu says I should kill you. Should I do that, Takemitchi?"

His pants are pulled down to his thighs, and then it's the turn of his underwear. The pain leaves him breathless, he is dizzy, and now there is also fear, which grips his chest and mixes with what he is already feeling.

Mikey is fiddling with something, but Takemichi doesn't dare open his eyes. He is tied up, his hands are pinned to the sides of his body. He feels the wound throbbing, it hurts like hell, it's as if his whole shoulder is on fire.

"You abandoned me for twelve years, just like the others. And then you survived that bullet..." Takemichi hears the sound of something vibrating, and he opens his eyes wide. It's a tattoo machine. Between his thighs there is not only Mikey, who hasn't put on gloves or prepared himself in any way, but also a bottle of ink.

Takemichi feels his breath break in his throat. "N-no..." he gasps. Where is Naoto? He needs to shake his hand, he needs to escape from that nightmare, go back in time. That's not Mikey, not the Mikey he knows. Draken was right in saying that the former Toman leader has been completely absorbed by darkness.

The tattoo needle, which hasn't been opened in front of him and who knows what other skin it has touched before his, doesn't hurt as much as the shoulder wound. It's not nearly as much pain, but Takemichi doesn't stop shaking the whole time. What is being carved on him, on his belly just above his genitals, is the Bonten symbol. Mikey is branding him, and he can barely breathe.

"I still don't know what I'm going to do with you," Manjiro murmurs, with that lost, blank gaze. "But you are mine now, Takemitchi. My property."

Chapter Text

It has been two years since the last time. It's familiar, and at the same time nostalgic, to find himself next to Koko again with the gauze, band-aids, and disinfectant in his hands.

The first aid box is still open on Inui's bed, even though they have now finished dressing each other's wounds, or at least the majority of them. The rest will heal gradually over time.

They didn't go to Koko, but Seishu didn't expect anything different. Hajime's parents had long since stopped approving of their friendship, from the time they saw him wearing a gang uniform, and heels on his feet. He couldn't even tell which of the two things were more disgraceful, to Koko's family. Years earlier, Hajime told him that, according to his mother, Inui was a bad influence on him. Over time, Koko proved not only impossible to influence, but also to be more than capable of making questionable decisions himself.

It doesn't matter anymore, now. Despite everything, Hajime searched for him when he needed help. Even after two years apart, Koko brought Hanagaki unconscious and injured to D&D Motors, where he knew he would find Seishu, and not among his new gang mates.

That's where they are now, on the upper floor of the store that Inui runs together with Draken, in his private apartment. It's tiny, made up of two rooms, but he has never needed anything more. The fight is over, Hajime is by his side again, and that's all Inui ever wanted. It's difficult to convince himself that this is real, that Koko really chose him.

Has Koko really given up the mirage of Akane, and the obsession with money that has been his coping mechanism for years? That's what Hajime told him, but only time will say it for sure.

"I think... I'd better go," Koko stands up. He has a band-aid on his right cheekbone, which barely covers the abrasion underneath. The bruise that has already appeared, and will worsen over the next few days, is even more noticeable.

Seishu grabs him by the arm, instinctively. "Don't..." It's his fault too, Inui knows this. Has he ever really opened up to him? Koko is his whole world, yet Seishu has done nothing but follow him, and be grateful for his mere presence. Koko has done so much for him, Seishu owes him his very life. He has struggled and tried to get him on his side, only to let him go when he realized that Hajime was slipping through his hands, for the first time since they were children. It took him two years, and a favorable situation, to finally find the courage to try again.

"From now, I'll devote myself only to you."

"Let's go to hell together."

It still doesn't seem real. "Akane. I miss her too," he tells him, all in one breath. It's obvious, she was his sister, but they never talked about it. He never really opened up to him. He never told him what their relationship was like, what connected him to her. He never told him that Akane wasn't completely serious when she made that promise to Hajime. What middle school girl would tell an elementary school boy that she would wait for him, if not playfully?

"I told you, I chose you. I've decided to let her go, let's not talk about it anymore."

That's the problem, perhaps. They never really talked about it. "We can talk about it instead," he repeats, looking at his face, now more fiercely. For the past two years they have barely crossed paths, and never really interacted. He has missed Koko, but he can’t give in, let him go. They can't go back to the old mechanisms, and the idea of leaving their new relationship undefined, vague, scares him even more. "Akane... she wouldn't have wanted to tie you to her like this for years. That's not why she told you she'd wait for you."

"Are you serious?" Inui asked her when they returned home, after hearing that half confession. "Do you really like Koko?"

"Sure, he's smart, and handsome. What's wrong with that?"

"Hmm," replied Seishu, indifferently.

For him, the discussion was already over, but then she added, "Five years of difference is a lot, who knows. Maybe one day he'll find a girlfriend and forget about me, or maybe I'll be the one who'll get engaged while you and he will still be in middle school. Don't get me wrong, I really like Hajime, and I don't think telling him is wrong."

There was a but in that discussion, and Seishu realized it years later. A middle school girl can't make a serious commitment to someone in elementary school. Five years difference is a lot, especially at that age. If Akane were alive maybe she would have a boyfriend, a stable relationship, and that promise would have remained just a cute line said many years earlier to a child. Akane didn't want to cage Koko, she certainly didn't think she would die in a fire. He misses her so much.

"I know," Koko replies. "Akane... I was always the problem, not her," his gaze is distant, and Inui hugs him, holding him close. He drags him onto the bed, and Hajime reciprocates that contact. They stay in that position for a long time.

"I want to be okay. I want things to change, for you too," Koko tells him, with his face hidden against Inui’s shoulder.

"You can start by staying here tonight," Seishu replies to him, without letting go. Instead of running away again, he omits. "We have several things to talk about."

He knows they won't go into that talk. He also knows that soon Koko will be back to his old self, with that charismatic grin and his usual hard-to-break-down façade. That's okay, for the time being it's enough if he stays there with him. In time, they'll rebuild their relationship from the ground up.

Chapter Text

Chifuyu is awakened by the sound of Baji's ringtone. He is still half-asleep, sleep draws him downward, heavy as a blanket.

"...Yes, but..."

He struggles to open his eyes, because he knows that, when Baji's phone rings in the middle of the night, it is never a good sign.

"...is this really necessary?"

Keisuke has chosen to be available twenty-four hours a day. Emergencies during night hours, or on holidays, are a good income for Peke-j Land. People who need a veterinarian at four o'clock at night don't pay him the same as they do during daytime hours, but that's not why Baji decided to make himself available seven days a week. If he does it is only because he wants to save as many animals as possible.

"I'm coming."

Baji's tone is annoyed; or to better say, he is downright pissed off. Chifuyu struggles to get into a sitting position, to wake up completely. "What...?" he asks.

"Go back to sleep. Some bitch had her cat run over two days ago, but now she thinks the poor thing is in pain. If it wasn't for the cat I would have told her to fuck off... for fuck's sake!"

Kazutora is rubbing his eyes, he has just woken up too. "Baji...?"

"Do you want some help? We can come and give you a hand," Chifuyu tries.

"Go back to fucking sleep!"

They both fall silent as Baji walks out of the bedroom slamming the door, gets dressed while cursing, looks for the keys to the motorcycle while cursing, and exits the apartment still cursing.

"I would have felt better if I'd gone with him," Kazutora sighs.

"I know" the clock reads two twenty-three in the night. "Baji knows we have to open the store tomorrow morning at nine o'clock... I hope he comes back soon." He hopes that it's nothing too serious, that stabilizing the cat won't be a feat, and that Keisuke will be able to get home by four o'clock. Most of all, he hopes the animal won't die in his hands.

Baji became a veterinarian to help as many animals as possible, but the biggest problem is usually the owners. Chifuyu remembers how it was like to have an unneutered cat, he remembers all the times Peke-J escaped through the window, even disappearing for days. It was 2005, he and his mom were both uninformed. Is it really excusable to be so even ten years later, with all the efforts the charities are making? Chifuyu doesn't want to be too harsh in making a judgment, but the point is that owners often border on stupidity rather than misinformation.

"It can't be worse than New Year's Eve..." comments Kazutora, under his breath.

"Nothing is worse than New Year's Eve," sighs Chifuyu.

Baji rarely indulges in a drink, since he has been a vet. On New Year's Eve they partied until they found themselves having to stabilize a bunny in intestinal blockage because, according to his owner, 'he stared at me with those adorable eyes while I was eating a piece of cake, how could I say no to him?' He and Kazutora offered to help, but the only veterinarian among them is Baji, and the rabbit took four days to recover. Baji wished he could have put the owner down, he didn’t even refrain from telling her. For some crazy reason, that woman is still a regular customer of theirs, and now she buys only premium quality hay, at the humble price of 2955 yen per kilo.

"Do we wait for him?" Kazutora asks.

"Yes, of course..." Baji is out at night alone, and he is certainly worried sick about the cat. Baji is, unfortunately, not the kind of person to whom to say, "Text me when you arrive and when you leave."

°

Chifuyu has dozed off, even though he didn't mean to. He is awakened by Baji's voice, who is still cursing loudly.

"...holy shit! Who the fuck does such a thing, who the fuck leaves an animal in that condition for two fucking days, to call a vet at three in the morning!"

Chifuyu feels his heart leap into his throat, a moment later he has already snapped sitting up. "Is he alive?"

"Yes, of course," Baji snorts, "But no thanks to that imbecile. Holy shit! What the fuck is wrong with people, I really don't understand... and guess what? He wasn't neutered, of course! It's fucking obvious that a cat will run away if it's not neutered. I want to also neuter the owners along with their shitty pets!"

"I know," Kazutora sighs, with a soft smile on his lips. "Just think about the cat. Not the owners, just-"

"Fuck the owners!"

"Lie down... I'll make you relax."

"Go back to sleep, it's six o'clock and you have to get up soon... you too Chifuyu, go back to fucking sleep!" rants Baji, on noticing that Kazutora is not the only one with his eyes open.

Some nights go like this. It's inevitable, with the job Baji has chosen to do. It doesn't always go smoothly, in fact there are often hiccups. Kazutora, however, is already pushing Baji down on the bed next to them, and undoing his pants.

"Don't worry... let Tora take care of it, you can come to work a couple of hours later tomorrow morning," he tells Baji, with a small smile on his lips.

The clock reads five forty-seven in the morning. The hour is getting far too close to the wake-up time, but that's okay. For now, the only important thing is for Keisuke to calm down, and get a minimum amount of rest before dawn. Chifuyu gets near him, caresses his cheek and kisses him on the mouth, while Kazutora pulls down Baji’s pants and underwear, and makes an effort to use that technique that, ever since they were teens, always manages to calm Baji down.

The important thing is that the cat is still alive, and that Keisuke relaxes at least a little. A night without sleep is not a problem, it's just another one that adds up to a long series.

Chapter Text

Koko has never been good with words; or rather, he is far too good with words, but not at that sort of thing. Not when he should really open up, and on top of that with Inupi.

They've known each other all their lives, they've grown up together since elementary school. The only time their paths parted, it was a disaster. It wasn't enough for Inupi to attend Shinichiro's workshop well before he was old enough to get hired, he also got obsessed with the idea of reviving the gang the oldest of the Sano brothers had disbanded many years earlier. It was during that time that they drifted apart. Putting himself under Izana's wing didn't seem like a great idea to him, and in fact Inupi ended up in juvie for a year.

Koko waited for him outside the gate, the day Inupi got out. He knew his best friend didn't want to leave gang life, it would have been stupid to think so, especially because Inupi came out of juvie wearing a uniform and heels. He didn't think he wanted to found Black Dragon again though, but after all, Seishu has always been stubborn. Koko followed him, what else was he supposed to do? It was worth it, because their current Boss is nothing like Izana, or any other leader Black Dragon had. He is a strong man with firm ideas, and Hajime doesn't mind working for him.

He was already interested in finance, and he found that the gang world has a lot to offer when it comes to making money. It's interesting, and it was easy to get into that mindset. It's thanks to him that the Black Dragon uniforms have a sophisticated look, and they are made of a very good fabric. Those uniforms are one of his prides. His parents, on the other hand, didn't really appreciate seeing something like that appear in their theoretically perfect son's room.

That's the reason why they spend most of their time at Inupi's house, when they aren't at the Shiba family mansion, or hanging around town. His parents have long since stopped approving of his friendship with Seishu, it was inevitable that it would get to that point sooner or later. Koko doesn't care, no one is stopping him from leaving home or doing whatever he wants as long as his grades remain excellent, and it's a given that they'll never drop. Studying has always been awfully easy for him, after all.

They are watching a movie, sitting on the sofa. The light is off, there are a couple of bags of snacks on the coffee table, but unfortunately they are already empty. Koko would happily eat some more mochi, and maybe he'll eventually get up and go get them, to suppress another kind of impulse. Inupi's hand is inches from his, quietly resting on the couch, and he has been fantasizing for at least ten minutes about grabbing it, about intertwining his fingers with his.

He feels his heart quicken in his chest at just thinking what it would be like to lean toward him, grab his hand, and kiss him on the mouth. He wonders if Inupi would let him do that. There was one time when he couldn't stop himself, while Seishu was sleeping. It wasn't a peak of courage, or even honesty, on his part. Sometimes he still feels guilty when he thinks back on it, but he only needs to remember the texture of those soft, full lips, for everything else to fade away. He wants to push him against the armrest of the sofa, settle on him, and make out with him for hours. He hasn't followed an iota of the plot of the movie, which thankfully is an action where there isn't much to understand. It would be embarrassing to be asked, "Did you like the movie?" and not even know the characters' names.

He is not gay, he is in love with Akane, but she has had a boyfriend for five years now. He doesn't hold a grudge against her for that, it's natural that it ended that way. How much value does a promise made by a middle school girl to an elementary school boy have?

Akane fell in love with another guy when she was sixteen. Koko was the first one she talked to about it, looking downcast and with a sad, conflicted expression, and he could only tell her not to think about him. Hajime was eleven at the time, and even though he was in love with Akane (as he still is) he wasn't thinking about getting a girlfriend, or dating, at all. He had other things to think about, like keeping Inupi from ending up in juvie, making enough money to buy the silence of a couple of people, and covering his ass after Seishu joined a gang even though Koko disapproved.

It didn't go well, Seishu acted on his own, they fought, they drifted apart, and in the end he ended up in reform school anyway. Hajime really had other things to think about, and during that time he didn't even hang out at Inupi's house, so he hardly saw Akane. A year later, he finally gave in to Seishu's demands, and decided to help him. Joining a gang in turn, descending into hell together, is still better than having him behind bars again.

The two of them have always been together, and even though Koko is not gay, certain fantasies pop up in his mind from time to time. Inupi is the one who is different, no other male has that effect on him; nor any girl, to be honest. He used to fantasize about what it would be like to kiss Akane a lot, but she's been engaged for years, and there's no point in dirtying the feelings he has for her. It would be inappropriate, if not downright disturbing.

He turns one last glance at Inupi's hand, subtly, and stands up. "I'll go get some more mochi, and see what else there’s in the pantry," he tells him, with his usual smirk. Probably the reason Seishu has that effect on him is that he has the same face as Akane, he says to himself as he goes to the kitchen.

-

Inui catches a glimpse out of the corner of his eye of Koko's tongue caressing a mochi, before shoving it into his mouth. Fuck, what he would do to him. The light is dim, he has a blanket draped over his legs, and by now he has stopped worrying about not getting an erection. After all, it wouldn't be the first time it happened in his presence.

Inui has never been good with words, and his stubbornness, as well as his ability to take initiative, stops at gang-related issues. He has let Koko get away in the past, and he has promised himself never to do so again.

Unfortunately, it's not always easy. All he wants is for Koko to make peace with his brain, and decide in which direction to continue their relationship. Inui knows that Hajime kissed him once, while he thought he was asleep. He has regretted a thousand times not opening his eyes.

He knows that Koko is gay, that he hasn't thought about Akane in years, not in a romantic way. He wonders what would happen if he pushed him against the armrest of the sofa and stuck his tongue in his mouth, if he spread his legs and settled between them. Hajime is beautiful and charismatic, with that attitude he could have whoever he wants whenever he wants, but he hasn't had a single relationship over those years. Inui can't help but wonder if Koko actually wants him, he is almost sure that he does, but he also knows Hajime is working hard to convince himself that he is not gay. He has no idea what kind of reaction he would get if he kissed him, if he slipped a hand under his shirt, if he undressed him.

Fuck, he'd love that. He has already seen him half-naked, because they go to the pool together. He only goes there to see Koko in a swimsuit, he doesn't even like swimming, but he obviously has never told him that. Inui prefers by far to spend his days in Shinichiro's shop learning something, or on the battlefield together with the other Black Dragon members, but saying no to Koko is always complicated for him. Lately he's also been going because Hajime says it doesn't make sense to pay for the pool when the Shiba have a private one at home. Even though Inui is pretty sure Koko's interest in Taiju is not of that kind, he really doesn't like the idea of leaving them alone in swimsuits. Anyone would be jealous.

Hajime has a lean physique with a bit of muscle that is a sight to behold. He really, really wants to touch him. He wants to slip his hands under Hajime's shirt, undo his pants, and do all kinds of things to him. He wants to feel his tongue - that same tongue with which Koko torments him without even realizing it - on every inch of his body.

He's not following a single word of the movie, he doesn't even know what the main characters' names are. Fortunately, it's an action movie with a more or less nonexistent plot. He reaches out to him, but only to grab a mochi from the package, and bring it to his lips.

Inui already knows that they'll go to bed that night without having done anything at all. He also knows that, even though it’s a double bed, they will sleep on their own side without any contact but accidental. That's not the first time it's happened, and he is increasingly realizing that, waiting for Koko, they'll remain just friends for the next fifteen years, or maybe straight up forever.

Being his friend is not bad at all. They are together again, Seishu is right where he wanted to be: in a gang, in the Black Dragon, with Koko by his side. Maybe he should be content with that, but the more he tries, the less he succeeds.

Maybe, next time he'll do something about it.

Chapter Text

"What a cute little girl," her mother used to say, as she combed her hair. For a few moments her facial expression was quiet, with a smile, then she grew gloomy. "You'll become like me. You are already like me," she told her, as she hastily finished her hairstyle to light a cigarette.

Emma never wanted to be like her mother, even though she looks exactly like her double. She always wanted to be the farthest thing possible from her, from the woman who abandoned her as a child, because children are hard to raise and also expensive, especially if you have an addictions to feed.

"Your father was rich, you are moving in with him."

Emma’s father was already dead when her mother said those words to her. She was never a good mother, but she was her whole world, the only reality Emma knew. It was at that time that she started to dream of getting married someday, of having her own family, some children to raise, who won't be abandoned as she was.

"You are already like me." Those words echo in her head as tears stream down her cheeks. Her hands, in front of her face, fail to stop them. She is half-naked on a karaoke couch, completely alone, and she is starting to get cold.

What has gone through her mind? Mikey told her about Takemichi, he said only positive things. Emma didn't think he was anything special. Unlike Draken, Takemichi seemed within her reach. Takemichi's mere presence doesn't make her forget her own name, it doesn't make her act like a five-year-old out of a combination of embarrassment and enthusiasm.

Her mother used to tell her about the men she dated, as she prepared to go out at night. "No man is out of a woman's reach, sometimes you just have to play dirty." Emma remembers her sitting in front of the makeup table, intent on making herself beautiful. "Getting what you want is the only thing that matters, the rest is just nonsense." Then, Emma was left alone.

Making yet another lover jealous didn't work for her mother. Emma remembers well the night she came home drunk, and threw all the make-up she loved so much to the ground, because that man had finally decided to stay with his wife.

She knew that trying to make Draken jealous wasn't a good idea. She knew it, but she told herself that, maybe, this way she would finally get his attention. She told herself that perhaps Draken would stop seeing her as a child if it became known that Emma had already had sex. Even if it didn't work out, if Draken didn't notice a thing, or didn't think anything about it, she would still get something out of it.

She wanted to grow up fast, to feel a little more like a woman. She hoped that, by getting rid of her virginity, she would also get rid of that side of her brain that makes her legs shake every time she sees Draken, that pushes her to act like a little girl in front of her favorite actor, rather than like a normal person, a girl he might like.

She has been lucky. She realizes this only now, as she wipes her face. Damn, she was really lucky. Takemichi backed out at the last moment, others wouldn't have done it. Emma chose him because he's a guy she doesn't feel anything special for, who doesn't intimidate her or make her uncomfortable, who doesn't make her heart quicken in her chest. She was going to give her first time to someone who doesn't even make her heart quicken in her chest, just to get rid of it, and be a little more similar to the kind of girl Draken might maybe like.

Emma grabs her blouse, and starts to put her clothes back on. She is angry with herself. She has spent so many years wanting to be as different as possible from her mother, from the woman who abandoned her, only to do just what she would have done. In fact, Emma has never stopped thinking about her, the image of her walking away is burned into her mind.

She quickly gets dressed again, and grabs her bag, looking for her makeup. She has a family now. She has people who are there for her. Although some wounds will never heal, she has Mikey, Shinichiro, her grandparents, and friends who love her. Among them there is Draken.

Emma grabs her cell phone, and bites her lower lip. She opens the e-mail, and writes to him, "Draken-kun, do you want to have ice cream together?" she adds a kaomoji, and then deletes it. That way the message is lacking something, but at least it doesn't come across as childish. She forces herself to send it.

Her heart beats rapidly in her chest. For a while she concentrates only on looking decent again, with foundation and concealer in her hands, until her cell phone vibrates.

"Sure. Did something happen?"

Emma feels her heart leap into her throat. For a moment she wonders if he already knows everything, if Takemichi has spoken, only to realize that, much likely, Draken is referring to the absence of a kaomoji. Emma uses them all the time, in great quantities. Without them, the messages seem too serious.

"No, it's okay (〃＾▽＾〃)," she writes.

Maybe she needs to interpret this as a sign. Maybe changing, rushing to grow up, is not the answer. Emma sighs, and stows her makeup in her bag. The waterproof mascara hasn't been ruined, and although her eyes are a bit swollen, her appearance is all in all acceptable. She is still shaken, but she is trying to gather her courage, to get back on her feet quickly. Nothing happened, after all. She was really, really lucky.

"Where?"

Emma keeps staring at her cell phone screen for a few moments. Did she really ask Draken to get an ice cream, the two of them alone? She fully realizes this only now. "Sunshine 109? (￣▽￣*)ゞ"

Chapter Text

Chifuyu feels his heart hammering in his chest, his breath is caught in his throat. He has been asked to keep the door closed, and he has both hands placed on it. There's no key, he has no idea what he would do if someone from the outside tried to open it. He would probably panic and try to hold it in place with all his might, babbling nonsense.

"Baji... f-fuck Baji, squeeze your legs tighter. I want to put it inside for real so fucking much..."

His cheeks are burning, he feels himself on fire. A few steps away from him, Kazutora is rubbing against Baji. His pants are undone, he is basically fucking that hot, sensitive spot between Keisuke’s thighs. Kazutora has slipped his cock between Baji's legs, and Keisuke is trying hard to create the perfect friction. Kazutora is moving with dry, firm thrusts.

That sight is tearing the breath from Chifuyu's lungs. Baji is wearing the girls' school uniform, the same one his classmates have pushed him into more than once, in exchange for a study session. With his skirt covering much of his boxer briefs, it looks like Kazutora is really thrusting into him. Their moans, though restrained because of the risk of being caught - but not quite enough, they're making too much fucking noise - help create that effect.

Kazutora is in their school again, as is happening more and more often. He started sneaking in there after Bloody Halloween, once or twice a week. "Clubs are mandatory in my school too, but teachers hardly ever check who's there and who's not during classes, let alone after school," Kazutora told him, when Chifuyu asked if all those absences weren't a problem. He then found out that the institute Kazutora attends is the same one where Takemichi is enrolled, the same one where Mikey, and consequently Draken, have sneaked in more than once. Kazutora wasn't expelled after two years in juvie, and after bringing his henchmen, all with at least one fractured limb, inside the school grounds when he was part of Valhalla. After grasping the big picture, Chifuyu stopped wondering whether Kazutora's constant absences might become a problem.

Kazutora probably won't be expelled or flunked if he keeps skipping every single club activity and a good three-quarters of classes, but it could end very, very badly for him and Baji if someone were to open that door. Despite this, Chifuyu's protests were all too meager when Baji told him, "Make sure no one comes in."

Keisuke is a breathtaking sight, the female uniform perfectly wraps his body, showing off his lean legs, and slim waist. The musculature is noticeable, but it only succeeds in making him even more beautiful, even with women's clothes on. With that skirt, it really looks like Kazutora is pushing himself inside him, and not between his thighs, and Chifuyu really would like it if that were the case. He has seen them have sex before, but never while Baji was wearing something like this. His fantasy is running wild, they are both so beautiful. He wants to get closer, but he doesn't dare to.

Kazutora is behind Baji's back, he's holding him at the waist, moaning against his neck. "Baji... I want to thrust inside you, I want to fuck you until you scream, f-fuck..." he gasps, and slips a hand under Keisuke's skirt, stroking him on the front of his boxer shorts. Even with the fabric partly covering them, Chifuyu clearly understands that Kazutora's hand has gone to grasp Baji's cock, and is rubbing it through the thin layer of fabric.

Baji grits his teeth, stiffens for a moment, then pushes himself toward Kazutora. "Fuck, hurry up..." he gasps, with both hands resting on a desk. "Holy shit Tora, you said... fuck! Y-you said you'd take five minutes... nnh, put that hand in my underwear, f-fucking touch me for real..."

Chifuyu is so hard in his pants. He feels hot, he wants to watch them forever, or join them, he doesn't even know. He wants to come closer and get down on his knees in front of Baji, take him in his mouth and make him cum. Maybe he wouldn't dare to even if they were in the disused warehouse where they usually go, let alone in an empty classroom. Despite the fact that they've been having sex for months, he still struggles to take the initiative, and now they are... fuck, they are at the school Baji and Chifuyu attend. It was a bad idea, he wouldn't even know where to start to list the risks they are facing, and on top of that they have a very good alternative, a place where no one has ever bothered them.

Kazutora was the one who instigated the whole thing, as often happens. Baji was already wearing that uniform because one of his classmates asked if she could take a couple of pictures of him in exchange for her notebook. Chifuyu noticed that someone is definitely getting the hang of it, but Baji doesn't see the problem, and as long as something is okay with Keisuke, it's also okay with him. Kazutora entered the classroom with his usual nonchalance - he is so natural he has convinced more than a few that he is in fact a student at that school - and fifteen minutes later they were already locked in that empty classroom. Kazutora only needed to murmur something against Baji's ear.

Chifuyu can only stand there, short of breath and with his legs shaking, watching them thrust against each other. They are gorgeous, a sight for sore eyes, and it still feels incredible that they are both fine with including him, of all people, in that sort of relationship. Even though they started to have all kinds of first experiences together in that warehouse, it still feels unthinkable to him at times. Baji is his Captain, Kazutora is someone Keisuke almost gave his life for, and they are both older than him, as well as incredibly handsome.

Chifuyu gets lost looking at them, until he almost forgets where they are, and even the existence of the door he is supposed to hold closed. He keeps his hands on the wood, but only because they are already there. He stays staring at them until Kazutora cum between Baji's thighs, until Keisuke orgasms in his hand.

"Holy shit..." Baji gasps, then lifts his skirt. "What the fuck..."

If possible, Chifuyu feels his cheeks heat up even more. Keisuke's thighs are flushed on the inside, and wet with cum. His boxer shorts, as well as the fabric of his skirt, have suffered the same fate. Baji is a mess.

"I have some wipes... wait," gasps Kazutora.

Chifuyu watches them adjust themselves. Baji's school uniform - the regular one, not the girls one - is in his locker. He clears his throat, and proposes, "C-can I... Baji-san, can I go get your uniform? To…" to avoid Keisuke walking out with the one he is wearing, which, moreover, is now soiled with semen. It's not noticeable because it's on the inner side of the skirt, but it doesn't have to feel great to wear it.

"You want to go out in the hallway with your cock hard?" Baji asks him, with a puzzled expression.

Kazutora laughs, and walks over to him, grabbing him by the arm. "We haven't forgotten about you, Fuyu... come on, move away from the door. Baji, can you check to make sure no one comes in?"

That's not a good idea. It is, if possible, an even worse idea than the previous one. Chifuyu didn't trust himself to make sure no one came in, and in fact at one point he forgot that door even existed, but putting Baji in charge of surveillance? Keisuke is instinctive, he jumps headfirst into things, he is not good at getting his priorities in order, and he doesn't think before he acts. Baji is not the kind of guy to put in control of a door, at best he would end up punching anyone who tried to open it, at worst he would forget about it after two minutes, and just watch them... which is exactly what Chifuyu did, but it's still not a good idea.

"No need... really!" he laughs, red in the face. "I don't think It's... we can wait until we're back in the usual warehouse, or in Baji's room, or..."

Kazutora has already placed his hands on his pants. "You can't go home like this, I'll make you cum in my mouth." He has an endearing smirk on those beautiful lips. "Let's make this quick, just so you don't return home with a boner. No games, I promise."

Kazutora is great at dragging things out, bringing both he and Baji to the edge, then slowing the pace and keeping them there for as long as possible. Keisuke usually ends up grabbing him, throwing him on the bed, and taking charge. Chifuyu just dies internally, in more ways than one, and when Kazutora finally gives him that damn orgasm he feels like he's gone to heaven and back.

"No...nonono," he murmurs, taking a step back. "Not now, Kazutora-san. Y-you can do whatever you want later, in the warehouse," or at least in the bathroom, he would even be fine with the school bathroom. He is sure that, with Kazutora’s hands on him, he would end up cumming in a couple of minutes. He can't let him do it there anyway, they've already risked too much, and besides, Kazutora is unreliable when he talks about wanting to do 'a quick thing,' when he says 'no games.' Chifuyu can't go along with him, the risks are too much, and-

The door is thrown open. Baji hasn't even laid a hand on it. Chifuyu stiffens, freezing on the spot. Keisuke turns sharply to look at the girl now standing in front of them.

"Um..." she opens and closes her mouth a few times, her face gradually turning redder and redder. Chifuyu, on the other hand, feels as if he has whitened in the face.

"What is it?" asks Kazutora, as he approaches Baji and rests a hand on his hip, with enviable self-control. She doesn't answer, just stares at them wide-eyed. "What are you looking at? Don't get any ideas, they talked Baji into putting this on in exchange for a study session... again. Ask his classmates if you don't believe it. We were helping him, with all those zippers."

The girl takes a few moments to react. She is purple in the face when she finally manages to say, "I-I forgot my math book in the classroom... but I'll pick it up later!" she says, before she snaps the door shut and runs away.

"Holy shit..." murmurs Baji, with an edge to his voice. "Do you think she noticed?"

"Holy shit..." repeats Kazutora, his façade of indifference shattering in an instant. He also lets go of his grip on Baji's side. "I don't..." he tries to say, but then starts laughing. "Fuck..." it’s an out-of-control, almost hysterical laugh that goes on for a while. "I think she bought my bullshit... but anyway, she won't say anything."

Chifuyu sags in a chair, he feels like his spirit has left his body, and not in a good way. "Shit..." He only now realizes that he has all his clothes in place, Kazutora hasn't even undone the button on his pants. Baji is all in all presentable, apart from his being in cosplay and miniskirt. With some luck, the chick really didn't notice a thing. "Let's not do it again, please..." Not in an empty classroom, at least.

Kazutora still hasn't stopped laughing.

Chapter Text

Sanzu doesn't quite know what the hell happened. The fight was over, the police sirens were approaching. He tried to look for Mikey with his eyes, only to see him speeding away on his bike with an injured Hanagaki clinging behind him. It's always like that lately. He saw Mucho in the distance, but Ran approached before Sanzu could get to his feet.

"So, shall we go?" the older Haitani brother told him, with that smile like honey and an interested light in his eyes.

Sanzu just stared at him blankly for a few moments. They fought against each other. Ran hit him in the face with his baton not even half an hour ago.

"Hurry up, we have to leave now," Rindou added, addressing his brother.

Sanzu looked at Ran, then at Mucho, then back at Ran. "Okay?" he finally said, even though it makes no fucking sense to have someone who is supposedly an enemy reach out to him.

He doesn't know why he went along with them, maybe out of curiosity, maybe because Mikey wants those two in Toman, or maybe because the whole situation was so absurd it threw him off balance. Probably a mix of things. He doesn't know the Haitani brothers, except by reputation. Despite this, he is now in their house. He followed them on his motorcycle, of his own free will, well aware that it might be a trap, but too curious to back out.

He is seated on the couch in their house, and Ran is unbuttoning his uniform as if they had been friends forever, as if it was normal for them to check each other's bruises, fix each other's wounds. Rindou went to get the first aid kit, and opened it on the couch. It’s surreal. He's in the living room of a house he doesn't know, and he's listening to Ran say, "A bad bruise will come out here."

"And whose fault is that?" he replies, though he doesn't care. He hit his shoulder on the ground when Ran struck him in the face with his baton. He has several grazes all over his body.

"One even worse is going to come out here," Rindou adds, as he brings a hand up to his face, so he can lift his chin and look at the bruise Sanzu has on his forehead.

It's all... fuck, it's so weird. The older Haitani has stripped him of the jacket of his uniform, and is examining every mark on his torso carefully. At the same time, his brother is holding his face in place. Sanzu shrinks back, he suddenly feels exposed, stripped bare. He is literally being stripped bare. The two of them are staring at his every wound, even the ones that are just minor bullshit.

"It's nothing," he tells Rindou, to end that ridiculous, embarrassing examination. "The worst wound is the one that your asshole brother did to me, and it'll heal on its own within a week anyway."

He doesn't know why the hell he followed those two. He told himself that maybe Mikey would be happy if he could bring them into Toman, but he knows Mikey actually cares more about Izana than anything else. The Tenjiku leader has been defeated, the next meeting will be decisive to see if his gang will be absorbed into Toman. Izana is Mikey's half-brother, or some such thing. It has something to do with Shinichiro and Emma's mother, Sanzu doesn't know the details, but the point is that, for Mikey, the Haitani are not a priority like Izana. Sanzu may have gotten himself into a huge mess for no real reason.

Ran laughs, with that soft expression that brings out the features of his face. He is beautiful, but Sanzu knows looks can be deceiving. The Haitani older brother is, notoriously, the one in charge in their duo. That smile is fake, he can tell from a mile away. "You have a nice face," Ran tells him. "This mark on your forehead almost makes it more beautiful."

Sanzu snorts, bored. A mark made by a baton on his face is supposed to make him more handsome? Sure, right. That bruise only strokes Ran's ego, judging by his expression. "Stop teasing me, and tell me what I'm really doing here," he says, with every intention of cutting it short. He has arrived on his bike, he can leave at any time.

Rindou laughs, his eyes are amused, his features less soft than Ran's. He is handsome in a different way from his brother, more edgy, but also less irritating. "Haven't you realized it yet?"

"What should I realize?"

For a while, Sanzu gets ignored. Ran stands up, and devotes himself to his brother. They undress each other, checking each other's wounds. It's nothing serious, but they are still treated with proper care. Sanzu makes an effort to ignore both of them, and their absurd, intricately designed tattoos, which for some reason make them even hotter. He slides his gaze over that apartment as he passively listens to their voices. The furniture looks expensive, and there's a fucking bar-like counter in that house. There's also a DJ set in the middle of the living room, and from the amount of bottles abandoned around, there was probably a party there not long before, or one will be organized soon. It's hard to tell, the apartment is not tidy, and empty bottles are mixed with those still unopened. Sanzu has never seen anything like this, where the hell did he end up?

Rindou gasps as Ran disinfects his lip, which is split. Someone must have punched him in the face during the fight that just ended, but it's nothing serious. It will heal in a couple of days. "Be careful with that," Rindou growls through clenched teeth, and then he licks his lower lip, trying to make the discomfort go away. From the way Ran laughs, he might have done it on purpose. Sanzu wouldn't put much stock in his good faith.

"Almost unharmed, like last time," Ran chuckles, and then he goes back to sit next to him.

Sanzu's eyes go wide as Ran's hands land on the button of his pants. "What the hell are you doing?" he snaps backward until he finds himself pressed against the back of the sofa. He evaded his fingers, but only for a moment.

"You also have a wound on your thigh," Ran's hands are again on the fastening of his pants.

"It can be seen even through your pants," Rindou adds. "They are stained with blood."

"I can... why on earth do you think undressing me is a good idea?" he gasps, out of breath. "I can take care of it myself, it's nothing."

"What's the big deal?" laughs Ran. "I always undress my brother after a fight, I can also undress you."

Sanzu stares at him wide-eyed, for a few moments he's at a loss for words. Does he really have to explain how ambiguous such a phrase sounds? That's Ran Haitani, it's impossible that he didn't realize it. It's impossible that it wasn't voluntary. He is so taken aback that, while he just stares at him oddly, Ran has already unzipped his pants.

"Let me see," Rindou tells him, and in one motion he grabs the bottom part of the Toman's uniform, and pulls it off him. His pants end up on the floor, on the expensive-looking carpet. "I was right."

There is indeed a wound, caused by a knife that grazed him. "It's not serious, but it needs to be dressed," Ran rests his hand on Sanzu’s bare thigh, just above the wound. It's a little too close to the fabric of his boxer shorts. "Rest your leg on my brother's, so it's a little more comfortable... Rindou, hand me the antiseptic."

Sanzu is immobilized on the spot, now more than a little weirded out. He doesn't move, but he doesn't need to. Rindou grabs him and settles Sanzu on top of him, and then he hands gauze and disinfectant to his brother. That's not a practical position to fix someone's wound... a wound that has already stopped bleeding for quite a while, by the way. That is the fucking weirdest position Sanzu has ever had a fucking wound dressed in.

"He has a really nice face," Rindou is referring to him, but he doesn't say those words to Sanzu, who is the subject of that comment. He says them while looking at Ran.

"I told you so," the Haitani older brother is wetting the gauze with disinfectant. When Ran brings the piece of cloth to the injured skin, he does so by getting a little too close. His chest almost adheres with Sanzu's back, and since the two brothers have also checked each other's wounds, they are all three half-naked. Rindou is shirtless, Ran has his Tenjiku jacket unbuttoned. Sanzu is not wearing pants, and the top of his Toman uniform is basically hanging from his arms, leaving both his chest and shoulders exposed.

He is on the verge of replying to stop fucking with him, but he freezes. Suddenly, he realizes the reason they brought him there. They want to fuck him. Ran was serious in complimenting his face, he wasn't just admiring the workings of his baton; or rather, he was certainly admiring the workings of his baton too, but those two really think he's good-looking, otherwise they wouldn't have given him a second glance.

And Sanzu only realized it now, while he is half-naked on Rindou's legs, with Ran pressed against his back.

He is not usually so dumb, but he didn't expect anything like this. He has had a few experiences, but never with people who are, or might in the future be, part of Toman. He has merely rid himself of a curiosity, without it ever being anything serious or potentially problematic. He has never been with someone as good-looking as the Haitani, though, and the physical proximity, along with the hands that are continuing to work on his thigh, make it hard to pull away.

Seriously, what the fuck is going on? Those two are brothers, even if one of them wants to fuck him - and Sanzu has yet to decide if he's okay with going along with them - the other would have to leave, at least in theory. Isn't that how it works between brothers? He gets cold chills at the mere idea of touching someone while Takeomi or Senju are in the same room.

Ran grabs his uniform jacket, and pulls it off him. Sanzu tries to turn to face him, but is held in place by Rindou's hands, which go on his hips.

"The uniform is cumbersome, this way I can get to your leg better," Ran tells him, and to get to his leg better he literally leans on his back.

Sanzu is sitting on the couch, facing Rindou, with his thigh resting on his. Ran is behind him, there are at least twenty positions more comfortable and appropriate than that one for checking and dressing a wound.

Neither of them seems to care. Sanzu keeps silent while the two of them do what they want to him. Ran applies a large band-aid on his leg, covering the entire wound, which is little more than a scratch and doesn't need all that much attention. Above all, it doesn't need to be medicated while he is only wearing boxers, and has Ran's breath on his neck (literally) and Rindou's hands on his hips.

"The fuck?" he blurts out, suddenly. It's as if he has just fully realized that he is more naked than clothed, with his thighs wide open for no fucking reason.

"Where's the problem?" asks Ran, too close to him. Sanzu feels a shiver run down his spine, the asshole is talking against his ear.

"You followed us of your own free will," Rindou points out.

Technically that's true. "Yes, but not to fuck one of you!" he blurts out, his cheeks heating up quickly. He didn't know what he was getting into, but he had thought of everything, even an ambush, but not that. In Sanzu's mind it was more likely to end up tied up in a basement and tortured, than that.

"No one's stopping you from leaving," Rindou tells him, with a grin on his lips, and his hands clenched on Sanzu’s hips with a grip so firm it's starting to hurt. "Right, aniki?"

"Right," laughs Ran, as he leans fully against Sanzu's back, and reaches down to Rindou's pants.

Sanzu's eyebrows go up, his eyes go wide, as he watches Ran undo the button, and pull down the zipper, of his brother’s pants. Of his fucking brother’s pants. Holy shit. Something tells him he's going to end up fucking both of them, and it's crazy, but at the same time he knows he's red in the face, and he's trying to ignore the beginning of an erection in his boxers. Half-naked as he is, it's impossible for them not to have noticed.

"You're lucky," murmurs Ran, against his earlobe. Sanzu feels a shiver run through him from head to toe, he feels it sharply, and in a moment he is completely hard between his legs. "My brother is very experienced," he says, as if it were a personal pride.

"And whose fault is that?" snorts Rindou. "Cut it out."

The fault of what? In theory having experience is not a fault, but Ran's tone, combined with Rindou's attitude, can't help but make him wonder what the hell they mean. Does Rindou have a lot of experience because Ran gets the chicks for him and places them on his dick (and he doesn't really like where that line of thought is going, given the position he's in at the moment) or... or does he have to interpret that sentence in another way?

What the hell is going on? Are those allusions spoken just to fuck with him and pique his curiosity, or are the Haitani really fucking each other?

He doesn't know if he wants to know.

Ran can't get Rindou's pants down, since Sanzu is between them and all three are sitting on the couch, but he can tell he wants to. His hands are on the dark fabric, and he is still pressed against Sanzu's back, with his arms at his sides.

"You can touch him," Ran tells him. "Aren't you curious? You can even take him in your mouth..."

"Why the hell should I take him in my mouth? What the fuck... I never said I want to sleep with you!"

"You haven't left yet, and you're going along with everything we do," Ran points out.

Sanzu is almost about to reply, but every possible word is torn from his throat. Rindou moved closer, leaning toward him in a swift movement, and he kissed him on the mouth. Sanzu finds himself wide-eyed, with the younger Haitani's lips on his own, and it takes very little for him to give in.

He is there because he wants to. No one has ever stopped him from getting up and leaving, not in a serious way. He has Rindou's hands still on his hips, but he could snap to his feet, get out of that apartment quickly. He followed them without knowing what to expect, and once he found out their motives, he stayed there anyway. He might as well give in altogether, it's probably a more dignified choice than continuing that pathetic, barely hinted attempt at rebellion.

Sanzu didn't want to end up pressed between them on a couch, but the Haitani are better looking than any casual partner he has ever had. Although he doesn't know if they really fuck each other, or if they are just fucking with him, all those innuendos alone are enough to make his cock hard. He doesn't know why they have that effect on him, he himself has a brother and sister, and... fuck, he doesn't even want to associate them with the word sex, but the Haitani brothers are just different. He wouldn't mind seeing them kiss on the mouth, or even do something more, a lot more.

Rindou is lowering his own pants, and Sanzu's eyes go wide when he sees his cock being released from the fabric. The kiss was quickly broken off, and now he has the aftertaste of blood in his mouth. Rindou is licking his split lip.

"Isn't it perfect, my brother's cock?" murmurs Ran, in that tone that’s a little mellow and a little amused, or at least that Sanzu interprets it as such. He's probably aroused, too. "It's big, curved in the right way, with raised veins... it's really perfect," Ran tells him, as if Rindou's cock needs a fucking, detailed description. Fuck, it's really perfect.

Sanzu feels his face on fire, but he's also starting to get really hot in his chest, and in his belly. He is completely hard, and now he also feels the need to touch himself, to get rid of his underwear.

"Why don't you try taking it in your mouth?" Rindou tells him. "You have nice lips, I'd like to see them around my cock."

Sanzu does. He doesn't even protest, he just moves his body, and this time no one restrains him. He is too aroused to think things through, he just takes the opportunity that has fallen from the sky. Maybe he will regret it in less than an hour, but he half-lays back on the couch, trying to avoid a position that leaves him too exposed since Ran is still behind him, and brings a hand to Rindou's dick.

The first touches are only attempts. He takes it in his hand, appreciating its consistency. He loses himself in admiring what it feels like to have such a big cock against his palm, circled by his own fingers, and then he rests his lips on the tip. He doesn't have that much experience. It's not his first time, but the truth is that sex interests him relatively. There's no one he really likes, no one who is within his reach that Sanzu can actually fuck, and he's not the type for flings. He doesn't usually look for sex at all, even though he knows that, with a physical appearance like his, he'd just have to go to any club. He's been there before, after all.

If Rindou's is not the best dick he's had an encounter with, it certainly goes close to it. Sanzu couldn't say for sure, because his interest has always been relative, but fuck it's impossible not to notice how nicely it stands out in his hand. He is enjoying parting his lips around the tip, attempting some initial licks on it.

Rindou's breath breaks in his throat, and Ran gasps, "Fuck... we've wanted to do this since Bloody Halloween. Take it a little deeper..."

It has been almost a year since Bloody Halloween. Sanzu still had blond hair, and even though that fight ended in nothing, all he did the whole time was focus on the battlefield, on who to beat up, on doing it the best he could. He certainly didn't look around for someone he could screw at the first available opportunity, but after all, the Haitani showed up there just to watch the fight in progress, not to join it. With all the stuff there was to watch, could it be that they focused on him?

"R-Ran... Ran even forgot the sluts he had l-left... fuck Sanzu, stop with that tongue and take it in your mouth for real!"

"Ran forgot what?" he asks, lifting his face and pulling away from him.

Rindou gives him an annoyed look. "The sluts he left in the nearest coffee shop. Now go back and suck it."

"You left some sluts in the nearest coffee shop?"

Ran is laughing. "Rindou, stop calling them that... they are good girls, one of them meanwhile has become a regular guest at our parties."

"There are no good girls at our parties."

"I couldn't let them get their clothes dirty, poor girls," Ran chuckles, and rests a hand on Sanzu's hip, who winces noticeably. "Nor let them get caught up in gang business."

"'Sluts should be left out of serious business,' is what you said. Literally," Rindou snorts, then he brings his hand to Sanzu's face. "Enough nonsense, go back to sucking me off."

Sanzu should really get up and leave. By now it's clear that Rindou is experienced because Ran gets him a whole series of sluts, and places them on his cock. That furniture is too expensive to belong to a 17-year-old and an 18-year-old, the whole house is absurd, those two are the sons of someone important, someone who matters in Roppongi. If they're really surrounded by several girls as they say, and they're not just running their mouths, it's just yet another confirmation. According to what Sanzu can guess, they might even be somehow connected with the Yakuza. They wouldn't be the first sons of such people to join Toman, but it's a dangerous game, and besides…

Ran literally took him to their house, and before Sanzu even understood what the hell was going on, he stripped him naked and spread his legs like he was some random whore. He really should leave, but one of Rindou's hands just rested in his hair. The younger Haitani has grown tired of waiting, and Sanzu is not sure his legs would hold him up if he tried to stand up.

The point is that he wants to suck that perfect cock, and then those two intrigue him. Ran is touching him on the hips, his hands are getting closer and closer to Sanzu's buttocks, and when they finally grab the elastic of his boxers, and pull them down, it's almost a relief. He returns his lips to Rindou's cock, as Ran murmurs, "Yes, like this... take it all in your mouth, I know you like it."

He doesn't stiffen when he feels a couple of fingers between his buttocks. At that point he is waiting to find out who will fuck him first, because it's given that it will happen. He still has his lips around Rindou's cock, not without some difficulty. He is so big. Sanzu struggles to get as many inches as he can, to use his tongue, to move up and down the length. He doesn't know what Ran is doing behind him, but he hears him fumbling with something. When two fingertips push to enter him, they are moist, coated with something slimy. Ran has probably got some kind of ointment, or simple Vaseline, from the first aid kit.

The heat is intense, it almost makes him dizzy. He doesn't resist in any way. Rindou loosens his ponytail, but only to grab his hair and hold it in place, with a grip that hurts. He is aroused, he is shaking, and suddenly he gasps and finds himself moaning loudly. That sound is only partly muffled by the dick in his mouth, Ran has touched that spot inside him capable of making him see stars.

From there on, with each thrust of his fingers, Ran manages to center his prostate. Before he knows it Sanzu is with his knees propped on the sofa, his throat around Rindou's cock, and he is shaking from head to toe. The blowjob is completely uncoordinated, he's not in control, and he's dripping pre-orgasmic liquid onto the couch seat.

He doesn't hold back, he moans without restraint, he goes to meet that hand. He doesn't bother to give a sense of what he is doing, but judging by the way Rindou moans, he has to be okay with it. It's getting more and more intense, it's crazy that Ran can make him feel something like that with two fucking fingers. The way he moves them is perfect, each thrust is controlled, it's calibrated in a way that manages to make him shake from head to toe, and Sanzu doesn't mind taking everything that's given to him.

His orgasm mounts fast, and he shakes from head to toe. He trembles, twitching around those fingers. He thinks Ran is telling him something, probably, but he doesn't catch a single word. The climax rocks through him, and he enjoys every moment, all the way through. He lets the jolts of pleasure run through him again and again, not bothering to dirty the leather couch. It's not his, after all.

It's perfect. Ran doesn't stop touching him the whole time, he accompanies him through his orgasm, still stimulating the right spots. Even when the climax is over, he doesn't stop touching him. Ran slides his fingers out, he keeps stroking his hips, still saying something. Sanzu doesn't listen to a single word, he knows it's all bullshit anyway.

He doesn't react in any particular way even when he finds himself lifted by weight, with his back against Ran's chest. "Are you ready?" the Haitani older brother asks him, in that smooth tone. Sanzu wonders vaguely what for, as Rindou places his hands on his thighs, makes him spread them, and settles him on his hips. A few moments later he is being filled by Rindou's big, hot cock.

Sanzu's eyes go wide, and he shakes. His body is still sensitive, and Rindou's dick stretches him to the limit. He feels it hard, pushed all the way in. He is trembling, he couldn't move even if he tried. Ran is supporting him, his hands are on his hips. "You're doing well... breathe, and start moving..."

Sanzu doesn't even know how, but he starts to.

-

Sanzu slowly opens his eyes, still groggy from sleep, and from the wine they drank the night before. Apparently it's normal for Ran Haitani to open a bottle even when he orders take-out pizza as dinner. The first thing he realizes is that one arm is keeping him pressed against the mattress. Then, he realizes that the arm belongs to a person.

He's in Rindou's bed, and memories start coming back a little at a time. Sanzu closes his eyes, and pretends not to see, nor hear, let alone remember anything. He really ended up in bed with those two. It's insane, but more importantly... it's impossible that all the things he remembers really happened. He must have dreamed, or imagined, at least half of the stuff that is coming back to him.

Sanzu stiffens when Rindou moves, and slowly opens his eyes. The younger Haitani wakes up, and bids him good morning as if nothing had happened. Ran enters the room with only his pants on, and says, "Breakfast is ready."

It's impossible. It's seriously impossible that those two grabbed him and fucked him like that. It's impossible that Ran made him cum with his dick without even touching him, and placed him on his brother's hips, telling him to be happy about it because Rindou's dick is perfect, because not everyone is lucky enough to have a ride on it. They can't really have sucked him dry, as he remembers.

Some things only happen in porn movies, not in reality. He also has no idea how many times he's cum, but more importantly... he can't have really listened to Ran Haitani praising his brother's dick, as if it were a family pride or some such bullshit. The alcohol must have fucked up his memories, or at least part of them. The alternative is more ridiculous than disturbing.

It's bad enough to accept that he actually slept with them, but the rest? It's impossible that it actually happened, his brain probably decided to screw itself up, it wouldn't be the first time it has happened. Sanzu spent almost a year in juvie for using a katana against some kids who had spoken up, after all. It's not the same thing, but...

For fuck's sake, he'd heard the rumors about the Haitani, and about them being very, very good under the sheets, too. Those rumors had been going around forever, but he thought they were bullshit, maybe put out by Ran himself. He instead found himself with Rindou who has a big cock and knows how to use it, and Ran who has pretty much invented sex. What should he do now? Try to convince them to enter Toman as if nothing had happened? Get dressed and leave? Indulge them, and see what happens?

At least a quarter of an hour elapses, before Sanzu recovers enough to blurt out, in front of his pancakes, "What the fuck happened last night?!"

Chapter Text

Time traveling works in a peculiar way. Takemichi has never lost touch with reality, he knows he is his twenty-six year old self, the Takemichi who rewrote the present together with Mikey. At the same time, one's mind adapts to the present timeline, to the age of the body it's in. Sometimes memories blur, overlap.

He started anew with Mikey, they tried to fix everything, whatever was within their power. Knowing the exact date and time of each event was crucial, and the two of them worked hard to avoid a repeat of the old disasters.

Despite this, Takemichi eventually got back into the usual routine: school, his group of friends, Toman. As in many other timelines, Manjiro disbanded his gang, and they all went on with their lives. Mikey was important to him even before they rewrote the present together, Takemichi gave his all to save him, he almost died by Mikey's hand, and even with a bullet in his body he thought only about him. Re-living an entire timeline together bonded them even more, at least during the middle school period.

Then, years passed. They didn't enroll in the same high school, Takemichi continued to hang out with Hinata, and the meetings with the former Toman members gradually became more sporadic. Mikey started to organize dinners, first weekly, then monthly. When Takemichi enrolled in college, in hopes of not returning to work at the usual video store for the umpteenth time, they started seeing each other even more rarely.

The worst timelines, the one in which the Tokyo Manji Gang became a crime syndicate, and the one in which Mikey died, began to look more and more like bad nightmares. He knows they are real, he has never believed otherwise, but the mind works in a strange way. It's not uncommon for him to wake up screaming, with those vivid scenes burned into his mind, but during the day he rarely thinks about it.

Takemichi has seen the horrors of a Toman composed of adults, he has seen the Bonten, he has seen Mikey die in his arms. He could list out loud every single timeline, in the smallest detail. In the daily routine, however, he is just the Takemichi who works as a video maker and is about to marry Hinata, Mikey is his close friend who has since become a professional driver, and the Toman is the gang he was part of as a kid. In his everyday life he tends to forget that Toman was also a criminal organization run by Kisaki, that Mikey was Bonten's leader, that in many future Hinata, Draken, Baji, and Emma died, that he and Mikey worked hard to get where they are now.

He knows it's the same for Mikey, they talked about it when they were just kids. They confided in each other, Mikey has the memories of the timeline in which he was head of the Kanto Manji Gang, so he's the same Manjiro from that time, but slowly it stopped mattering. Gradually they became just Takemichi and Mikey again, enrolled in elementary and then middle school, and everything quickly fell into place. They struggled together, and then their respective schedules pulled them apart, but Takemichi thought it was okay. He thought he could be satisfied, because after all, that's what they wanted: to give all their friends, as well as themselves, a happy future, and get on with their lives.

He is no longer sure it's like that. He has never been sure, in truth, but it's easy to keep that emotion at bay while he’s sober. He misses the Toman, the intensity of those years, but most of all he misses Mikey, the close relationship they once had. It's not just nostalgia, and it's something he feels despite the fact that his adult life is not, in this timeline, the complete mess it was in all the previous ones. He has a job, he has a wonderful girlfriend whom he is about to marry. While sober he knows how childish it's to want to go back, to re-experience the years when Toman was at the center of his life. His drunken self, however, doesn't care about common sense.

The old founding members of the Tokyo Manji Gang have thrown him a bachelor party that feels more like one of those dinner-meetings that haven't happened in a while, not without half the people not showing up because of various commitments. He hasn't seen Manjiro in a couple of months. Takemichi's is not an office job, and he alternates between periods when his studio lingers waiting for new jobs, and others when they shoot and edit video even late into the night. Mikey is away more and more, now that he is starting to make a name for himself in the motorcycle scene, and Draken is always with him. Hakkai, Mitsuya and Hanma are often abroad, Kisaki and Koko basically live in their office. Baji, Chifuyu and Kazutora run a pet store with a veterinary clinic, and it's not uncommon for them to get woken up at night for an emergency. Taiju and the Kawata brothers work in catering, and as a result it's rare for them to be able to go to a restaurant that's not their own. The former Toman members with a shred of free time are few, but they have all saved that evening just for him, and Takemichi couldn't be happier.

He has missed Mikey. That's obvious, but he didn't realize how much he missed him. They talked all evening, they are still talking. Four hours have flown by, it's almost midnight, and they've been laughing, joking, remembering old times. It was Mikey's idea to hold the bachelor party at Taiju's restaurant, where there are private rooms for that kind of occasion. They usually go to much less fancy places, there's a huge aquarium with fish Takemichi has never seen before behind him, and the bill for what they ate is sure to be astronomical. He has no idea who will pay; or rather, he has his suspicions, but he doesn't dare to ask.

It was unexpected, and so enjoyable he feels like crying. He is so drunk that he might actually cry for joy. "Remember that time I took you for a ride on Christmas night?" Mikey is telling him as he laughs, with a half-full wine glass in his right hand. He is beautiful, with his black undercut hair, and his neck left exposed. There's no tattoo on it, and Mikey's expression is sunny, relaxed. If it weren't for the cheeks flushed with alcohol, and the slightly lost look, his face would look like the younger version of himself.

"Christmas?"

"Yes..." Mikey takes another sip, then moves a little closer, with that smile always on his lips. "We defeated the Black Dragon that night, it's because of that night that we're here now, in this club," he chuckles, drunkenly, as he rests a hand on Takemichi's arm.

"It's also the night I made up with Hinata," he talked to her that night, they sorted things out. "In the first timeline she and I didn't get back together... that's also thanks to you, Mikey-kun."

Manjiro laughs. "I took you for a ride that night, Takemitchi," that casual contact on his arm becomes almost a caress. "I've always liked taking you for a ride... do you want to do it now?"

"What?" he asks him, distracted by his hand.

"A bike ride."

"Yes... sure! It's been forever-"

They are interrupted by Draken, who rests a hand on Mikey's shoulder, drawing both of their attention. "Where do you two want to go, while drunk? If you really want to go home, call a cab."

Mikey stares blankly at Draken for a few moments, it's as if the gears of his drunken mind are spinning slowly, but Takemichi is in the same exact condition as him, so he barely notices it. "Good idea, Ken-chin!" Mikey finally exclaims, snapping to his feet so suddenly that Takemichi's eyes go wide. "Let's go!"

"But... where? And..." he points to the table with a hand gesture, as if saying 'it's my bachelor party, I can't leave.' The words don't come out of his mouth, but Mikey catches them anyway, as he grabs his wrist and drags him to his feet. "It's already past midnight, they'll all be leaving soon anyway. Come on, Takemitchi!"

He is so drunk that he doesn't think a second time before following him. Draken tries to tell them something, which Takemichi doesn’t catch at all. Maybe someone else is addressing him. He says goodbye to everyone with words and a broad hand gesture, as Mikey drags him away.

"Thank you! Thank you all for coming, just like old times! See you soon!"

"That's the fifth time you've thanked them, I think that's enough," Mikey laughs.

The air of the night doesn't lower his blood alcohol level. He drank way too much, and it's late spring. He doesn't know if he feels hot because of the wine, or because it's actually hot, but it doesn't matter. Mikey is still laughing, telling him about the Christmas night when they defeated Black Dragon, and Takemichi has no idea how they got to that conversation. He doesn't even remember that they were talking about it inside the restaurant as well. He just looks at his best friend's handsome face, listening to only half of his words. Fuck, he had missed him. He had missed him so much he wants to hug him for hours.

He is drunk enough to have no filter, one moment he is thinking 'I want to hug him' and the next moment he just does it. He pulls him against himself and holds him so tightly that it feels like he's becoming one with him. Mikey is still laughing. They are both wobbling, and they almost end up on the ground. They manage to stand on their legs, the hug is reciprocated, but now they are both shaken with laughter.

For a while they stay like this: embraced in the middle of the street, while laughing as if it were impossible to stop. They calm down slowly, in what seems like an infinite amount of time. People walk around them, but they don't even pay attention. Takemichi moves one hand on Mikey's hair, on the nape of his neck, the other one on his back, and holds him close. Manjiro is doing the same, it's a comfortable, cozy hug. They are about the same height and have the same physical build - although Mikey wears those boat neck sweaters better than he ever will - it's a perfect fit.

Takemichi is still stroking his hair, his fingers sliding over the spot where it's shortest, almost shaved. He runs his fingertips over the nape of his neck, the feeling is great. "You feel like a kitten," he tells him, as Mikey groans, and relaxes against him.

Manjiro bursts out laughing again upon hearing that phrase. "I can be your kitten, Takemitchi."

A moment later, they are both lost in uncontrollable laughter again. When they regain their composure, they are no longer hugging each other. Mikey wipes his eyes, on which a couple of tears have sprouted from too much laughter, and grabs his hand. "Let's find a cab."

They find it quickly, or so it seems to him. Time flew by during the whole evening, it had been a long time since he had felt this good. They walked a little, maybe, while still chatting and laughing. A moment later, they are already in the back seat of a cab. Mikey is clinging to his arm, and he doesn't stop smiling as he talks about this or that story they went through years before, when they were part of Toman. It's amazing how he manages to be, at the same time, his old self and completely different. His physical appearance is gorgeous, and in the only other timeline he’s seen him with that hair....

The cab has just stopped. Mikey is the one who pays, using a credit card. "Are you sure..." Takemichi asks, only to watch him laugh excitedly, and say, "I'll do it, Takemitchi!"

He doesn't ask where they are going, but as they walk, the area becomes more and more familiar, and eventually the Sano house stands in front of them. Mikey has taken him to his house, and Takemichi is so drunk he doesn't even ask why, he just feels happy about it. If he is there, he'll spend some more time with him.

"Quiet, Shinichiro's home..." Mikey mutters, but his tone is not contained at all, and what's more, Manjiro bangs his knee against the wall when he tries to take off his shoes, and curses loudly.

"Ssh...!" whispers Takemichi, but for some reason his attempt only makes Mikey laugh.

Despite everything, no one turns on the lights or comes out of one of the closed rooms. They arrive in Mikey's room without further incident, and Manjiro grabs him by the arms and throws him on the bed.

Takemichi's eyes go wide, he lands with an 'ouch', and he laughs when Mikey settles down next to him. They are both giddy, and Manjiro rests his face on Takemichi's chest, and murmurs, "I missed you too..."

It feels so good to have him this close. Their bodies are touching, Mikey is half lying on top of him. They have hugged each other many other times, but never on a bed.

Before Takemichi can register the former Toman leader's words, or wonder when he told him that he missed him as well, Manjiro lifts his face, settles a little better on him, and says, "I'll miss you even more later."

"Later...?" Takemichi asks, but that question is interrupted by a kiss on his lips.

He is so drunk that he reacts slowly. For a couple of moments he doesn't even understand what's happening, he just feels the warmth, Mikey's body on his. The closeness feels good, too good, and he is so disconnected from reality that he responds to the kiss before he realizes it. He finds himself with Manjiro's tongue in his mouth, and instead of pushing him away, he holds him closer.

Mikey is kissing him. It's an incredible feeling, the world around him is fading away, slowing to a stop. The room keeps spinning, but he is lying with his back against the bed, and Mikey is keeping him anchored to reality. He feels nothing else but that pleasant, intense warmth.

He is touching him on his hips, on his back. He has no idea when he started. Mikey has settled astride his hips, he's bent over him as they continue to kiss. They have only pulled apart for a couple of moments, or maybe it hasn't happened at all. It feels like they've been kissing each other forever, his whole reality is reduced to that moment. He wants it to never end.

Eventually Mikey pulls away, and Takemichi is left staring blankly at him, as the world around him spins. He is too drunk, for a moment his altered mind realizes it. It's like a warning bell that resonates for an instant, but Manjiro pulls off his own shirt, and Takemichi stops thinking.

Mikey has a slimmer build than he used to, the musculature is still there, but it's not as pronounced as it was when he used to train almost daily at the dojo. He is beautiful, and now he is undoing his pants too. Takemichi stands staring at him dumbfounded, his gaze sliding from the pale skin of his chest, to his hands that are working, with some difficulty, on the fastening of his pants.

Mikey is as drunk as he is, his attempt to get rid of the pants is only partially successful. His fingers slip until he manages to get the button out of the buttonhole, and then he curses at the zipper. Manjiro gets to his feet, nearly falling as he climbs out of bed, and Takemichi snaps sitting up to help him. The world around him swirls, Mikey manages to hold himself up on his own legs, which is lucky because he would never have been able to catch him in time.

He watches him shed his clothes. As Takemichi stays sitting on the bed, staring at a pair of perfect buttocks, Mikey opens the nightstand drawer and unintentionally pulls it off the chest, causing it to hit the floor with a thud. Several items end up on the floor, but Manjiro merely retrieves what he was looking for, and leaves everything else there.

"Why are you still dressed?" Mikey asks him. He looks confused, and even a little amused. Maybe he is still laughing about the drawer that ended up on the floor.

Takemichi stares blankly at the lube Mikey is holding, at his face, at his naked body. Before lingering with his gaze between his legs, he lifts his face and states, "Yes...! Right, the clothes..."

He hurries to take them off, even though he doesn't quite know what he is doing. Mikey helps him, or at least he attempts to do so, settling back on top of him. Takemichi feels his shirt being grabbed, and a moment later it's stuck in his head. When he finally manages to get rid of it, Mikey attempts the feat of undoing his pants, and then removing them, while sitting on his lap. It takes some time, and more than one attempt, for them both to realize that these aren't two compatible things.

A cold, wet sensation makes him gasp. Mikey grabbed the lube, removed the cap, and poured it directly onto his belly, but he squeezed too hard on the package. He hit his groin first, and only then his hard-on as well. There is lube everywhere, on his legs, on the bed, and even on Mikey's hand, as he throws the now nearly empty bottle on the floor and wipes himself on the sheets.

"Wait... I messed up" Mikey laughs. With his fingers he goes to scoop up some of the extra lube, and then he encircles Takemichi's dick.

His breath is torn from his lungs. "Mikey-kun...!" he groans, his hips moving involuntarily toward that hand.

"Takemitchi... I w-waited so long for that..."

It's not a really sharp contact, it's little more than an attempt, but he still gets lost in the sensation. He closes his eyes, moans, but it ends too soon. He struggles to open his eyelids again, and focus as the room continues to swirl. He feels once again the weight of Mikey's body on his legs, his chest against his own. Mikey has settled astride him, or at least he is trying to, and Takemichi feels his cock throbbing.

They are so close. It's a skin-to-skin contact, they're fully naked. He murmurs his name, Mikey is sitting on his dick, he can feel the firmness of his buttocks against his skin. He is on fire, he is losing his mind. He can't think straight as Mikey rubs against him and strokes his back, his hair.

"My little buddy... T-Takemitchi, are you still mine?"

"Y-yes... yes! I never stopped being, I never..."

"Are you... ah, I want you inside, let me feel..."

Mikey is clinging to him, he seems to want to merge with him. Takemichi has now completely lost touch with reality, all he can feel is Mikey, Mikey and Mikey. He's the most important person he has in the world. He fought to save him, to have him by his side. He did whatever was in his power to keep Mikey from suffering, to give him the life he deserved. He owes everything to him, without Manjiro he wouldn't have been able to do anything, he would probably be dead by now. He wants to be with him forever-

A suffocating heat makes his eyes open wide, it takes him a few moments to actually realize what is happening. Mikey, who was grinding against him, has grabbed his erection at the base and, after a couple of attempts, has managed to make it enter him.

"Mine..." murmurs Mikey, as he lets Takemichi's dick penetrate him, all the way in. Manjiro is seated on it, his legs apparently can't support him. When he tries to move, he shakes.

It doesn't matter, Takemichi holds him at the waist and tries to move for both of them. It's uncoordinated, but the small movements of his cock inside Mikey are pleasuring them both. He is so tight, and hot. He's perfect, that embrace is making him melt, Manjiro hasn't stopped stroking his hair, clinging to him, murmuring words that make no logical sense.

He is surprised when he brings a hand between their bodies, not without some difficulty given how close they are, and feels him wet. He is even more surprised when it takes only a few offhand movements on Mikey's length for him to tense up, and burst into an orgasm.

Manjiro hugs him, his inner walls squeeze his erection, and Takemichi starts moving his hips dryly, rhythmically. They are not even real thrusts, since Mikey is sitting on him, and Takemichi has his cock buried inside him. He still feels his climax mounting fast, and he just chases it until he releases deep inside him.

They stay in that position for a long time, even after they finish; or at least, that's how it seems to him. He doesn't utter a word, he doesn't think about anything. Mikey is so warm and nice to have against him. Takemichi takes an endless amount of time to realize that Manjiro has fallen asleep on him.

Holy shit, he thinks, when he finally realizes what they have done. It's the thought of a moment, he is too exhausted and drunk.

-

Holy shit, he thinks when he wakes up, and his heart literally leaps into his throat.

He opens his eyes wide, he feels as if he has tachycardia. The ceiling of the room is swirling, he is still drunk from the night before, but not to the point of not realizing what happened.

"Good morning," Mikey tells him, and Takemichi gasps and snaps sitting up. That movement causes a twinge in his temples, and he finds himself bending over, grumbling in pain and cursing through his teeth.

He hadn't noticed that Mikey was awake. Manjiro is also holding his hand, he only notices now. "Should I prepare the bathtub or do you want to have breakfast first?" he hears him ask.

It's... fuck, it's so weird. How can Mikey be lucid, or at least look like it, after all they drank? Maybe he can hold his liquor better than him, but Takemichi hopes that's not it. If that's the case, how is he supposed to justify what happened last night?

Holy shit, he slept with Mikey. How is he going to tell Hinata? He can't. She would kill him, but he can't lie to her either, he wouldn't be able to keep something like that a secret. How could this possibly have happened? The two of them have never had that kind of relationship. He stares at him blankly, is that really the Mikey he knows?

Manjiro has done terrible things in some timelines, far worse than bedding someone during his bachelor party, but it was the dark impulses' fault. Mikey would never do such a thing to him, not a few days before his wedding, would he?

"How do I...?" he gasps, with a knot in his chest that threatens to turn into nausea.

A pair of arms tighten around his waist again. He stiffens, because they are still naked, and although he is still not sober, he finally understands what is happening. Mikey doesn't pull away, he slips his face into the crook of his neck and breathes on his skin, and Takemichi slowly relaxes again. It would be impossible not to, in that warmth.

"You won't leave me, will you?" mutters Mikey, without letting go.

It comes instinctively to him to answer, "No..."

He has done everything for him. Shit, he's just realizing it now... he's left Hinata at the altar for Mikey before, and Mikey knows it. It didn't happen like that, though. Takemichi ran to save Mikey, because getting married without him, achieving his happiness alone while Mikey slipped into an increasingly dark spiral, would have been terrible. Romantic feelings had nothing to do with it, and even if they did have some part in it... fuck, it was something else entirely.

"I'm sorry Takemitchi..." murmured Mikey, without letting go. "I can't lose you, but... it took me a while to realize it?"

Manjiro is an incredible person. He was a very good leader and will become a very good driver, he is perfect in everything he does. He is handsome, easygoing, charismatic, his feelings run deep, and the bond between him and his loved ones is visceral. Takemichi has seen him with the hair color, and the tattoos of his dead family members and friends. He has seen him give his whole self, down to his soul, for others. He has seen him suffer so deeply that it broke his heart, and tore the breath from his lungs. Takemichi knows his good and bad sides, he knows what Mikey's worst flaw is. He knows him inside out, but he still wouldn't have imagined that he could do such a thing.

Mikey slowly backs away from him, and looks at his face. He is biting his lower lip softly, his big eyes are worried. Even though he is facing only Takemichi, the same Takemichi who has done everything for him, and who is nothing compared to Manjiro Sano, he clearly fears a negative reaction. He is as beautiful as ever, and in spite of himself, Takemichi's chest tightens in a grip upon seeing him with that expression. He doesn't even have time to justify himself, saying it's probably nausea (or fear, because holy fuck Hinata will kill him and make his corpse disappear, and she'll have every reason in the world to do so) before a smile breaks out on Mikey's face again.

"Don't worry, my brother made breakfast for the two of us, and left it in the fridge. We can eat while we think about how to tell Hinata that you are breaking up with her not even a week before the wedding... and then we can also take a shower, we're all sticky, and..." Mikey clears his throat. "I mean, it's been a while since I did... my ass hurts quite a bit."

Takemichi feels his face flare up, for at least ten different reasons. "Wait, wait...!" he gasps, staring at him wide-eyed. He already guessed this wasn't Mikey's first time, but... fuck, what is he supposed to do, apologize? It comes instinctively to him to apologize, but he stops himself in time, and he is relieved because it would make no sense to do so. He still hasn't decided what he wants to do with Hinata, Mikey is running too fast, and then... "Your brother?" he asks, distraught. Of everything Mikey said, it's probably the most harmless part, but... which of the two brothers, and why?

"Shinichiro, of course!" Mikey giggles. "Not that Izana never made me breakfast, but... it would be weird, on a day like this?" Takemichi doesn't feel like contradicting him, he just stares at him wide-eyed as Mikey continues to talk. "I went to the bathroom to throw up, a couple of hours ago... I think it was a couple of hours ago. I was feeling terrible, and I found Shinichiro in the hallway."

"You went to the bathroom to throw up completely naked, and...?" he barely manages to formulate that sentence.

"And Shinichiro laughed, asked if I needed help, and when I said no, he told me there were some leftover slices of cake in the refrigerator."

Takemichi sighs with relief, for several reasons. The first is that the one who ran into Mikey wasn't Emma, who apparently isn't home. The second is that Shinichiro didn't literally make breakfast for them - for him - there are just leftover slices of cake. The third, and most important, is that apparently Mikey was really drunk last night. What he did wasn't voluntary, or maybe it was, but with the extenuating circumstance of alcohol.

He still doesn't know what to do, and he has a terrible headache. He doubts that he'll be able to recover within twenty-four hours, and on top of that he feels terribly guilty. For the moment, he merely lets Manjiro Sano drag him to his feet. Indulging him was a bad idea, but after last night it's really hard for anything worse to happen.

Chapter Text

Chifuyu is nervous, as tense as a violin string, even though he is trying hard not to give it away. He, Baji and Kazutora are watching a movie in Keisuke's room. Or rather, he and Kazutora are watching a movie, while Baji sleeps leaning against his shoulder.

It's not the first time. When they don't have Toman-related issues to deal with, and only on weekends because Baji insists that he has to study during the working days, they meet to watch a movie. They only once went to Kazutora's, sneaking in through the window. Kazutora doesn't get along with his mom, they have a more or less nonexistent bond, and it's not uncommon for his friend to get nervous about even having to talk to her. Sometimes Kazutora escapes through the window, reaches Chifuyu's house on his bike, and sneaks in there for the night. He also does this with Baji, but only on weekends, after Keisuke once sent him away yelling "don't distract me, I have to study!" and they ended up waking his mom.

Having them so close, being on that bed with them, is great. He has grown fond of them both, and having them clinging to him like that always makes his heart quicken in his chest, even if Baji is asleep. Keisuke has his face against Chifuyu’s shoulder, he's basically using him as a pillow. Kazutora is prone to physical contact already on a daily basis, although Chifuyu has noticed that he only does it with him and Baji. It's not uncommon for him to casually hold their hands, lean over their shoulders, and circle either of their waists with his arms, even when they are in public. At the moment Kazutora is clinging to him, he has one hand on his leg, and with the other he is stroking his arm.

Chifuyu is always a little embarrassed to have them so close, but he is gradually getting used to it. Their relationship is tighter than a normal friendship, what they do in the disused warehouse, two floors below Keisuke's house, are not things normally done between friends. They've never talked about it, and he doesn't know if he wants to. Everything is new and uncertain, and the idea of being cut off scares him. He's just letting things happen, while trying not to get too paranoid.

Chifuyu would be in heaven if it weren't for the movie they are watching. In front of them, the new Final Destination is playing. The plot is supposed to be dumb and fun, at least in theory. it's, in truth, disturbing the hell out of him. 

The movie was chosen by Baji, who collapsed asleep after the first five minutes. On the other hand, Kazutora is laughing at every death, and he seems far too interested, but that's to be expected since horror films are right up his alley. He once asked them to have a marathon of Higurashi no naku koro ni, his favorite anime. Baji interrupted the viewing several times to say, "What the fuck, weren't they dead? This anime doesn't make sense." Kazutora eventually spoiled everything to him, from the start to the end, out of exasperation, and Baji still reacted the exact same way when a new timeline began. Despite their bickering, Chifuyu didn't sleep three nights because of that anime. Even now certain scenes come back to him from time to time, and he still gets shivers from it.

It's not a great thing to admit to his friends, both older than him and both in a gang just like him, that horror movies terrify him, even the ones that many people consider pretty much comedies. Kazutora is having a great time, Chifuyu, on the other hand, is dying internally as he pretends nothing is wrong, because how would it look if he said outright that he has spent sleepless nights not only because of horror movies, but also when he tried to read Nostradamus' "The Prophecies"? 

Their weekly 'chill time' is not chill at all when Kazutora is the one who chooses the movie. Baji usually wants to watch action ones, or documentaries about animals. Final Destination was an unfortunate exception, and in fact he fell asleep during the first part, before people started dying. Chifuyu would like to watch something romantic with them, but he is too shy to ask. They have both already noticed the shojo manga he has in his room, Kazutora has even read Nana and Paradise Kiss on his suggestion, but admitting that he watches and appreciates romcom dramas, even those that have twelve-year-old girls as their main target audience, would be far more embarrassing.

A noise in the shadows makes him wince. Kazutora has intertwined his fingers with his, Baji is half laying on him, and Chifuyu's reaction is so exaggerated that they both notice. Keisuke mutters something, and slowly pulls away, looking at him confused and sleepy.

"Everything okay?" asks Kazutora.

Chifuyu feels his heart hammering in his chest. It's only Peke-j, who comes out of the shadows and walks quietly in the middle of the room, until he reaches the desk, and jumps on it. Chifuyu has just lost three years of his life because of his cat, and a movie that, according to what Kazutora says, doesn't scare anyone at all... anyone but him.

"Yes..." he sighs, "It's just Peke-j."

Baji goes back to tucking his face into the crook of Chifuyu's neck, and mutters, "Wake me up when it's over..."

"It's as if I chose this movie," Kazutora laughs, then he squeezes his hand, and murmurs, "We can turn it off, or change it to another one, if that's a problem for you."

"No... ahahaha of course it's not" Chifuyu tries to dissimulate, but his laughter ends in a heavy sigh. There is no way Kazutora hasn't realized that he's faking it. He is not good at it at all.

"Hmm... okay" Kazutora smiles, with that sly light in his eyes. "Then, since Baji chose this movie, even if by accident, as soon as it's my turn again we'll watch The Ring."

Chifuyu stays staring blankly at him for a few moments.

"Or The Grunge, I want to see that too," Kazutora finishes, without changing his expression one bit.

"A... ha" Chifuyu replies, at a loss for words. Those are the perfect movies to watch if he never wants to close his eyes again for the rest of his life.

Final Destination is all in all acceptable, even if it unnerves him. He already knows that they will sleep all three together, they have arranged to spend the night at Keisuke's. Even though Ryoko got a futon a couple of months earlier, after bursting out laughing when she found the three of them sleeping on a single bed, Chifuyu knows he’ll end up pressed between them, or between one of them and the wall. Even being balanced on the edge of the bed seems like a better idea than going home and sleeping alone after watching a horror movie.

He already knows that tomorrow night, when he goes home, he'll have forgotten about that movie and will instead have his mind full of whatever they're going to do next. The two titles Kazutora mentioned are something quite different, however.

Kazutora squeezes his hand, chuckles, and blows him a kiss on the cheek before going back to watch the movie. Chifuyu can only hope he was joking.

Chapter Text

"Holy shit, that hurt," growls Sanzu, through clenched teeth. "And you, stop laughing!"

"Well, it's hard to keep a straight face," Ran tells him. Unlike his brother, he's not doubled over in laughter, but his tone is still amused, Sanzu can tell he's having fun. "I'm almost done... let me check for more splinters."

He hates them both. Holy shit, it hurts so much. "Fuck fuck fuck..."

"So much drama, for someone who was in a gang," laughs Ran, and he even has the nerve to give him a playful pat on the other buttock, the one still intact, just to stress out the concept.

Sanzu wants to kill him. "What's that got to do with it, in Toman I didn't usually end up with glass stuck in my ass!"

"Shit, Sanzu..." Rindou is still laughing. "Of all the ways you could hurt yourself..."

"Fuck you," he gasps, as another twinge makes him see stars. Ran's fingers, covered by a pair of latex gloves - latex gloves bought to dye hair, not to check wounds, but that's all he had in the house - touched a spot that sent yet another rush of pain through him. If he weren't busy suffering, he would ask if he was enjoying himself. Sadism is not exactly new in the Haitani household.

"Wait... found it. Grit your teeth."

The reason for that painful twinge is that, apparently, there's another splinter. Sanzu tries to resist, but something halfway between a growl and a scream escapes his clenched lips. Rindou, who has finally stopped laughing, reaches out a hand to him. Sanzu clings to it until his nails dig into the flesh, while Ran uses an eyebrow tweezer - again, that's all he had in the house - to get the last splinter of glass out of the way.

He was lucky, if it hadn't been for the fabric of his pants, he would be in the emergency room by now. The incident was half an hour earlier, and it was really ridiculous, but at the moment Sanzu is too busy suffering like hell to laugh with them.

Since he, Ran, and Rindou have become closer, catching up and deepening the half-friendship they had when they were in Toman, from time to time the brothers show up at his house. It's a little odd, but if he's not recording a video he doesn't mind having company. They were talking about the next party Ran and Rindou wanted to throw in their house, possible themes to be inspired by, when Senju walked in.

His sister doesn't live there, and Sanzu didn't give her a copy of the keys so she can enter whenever and however she wants. It was of no use telling her to stop doing it, Senju does whatever she wants with the excuse that "half the time you don't answer the intercom or even the phone." It happened that he didn't answer because he was in the bathtub, because he was wearing headphones, or because he was so wrecked from the night before that he was still in bed late in the afternoon, but that doesn't give her the right to be the most intrusive person on the face of the earth. Sooner or later Senju will open that door, see something she really didn't want to see, and finally stop inviting herself.

That day is not today, though. Today Senju found him with the Haitani, who weren't his favorite people during Toman's time and still aren't. The walk from the door to the bedroom-kitchen-living room is really short, Sanzu was quick to grab his and Ran's glass. As Rindou placed his glass strategically hidden in the bookcase, behind a chessboard still packed along with the bottle, Sanzu did the first thing that popped into his mind: he stuffed both glasses into his back pants pockets, since he was wearing a cargo pair for once, and not the usual skinny jeans. His sister is already a pain in the ass about his choices in 'friends' (or at least that's how she defines them, Sanzu would use a slightly different word, but he isn't going to correct her), she'd be even more so if she caught him drinking at three o'clock in the afternoon... again.

For half an hour, Senju talked to him about their upcoming collaboration, a topic that would have been interesting without two champagne glasses stuffed in his pants pockets, and without Senju's side glances at the Haitani, and Ran's and Rindou's amused ones directed at her. His sister is convinced that the two of them are leading him down the wrong path, and she may be partly right, but Sanzu has always been more than capable of making questionable life choices on his own, ever since he was a kid. What's more, his relationship with Senju and Takeomi has always been up and down, so why bother so much now that they are adults? They can continue to work together regardless of everything else.

By the time Senju finally left, Sanzu had forgotten the glasses in his pants pockets. "What a drag," he huffed, letting himself fall heavily onto the couch, and that's where the disaster happened.

Fortunately, only one broke. Unfortunately, it broke badly, and the light fabric of his pants didn't save his left buttock. It's nothing serious, but it fucking stings, and he doesn't want to think about how he'll manage to sit down during the next week.

"Okay... I'm done," Ran tells him.

Sanzu meanwhile has sunk his face into the pillow of the bed, where he is lying prone, and Rindou is half stroking and half mussing his hair. At least they have both stopped laughing.

"I'll clean the blood off you, and put on the healing ointment... in the meantime, the gauze and band-aids we ordered should arrive."

"I hope the courier will hurry... I'm tired of lying with my ass out," he snorts, the cuts still burn, but the worst is over.

"Don't worry, your ass is in good hands with us," Ran chuckles, as he rubs the ointment on him.

Sanzu rolls his eyes, and snorts. He doesn't contradict him, because after all, Ran is right, and not only about his ass. Even though they are two assholes, even though they come from a dangerous family and live a wild life they have dragged him into, he is really in good hands with them. Sanzu has stopped keeping track of the number of times they have put him back together after one of their nights. 

"I get the champagne again while we wait?" asks Rindou.

"Take another glass too," he replies.

It's Ran's style to show up at someone's house with a Moet & Chandon bottle as if it were Fanta, and Sanzu has no intention of wasting something like that just because his ass had a close encounter with some pieces of glass.

Chapter Text

The volume of the music is so loud that it reaches all the way there. The sounds are muffled, but Kazutora still recognizes the song being played at that moment, as he presses Baji against the bathroom wall, and moans, "Fuck, Baji... you're so tight, s-so fucking hot..."

"H-hurry the fuck up..." Keisuke growls through gritted teeth as he pushes himself against Kazutora.

They are both on their feet, Baji has his hands resting on the tiles, and Kazutora is inside him. It wasn't easy to carve out a moment of privacy in that bathroom, they had to kick out two guys who were smoking sitting in the bathtub. Kazutora doesn't even know who the fuck they were, Baji grabbed one of them by the neck of his shirt, told him to get the fuck out of there immediately, and they both ran away. They don't have much time, they are at the house of a chick whose name Kazutora has already forgotten, who attends the same university as Baji. There's a party going on, and although Chifuyu is watching the door from the outside, it's only a matter of time before someone starts knocking.

Kazutora wastes no time, he immediately starts moving in that boiling heat. He knows Baji is not delicate, that he can take it, and they came prepared. He brought lube from home, and also condoms, which they use only in such situations.If the passive role had fallen to him, Kazutora would have left the house with a plug, but he is still sore from the last time they drank and Baji got carried away worse than usual, and Keisuke is not the type for such finesse. Keisuke prefers to grit his teeth and let himself be fucked while he is still tight, than to use anything that might help him, and Kazutora can barely breathe as he thrusts into him.

"Ah... Tora! H-hurry the fuck up!" gasps Baji, with his back bent slightly forward, and his legs shaking. "H-hurry up and cum, F-Fuyu..."

"I-I know," he gasps, as he thrusts dryly into him. After him it will be Chifuyu's turn, and Kazutora thinks of that very thing, of Fuyu fucking Baji just as he is doing at that moment, as he chases his orgasm.

Chapter Text

Returning to Tokyo after two weeks abroad, asking his more-or-less boyfriend to join him in his apartment, and being told "I'm busy" would be a turn-off for anyone. Hanma is not, however, an easy to discourage kind of guy, and besides, he has known Kisaki for years. He simply stretches, grins, and tells the cab driver the new address to take him to.

It's already night time outside. It's a good thing Kisaki no longer lives with his parents, otherwise he would have had to climb up the eaves and knock on his window, as he used to do when they were teens. The university Tetta is attending is two hours away from his family home, and as a result he now lives in a small apartment in Shinjuku, alone.

It's convenient, or rather it would be, if Kisaki didn't take his course of study so seriously. Hanma gets the doorman to open for him, then he takes the elevator, while carrying his suitcase. When Kisaki opens the door for him, his expression is annoyed and not surprised at all. He was aware Hanma would go to him, it's written on his face, and they have known each other for a long time.

"I'm busy, go away."

Shuji smiles as he presses the door to keep it from being slammed in his face. "Tetta! I haven't seen you in two months, I've missed you!"

"Waiting two more days wouldn't have killed you, I'm finishing an essay." Kisaki is also pressing on the door, on the opposite side. He's not putting too much strength into it, both because he knows that Hanma is stronger than him, and could push it open if he really tried, and because they both remember what happened the last time Kisaki managed to lock Shuji out of his house. The neighbors complained for two days, Hanma still laughs when he thinks about it.

"No one is stopping you from finishing it with me in your home," the half-grin-half-smile widens on Shuji's face.

"Bullshit," Kisaki replies.

Hanma bursts out laughing, because Tetta is right, but it's against his interest to tell him. Kisaki is exhausted, it shows. No one should be studying at ten-thirty at night, especially if they have been doing it since morning; and since the one in front of him is Tetta, there's not the slightest doubt about that. Hanma didn't go to college, he didn't even finish middle school. If he works as a photographer, it's because of a private course that taught him the basics, his fast-growing Instagram account, his tendency to take jobs no one else wants, and a good amount of luck. 

He learned in the field, and if someone were to ask him to go overseas to photograph lions at too close a distance, he would be happy to do it. (Not that it has ever happened, but such a job would be like a dream.) He doesn't know if university works like in TV shows, with parties and all, but Kisaki really makes it look like the most boring thing on earth. If there are parties, he sure as hell doesn't go there, and he's not even the kind of guy who finds himself studying at midnight because he's been procrastinating all day.

Tetta has a bright future ahead of him, it's clear, but fuck... Hanma would be happy if he carved out some time to relax, or at least to sleep.

Hanma pushes into the house, and Kisaki lets him, with a snort. "Get on the bed. Do nothing, say nothing, I must at least finish the first draft."

Hanma for a while goes along with him. He settles right where he was asked, entertaining himself with his cell phone. He checks social media and gets moderately bored, until half an hour passes.

"Kisaki..."

"Shut up, I have to finish."

Hanma snorts, and sinks his head into the pillow. That's Tetta's bed, it smells like him. It's nice, and for a few minutes he relaxes. He is tired, the journey has been long, and despite the light on he is slowly dozing off. He realizes this, opens his eyes wide and snaps sitting up. He doesn't want to fall asleep, Kisaki is almost done by now... or so he hopes.

Hanma stretches, stands up and grabs his suitcase. He gets ignored, until he opens it and starts rummaging inside, not bothering to keep quiet. When he lifts his gaze to Kisaki, he realizes that Tetta is looking at him with a puzzled frown.

"I'm looking for something nice to show you," Hanma laughs. "Since I'm often alone, I've bought something."

"Definitely not souvenirs, or whatever the fuck..." Kisaki snorts as he stands up and stretches. "I'm too tired to have sex tonight."

Hanma laughs. "So you're done with the essay?"

"No."

"Of course you are," he laughs, Kisaki wouldn't even turn to look at him if he hadn't finished at least the first draft. He knows him well, he knows how stubborn he is. "Come on Tetta, I'll show you a couple of things... you don't have to do anything if you're tired," he grins, as he holds up a dildo with one hand, and a vibrating ring with the other. "Just look at me... it can't be worse than analyzing an economic system and weighing pros and cons, or whatever else you were typing on that computer?" the grin widens on his face, as he looks at him.

They actually have sex on a regular basis when Hanma is not traveling for work. They are not living together yet. Shuji has asked him several times, but Kisaki has the convenient excuse that that apartment is paid for by his parents. That doesn't stop them from seeing each other often, and when it's not really possible, Hanma sends him videos and photos.

"I'm really exhausted," Kisaki huffs, pulling off his glasses and rubbing his eyes.

"Just look at me," Hanma tells him, as he leaves the sex toys on the bed, gets the lubricant, and throws the suitcase on the floor without worrying about the rest of the contents.

"Don't complain if I fall asleep halfway through."

He's happy Kisaki said yes, and he doesn't hold back from showing it.

He chuckles as he settles on the bed with lube and toys in hand. He gives him the place against the pillow, so if Tetta really does fall asleep, it will be easy to put him under the sheets. "Then I'll get started right away," he licks his lips softly, and takes off his shirt.

He can't wait to give him a little show.

He had planned to use those toys with him, but the alternative is very, very tempting. After all he's done it dozens of times before, in front of the phone screen. He has never had much of a shame, which is normal with a background like his, and he discovered early on that he is a bit of an exhibitionist, especially when he has to do it for Kisaki.

This is a good thing, especially when they can't meet in person.

Hanma finishes undressing, and notices with some satisfaction that Tetta has put his glasses back on. His boyfriend - who still refuses to call himself such, but Hanma doesn't care, their relationship is exactly that - wants to look at him, despite being so tired that it's written all over his face. Giving him a good show is the least he can do, really. The dildo has a suction cup, which is unfortunately useless on a bed. It doesn't matter, he strips off all his clothes and brings a hand to his dick, already half-erect. It only takes a couple of touches for him to get completely hard. He licks his lips and looks Kisaki straight in the eye, as he slides up and down the length with his hand.

It's a perfect moment, which is interrupted by a yawn from Tetta. "Fuck... hurry up, if you really have to," snorts Kisaki, and Hanma laughs, again.

"Ookay~" he purrs, as he pulls his hand away and grabs the ring.

He slips it on his cock, sliding it down to the base. It's not a basic model, it comes with a small vibrator, and Hanma immediately turns it on.

The sensation is not excessive. It sends pleasant shivers down his cock, but it's not enough to make him cum, not as the ring squeezes him at the base. He likes it, and he is sure that using it while fucking Kisaki will be very, very pleasurable.

Unfortunately, he doubts he'll be able to do it before a night's sleep, if he wants it to be truly satisfying, and not something done in a hurry just to scratch off a curiosity. He bought that ring for that very reason: pounding Kisaki for hours, bringing him to orgasm again and again.

He wants to make him cum like when they were teens, and in the meantime stay on the brink of climax until he loses his mind. He can't fucking wait.

He kind of regrets not grabbing him and pressing him against the wall the moment he entered that house, but knowing Tetta they probably would have ended up fighting as well as fucking. It's always fun to be yelled at as he thrusts into him, it's something they both enjoy despite Kisaki trying in vain to stay pissed off even after they're done. It's just another one of their games, but that's not the night for it. He has decided to put on a little show for him that night, and he has no intention of backing down.

He just has to hope that Kisaki doesn't fall asleep in the meantime, since it's written in his face thow tired he is. In fact, making sure Tetta doesn't fall asleep has already become a challenge against himself. The vibration of the ring feels really good, but he knows the best part is yet to come. He pours lube on his fingers, and brings them behind his body.

"Tetta..." he gasps, as he lets two fingers enter him. He forces them in, even though his body is not really used to. He likes to be penetrated, but he generally doesn't use toys more than once a week, and Kisaki likes when others do all the work in the bedroom.

Nothing stops Hanma from prepping himself and riding Tetta's cock, but every time it comes naturally to touch him, put his hands down Kisaki's pants, and get carried away by the moment.

It doesn't matter, Hanma has no problem with pain, he can almost say he likes it, if it's the right kind and the right amount. Forcibly pushing three fingers in, and making an effort to stay relaxed in the meantime, doesn't cause him any discomfort. It hurts, but it also allows him to feel each sensation more intensely, and the vibrating ring is a great help. He finds himself moaning as Kisaki watches him. A good part of the reason he's enjoying it so much are his eyes on him.

"D-do you like it...?" he gasps.

Kisaki shrugs his shoulders. "You're barely doing anything."

An excited laugh is torn from Hanma's lips. Tetta has just told him that he wants to see him use the dildo, and not his fingers. It's typical of him not to ask something like that directly, using instead a turn of phrase that radiates indifference.

Shuji slides his gaze from Kisak's face, down to his shirt, and all the way down to the crotch of his pants. Unfortunately Kisaki is wearing a black, loose-fitting sweatpants, there's nothing visible.

Hanma knows he is aroused, but he wants to see it with his eyes. It would be enough to even look at the outline of Tetta's cock through the fabric, but he'll have to wait.

That's fine, too.

He doesn't delay things, he grabs the dildo and pours lube on it. He doesn't skimp on the doses, he knows he's not ready, but he doesn't care.

Kisaki is half asleep and has told him he wants to see him with a fake cock in his ass, and Hanma hurries to do just as requested. After all, he has to keep Kisaki's interest alive, especially on such an evening.

He stands with his knees on the mattress, breathes deep, and presses the tip of the toy against his hole. It's not small, because Hanma has a tendency to buy more with his eyes than with common sense. He has always been like that, he still remembers the face Kisaki made, years before, when Shuji showed up at his place with a sex toy for the first time. He himself has a big, long cock, and he knows Tetta loves him for that too, and that thing was bigger than his. They used it anyway. After all, Kisaki has never backed down from a challenge.

It hurts. It burns worse than with fingers. Kisaki raises an eyebrow, adjusts his glasses, and tells him, "Is that all?" Hanma bursts out laughing, with gusto.

"N-not everyone..." he gasps, as he pushes in more inches. The constant vibration of the ring is a big help, he feels himself being forcefully stretched, but he doesn't mind. He doesn't mind at all. "Not everyone c-can take a cock as well a-as you..." he gasps. Just thinking about the way Kisaki takes his cock, letting it enter him all the way in, makes his legs shake. "Y-you're so perfect, K-Kisaki..."

The expression on his boyfriend's face is amused. It's hardly surprising, Hanma is complimenting him for his skills in bed while he himself is busy getting filled with something big. Kisaki is always perfect, even while he stays still and watches, and Shuji can't help but remind him of that. He doesn't care if he sounds ridiculous, he really doesn't care.

The dildo is fully in. He feels himself being filled to the brim, the sensation is even more intense because he hasn't prepared himself properly.

He's so tight that, when he grabs the base and tries to move it, he can barely do so. He struggles to do it anyway, and feels the heat mount in his belly.

If the ring weren't gripping his erection at the base, he might already be on the verge of orgasm. He's not quite sure, the sensations are intense, and they are sending his brain into confusion.

His heart jumps in his chest when Kisaki moves closer to him, points his knees to the mattress, and encircles his neck with his arms.

"You're not bad yourself," Tetta tells him, as he drags Shuji toward him.

Hanma moans loudly, against his mouth.

He pulls off the ring, and holds it pressed against his palm as he goes to encircle his dick. It only takes a few dry hand movements, combined with the toy pushed deep into his body, to cum. He does so with his lips against Kisaki's, trembling from head to toe.

It was sudden, despite everything. He thought he would last at least a couple of minutes, that he would be able to enjoy the kiss, but instead he finds himself  with his eyes wide open as the orgasm shakes him. Kisaki slowly pulls away from him, and licks his lips as he stares into his face.

Hanma feels his cheeks on fire, shivers run through him repeatedly. It's an intense climax, despite everything. It would be nice if it were the first of the night.

"I'll go before you to the bathroom, you clean up this mess, and then we'll go to sleep," Kisaki tells him, and then he blows him a kiss on the cheek and makes to get out of bed.

Hanma quickly pulls both toys away, grabs him by the arm, and throws him with his back against the mattress. "Before I made you cum? I don't think so."

"Shuji! You did what you wanted, I watched you and liked it, can you let me sleep?!"

Hanma laughs, he doesn't even answer him, as he pulls down Kisaki's pants. It takes him a moment, since they are sweatpants. "With this?" he tells him, staring at the erection he can see through the fabric of his boxers.

"Whatever, I'm so tired I'll be able to sleep anyway."

Kisaki is not stopping him, however. His boyfriend could easily kick him away, but instead he is letting him taking off his pants and underwear. Hanma laughs, gets the lube, and tells him, "I'll make you cum in no time."

"In no time... you wish, I'm not fourteen anymore," Kisaki snorts.

Hanma wastes no time, immediately pours lubricant on his fingers, and brings them between Kisaki's spread legs. He strokes his hole, as he runs his tongue along the length of Tetta's dick, until he lays a wet kiss on the tip. "Don't worry, I can see you're not fourteen anymore..." he laughs, with his mouth on Kisaki's skin "this is not the dick of a fourteen year old... I liked it back in the day too, but now I can feel it all the way down my throat, and how fucking much I like getting choked by your cock..."

Kisaki groans, even though Hanma has done hardly anything to him yet. It's a loud moan, and it sounds so satisfying. He decides to reward him by parting his lips, and welcoming him into his own mouth. Meanwhile, he slowly pushes two fingers inside.

Tetta is perfect, he always has been, ever since they were young. He is the person who pulled him out of apathy, who gave him a reason to live, who made his world colorful again. Even though they are no longer part of Toman, and they aspire to two work careers at polar opposites, Kisaki is still the most important person in his life. He doesn't care that Tetta no longer entertains him as he used to, Hanma has found his way into photography, the bond between them now couldn't be more authentic.

If he is there it's only because he wants to, and the same goes for Kisaki. Hanma pushes his fingers all the way in, dedicating himself solely to him. He has always enjoyed doing this, ever since they first met. He has put himself at Kisaki's service in every way possible, and he has never regretted it, not even once.

He curves his fingers, searching for his prostate, as he moves over his length with his mouth. He moans happily, knowing that Kisaki will feel that sound directly against his cock. He's so fucking perfect. Tetta is everything Hanma has ever wanted, he wanted him before they even met. They are soul mates, and the proof is that they are still together, even now that neither Toman, nor the excuse of being convenient to each other, exist anymore. It was never like that, really. Hanma was infatuated with him from moment one, and if Kisaki had not reciprocated, he would have pushed him away the first time Shuji insisted on giving him a blowjob.

He picked up the pace in the meantime. With his mouth he takes it all the way to the base, and then goes up the length. He pushes his fingers all the way in, curving them, feeling him tremble and twitch around his phalanges. He doesn't pull away as the taste becomes more intense. Every moan, every gasp, and especially every time Kisaki calls his name, fills him with satisfaction.

Tetta grabs his hair as he is about to come. It has become a habit, and it is, in all honesty, one of the reasons Hanma has decided to let it grow. He rubs his tongue over the most sensitive spots, relaxes his throat, and takes it all the way to the base. In the meantime he pushes his fingers deep, with his fingertips against Tetta's prostate. Kisaki has never really been loud, and it's a source of pride for Hanma to succeed in making him loosen up, to wring moans out of him. He insists until Tetta cums in his mouth, and then he swallows it all.

"Done... not quite a moment, but nearly," Hanma laughs, as he licks his lips.

Kisaki has fallen back with his back on the mattress, his eyes half-closed, his expression lost. He is sleepy, and at the same time lost in the pleasure of orgasm. Hanma caresses his face, and says, "Go ahead and sleep... I'll fix everything, and then join you under the sheets."

Chapter Text

"Holy shit, what the fuck!" Taiju opens his eyes wide, with his cell phone in his hands. He feels his face turn red in an instant, his eyebrows twitch. He jumps to his feet, for a moment he forgets where he is, who he is with.

Holy shit. The one in front of him is a picture of Mitsuya, who-

Yuzuha clears her throat, and calls his name.

Taiju shifts his gaze from her, to his phone screen, back to her, again - and hurries to close his phone, so fast it almost falls out of his hands.

"Um... everything okay? If you have any problems..." Yuzuha tries to say. Hakkai, seated next to her, looks confused and worried.

Taiju sighs deeply. "I'm going to the bathroom for a moment." He can only hope that those two idiots believed that... he doesn't know, that a message about Toman came to his phone, or some such bullshit. Is it really possible that they believed something like that, since he can feel his cheeks on fire? He knows he is red in the face, and besides, Hakkai is also part of Toman.

He locks himself in the bathroom, slamming the door. He runs a hand over his face, and breathes heavily.

His siblings are not a problem, they can believe whatever bullshit goes through their heads, it's not his job to deny or confirm them. The real problem is Mitsuya who... holy shit. Taiju presses the call button, instantly.

The first ring goes unanswered, as does the second, and the third. He is starting to get irritated, but finally Mitsuya answers in his typical calm, relaxed tone. "Taiju-kun! Is everything fine?"

"Is everything fine?!" he blurts out. "You're asking me if everything is fine, after-"

"Self-control," Mitsuya replies to him, interrupting his sentence.

"Eh...?"

"You asked me to help you improve your self-control, right? To avoid overreacting in front of Hakkai and Yuzuha over every little thing." Mitsuya chuckles, with his usual calm demeanor, the same one that helped Taiju relate to him, and that made them first become very good friends, and then something more. Mitsuya is really the easiest person to deal with on the face of the earth, but Taiju never realized how his typical attitude could become a double-edged sword. Mitsuya is not as naïve as he seems, he's already managed to throw him off balance more than once, but that... that's on another level.

"Yeah, but... not like that!" he growls through gritted teeth, what the fuck... Mitsuya offered to help him control himself in front of Yuzuha and Hakkai, and Taiju had thought he meant 'help him not overreact every fucking time his siblings do some bullshit,' not 'help him not overreact if Mitsuya sends him certain pictures while he's having lunch with them.' What's the fucking point of that?

"So it worked?" laughs Mitsuya. "Did you stay calm at the table with them, or... ah no wait, there's no way you're calling me from the restaurant table-"

Taiju hangs up the phone in his face, while Mitsuya still laughs, growling a curse between his teeth. Shit, Takashi is perfect, he's kind and smart, he takes care of his younger sisters, he's a Toman Captain, he's everything Taiju never even hoped to find in a partner, but he didn't expect he could become so challenging to deal with.

He sighs, tucking his wrists under the icy water. He knows better than to look at that photo again, if he wants to return to the table with a normal face, but his endurance has a limit. He sighs deeply and opens his clamshell phone, and the photo is still there, as an attachment to the last e-mail he received. Mitsuya sent him a fucking full nude, with his dick hard and an hand around the base, while Taiju is having lunch with his brother and sister... after he himself said, "If you want to try to rebuild relationships, I think it's best to start outside the walls of the house... a restaurant would be a good choice, I think?"

Taiju breathes deep, he already feels his pants tight. He closes his cell phone quickly, before being forced to shove his head under the water jet, instead of his wrists, to calm himself. Nevertheless, his lips curl into a grin. Mitsuya has decided the game to play, and Taiju won't hold back the next time they see each other.

Chapter Text

Kisaki locks the door of his office, undoes the buttons on the cuffs of his shirt, and starts to slowly roll up his sleeves. He is drunk, and pissed off. He is also aroused, but it doesn't matter at all, his cock tight in his pants can wait for the opportune moment, as he has been doing all fucking night.

Hanma is staring at him with that grin full of expectation, and Kisaki knows that asshole doesn't deserve anything at all. Shuji has done nothing but provoke him from moment one, from the time they set foot in that club, with his gaze fixed on him as he grabbed some random slut and settled her on his lap.

It happened not once, but two, three, four times. At one point Hanma even shoved his tongue down the throat of one of those whores, all while staring at him. Tetta would have liked to reach for his gun and point it at him, but first, that club is owned by Toman and makes good money, and a shooting would cause the takings to drop, and second, Hanma expects nothing but that kind of reaction from him. Shuji is the type who gets hard with a gun pointed at his forehead, especially if Kisaki is the one holding it. They're not kids anymore, but that idiot is still thinking like he's sixteen fucking years old, Hanma hasn't matured one iota since their first meeting. The only difference is that he now wears a beautifully made suit, has his hair styled by one of the best hairdressers in Tokyo, and wears glasses.

"Did you have a good time?" he asks him, coldly. He already knows the answer.

"When don't I have a good time when I'm with you?" grins Hanma. "That's exactly why I decided to follow you, when I was sixteen."

"Yes, the good old days," Kisaki rolls his eyes, it's not uncommon for Hanma to talk about 'when he was sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, or twenty.' That was before Kisaki tightened the chain around his neck, to prevent his right arm, and his most trusted man, from ending up behind bars for some bullshit. Hanma would be more than capable of that, if he let him off the hook. The last time he told him "kill this guy," Shuji came home covered in blood, laughing and grinning like he was high, it looked like a scene from a fucking splatter movie. It amused and excited him to see Hanma like that as a teen. Even now it's not a sight he minds, at least in theory, too bad that in practice Toman has become a large-scale criminal organization, and the risk of getting caught is far more serious than when they were teenagers.

"On your knees," he tells him.

Hanma immediately does it, without changing his expression one bit. He is still grinning, on his knees on the floor of Kisaki's office. There is hardly anyone in the building at that hour, just a couple of cleaning women on the second floor, who are finishing their shifts. He drove there, and not all the way to the apartment they share, partly because the Toman headquarters was closer, and partly because Hanma doesn't deserve a bed or the comfort of a rug under his knees. That asshole doesn't deserve a fucking thing.

"Fuck yeah..." gasps Hanma, when he sees him unzip his pants. "I waited all fucking night..."

Kisaki gives him a bored look, but doesn't stop himself from lowering his underwear, and pulling his cock out of his pants. "You waited? You didn't look bored in the club, while those sluts were rubbing themselves on you."

Hanma laughs, his eyes are bright. He is clearly drunk. "They're just sluts paid to do their job... they got me hard, but holy shit they're nothing compared... and they were rubbing on you too, just think about how I felt while watching that chick seated on your dick, how fucking hard I got in my pants... holy shit Kisaki, those fucking parties with those fucking whores brought by the Haitani..." Hanma bursts out laughing, with gusto.

"Shut up and suck me off," he interrupts him, rubbing his cock against one cheek, then against his lips, as soon as Shuji stops laughing.

Partying is, unfortunately, part of their job. It's not something that can be avoided. He has found himself talking business in the private room of some restaurant, with girls in g-strings serving sake worth more than forty thousand yen. He has found himself doing it in some club, with pre-prepared strips of coke on the table. It's not something he enjoys, but Kisaki adapted quickly. Toman is now a criminal organization, no longer a group of kids playing gangs. Kisaki does exactly what his subordinates and rival groups expect him to do: he arranges their meetings in their best club, with the best prostitutes offered by the Haitani brothers, who know how to do their jobs, put to serving at the table and making their customers hard. He knows that some of his subordinates are disgusted by those parties, others enjoy them even a little too much, and others again take advantage of those girls to vent some violent impulses in the private rooms. He doesn't care, it's just yet another façade to maintain, something to do so as to not make his role as an executive administrator less credible.

It's just work, but it's fucking annoying that Shuji uses those opportunities to provoke him, to place some slut on his cock without ever stopping staring Tetta in the eyes. Would he like to grab the whore by weight and place himself on Hanma's cock? Of course he would. Will that ever happen? He is more likely to be seen by his subordinates going to pick daisies in a fucking field than to see him deigning Hanma half-attention, especially on certain occasions.

Being enveloped in the warmth of his mouth is, as always, perfect. Hanma is good at sucking, and Kisaki wastes no time before grabbing his hair, and saying, "Start."

It's a problem that Shuji knows what Tetta is thinking, how he feels. They have known each other for too long, and Hanma in that new Toman gets bored, so he looks for new ways to entertain himself. It's just minor bullshit, after all. Kisaki shouldn't care if Hanma wants to get his cock stroked by a prostitute, or even by any slut found in a club. He shouldn't care if his right-hand man decides to get his dick sucked, or bang a girl or two. Their relationship is much deeper than that, and anyway, knowing him, it's good enough if he could get hard with a normal person. It's humiliating that Kisaki actually cares, but on the other hand it's also good. If Shuji were to meet complete disinterest from him, he would try to do something worse to get his attention.

Kisaki is not gentle, he lets him play a little with his tongue and lips, but it doesn't take long for him to start moving himself. He fucks his mouth while grabbing his hair, and Shuji's face turns a beautiful shade of red. He looks at his glossy eyes, now no longer just from the alcohol. He lets himself be enveloped by that boiling heat, picking up the pace.

Shuji has one hand on his crotch, is rubbing his palm on his cock through the fabric. Kisaki realizes this late, probably. He stops, his hand clasped around Hanma's hair, and tells him, "Move that hand."

Hanma doesn't, he even manages to give him an amused look, despite having his cock pushed down his throat, tears in his eyes, his face on fire, and saliva dripping down his chin. Kisaki licks his lips, for a moment he gathers his self-control, balances the weight of his body better, and lifts a shoe, to place the sole on Hanma's hand.

Shuji gasps, and finally moves his hand away. Kisaki grins, and tells him, "Now make me cum, without touching you or doing any more bullshit."

He doesn't give him a break. After all, Hanma doesn't deserve preferential treatment. He pulls out a few inches from his mouth, and then pushes himself back in, meeting that suffocating heat. Shuji makes a throaty sound that vibrates around his cock, and Kisaki holds back the moans, and thrusts his hips again and again, driving himself to orgasm.

Saliva makes everything wet, the heat of Shuji's breath, of Shuji's mouth, is perfect. His tongue continues to stimulate Kisaki's length, perhaps by accident or maybe because Hanma is, despite everything, trying to use an acceptable technique while giving him what can barely be called a blowjob.

Either way, it's working. It doesn't take long for Kisaki to release deep in his throat, helped by the alcohol that vibrates under his skin, and the arousal he has been carrying for hours, mixed with anger. He cums, and for a few moments he thinks of nothing, finally. He even forgets the stupid Toman parties, organized by himself, and the stupid whores from those two dickheads of the Haitani brothers. Everything fades away, melting like snow in the sun. It's a shame the orgasm eventually ends, and Kisaki is brought back down to earth.

Hanma has swallowed it all, and is now panting. His face is a mess, his lips are flushed, his eyes glazed, his cheeks on fire. He's still on his knees, undoing his pants. Kisaki slowly slides his gaze from his face, to his crotch, and back to his face.

Hanma wipes his chin in a sketchy way, then grins excitedly. "Tetta~"

His gaze becomes gradually more detached as he fastens his pants again. "Why don't you ask one of those sluts to suck you off, or bang one of them?" he asks, as he adjusts his glasses that have slid slightly lower on his nose. "You have both Ran's and Rindou's numbers, you know where to find them."

The last thing he hears, as he leaves the room, is Hanma's laughter.

Chapter Text

It's ten o'clock at night on a very normal summer evening, Kisaki has recently finished studying. He is not tired, he could go on a little longer, but he doesn't need to. He is on track with most subjects, and with the others he is ahead of the school schedule. He was starting to get bored in front of the English literature book, which is not really his favorite subject, even though one would not guess from his GPA, and he opened the Internet to do what most of his peers do at that hour: look at some porn sites.

He's actually not that interested, not in regular movies. Naked chicks all look the same after a while, and Kisaki has a rational mind. It happened to him to watch a porn movie, and get irritated because the bit of plot involved was completely nonsensical. That doesn't stop him from trying again anyway, partly because he is curious, and partly because looking at one of those sites, and using them for what they are meant for, is a convenient way to relieve tension before going to sleep.

He doesn't have to think too hard, or else he'll end up again finding an irritating element in the dialogue or plot - it's ridiculous, even he realizes that - or alternatively he'll end up getting sucked into a bunny hole as happened the last time he saw a woman shoving an eggplant, the round kind, into her vagina. Not only it wasn't a sexy sight at all, by 3 a.m. Kisaki had already left that site for hours, and instead of masturbating by watching a video like normal people do, he was engaged in a research about what was humanly possible to stick in a vagina, or in an anus. Research that, in retrospect, he wishes he hadn't done.

He finds himself scrolling through video after video, with his interest at a minimum. At some point his pointer hovers over an add: the site sponsors another site, where people show themselves on webcam. Tetta opens it, hoping that something amateurish will manage to entertain him better than the usual cheap videos, shot by directors with no aesthetic sense whatsoever, and with a nonexistent or downright ridiculous plot.

It's a paid site, of course, but the previews are free. It's a classic, he didn't expect anything different, and he doubts he'll spend even a yen online that night. He never does, there's nothing that piques his interest to that extent. The first chick he finds himself looking at is foreign, has fake boobs, and judging from what he sees she must be about the same age as his mother. It's disturbing, and Tetta quickly changes videos. The second one frames only her legs, wrapped in a pair of dark stockings. Nothing can be seen, yet judging from the preview she has a lot of views, and earns pretty good money. Kisaki raises an eyebrow, puzzled, and moves on the next one.

In the next half hour he finds himself watching a little bit of everything, from couples' pornography, to girls stuffing themselves with a wide variety of sex toys, to weird videos that, for some reason, people pay for. He doesn't have a foot fetish, but he knows it's among the most common, so he's not surprised to see three or four related clips. The chick who did nothing but show her eyeball, two inches from the screen, on the other hand intrigued and creeped him out quite a bit.

Kisaki is almost on the verge of leaving that website as well, and instead start researching the most absurd kinks and fetishes, already knowing that he'll end up regretting that as well. The temptation is irresistible, he already knows that he'll go to sleep with something really weird in his head, probably after watching videos on the subject, because unfortunately his curiosity has no limit.

He is on the verge of actually doing it, as he still presses the button to switch from one video to another blankly, and goes wide-eyed when his gaze stops on Hanma. Kisaki furrows his brows, adjusts his glasses, and mutters, "No way, that's impossible," but he doesn't switch videos.

It has to be someone who looks like him.

Holy shit, if it's someone who looks like him he's really identical, he even has a band-aid on his cheek, on the same spot where he was hit by a punch that left a nasty bruise not even a week before. Hanma had that band-aid on him yesterday, and Kisaki is too rational to believe that it's a coincidence, that a guy who looks just like him happens to have the same hair, the same face, and even the same band-aid.

That's his underling. He brought him into Toman, demanding that he become a Staff member just like him, under the guise of keeping an eye on him. They are friends, more or less. Hanma has been working for him for months, Kisaki was the one who put him in charge of Valhalla, before Tetta decided to put his plans aside, and to continue working for Toman, and not against Toman, at least for the time being. It's not a final decision, but he chose to stick with it as long as Mikey and Takemichi give him the recognition he deserves. Following his advice, giving him a prominent role, and accepting his demands regarding Hanma without antagonizing either of them, is a great start.

Shuji is the person closest to him in Manjiro's gang, even more so than the other founding members. Hanma is helpful, he is far less stupid than he seems, and he is, most likely, loyal to him. Kisaki wouldn't put his finger on it, for the simple reason that he wouldn't do it for anyone a priori, but Shuji is clearly infatuated with him; or rather he is infatuated with the way Kisaki plans, with the mind with which he carries out every project, both those he runs in the open, and those that very few people know about.

Kisaki knows he's not an ordinary person, but Hanma is really nonsensical. Hearing him ramble on is a little funny and a little irritating, and he has his own way of saying, "Before I met you, I lived in apathy"... or at least, that's how Kisaki interpreted his ramblings.

He doesn't dislike Hanma, however. He's sneaked him into his room more than once, he bought him several dinners. Sometimes, when his parents weren't home, he even let him use the bathroom to take a shower, especially in winter. He knows Hanma ran away from home when he was fourteen, and is illegally living in a kind of garage-room owned by a guy who comes back to Tokyo once every three or four months, and who sooner or later will notice his presence and put a new lock on the door. Kisaki realizes that washing with a pipe with cold water in winter is not exactly ideal, and it's good enough that Shuji has that at his disposal, the way he lives.

Apparently, he also has a computer. It's probably stolen, the video is not high quality, and Kisaki finds himself clicking on it, and entering his credit card information. It's linked to one of his father's bank accounts, a secondary one that the man never checks, because it contains an amount that is a trifle to him. Kisaki is free to use that money whenever and however he wants, and he has always done so without scruples.

When the paid version of the video opens in front of him, his glasses almost fall off his nose. Holy shit, that's definitely Hanma, the tattoos on his hands are yet another confirmation. The preview only showed his barely flushed face, with one cheek hidden by the band-aid and his hair down. After paying, the video is completely different.

Hanma is sitting on his bed, meaning on the mattress he uses for sleeping. Kisaki immediately recognizes the area behind him, he has been there before. There is a leopard-print blanket under him and, as if further confirmation were needed, the Valhalla jacket is hanging on the wall, even though that gang no longer exists. It's probably a nice memory for Shuji to keep, or some shit like that. Knowing him, and knowing how much fun he had being a leader on Kisaki's behalf, that's probably it.

Hanma is kneeling on the mattress, pushing something inside him. He is grasping the base of a sex toy with his hand, it's hard to tell what it is given the quality of the video, but Kisaki still feels his breath break in his throat. In a moment he is hard in his pants, and he finds himself panting, and getting pissed off at himself. He has always avoided videos portraying guys, he always skipped them at lightning speed both while watching regular porn sites, and while scrolling through those webcams. He always got hard even for normal pornography featuring women, so why asking himself uncomfortable questions?

Fuck, why the fuck does he have to get hard specifically by watching Hanma? That's his fucking underling, he should close that video immediately, and open a different one. That's the best thing to do, he should just pretend he didn't see anything, just ignore it... fuck, in the chat room they're all writing pretty much the same thing, which is that nothing can be seen. Hanma laughs, on the other side of the screen, and says, "I know, I know... I'm going to put myself on all fours now, so you can get a better look at me... if any of you want to gift me a new webcam I won't say no, okay?"

Kisaki, with his heart pounding in his chest, is left staring at him shifting position and settling down with his ass in close-up, with that thing shoved all the way in. Holy shit, he's so fucking hard in his pants. His hand is moving on its own.

Tetta is touching himself from above his pajama, before he even realizes it. He's not doing anything wrong, after all. If Hanma shows himself naked in front of a webcam, he knows that people masturbate watching him. Shuji is from Kabukicho, he ended up on the streets when he was fourteen, he's definitely done worse. He has nothing to feel bad about, except...

Kisaki cums with embarrassing rapidity, without even taking his cock in his hand, while a single question echoes in his mind: 'How the fuck am I going to look him in the face tomorrow?'

-

"It's better than whoring myself out for real, isn't it?" laughs Hanma. Kisaki has a frowning gaze, partly from embarrassment and partly from the humiliation of not being able to keep his composure and his usual cool expression.

Kisaki just couldn't do it. He tried, he really did. He told himself it was none of his business, but the image of Hanma's ass, of his hole spread wide by an oversized dildo, never left his mind. He only had to close his eyes to see again the way the ring of muscles jerked around that thing, flushed and abused by Hanma's constant thrusts. Shuji apparently doesn't go gentle with sex toys, kind of like he doesn't go gentle with everything else. It's as if he has his post-orgasm expression burned into his mind, and he finally gave in. When confronted with yet another question, he told him, "I just happened to see you on the Internet."

Hanma didn't need Kisaki to specify further; he laughed and, with barely flushed cheeks, he asked him, "Did you enjoy the show?"

He told him no, of course. He told him it was disgusting, but they both knew he was lying. Hanma is not the idiot he looks like, and although Kisaki is good at telling lies, they know each other a little too well for anything like that to be convincing.

Shuji has always been observant about Kisaki, he can read his reactions and demeanor most of the time. That's a pro, if they are in the presence of other people and have to communicate only with their eyes, and a negative in situations like that. Tetta always thought that ability was due to Shuji's interest in his intellect and planning skills, but at this point Kisaki is getting suspicious that Hanma is also interested in something else about him, something in his pants.

"Is your house free?" asked Hanma, and Kisaki grew alarmed, for the first time since he has known him, at such a question.

"Yes, why?"

"Let's get something at McDonald's and go eat in your room, and I'll explain how it works and why I do it."

These are things he already knows. It's not hard to understand how a site works, even one that allows people to show themselves naked on webcam in exchange for an amount of money. It's even less difficult to understand why someone currently living on the street, who has no family to go back to, uses certain services. He indulged him anyway, and now they are in his room, with a nearly finished Big Mac and McChicken, and two half-full cans of Coke on the table.

"It's still better than giving blow jobs, even if you earn less," Hanma is explaining to him. "At least through a video camera it's impossible to find some disgusting sixty year old man who didn't even wash his dick before starting."

"Perfect topic to talk about while we eat," Kisaki gives him a glance as he swallows another fried potato, and Hanma bursts out laughing.

"That's what I'm here for, right? To explain everything to you."

"Not really..." Kisaki doesn't need a detailed description of how those sites work, and he especially doesn't need a fucking detailed description of the dicks Hanma has come in contact with over the course of his life, assuming that what comes out of his mouth isn't just bullshit. Kisaki doubts it; someone who ends up on the street in Kabukicho at age fourteen must almost certainly have worked as a prostitute at some point in his life. It's the easiest way to make money, but he doesn't care to know.

"So why am I here?" grins Hanma.

Kisaki snorts. "For no particular reason? Just like all the other times." He didn't bring Hanma to his house only when they had to do something concrete in the past few months. A couple of times they just played with the Playstation, or Hanma just slept on his bed while Kisaki studied. It just happened, he didn't think they needed a reason.

"Okay," laughs Shuji. "Your computer is much, much better than mine, and you also have a good webcam. Help me with a video."

Kisaki stiffens, if he were standing he would take a step back. He slowly puts away the fry he was holding, and replies, "No. Why should I?"

"Just to kill time, and so I can show you how it works! You don't have to do anything weird."

Hanma is already fiddling with his computer, and Kisaki is quick to snap to his feet and follow him, before the idiot does any damage. It's an expensive model, there's all his research, years of work, inside there. There are also three or four role-playing games with on-screen icons, nerdy stuff he has no intention of showing Hanma, since he doesn't know what reaction he would get. The titles he has for the Playstation are much less niche, and at least half of them are shooters and horror, chosen specifically because he suspected they might suit Shuji's tastes.

Hanma ignores those icons and opens the Internet, types in the website link, and notes, "Shit, this is so fast. We should always make videos from your house, not from that hole where I sleep..."

Kisaki feels himself flaring up, he is reminded of that specific scene he saw live last night, Hanma on all fours. "Yeah, right..." he huffs, struggling to keep himself in control, as Shuji enters his credentials.

"I don't think I've ever logged at this hour... let's see who's online. Someone is there... I brought a friend, he's a little shy," Hanma laughs, for those who are listening to him from across the screen.

Kisaki finds himself looking at the chat, while standing outside the webcam field, and rolling his eyes. Predictably, several people are asking to see his face, or at least his cock. He has already noticed, the night before, the tone of the users on that site, or at least the ones who comment on Hanma.

"Nah... don't pressure him" Shuji has that relaxed grin of his, he's enjoying the moment. "Stop asking me to give him at least a blowjob..." he laughs, reading the chat. "Maybe I'll do it later, to thank him for his help. And maybe, the next time, I'll even show it to you live."

Kisaki refrains from answering, "You hope," because he knows that, across the screen, they would hear his voice. He's really letting Hanma use his computer for something like that, and a good part of the reason is that he doesn't know what his next move will be. He wants to find out, Shuji can't think that undoing his pants, and putting on a show for his fans from Kisaki's room, would be a good idea. He would kick him out instantly, it is impossible for Hanma to expect any other reaction than that from him.

Shuji grabs his hand, and Kisaki goes tense, he nearly flinches. "Relax, I'm not doing anything..." Hanma murmurs, as he brings his lips to his fingers, and kisses the fingertips of his index and middle fingers, before pulling his tongue out and moving it over them.

That's not nothing. The warm, wet sensation sends a shiver through him, which ends up between his legs, and awakens his erection. He wants to pull away, but he is frozen in place, with Hanma licking his fingers, running his tongue over the phalanges, and finally taking them between his lips, and slowly sucking on them.

Hanma is practically giving his fingers a blowjob, and he dares to call it nothing. The webcam frames his face, and it's an obscene sight. Kisaki is hard in his pants, but Hanma says nothing, shows no sign of noticing. He just goes on with that little show, licking and sucking his fingers, first two and then three.

It lasts ten minutes, but to Kisaki it seems like ten hours have passed. It's crazy that Hanma's tongue on his fingers gives him such a sensation, he is shaken with shivers, he feels it hot and wet. His whole mouth is, his lips are torture. It's as if Kisaki can feel every movement, even the most delicate, against his cock. Finally Hanma slowly pulls away from him, for a few moments a line of saliva connects Kisaki's fingers to his lips. Shuji licks them, then bites his lower lip softly and, with one last excited smile toward the webcam, disconnects.

"The result doesn't look bad for ten minutes of video, but the site pockets more than half of it... well, at least I had fun," Hanma tells him, looking him straight in the eye. With his gaze then he slides further down, to the crotch of his pants. "Tetta..."

"Don't think about connecting again." Kisaki feels his cheeks go hot. Fuck, even with his tan he's almost sure it's noticeable.

"Nah," Hanma laughs. "Next time, maybe, but not for your first blowjob... it's your first, right?"

"Who says I want it?"

"Why wouldn't you? It's just a blowjob."

He shouldn't, because Hanma is Hanma, he is not the kind of person who gets satisfied with little. He is someone who is always pushing things further, and sooner or later he ends up getting what he wants. Kisaki understood something new about him today: Shuji is not only interested in his mind, but also in his cock, and he won't be satisfied with just sucking him off.

Hanma is, however, already undoing his pants. For the moment he can suck his cock, if he really wants it that much. This is not something Kisaki wants to shy away from, even if that's Hanma. A male's mouth is the same as a female's, that asshole turned him on by licking and sucking his fingers, and there's only one good thing about being with Shuji: with him there's no reason to be embarrassed, since he's not a pretty girl, he's not someone Kisaki might actually be interested in.

"You don't know how long I've been waiting for this moment," chuckles Hanma, as he undoes Kisaki's pants. "I've wanted to take your cock in my mouth since we met..."

Kisaki makes a misjudgment with him. It never happens, but how the fuck was he supposed to know that Hanma is a faggot? He doesn't know gay or even bisexual people, how could he come to that?

He doesn't quite know how to feel, he's a little unsettled by this, because for fuck's sake, he has let in his house someone who wanted to suck his cock from the start, dozens of times. On the other hand, now that Hanma is about to really do it, he can't wait for his mouth to envelop him in that crazy heat he has already felt on his fingers.

He doesn't have to wait long for Hanma to pull down his underwear, after undoing his pants. Kisaki knows he's still growing, but it's still embarrassing to undress in front of someone who has a big, far longer cock than his own. It doesn't matter, Hanma slides to his knees with a happy moan, and moments later Kisaki is enveloped in an unbelievable heat.

Fuck, if having his fingers in Hanma's mouth already managed to make his legs shake, feeling those lips around his cock is much, much worse. It's ten times more intense. In an instant his body is on fire, Hanma takes him all the way to the base in one motion. Kisaki knows it doesn't take much, he knows he's still growing, but he can't be rational about something like this. His brain short-circuits, and he finds himself holding back a loud moan that gets choked out of his throat.

Fuck, getting his fingers sucked and licked was nothing compared to that. Holy shit, Hanma is using his tongue in ways Kisaki didn't think possible, he doesn't even know what the fuck he's doing exactly, it's crazy. It's too much.

He finds himself cumming fast, in his mouth. His eyes go wide, he shakes from head to toe. "F-fuck...!" he gasps, and that word almost becomes a scream. He barely manages to clamp his lips - and his eyes - shut in time, as chills run through his body. His legs tremble, but he stubbornly stands on his feet.

When he opens his eyes again, with his heart pounding in his chest, Hanma is licking his lips and unzipping his pants.

"I'm not..." he struggles to say, watching his hands work on the fastening of his jeans, and lowering the zipper. "I'm not like that."

"Like what?" laughs Hanma, with those catlike eyes, full of satisfaction.

"A faggot."

Shuji laughs, but he still frees from the fabric a thick, hard, already flushed at the tip cock. "Me neither."

Kisaki doesn't answer him, he just weighs him with a look that wants to be bored, but probably doesn't succeed very well in the aftermath of an orgasm. He does nothing even when Hanma stands up, walks over to the bed, and says, "Are you coming?"

He's curious, that's the truth. He's not gay, but Hanma doesn't care, and anyway... in the end it doesn't change a thing whether he likes males or not. He has always refused to watch gay porn, the rare times he has come across some actor he might like. He knows that, even if he started scrolling through that section on a website, he would find it just as boring as its straight counterpart. The plots would be just as ridiculous, and he already knows that he doesn't like exaggerated muscles, just as he doesn't like to see naked someone who looks more than twice his age.

If gay-themed pornography really managed to attract him, Kisaki probably would have let curiosity and his hormones get the better of him. He watched a few videos and they disgusted him more than their straight counterparts, and he hid behind that initial reaction to instantly close even those that didn't gross him out so much. The way he reacted while watching Hanma bent over in front of a webcam speaks volumes, even if it's not easy for Kisaki to accept it.

Who cares, he says to himself, as he walks over to him on the bed. No one needs to know what goes on behind the closed door of his bedroom. It's nobody's business but his own. Someday he'll have a girlfriend, a respectable future, and a career worthy of his intelligence, but for now he may as well let Hanma suck his cock, and maybe even jerk him off to return the favor, if he really needs to.

He doesn't shy away when Shuji grabs his hand, and takes it between his legs. It's not a quick movement, it's something he can interrupt at any time. Kisaki goes along with him, and finds himself wrapping his fingers around that big cock. He swallows hard, for fuck's sake he's enjoying it. Hanma's eyes are half-closed, his breath heavy, and Kisaki hasn't even started to touch him for real.

"Um... Tetta..."

He wraps his hand better around his hard-on, and tries to really touch it, moving along the length. Hanma immediately starts to moan, and Kisaki struggles to maintain an acceptable rhythm. This is his first time touching someone else, the texture of Hanma's cock in his hand is a distraction, with its size and raised veins, but he is a male himself and doesn't find it too complicated.

"T-Tetta... do you have condoms...?"

"...hell no?" he gasps, why should he have condoms? And more importantly, what should they use them for?

"Um, some lube?"

"No." He more or less has something that could be used instead of lube, but it's best not to think about it. He doesn't know if it would work, and besides... fuck, it's one thing to jerk him off, it's another to do... whatever Hanma wants to do.

"O-okay... next time I'll g-get organized..."

"If there's going to be a next time," he replies, just to make a point. There will be, and not just because of Hanma's typical insistence. It's awkward, but he wants to find out what Shuji is planning to do, with some lube. He can't stop thinking about his subordinate doggy style, with a fake cock pushed all the way in, and his hole twitching around the toy.

Hanma laughs, and leans toward him. "Of course there will be..." he gasps, his face red and his lips too close to his own.

Kisaki jerks back, but there's a limit to how far he can lean before he ends up with his back on the mattress. Hanma moves toward him, and Tetta's eyes go wide at finding himself with Shuji's lips on his own.

"Nnh-"

Hanma has circled his waist with one arm, his other hand has gone to grasp Tetta's, to keep him from moving it away from his cock. It's a struggle that lasts about two moments, then Kisaki gives in. He doesn't relax immediately, but he doesn't even move his hand away from Hanma's erection. He leans back, and finds himself with his back on the mattress, and Hanma half on top of him.

"Fuck, Shuji-!" he gasps, but his mouth is shut again by a pair of hot lips. "Holy fuck-" This time, instead of moving his head, he bites him.

Hanma gasps, and laughs. He licks his lips, now the lower one has the imprint of Kisaki's teeth. It's not bleeding, but it's red. Hanma looks like he enjoyed it. "Come on, Tetta... I'm so close to coming..."

"Stop it... fuck, Shuji!"

"You're enjoying it too," Hanma laughs, he's so aroused he looks high. He has the same expression Kisaki saw on him on the battlefield. Hanma was hard that time too. Kisaki had noticed it, but he had pretended not to. "Let me cum, come on..."

"Keep still..." he tells him, as he once again grabs his cock, and resumes touching him. "Don't say or do anything."

For a moment he feels as if Hanma wants to kiss him again, but finally he slips his face into the crook of Kisaki's neck, and moans against his skin. Kisaki feels a shiver run through him, but he doesn't stop moving his hand.

"Like what...?" gasps Hanma, towering over him with his body. "Like... ah, Tetta, more... I want to kiss you, I want to stick my tongue in your mouth, I w-want to... fuck, I want to spread your legs wide and put my cock inside you, f-fuck..."

Kisaki feels his breath break in his throat, in a moment he's hard between his legs again. Holy shit. This is not what he had been thinking about, he should tell him not to even hope for it, to get the fuck out of his room, to-

Fuck, he'll never do that. He'll never do it because he's burning up, Hanma's cock is amazing to touch, and every moan of Shuji against his neck makes him shiver. He increases the pace, he keeps touching him even though the asshole can't hold his mouth shut, and he's almost surprised when he feels him stiffen, and tremble against him. It was fast, all things considered. He didn't expect someone used to having sex - or shoving a fake cock up his ass, for all the difference it makes - to cum in five minutes.

"F-fuck..." Hanma gasps, as he sits back down. "Um... that was... Kisaki, you're always so perfect," he pants, and slides his gaze over him. "Even with a stain of my cum on your shirt?" he chuckles, with that satisfied and amused expression made soft by orgasm.

Kisaki lowers his gaze, and… holy shit, his black shirt is a mess. He stands up, with a snort. "Wait here, don't move," he glares at him.

He hears him laugh as he leaves the room and walks toward the bathroom.

Chapter Text

Kazutora knows this is just a pretext. It's not the first time Chifuyu drinks, and under the excuse of alcohol he asks them for something a little more extreme, something he would normally be ashamed of. It's not the first time he's done this after only one and a half cans of beer.

Chifuyu is not drunk, he is tipsy at best, and his mind is starting to get light. His face is flushed, his school uniform shirt open, and his pants unbuttoned. His hair is tousled since Baji slipped a hand through it while he and Chifuyu were making out a few minutes earlier.

Fuyu is a breathtaking sight, and even more so as he holds Kazutora's cock in one hand, and Baji's in the other. He is slowly touching them, with his cheeks on fire. "B-Baji-san, Kazutora..." he murmurs, in that trembling voice that anticipates a special request, something a little outside their standards. They are used to having sex, Chifuyu has long since stopped being embarrassed by every little thing. "I want to..." he mutters, then he lifts his gaze to them. Kazutora finds himself looking at two big blue eyes, and is almost on the verge of saying yes a priori, without even knowing what it is. "I-I want you to cum on me, both of you."

Kazutora feels his breath catch in his throat. He is on fire in an instant. His face, the knot in his stomach, his cock, everything lights up in an instant. His heart starts beating so fast it seems to want to escape from his rib cage.

"B-but..." Baji clears his throat. "Are you sure...?"

The first time Kazutora made that same request, Keisuke was startled. He responded with a 'why?" without understanding why anyone would want such a thing. He agreed to do it anyway, and judging by his reaction now, Baji finally understood why. A thrill of arousal runs down Kazutora's spine, mixed with satisfaction.

"Y-yeah..." he gasps, then he moves his hands on Chifuyu's shirt. "Get naked... Baji and I will do anything you want..."

All of it, they'll fucking do all of it. He feels so satisfied, his cock is hard as a rock. Chifuyu wasn't like that just a year before. He knows that's his influence, it's like he weaned him himself, in the bedroom. He is so proud of him, having someone who indulges his fantasies and allows him to experiment is wonderful, but having someone who takes his ideas and makes them his own is even better. Baji is the perfect partner when it comes to fucking, but he is not creative and doesn't understand the appeal of many kinks until he tries them out, and even after trying them out it’s rare that he asks to be on the receiving end of them himself. Keisuke is gorgeous, he has a big dick, and fucking him is a breathtaking experience; quite literally. Chifuyu on the other hand has been taking inspiration from Kazutora himself, he makes horny requests under the guise of alcohol even when he's barely drunk, and only a week before he sent them both a picture of his bare chest and cock. They are both perfect, he is so lucky to have two boyfriends like them. Fuck, he loves them so much.

Chifuyu has shed his clothes, now they are all three naked, in the usual warehouse where they always go. "Take whatever you want," Kazutora tells him, stroking his hair. Chifuyu is sitting on the mattress, he and Baji are on their knees, it's a comfortable position. Fuyu easily manages to wrap his hands around their dicks again, and Kazutora sighs in pleasure. "You're so beautiful..." he moans, watching him play with both of their cocks, his face red and his gaze focused on the lower half of their bodies. "Right, Baji? Our Fuyu is so beautiful.... He'll be even more so with his face and chest covered in our cum..."

Baji gasps, "F-fuck..." he is trembling. Kazutora gives an aroused look to Chifuyu, who is now staring at him with those incredible eyes glazed over with pleasure, and leans toward Baji in search of a kiss.

"F-fuck you two, you want to make me cum in no time...?" gasps Baji, inches from his lips.

"Hmm... Sure, all over Fuyu.... right Fuyu?"

"K-Kazutora..."

Baji goes straight for him with his tongue, when he kisses him on the lips. He is passionate and intense, he has always been, and now he's even more so because he is trying to hold still while he is so aroused. Baji's self-control has always been limited, but he can restrain himself when he wants to. Seeing Chifuyu covered in cum apparently is tempting enough to keep him from pushing either of them onto the mattress, seeking more intense contact. Waiting sometimes leads to the best satisfaction. He and Chifuyu know this, and so does Baji, but it's a little more complicated for him to put it into practice.

Kazutora moans loudly, something soft and warm caresses his dick, he knows the feeling well enough to be aware it's Chifuyu's tongue. He moves closer to Baji so as to make things easier for their other boyfriend. Chifuyu is switching from one's cock to the other's, giving them a caress, a lick, parting his lips and sucking for a while.

It's perfect. Fuck, he's making out with Baji while Chifuyu sucks both of their dicks, taking turns filling his mouth with their flavor. Knowing that they'll finish on his face, on his chest, wetting that beautiful pale skin with their cum, makes his legs shake.

It's what Chifuyu asked for, and Kazutora wants to give it to him; and he's going to give it to him shortly, because holy shit he's so turned on that he might cum at any moment. It's perfect, everything is so perfect. He gasps as he pulls his lips away from Baji's. Keisuke's face is flushed, Chifuyu is licking his erection at that moment, from the base to the tip, running his tongue over it. It's a pornographic sight, Baji's cock is always a fairy tale, it's big and curved, and Kazutora loves it from the bottom of his heart, as much as he loves Chifuyu's.

Neither of them has touched Fuyu yet, and Tora can't wait to give him a ton of attention. He wants to part his lips for him and take his dick until he feels it against the back of his throat, until he sinks his nose into his pubis. He wants to do that and more to him, but for the moment he just lets himself go, and tries to give Chifuyu everything he wants.

"At the same time..." gasps Fuyu. "C-cum on me at the same time... fuck, how much I love your cocks..."

There's no way he's that drunk, that's the real Chifuyu, even if he has a convenient excuse. Baji groans, it's a loud sound that he doesn't hold back at all.

Kazutora gasps, "T-then slow down a little, because I-I'm going to..." Holy shit, they're both so perfect.

He has two boyfriends who are two erotic dreams, they are beautiful and willing to do anything for him, as much as he is for them.

"It's n-not a problem..." gasps Baji. "F-fuck, I'm almost there too..."

Chifuyu licks his lips, he has once again grabbed both of their erections, one in each hand, and is touching them at the same time. "Cum on me, hmm? Both of you, together..." 

Kazutora is on the verge of orgasm, he feels his whole body tensing, trembling. "A-almost..." he gasps, and in the meantime he brings a hand to Baji's ass, touching him full-palmed and sliding his fingers between his buttocks.

Keisuke gasps and stiffens, but at the same time he goes towards him. Kazutora applies pressure with his hand to hold him in place, and in that way his fingers slide sharply over the line that divides Baji's buttocks.

His fingertips rub against his hole, and Keisuke growls a curse between his teeth, and he cums. The first spurt of semen hits Chifuyu's face, who gasps and closes his eyes.

Kazutora stares at them wide-eyed.

Watching Baji cum all over Chifuyu, on his face and also on his hair, lips and closed eyes, takes him over the edge in an instant. He cums on his boyfriend's neck and chest, shaking from head to toe, and struggling to keep his eyes open so as not to miss a single moment of that sight. Chifuyu is a hot mess, he's so fucking beautiful. He is sexy in an unbelievable way, covered in their cum. Kazutora feels like he has just died and gone to heaven, holy shit that's an incredible sight.

He vaguely wonders if his boyfriends felt that way when he asked for the exact same thing a couple of months earlier. He wishes they did, because he loved every single moment of it. He is still trembling, even when the orgasm ends.

Chifuyu is wiping his cheeks with his hands, and his lips with his tongue. He slowly reopens his eyes, after cleaning himself in a summary way, to prevent them from starting burning.

"H-holy shit..." Baji gasps, facing the flushed, and decorated by their semen, face of their boyfriend.

Kazutora doesn't hold back at all, he gasps, "Fuck, Chifuyu... you're perfect, you're so fucking perfect," before kissing him on the mouth, with the taste of Baji filling both of their senses.

Chapter Text

It's not the first time Sanzu has been in that house for no real reason, but at the same time it's a little weird. There's no party to plan, no video to shoot with them. They started hanging out early, after all they were all part of the same gang, but it has been a lifetime since Rindou organized a playstation tournament, and Sanzu was invited to join.

They are almost adults now. Toman was disbanded two years earlier, and he and Rindou are both trying to finish high school without flunking out or getting expelled. In the meantime, Sanzu has started a YouTube channel, and the younger Haitani, in addition to deejaying at the parties they throw, has started teaching martial arts at the dojo his family owns, which will sooner or later become his own. Ran has enrolled in college, and although he barely attends because most of the classes are taken in the morning, and he doesn't get out of bed before eleven, he studies from home.

Sanzu is used to getting some odd phone calls from time to time. Once Rindou told him, "Come to the dojo, I need someone good with a katana," without specifying that he planned to teach ten-year-olds something their parents would be far from happy about. He still had a good time, especially because he grazed Rindou, and one of the children fainted at the sight of blood.

Another time Ran called him because, "My favorite hairdresser has a vacant spot, I've made a reservation for you." A very tempting proposition, until a small detail came to his mind: "With what money am I supposed to pay for the most expensive salon in Harajuku?" Ran merely laughed, and eventually paid for a full treatment for him. Sanzu came out of there with softer than ever, pink hair.

They are not really friends, both because Sanzu really has a hard time calling friends someone he has been fucking more or less regularly for years, and because the Haitani are nonsensical. Rindou has his moments, but interacting with him is more or less easy, but Ran? Ran is a huge pain in the ass most of the time. He likes to stage a whole range of mind games, and to be in command. Although he now rarely specifies that he is the elder, and consequently the one in charge in their duo, that doesn't mean he has stopped believing that. Ran is an asshole, and Sanzu wouldn't call him a friend if only because, with him, it's hard to say what reaction he would get. Ran might even burst out laughing in his face, and since he knows who he is dealing with, he prefers to spare himself the humiliation, and avoid making Ran feel any more important than he already thinks he is.

It's an up and down relationship, but for some reason it works, especially when the two brothers throw one of their parties, and Sanzu gets invariably invited. Those are mainly the occasions when they meet, given their respective schedules. At first Haruchiyo was just one of the several guests, because he has known them for years and doesn't say no to some free booze, then over the months he began to help them organize. By now it's not uncommon for him to stay even the next day, half-dazed on a couch - or in one of their beds, if someone takes him there - under the guise of tidying up the house. House that, in reality, never really gets tidied up, certainly not as thoroughly as he does with his own apartment. After all the Haitani have housekeepers, if they make him work hard it's just for fun, and Sanzu doesn't feel any obligation to indulge them. 

That night they invited him there under the excuse of getting a pizza and seeing a movie. Seeing a movie sounds like an absurd request when made by them, so Sanzu assumed there was more to it from the first minute.

As always, Ran opened a bottle. As always, after two glasses Sanzu was already tipsy. Now he's drinking the third one, which is already half-empty despite his trying not to overdo it so as not to reduce himself like every damn time: with a crippling headache the next morning, or worse, hunched over a toilet to throw up. If nothing else, the alcohol those two put in his hand is of good quality. As a kid he used to get drunk on discount store vodka mixed with strawberry Fanta. A couple of times he drank on Saturday night and couldn't make it to school on Monday morning because of how bad he felt.

Haruchiyo knows he's not the type to learn from his mistakes, otherwise he wouldn't be in that house with those two, nor he would hope for anything more from someone who stuck his dick in every single chick invited to his parties.

It doesn't matter, because Sanzu is half drunk again, and he knows how the evening will end. Why on earth would they call him, if not to get laid? That's what they do every time. Rindou is eating the last slice of pizza, the two bottles of wine are finished, there's only that much left in the glasses.

He's usually never the one who makes the first move, but he's been drinking, and those two have done all kinds of things to him over the years they've been seeing each other, so why should he make a big deal about it? The alcohol flows pleasantly under his skin, his head is spinning, but it's not too much. He's in his right mind, and he's loosened up enough to stand up, and settle himself astride Rindou's legs, who has meanwhile finished his pizza.

With one hand he grabs Ran's, while Rindou palms his butt, pulls him closer, and brings his lips to Sanzu’s. They make out, for a while. He thrusts towards him, he lets himself be touched, he rubs his tongue against Rindou’s. His erection is already waking up, he wants it so badly.

Everything goes perfectly fine, for about two minutes. Sanzu relaxes with Rindou's hands on his buttocks, his tongue in his mouth, until Ran grabs him by the hips, and makes him move off his brother's legs.

"Wait, wait," Ran laughs, and licks his lips. "We decide who deserves to be fucked, and when."

Sanzu, still with one leg over Rindou's, and his butt back on the couch, raises an eyebrow as he looks at him. "Are you fucking with me?" he asks, because the two of them have fucked him in every fucking position of the Kamasutra. What's more, Rindou already has a hard-on, and his expression is annoyed.

Ran chuckles. "Show us that you deserve it," he tells him, before standing up and muttering something against his brother's ear, who gives him a look that is a little annoyed and a little amused.

"It will be fun for you too, you'll see," Ran whispers against his ear, after moving his pink locks with one hand.

Sanzu stands there, suddenly red in the face and with his heart beating fast, because that whisper against his earlobe caused such a sharp shiver that he felt it in his chest, down his back, and all the way to his cock.

Ran is an asshole, he loves playing those stupid mind games and reminding both him and Rindou who is in charge. The problem is that all that bullshit turns out to be, a little too often, enjoyable. All that's left for him to do is move his leg away from Rindou's, grab his glass again, and finish the contents while he waits for Ran's return.

"What's that?" Sanzu asks, puzzled, when the older Haitani brother returns to the living room with a bottle of lube, and a weird thing in his hands. He thinks he knows the answer, but it's ridiculous, and he's already laughing. Ran grabbed that stuff too quickly, it's clear that he had left it in a specific place, to get it at the appropriate time. They most likely invited him there just for that, so much for pizza and movies.

"It's a dildo, can't you tell?" Ran chuckles, as he grabs a chair, and uses the dildo's suction cup to attach it to the seat. He arranges it facing the sofa, and Sanzu bursts out laughing as he stands up to touch that thing.

Holding it in his hand feels good, it's made of high-quality rubber latex. It's soft but not too much, the texture is perfect, but that's not the problem. The thing is shaped like a tentacle, and it's pink. "This is ridiculous, what am I supposed to do with this?" he laughs, as he touches it. The dildo - can it even be called such? - has a curvy shape and raised suction cups.

"Do I have to explain it to you?" Ran grins, as he returns to sit on the sofa, next to his brother. With one arm he encircles Rindou's shoulders, who says, "Come on, try it." Sanzu knows him well enough to be aware that the implication in those words is, 'that way Ran will stop his bullshit, and we'll fuck for real.'

Sanzu snorts, and pulls off his shirt. "Seriously, is it possible to stick that thing in the ass?" he asks. 

"Sure, I got it on a specific site," Ran tells him, "Don't you trust me?"

Sanzu rolls his eyes, and doesn't answer him. He trusts him on that kind of thing, and not because he has a great opinion about the eldest Haitani brother. Ran likes to spend money on bullshit, that thing is of good quality, he can tell just by touching it. What's more, it's pink, the exact shade of his hair, and definitely not a random choice. It might even be a custom piece.

It's a good thing he drank, because even after fucking them a ton of times the embarrassment didn't vanish into thin air. With a little alcohol in his system he has no problems undoing his pants, and lowering them along with his underwear. He feels his cheeks heat up as he stands naked, he tries not to think that they are both staring at him. It's way more natural when they take each other's clothes off, that way it looks like a fucking exam, and he is supposed to shove a tentacle up his ass while they watch? Luckily he's drunk enough to find it more ridiculous than embarrassing, but that doesn't stop his cheeks from heating up. He can feel them on fire.

Sanzu grabs the lube, and pours it over the tentacle. He doesn't prep himself with his fingers, because he would have to do it in front of them. He doubts he'll have much trouble, at least with the first few inches. The tip is thin, it’s by going down that it widens, until it reaches a more than generous circumference. He doubts he'll be able to take it all the way in, but he has to admit that the shape intrigues him. He doesn't know how on earth Ran came up with that idea, where he found such a thing, but he wants to find out if the suction cups in high relief are just aesthetics, or if they can be felt as the toy goes inside.

Sanzu rests a hand on the back of the chair, then he moves it to the seat. He tries to bend his legs to lower himself onto the thing, he feels his face on fire. It's uncomfortable. He tries to balance his weight better, for a moment he meets Rindou's gaze and quickly averts his attention. He curses through his teeth as the tip enters him.

The start is painless, it's like having a finger inside. The problem is taking leverage on his legs, he feels like he's in the middle of a squat, and it's not like he does stuff like that every day. If he knows what a fucking squat is, it's only because Rindou told him. His thighs are shaking, but getting a few more inches inside feels good.

He didn't realize it right away, but the shape that widens as the length goes in makes it very comfortable, and almost painless. It stings a little, but it's nothing compared to the muscles in his fucking legs. Sanzu struggles to catch his breath, he places his right hand better on the seat, and supports the weight of his body with it as he struggles to get a little lower.

It would be perfect if Ran had attached the suction cup to the floor. In this way, he would be able to keep his knees pointed towards the floor, and it would be much, much easier. The toy spreads him wide just right, but Sanzu hasn't even taken half of it, and the muscles in his legs burn so much that everything is unbearable. He can't lower himself onto that thing in an instant, sit on it and keep it all the way in to rest his thighs. It's too big to do that, he needs more time.

"Fuck," he gasps, as he gets back on his feet. "I can't..." his legs hurt like hell. "I can't, on a chair."

"Yes, because you were supposed to turn your back to us, and hold on to the backrest," Ran tells him, with an amused smirk on his smartass face. "At least according to my original idea..."

"But if you want to keep it up, go ahead," laughs Rindou. "It's a nice sight, but I think you'd need at least three or four months at my gym to get there."

"...fuck you," mumbles Sanzu, "you might as well have told me," he points out, as he turns around, gives them his back, and adjusts himself to straddle the chair.

He hears them laugh, but ignores them. That way his ass is completely exposed, but it's not so much less embarrassing than staying facing them, especially while his legs hurt like hell, and he can't even hold onto them. That second position is not painless, his muscles still burn, but it's a little more manageable. He lowers himself onto the tentacle, less carefully now, as he clings to the back of the chair. 

He closes his eyes and breathes deep. Fuck, that feels good. The suction cups can be felt, each little high relief rubs against his hole, before going inside. He feels himself getting stretched, filled, the tip rubs against a sensitive spot inside him, and Sanzu finds himself moaning, and arching his back.

It feels really, really good. He had not expected that such a shape, that a fucking tentacle, could make him feel such sensations. It's an expensive toy that has been designed to do its job right, that much is obvious. Ran has chosen well, though it pains him to admit it.

"The base is a little bigger than my brother's cock," Ran mutters, behind his back. "Take it all the way in, you're almost there..."

Sanzu groans, his dick throbs. He can't take a bigger cock than Rindou's. It's impossible, but his hole is getting stretched. Even if it burns, he only needs to move his hips, allowing himself enough time to get used to it, to let in more and more inches. The force of gravity probably helps too, Haruchiyo feels himself being opened, and filled so well. He is getting stimulated just the right way, and it's crazy that a tentacle is doing it.

"Yes, like that... Haru..." Rindou tells him, and Sanzu clings hard to the back of the chair until his knuckles turn white. It's fucking enjoyable.

"Haru-chan..." Ran echoes his brother, and Sanzu wants to tell him not to use that shitty nickname, but he's not lucid enough. He moves his hips, pushing himself toward the toy, he feels the heat mount in his belly. "Come on, Haru-chan... you're almost there..." moans Ran.

Sanzu struggles to lower himself even more, to stay relaxed, to let the tentacle go all the way inside him. It seems impossible. His body is on fire, he feels the pleasure mounting, it's so intense. Knowing that they are watching him makes it all even better. He hopes they are enjoying the show, though from the moans he hears he is sure they are.

They are both saying his name, and not the one he has chosen for himself, but his real name. Sanzu grits his teeth, he moves his hips, it's too much. He can barely think straight, shivers run through him intensely. Before he knows it, the orgasm is ripped from his body while the tip of a fucking tentacle stimulates his prostate. He arches his back and thrusts against the toy, shaking, moaning loudly. He almost screams, letting shivers run through him, feeling his body contract around the dildo. He enjoys every moment, and only when the orgasm ends he realizes that he is sitting on that thing, that he has it all inside.

His legs ache so much, his muscles burn, but he only notices it now. He struggles to pry once more on his thighs, because having something that big inside right after an orgasm is a little uncomfortable. He gets back on trembling legs, he is barely able to stand, helping himself with his hands that are still propped on the back of the chair. He almost knocks it backwards.

His breath catches in his throat as he brings his gaze to them. Ran's hand is around his brother's cock, he is touching it, and sure enough he was doing it even while Sanzu was lowering himself onto a fucking tentacle. They both have their faces flushed, and their eyes on him. They enjoyed the show. Ran stands up and grabs him by the weight, dragging him back to the couch.

His legs give out, and Sanzu finds himself sitting between them, with Ran's mouth on his. "Finally we're starting for real..." moans Rindou, as he bites his neck and grinds against him.

Sanzu sighs, he has just had his orgasm and is satisfied, he feels so good. He is still lightheaded, he can barely return Ran's kiss, and make logical sense of what he is doing with his tongue, with his lips. It feels good, he is still half drunk, his heart is beating fast. Even though Ran is the kind of asshole who couldn't just say "I bought you a tentacle-shaped fake cock, try it," but had to use his usual shitty mind games, it doesn't bother him at the moment.

Ran is kissing him on the mouth, and Rindou grabs him by the hips, holding him at the waist. Sanzu feels himself being lifted, settled on his lap, and a moment later Rindou's cock is entering him, spreading him, filling him. 

It doesn't hurt at all. After using the tentacle, which prepared him better than fingers ever could, having Rindou's dick inside is just extremely pleasurable. He clings to Ran's neck, who holds him close as Rindou fills him all the way in, and starts moving inside him. They are holding him tightly between them, it feels so good. Sanzu closes his eyes, moans against Ran's neck, and enjoys not only Rindou's cock, but also that skin-to-skin physical closeness.

Chapter Text

They fucked him for hours. He still feels his legs weak, his body is pervaded by that tepid sensation. He feels wrecked in the best way, almost as if he were drunk. Partly it's the alcohol's fault, that still vibrates under his skin, despite the fact that it's been hours since he last touched his glass.

He is in their bathtub now. His back is resting against Ran's chest, his eyes are half closed, Rindou is facing him. He feels lightheaded, he feels really good. Too good.

It's not ideal for those two to be able to make him feel that crazy way, for them to have monopolized his life, especially in the intimate sense. He doubts he'll be able to get someone to fuck him and be satisfied again, after what they've done to him.

"The water is getting cold," Ran observes. He has his arms around Sanzu's waist. Rindou has his legs leaning against his, it's a casual contact, forced by the small space, but that doesn't make it any less pleasant.

"Let's go out, then," Rindou has a sleepy tone of voice, or so it sounds. Sanzu feels like he is in a limbo, he knows that by staying there he would end up falling asleep on them. It wouldn't be the first time.

They grab him by weight, pulling him out of the bathtub. Before he realizes it, he finds himself with a towel wrapped around his body, and a hair dryer pointed at his hair.

He lets them do it. He is tired, groggy, and fulfilled. No one has ever taken care of him like that, before them. He has always had to take care of himself, even when he was a child, for as long as he can remember. If he couldn't do something, Takeomi used to blame him for it.

He half-closes his eyes, he knows he is safe in their hands, even though they are not really friends, and certainly what they have is not a relationship. He couldn't ask for anything more, anything different. The only person he really cares about doesn't even give him a glance, and Sanzu can delude himself that it's all right, that the one with the Haitani brothers is less than a friendship, since they make no demands.

(Or at least not normally, not when the three of them are all lucid, and not having sex. Ran occasionally calls him 'his,' but it's easy for Sanzu to dismiss it as part of some sort of role-playing, or as a line said in the heat of the moment. It doesn't matter, because Ran says a load of bullshit, and there's no point in dwelling on something like that).

He gets lifted by weight. His hair is dry again, it has also been brushed. Ran has treated it carefully, without pulling it, but Sanzu is not surprised. The oldest Haitani brother is obsessed with his own hair, he goes to the best hairdresser in Harajuku and treats it with expensive products, the same ones he used for Sanzu. Ran also appreciates him for his long blond hair, otherwise he not only wouldn't lend him his shampoo and conditioner, but probably he wouldn't even have given him a second glance.

He gets carried by weight to the bedroom, he is not sure whether it's Ran's or Rindou's, nor which of the two is holding him close. He is half asleep by now. He closes his eyes as he feels the soft consistency of the mattress beneath him. He settles on his side instinctively, as he always does, and only then he vaguely realizes that Ran and Rindou are still close to him, one behind him and the other in front of him. He feels an arm on his waist, or maybe it's two, and fingers resting on his chest. 

He is not used to feeling this way, protected and safe, and it's happening more and more. It's not a good thing, he shouldn't get used to it. It could end in yet another letdown, he knows that, but he can't do much about it, not at the moment. Thoughts blur as sleep pulls him down, tight in a warm embrace.

Chapter Text

'Where the fuck did Mikey take us,' is the first thing Chifuyu thinks, as soon as they enter that club. He's not used to hanging out in clubs, and certainly not in places where people fuck on couches... or nearly so. Even with his pants on, the way the guy he just cast a glance at is grinding against another one mimics no more and no less than a sexual intercourse. 

He's a little uncomfortable, the music is loud, and the illumination creates ongoing plays of light, leaving several areas of the club in semi-darkness, at least until he finds himself with a spotlight shot into his eyes. He's not sure he likes it, if he's never gone to a club in over twenty years maybe there's a reason after all, but he's only been there for three minutes. For the moment he just follows Manjiro Sano to a secluded area with a reserved table. In that spot the music is a little less loud, and no one is more-than-kissing-almost-fucking three steps away from them.

When Baji told him, "Let's go to a gay club," Chifuyu almost had a heart attack. A couple of questions later, he found out that Mikey - one of Baji's childhood friends, who he more or less knows as well - had already asked him several times to go there, and eventually Keisuke gave in. It doesn't seem like a bad idea to Chifuyu, if nothing else Baji will stop thinking for a while about the last exam he failed. It's not really his kind of environment, they are more the pub or Yakisoba stall type of guys; a compromise, since they ate nothing but Peyoung Yakisoba as teens. He only listens to music at such a high volume with his headphones on, or at most at a concert, and it's not really the same genre that's played there. He feels like a fish out of water, but the idea of doing something different than usual doesn't bother him that much. He just needs a drink to relax.

On the way there, Chifuyu got a better understanding of the situation. Mikey is desperately looking for someone to go to the club with, after his closest friends have stood him up. Draken, whom Chifuyu knows only casually, refuses to set foot in there again because he is straight, and each time countless people hit on him. Not even bringing along his girlfriend, who is none other than Mikey's sister, really helped him. Chifuyu found himself hoping the same wouldn't happen with Baji; Keisuke is just as good looking as Draken in terms of body, and his face is even better. It would be irritating if someone were to specifically target his best friend and roommate, but it's too early to worry about something like that. For the time being, they just take their seats around the table, on the small sofas.

"Well come on, it's not bad here is it?" laughs Mikey, who has meanwhile greeted at least five or six people. He can tell he's a regular, and Chifuyu is starting to get some doubts about Baji's childhood friend, but it's none of his business to investigate how many people Manjiro Sano has screwed... no, it's better not to think about it.

Baji shrugs his shoulders, as if he doesn't think anything special about that place, but it's Kisaki who interrupts Chifuyu's stream of thoughts. "I said yes, but you didn't specify it was a gay club," Kisaki comments, adjusting his glasses. Chifuyu didn't think he would ever agree on anything with that guy.

Aside from Baji, Chifuyu doesn't know any of the people there very well, or even their closest friends, who were mentioned several times throughout the evening, almost always to say that, for one reason or another, none of them want to follow Mikey to that club anymore. He has, however, hung out with them on a couple of occasions, mostly birthdays to which Baji was invited, and Keisuke has a less-than-positive opinion about Kisaki Tetta. Chifuyu also can easily call him 'not his favorite person,' but more importantly he doesn't look like someone who would go out at night to such a club. 

Theirs is not a good quartet, and it shows. Mikey invited Baji and Kisaki thinking that neither of them would go, and there's no good blood between them. Manjiro is, however, already looking around as if searching for something or someone. Chifuyu doesn't quite know what to do, he can't think of anything to say, so he stands up and states, " I'll go get you guys something to drink?"

Kisaki is probably considering whether or not to leave, and perhaps it’s the same for Baji. Keisuke has always been impulsive, it wouldn't be strange to see him get up, and hear him say, "Come on Chifuyu, what the fuck did we come to a place like this for?" 

On the one hand, maybe it would be good. Chifuyu hasn't stopped fearing that someone might hit on his best friend, that maybe would react badly or maybe not, Chifuyu can't really tell. On the other hand, the two of them don't often drink together, and almost every time they did it they ended with Baji on top of him, his tongue in his own mouth, and their hands stuck in each other's pants.

It's probably foolish to hope for anything like that; after all, there has never been anything real between him and Keisuke, otherwise they would have kissed and touched even without alcohol, or at least talked about it the next morning. Chifuyu, however, can't completely banish that silly little hope. He would settle for very little, really. It would be enough for him if Baji pulled down his pants and showed him his dick, maybe he would work up the courage to touch him like last time. It wouldn't be bad.

The guy at the counter smiles at him when he sees him approaching. It's loud in that part of the club, the music is blasting, and there's a constant bustle of people. The bartender says something to him, which he doesn't understand. "What?" he tries to ask, and the boy laughs, and hands him a shot.

"It's on the house!" he thinks he understands over the loud music. The bartender must have noticed that he is a complete fish out of water. Chifuyu is not surprised, and he accepts the bright red shot with an embarrassed smile.

His idea was to bring everyone a drink, but no one will blame him for accepting an extra sip of... whatever that red stuff is. Chifuyu swallows the contents of the glass all at once, it’s both strong and very sweet. It tastes like strawberry, but in an exaggerated way that burns the esophagus. It's not bad.

The guy at the counter laughs, winks at him, and goes back to serving more customers. Chifuyu missed his chance to grab something quickly and return to the table. He'll have to wait at least ten minutes, judging by the chaos there. The buzz of voices mingles with the volume of music, but he feels as if someone is addressing him. He turns to his right, confused, and sees a beautiful boy with two huge yellow eyes staring at him, seated on the stool next to him.

"Hello."

"Huh?" There is an insane chaos, is that hot guy really talking to him? Chifuyu is pretty sure he has greeted him twice.

"Hello?" Three, with that one.

"Um, hello?"

The guy is ridiculously beautiful. His hair is as long as Keisuke's, black with blond highlights. He is wearing make-up, he has at least black kajal on his eyes. His leopard-print shirt, with the first three buttons open, reveals a tattoo with the shape of a stylized tiger. He's really too handsome to talk to someone like him. Chifuyu would understand if someone like that approached Baji, but he is just Chifuyu; he doesn't even have the blond hair that once made him stand out among people.

The bartender intervenes with a laugh, says something to the newcomer, and hands him two drinks. They clearly know each other, Chifuyu can tell by the few words they exchange, of which he understands maybe half, and by the way they act. 

"My name is Kazutora," the guy tells him, all too close to his ear, as he reaches toward the counter to leave some money there.

The guy just paid for him. "Chifuyu..." he manages to say, feeling his cheeks heat up.

He's not really clueless, he's had a few dates with girls years before. It was before he moved in with Baji, but he knows how those things work.

'Is he hitting on me or am I seeing double?’ is the thought of a moment, because no one buys a drink for someone, in a nightclub, for no reason. 'He's really hitting on me... now what?' Chifuyu feels his heart leap into his throat as Kazutora says something that, again, he doesn't understand because of the excessive noise.

Chifuyu swallows hard when he finds himself with one of the guy's hands resting on his arm. Kazutora is still talking, but honestly Chifuyu doesn't know if he would be able to understand whatever is being said to him even if they were in complete silence, let alone in that chaos. He swallows a couple of sips of his drink, as if alcohol could single-handedly save him from standing motionless like an idiot, looking at that overly handsome guy that, for some absurd reason, decided to talk to him of all people.

"Shall we go to a more private spot? Can't hear anything here," laughs Kazutora, and again he moves too close to him. The guy almost speaks against his ear, and Chifuyu at this point is sure his face is on fire. It's really hot in there, and the alcohol is starting to kick in.

"I'm... I'm with friends!" he remembers, suddenly. "I have to get drinks for them... yeah."

"Okay, then let's get drinks for everyone," Kazutora chuckles, and raises an arm to get the bartender's attention. 

Chifuyu is somewhat grateful to him, because he still feels like a fish out of water, and he probably would have been able to order through that chaos in twenty minutes. At the same time, he realizes that his words weren't enough to push Kazutora away. He doesn't quite know what to think, he's not really in a hurry to get someone so good-looking out of his way, someone who tickles his curiosity, but at the same time Baji-san is waiting for him.

He and Keisuke give each other a puzzled look when Chifuyu finally manages to return to the table. It doesn't take a genius to figure out the reason for Baji's reaction, since Chifuyu has company, and Kazutora has an arm around his back, as if they have known each other for a lifetime and not for half an hour. The reason for Chifuyu's puzzlement, on the other hand, is that Keisuke is alone.

Chifuyu sets the drinks down on the table, and asks, "What happened to Mikey?"

"Who knows, he set eyes on someone and disappeared," Baji replies, with his gaze fixed on Kazutora.

"...what about Kisaki?" It seems really, really unlikely that Kisaki set eyes on someone and disappeared.

Kazutora laughs, sits down next to him, and says, "The guy with glasses and black hair? I saw him walk away with Hanma." For some reason, he seems to find this funny.

"Who is Hanma?"

"Ahahah Hanma is Hanma, I'll explain later."

Baji grabs a drink and brings it to his lips, without taking his eyes off the two of them. "Right, Baji-san! This is, uh, Kazutora-san?"

"Just call me Kazutora."

They talk about this and that for a while. It's not difficult with alcohol in their system. Kazutora is friendly, or alternatively he is already drunk, Chifuyu is not quite certain. Surely Kazutora has been drinking too, that much is clear, and Chifuyu himself is on his second drink, without mentioning the shot offered by the bartender. He isn't doing so bad in that place, the music doesn't overpower their voices, his head is spinning but in a pleasant way. Kazutora is talking to Baji, but the hand of the one who is still a stranger is on Chifuyu's leg.

Kazutora is shamelessly flirting, touching his thigh, his shoulder, all while keeping his gaze on Baji, and pretending to carry on a half conversation. Chifuyu has no idea what they are saying to each other, he has lost the thread for at least ten minutes, and by now he has almost finished his second drink. He doubts that getting a third one is a good idea, despite Kazutora laughing and saying, "Well, that means these are all ours," when Chifuyu realized he had more drinks than people to give them to.

He has been thinking, for about an hour now, 'How is it possible that this super-hot guy is hitting on me?' He would understand if Kazutora were interested in Baji, and at that point he would step aside because they are both gorgeous and it would be completely normal for Keisuke to like someone with such physical appearance, but him?

It takes Chifuyu forever to notice, between sips, the way Baji is staring at them. Kazutora's hand, which hasn't yet moved from his thigh, is a distraction. He probably realizes only when Kazutora asks, "Is Chifuyu your boyfriend?" and his alcohol-slowed mind processes what is happening around him.

"No, we are friends," Chifuyu replies instead of Baji.

Kazutora turns to him and laughs, "So he's not your boyfriend? Are you sure you don't want to do anything more with him?"

"Ahahaha noo" some kind of choked laughter comes out of his mouth, he feels his cheeks on fire. "I mean..."

"Well, if you're not together I'll take care of you."

Kazutora's smile is really captivating, with those big eyes, soft lips and flushed cheeks. His hair falls over his shoulders, partially hiding his tattoo. Chifuyu stares at him for a few moments, at a loss for words, until Baji stands up and grabs him by the arm.

"Let's go."

Kazutora laughs, stands up in turn, and rests an arm on Baji's shoulder. "Sorry, I didn't mean to be intrusive. I didn't think there was anything between you." This is a lie, Chifuyu realizes it even while drunk. Kazutora probably thinks the two of them are fucking, even if the reality is much milder. They touched each other a couple of times, and nothing more.

Baji however seems to buy those words, maybe because he is also drunk, or maybe because he is not in such a hurry to leave. Chifuyu is not sure, and his brain is in danger of completely short-circuiting when Keisuke sits down again, but this time next to him.

"No, Chifuyu is my best friend. We have a deep bond."

It's the first time Chifuyu has heard him say something like this, and he is pressed on a small sofa between Baji and Kazutora. There is barely enough room for the three of them to sit, it's so hot, and they are both clinging to him. It can't be accidental, and at this rate Chifuyu will end up dying of a heart attack before he gets home.

Kazutora whispers against his ear, "If you want I can help you, I can tell you like Baji. If something hasn't already happened we'll make it happen."

"You help me? How so?"

"Stop fucking mumbling," Baji mutters, and he in turn rests a hand on his thigh. Chifuyu feels like he's caught between a wolf and a tiger. He'll probably end up devoured, but fuck, that would be a perfect death.

"Ahahaha I was saying I'll help you if you want" Kazutora repeats, now in a loud voice.

"What for" Baji hasn't left his thigh, and Chifuyu doesn't dare move or look down. He is almost sure he has the beginnings of an erection. He can feel it by the way his jeans are pulling. 

Kazutora stands up, and extends a hand to both of them. "Let's go to the back."

Chifuyu, at this point, is too drunk, aroused, and overwrought to connect his brain, to wonder if this is a good idea, and even to be surprised that Baji is not resisting. They both follow Kazutora until they reach a secluded small room. There's no charge to enter, the little couch isn't clean, it's good enough that they found a free place. It's not a real private room, there's not even a lock, but Kazutora doesn't seem to mind. He has used similar places before, it's obvious.

"No, it's just..." Kazutora is undoing his shirt, button by button. "I can feel the sexual tension, I'll give you a hand," he finishes, as he strategically moves his hair so as to show the tattoo on his neck.

"...why" Chifuyu only manages to say, though he's not sure it's a question that makes logical sense.

Kazutora laughs, walks up to him and caresses his face. Chifuyu half-closes his eyes, lost in the contact. It's hot, the world around him swirls. Suddenly, Kazutora kisses him on the mouth.

He opens his eyes wide, shocked. Maybe he should have expected it, but Kazutora's lips are soft, and his tongue has already pushed into his mouth. "You're so cute, I want to fuck you so bad..." Kazutora gasps, inches from his lips. 

Chifuyu can't say anything, but he doesn't have to, because Baji grabs Kazutora and pulls him away from him. 

Kazutora chuckles, "I didn't do anything wrong, you're not dating, right? Don't be jealous, I can kiss you too." And he kisses him, just as he did with Chifuyu, suddenly and without giving Baji time to react.

Actually Chifuyu doesn't think Baji has much of an intention to react. It's a little odd, Keisuke doesn't usually let himself be handled like that. It has to be the alcohol. He stays looking at them, his heart beating fast in his chest, while Kazutora pushes Baji against the small sofa, makes him take a seat, and settles astride his legs.

Chifuyu is overwhelmed, Kazutora has just arranged himself on Baji's cock, albeit with pants on. He should be jealous. He has liked Keisuke for years, he is his best friend and his erotic dream, yet looking at them is only making him hard. He is drunk, they are both beautiful, it has to be because of that.

He watches them make out, he doesn't understand why seeing this guy all over Baji (a guy they don't even know, by the way who the fuck is he) turns him on so much. He should react like Baji, reach over and pull Kazutora off him. And instead, if they were to do something more... what the fuck is he thinking.

Baji puts his hands on Kazutora's ass, drags him closer, rubs against him. Kazutora slips his hands under Baji's shirt, and Chifuyu is left looking at them wide-eyed, wondering what the fuck is going on. He and Keisuke have never gone beyond touching each other, can it be... can it be that everything he had to do, to wring out such reactions from Baji, was sitting on his cock and making out with him? Or maybe it's just because Kazutora is gorgeous. It's normal for such a guy to have that effect on Baji, it's normal for Keisuke to not stop kissing him, touching him.

"How far have you gone with each other, or with other guys?"

Chifuyu takes a few moments to realize that that question is meant for him. Kazutora actually asked both of them, but Baji looks dazed.

"Eh..." he clears his throat. "We touched each other a little bit..."

"A little bit?"

"We were drunk..."

"But... don't you live together?"

"Um yeah... some drunken touching."

"I really thought that... maybe not full sex, but at least hand jobs and blow jobs" Kazutora laughs, his cheeks are red, and he is clearly drunk. "Luckily you found me, I'm experienced and I know how to do it."

"Eh... we noticed," Baji comments, but Kazutora doesn't take those words as an insult. He just chuckles again, and then he asks Chifuyu to sit next to Baji, before moving off Keisuke's legs and settling on his knees between his tights.

Chifuyu feels his heart gallop in his chest, as he watches Kazutora's hands undo Baji's pants. "Ever received a blowjob?" he asks him, licking his lips.

"No..."

"Wait, why not?" 

To Kazutora it was bound to be a question asked just for fun, it's clear, but Chifuyu is as surprised as he is by that answer. Since he has known Baji, that is since seventh grade, Keisuke has never had a girlfriend. Chifuyu however assumed that he had dated someone, that he had already had sex. Baji is beautiful, he could find anyone at any time. Their night at that club only confirms this, Kazutora would have been interested in him even without Chifuyu, he can tell how much he likes him.

"What difference does it make?" snorts Baji. "I'm busy between the dojo, the university, I don't have time for that kind of bullshit... and besides, I certainly don't go asking around for blowjobs from people I'm not interested in, and Chifuyu never asked," he finishes, shrugging his shoulders. Baji has the expression of someone who thinks he hasn't said anything out of the ordinary, and a moment later he also mumbles, "So fucking hot... I don't even have a rubber band in my pocket."

Chifuyu stares at him wide-eyed, as he hands one to him. He has brought a pair, just in case. "D-did... did I really just have to ask?" 

"Yes? Why would I say no to getting a blowjob?"

"...ah" is all he can say, as Baji ties up his hair.

"Oh fuck..." gasps Kazutora, he has just finished undoing Keisuke's pants, and he now holds his cock in his right hand. "So big, holy shit..." it's clear that he likes it, maybe even a little too much. Still, Kazutora has the shrewdness to turn to Chifuyu, and ask him, "If you want to suck him first, you can."

"N-no...!" he feels himself flaming in the face. Not in that place, not with Kazutora watching them. It would have been nice if he had had the sense to ask Baji the last time they had a couple of beers together, to celebrate the end of the exam session even though Keisuke had passed only half of it, but now it's a completely different situation. On the one hand, he can't wait to look at Kazutora's beautiful lips stretched wide around his best friend's dick.

"Okay... if you're sure, then I'll do it."

"G-go ahead..."

Kazutora gives him one last look, then returns his attention to Baji's cock, which he still holds in his hand. Chifuyu moves a little closer, and watches those lips part at the tip, laying a wet kiss there, before moving to the base and tracing the entire length with the tongue.

Both his and Baji's breaths break in their respective throats. Chifuyu squeezes Keisuke's hand as Kazutora's lips work on his length. He's fucking good at it. Watching him is a breathtaking sight, Chifuyu wouldn't be able to do anything like that. Baji's cock is big, and Kazutora can take more than half of it. He only has to look at his face to understand how much he's enjoying it, how hard he's working at it. The guy gives blowjobs not only for the enjoyment of the person who receives them, but also because he likes it. The way he moves his lips and tongue is incredible, and Chifuyu is not even experiencing it himself.

Baji grabs Chifuyu by the shirt, and smacks his lips against his. He opens his eyes wide, but after the moment of shock he quickly relaxes. After all, this is not a first time. Baji's tongue is immediately in his mouth, Keisuke is squeezing his hand to the point that that grip is starting to hurt, but Chifuyu doesn't say anything.

It feels too good. Kissing him like that rips the breath out of his lungs, it's not the first time and at the same time it's as if it's something completely new, because usually Baji doesn't moan uncontrollably, louder and louder. Chifuyu finds himself thinking that he has been really, really lucky to be included in all this. Baji and Kazutora are perfect, they're both gorgeous, and it's clear that their new friend - assuming they can call him so - really likes both Keisuke's physical appearance and his cock.

Chifuyu allows himself to relax, kiss back, go along with Baji's movements, and murmur his name. "F-fuck, fuck, fuck..." Keisuke gasps, against his mouth. Baji clings to Chifuyu, as he cums.

It feels so good, so intense, that it takes Chifuyu longer than it should to realize that Baji hasn't warned Kazutora, and to remember to bring his gaze to the other guy, to ask him if everything is alright.

What he sees tears the words from his lips. Kazutora's face is flushed, his gaze lost. He looks like he is in another world, and what's more, he has swallowed it all. "Hmm... I enjoyed it," the expression with which he looks at both of them is breathtaking, to the point that Baji covers his face with one hand, and murmurs, "Yes… I can see that."

"Chifuyu... I want to suck you off too, can I?"

He finds himself saying yes before he even thinks about it. That word simply comes out of his mouth, without going through his head. "Y-yes... yes!"

"Have you ever received one?" Kazutora looks like he has come to his senses a bit, he licks his lips before moving between Chifuyu's legs, who makes room for him, and starts undoing his pants.

"Yes, from some girls..." It feels like a lifetime ago, he was still in high school.

"Boys are better than girls, trust me."

Chifuyu doesn't need to believe him at his word, he's already seen him in action, with Baji's cock between his lips. Chifuyu's is normal size, but Kazutora doesn't comment on it, he just moans in pleasure before parting his lips for him too.

Baji let go of his hand after cumming, but Chifuyu goes to seek contact with him again, and Keisuke doesn't stop him in any way. He even puts an arm around Chifuyu's back, sticking close to him even though he is fulfilled and has already had his orgasm. 

Chifuyu closes his eyes, lost in the moment. Baji is holding him close and it's all so pleasurable. Then he opens his eyes again, because he is missing the breathtaking sight of Kazutora sucking his dick, and getting it all the way to the base in his mouth. Chifuyu feels his breath being ripped from his lungs, that guy is absurd. No one has ever given him such a blowjob, maybe it's true that males are better at it, but Chifuyu doubts that every single guy can suck dicks like he's a porn star.

He is just now realizing this: Kazutora has probably had some trouble taking Baji's cock in his mouth, or at least he has not been able to do it as easily as he is doing with him. It's not a problem for either of them, because it's clear that Kazutora is enjoying himself, he's trying hard to take it all the way in, moaning around it, giving Chifuyu a lot of attention.

"Y-you can grab me by the hair... you can do whatever you want" Kazutora gasps with his lips on Chifuyu's length, one hand around the base and the other on his thigh, before moving back to part his lips for him.

Chifuyu is shaking from head to toe. He could never do such a thing, grabbing him by the hair is just too much, but that sentence, the thought of being allowed to do so, quickly takes him over the edge. "I-I'm going to... " he tries to warn him, but Kazutora doesn't care.

Kazutora relaxes his throat and takes him all the way to the base, and Chifuyu cums in his mouth. He remains staring at him wide-eyed, shaking from head to toe. Keisuke murmurs "Holy shit..." as Chifuyu only manages to moan, and squeeze his best friend's hand tighter.

He hasn't yet recovered from his orgasm when Baji grabs Kazutora by the arm, pulls him up by his weight, and sticks his tongue in his mouth. Kazutora stumbles to his feet, but manages to arrange himself again on Baji's legs, with his thighs wide open. He is surprised, he didn't expect it, Chifuyu notices even half stunned by his climax and the alcohol, but it lasts only a moment. Shortly after, Kazutora reciprocates with transport as he grinds into Baji, who is hard between his legs again.

"Do you want to..." Kazutora gasps, against Baji's mouth. "Fuck, I haven't seen a cock that big in forever... let's fuck?"

There's a moment of silence, even Baji freezes, but a little later he gasps, "Yes... fuck yes," and slips his hands under Kazutora's shirt, on his back.

"Is it... is it a problem for you?" Chifuyu hears him ask, but how could it possibly be a problem? He is still fulfilled from his orgasm, dizzy from alcohol, he has felt emotions he hardly thought possible over the course of that evening, and it's all thanks to Kazutora. Without him, he might never have seen the look on Keisuke's face while someone was sucking him off. Maybe, next time, he will even find the courage to do it himself. He doubts they'll see Kazutora again after that night, but he doesn't mind him taking Baji's first time. 

"No... no, go for it... fuck, go for it," he gasps, as he watches them. They both look wonderful, Baji is more beautiful than ever with his flushed face, that expression, and Kazutora's hands on him.

He wants to look at them, he really wants to. Keisuke has not put his pants back on, and the arrangements are quick. Although Chifuyu has recently cum, he feels his face flush when he discovers that Kazutora has not only a condom in his pocket, but also a plug shoved inside. He left home prepared, and that is certainly a help, but Chifuyu sees him stiffen anyway as he lowers himself onto Baji's cock, and the first few inches enter him.

"Does it hurt?" he asks him, he would like to do something, but doesn't dare to move a finger. They are so perfect, even in such a place, even with their clothes still half on. Kazutora has his pants tucked into one leg and his shirt open, Baji is still pretty much dressed, and they are still a breathtaking sight.

"D-don't worry..." gasps Kazutora, as he moves his hips. His expression is concentrated, he is probably trying to stay relaxed. Chifuyu has little more than a general smattering of how sex between two men works, he barely knows the basics, but he is aware that reaching out a hand to Kazutora's erection would help him.

He can't bring himself to do it, it's like he's stuck. He watches them move toward each other, Baji curses between his teeth, and gasps, "Y-you're tight... fuck, that's... f-fuck..." 

Kazutora has really started to move, with each thrust of his hips he manages to wring out a loud moan from Baji. "F-fuck, you're the one who..." Kazutora trembles, moving toward him. "It's your dick t-that's so big... ah! It fills me up so well... fuck, Baji!"

Chifuyu is completely enraptured. They're a sight for sore eyes, they're both so gorgeous, he couldn't move his gaze even if he tried. "D-don't worry..." gasps Kazutora, and it takes Chifuyu a few moments to realize that he is talking to him. "Ah... s-sorry for taking Baji's c-cock before you... ah!"

"N-never mind!" he gasps, red in the face. Is Kazutora really apologizing for something like that?

"N-next time... nnh, Baji. That way, fuck I like it so much... ah! F-Fuyu... next time, i-in a better place..." Chifuyu is having a really, really hard time connecting his brain and trying to understand what Kazutora is saying to him. "Hmm, ah! Baji..."

Chifuyu's heart speeds up in his chest as Kazutora grabs one of his hands, and brings it between his legs. He wraps his fingers around the guy’s hard-on, and immediately starts stroking him, while Baji nibbles at his neck, on the tattoo side. Whatever Kazutora was trying to tell him, gets lost in moans. Chifuyu continues to touch him, as Baji's cock fills Kazutora so well, and his best friend thrusts into one of the most beautiful boys he has ever laid eyes on.

He concentrates on touching him, stroking him with quick movements, trying to imitate their rhythm, which is now tight. He can feel him shaking, Baji is loud, they both are. Their bodies are so close that Chifuyu struggles to keep going, but he tries his hardest, and he is rewarded when Kazutora lifts Baji's shirt, tenses up on him, and climaxes.

He keeps touching him until Kazutora stops shaking, at which point he is forced to stop because Baji grabs the other boy by the hips, and increases the pace by chasing his own climax. It doesn't take long for Baji to release into the condom, pushed deep inside Kazutora.

For a few moments, everything stops. Kazutora rests leaning against Baji, now without moving, his face against his shoulder. "Aah... I fucking loved it. W-wait a minute..."

Kazutora has tissues in his pants pocket, which he and Baji use to clean themselves up. "Earlier, I was trying to tell you..." Kazutora turns back to Chifuyu, as he uses a napkin on Keisuke's abdomen. Chifuyu is watching them, his mind disconnected, dazed. He has already forgotten that Kazutora was trying to tell him something while having sex with Baji.

"Um, yes... your friend's cock is gorgeous, but challenging. If you want, in a better place than this, I can prep you properly so you can take it too... Ahahaha I don't think it'll ever happen, you two will probably get together after this night and never look for me again, but if you need a hand I can do it."

Chifuyu stays staring blankly at him. He still feels lightheaded, and judging by Baji's expression, he is not the only one. He takes a few moments to connect those words, to understand what Kazutora has told him.

Maybe Baji manages it before him, because he mutters, "...for fuck's sake, Kazutora."

"Did you like it?"

What the fuck has happened. Chifuyu struggles to comprehend it, he only manages to nod, and say, "Y-yes... of course we did!"

"It wouldn't hurt to do it again," Baji comments, as he pulls his pants back on. As always, he is direct and honest, but saying outright that he would like to do it again? Chifuyu feels overwhelmed, he doesn't even know what to think about that half-hearted request.

Kazutora fastens his pants again, and also three or four buttons on his shirt. Chifuyu hurries to adjust himself in turn, because the other two boys are also doing so. He says nothing. He's wondering if those are just small talk, the kind of things you say after fucking someone at a club. Chifuyu can't tell, it's his first time and probably his last, he really has no idea if people say "let's see each other again" to never see each other again.

However, after that Kazutora asks both of them for their cell phone numbers. Even when they leave that small room, and go back to the table, he doesn't leave their side. It's a little weird, but not unpleasant, and Chifuyu is too busy trying to pretend nothing happened to think too much about it. He's sure his face is red, and Baji's hair is tied up in a messed-up way. They both used the excuse of the heat, but that doesn't justify Kazutora's presence.

Mikey doesn't seem to care, he is barely paying attention to them. He's at the table with people neither he nor Baji knows, and neither does Kazutora according to the few words they manage to exchange on the way between the small room and the table.

"Who's that?" Baji asks, staring puzzled at the guy Mikey has clung to.

"Takemitchi!"

"...Who?"

"Takemitchi, my new buddy!"

Chifuyu is a little confused and a little amused, but mostly too satisfied to care. He hardly knows Mikey, so why should he care if a guy who has a girlfriend ("Um, he's engaged?" tried  one of Takemichi's friends, only to be told "Nooo, he's my little buddy now!" from Manjiro) gets hit on by him?

Takemichi is dead drunk, he introduces himself to them laughing, takes a selfie with Mikey to send it to his girlfriend, and Manjiro laughs. "Ahahaha isn't my new friend handsome? Takemitchi, tell her you are my new bf!"

Chifuyu also drank, but certainly less than Takemichi, who at that rate might find himself single by morning... to Mikey's delight, maybe, unless Manjiro is more stage than substance. Again, he doesn't know him well enough to say that. He is puzzled by the whole situation, but also amused.

"And, um, what happened to Kisaki?" Not that he cares all that much, but they've found Mikey again, only one person is missing from those they arrived at that club with.

"If he is still with Hanma, he'll have already taken him to a hotel and they'll have done all the kamasutra positions by now," Kazutora shrugs. "I told you that I saw Hanma leave with someone who was sitting at your table, didn't I? He has to be your friend."

"Kisaki is not our friend," Baji points out. "But more importantly, Kisaki did what, and with who?" his expression is disgusted, and Chifuyu bursts out laughing.

"With Hanma, who is more or less my friend... and roommate. But it's not a problem, I'm moving in with you anyway," Chifuyu turns to look at him, with puzzlement written all over his face. Baji also has the same expression, and Kazutora bursts out laughing. "Ahahaha just kidding! I'm drunk, I make such jokes when I drink!" he is chuckling, and Chifuyu is not that sure it was a joke. It has to be, they don't even know each other, but it didn't sound like a joke.

They spend the rest of the evening hanging around that table, after taking a few chairs. Takemichi's friends are four in number, and Mikey is also there, consequently the two small sofas are barely enough for them. The intention is to stay just long enough to sober up, because they have to ride back home, but after a few minutes Chifuyu starts to find the whole situation amusing, and the company enjoyable.

Takemichi and his friends happen to be there by chance, they didn't even know it was a gay club, or so they say. Kazutora muttered against his ear, "I think the one with the red hair definitely knew it's a gay club," but according to the official version, they ended up there by accident. They had been invited to a birthday party in that area of Tokyo, and then decided to stick around to end the night. As a result, Manjiro found a guy who, for some reason, caught his eye. 

Takemichi is nowhere near as handsome as Kazutora, even his friends at one point asked Mikey, "Are you sure you really like him? I mean, have you seen yourself, and have you seen him?" but Manjiro seems to like him even a little too much. At one point Mikey sits straight down on Takemichi's lap, with the excuse that there is not much space, and takes three or four more selfies with him.

The evening passes quickly, and Chifuyu doesn't pause to think until they leave the club, and the cold autumn air brings some coherence back into his brain. Holy shit, he gave his number to a guy he met in a gay club. To make matters worse, he also felt bad about saying goodbye to Kazutora and leaving without him... as if there were who knows how many chances of seeing each other again after that night. It was nice, a little weird but he'll definitely keep a good memory of the night with him, but from tomorrow everything will be back to normal.

'Holy shit, he has both our numbers, and we have his,' Chifuyu thinks as he slips on his helmet. 'Holy shit, I live with Baji, now what?'

He saw his best friend fucking a guy. Is it possible for their relationship to remain the same, after something like this? Chifuyu swallows hard, when Keisuke says, "So are you getting on?"

They drank a little too much to drive, but much of the effect of the alcohol has now worn off, and Baji seems lucid. Chifuyu sighs, he doesn't have much alternative, so he climbs on the saddle of the motorcycle behind him.

It's actually not so much the drunk driving that worries him - it's not very responsible but they've done it before - but more the discussion that awaits him the next day. He should talk to him, that time for real. All the times they got drunk together, and ended up making out and touching each other, the next day they acted like nothing happened. He doesn't want that to be just another of the many times they'll pretend not to remember, to avoid facing embarrassment.

Nevertheless, when Chifuyu wakes up the next morning, he says nothing. It's too late to eat breakfast, so they wait for lunchtime in front of the television set, because they are both too groggy to do anything coherent, and Baji is in no condition to try to study. They eat, again without mentioning anything, and then Baji goes to take a shower, and he is left alone in the living room. Chifuyu wants to bang his head against the wall, why the hell can't he speak? It's as if something is blocking him.

He sighs heavily as he searches for a drama, or something equally enjoyable to watch, that might distract him for a while. His phone vibrates in his pocket, he grabs it and furrows his brows as he reads, "Did you finally clear it up?"

It's Kazutora. Chifuyu replies, "No?"

It's a bit weird as a message to start a conversation, and scrolling through the chat he realizes that it’s not, in fact, the first message. They texted each other last night. He even sent him a goodnight message, and Peke-j's picture.

Chifuyu feels his face flare up, what the fuck? He wasn't that drunk the night before, or at least... he didn't think he was. What's more, Kazutora also replied to him.

-

They haven't stopped writing to each other, and it's not just that. Kazutora has been working with them for fifteen days now. Everything is still new, and Chifuyu doesn't quite know how to act. Kazutora actually has, in the workplace, some flaws that he'll have to point out to him sooner or later, but it's a delicate situation, and he doesn't want to make him uncomfortable or hurt him.

His new employee is, to make a long story short, great with customers and a disaster at everything else. More than once he has found him and Baji busy watching cat videos when there was a stockpile of pet food to be placed on the shelves, and both tend to make up excuses for not doing the cleaning.

The problem is that Baji is as much of a mess as Kazutora, although he is less good with customers, and is instead more helpful in running the store. It would be unfair to criticize only one of the two. What is more, they have both been seeing Kazutora for a short time, and Chifuyu feels like he is walking on eggshells.

There's no way Kazutora is so clueless that he didn't realize he is doing less than the essentials in the store. After all, in the conbini where he previously worked he was criticized by the manager for the same reason. He himself once said, "They only keep me because of my pretty face, and because I have a way with customers." Chifuyu is weak, and Kazutora takes advantage of this, but how could he blame him when Baji behaves in the exact same way?

Once they were at the cinema, all three of them together, in front of an average boring movie. Chifuyu asked Kazutora if he wanted to go to the usual club, because it was obvious that the other boy was on the verge of falling asleep. It felt strange that, although they had met Kazutora in such a setting, in two months of knowing each other he had not mentioned a club once.

"No, those places bored me, and besides I'm better with you," Chifuyu heard him reply. "'There's nothing good in those clubs anyway... except you two, of course, but you just ended there by chance. Most of the people there just want to have fun, like that asshole I fell in love with two months ago."

"Two months ago we met?" interrupted Baji.

"Before I met you, like two and a half months ago. He promised me the whole world, and in the end he was married with two children."

That was one of the occasions when Chifuyu realized how much Kazutora was in need of affection. Who the heck falls in love within a moment with someone they meet in a club? Even he and Baji are being careful with Kazutora, and they are not familiar with such environments. They have never stopped him from meeting someone else, from going back to his former life, Kazutora himself was the one who said he is fine with them and doesn't need anything more.

On another occasion this was even more blatant. They were at Kazutora's house, theoretically they were supposed to stay there ten minutes and leave before his roommate returned. In fact, Hanma was there, and he started making all sorts of jokes. "They are going to break up with you, just like all the guys before." "Two guys? They'll end up getting together with each other." "They know you used to go clubbing, that you fucked anyone in exchange of a couple of attentions, why do you think they keep you?"

Baji almost punched Hanma in the face that day. Kazutora stopped him, and dragged him away. "He always does that, he's an asshole.

"For fuck's sake, what the fuck does what you did before we met have to do with it!" yelled Baji, as he walked out of the apartment, slamming the door so hard he made the wall shake.

Chifuyu doesn't actually think Hanma is such a terrible friend. Half an hour later, a message came to Kazutora. It said, "Thank me, maybe they won't dump you now ;)" All three of them read it by mistake, as they were watching yet another video with kittens. "Fuck off," Kazutora replied him, before returning to Youtube.

They got to know him, week after week. The everyday Kazutora is different from the one they met in the club, but that was to be expected. What Chifuyu didn't expect was to see him look like a good boy in the workplace, with his hair tied back, and a turtleneck shirt. He also didn't expect to find out that Kazutora has hardly any friends, except Hanma, and that without alcohol, or without a role to play - the one of the clerk, for example, which he does very well - he is not even that outgoing. 

Kazutora touches him and Baji more or less all the time, casually when they are in public, and deliberately when they are at home. He has a very bad relationship with his parents, and often invites himself to their house because he is lonely, and because Hanma is a pain in the ass with, 'Kisaki this, Kisaki that.' Often, under the guise of alcohol, they end up having sex and spending the night together.

Chifuyu has grown fond of him. He has known him for only three months and has hired him to work in his store, even though he knows why his contract in the conbini was not renewed. They don't live together, but Kazutora is at their place so often that, Chifuyu already knows, sooner or later he'll end up giving in and asking him, despite having very good reasons not to. He and Baji don't share a room, the space is not big, and Keisuke is not tidy and doesn't like to clean. Kazutora has shown no sign of being all that much better in that regard. It's not uncommon for Chifuyu to clean up the messes left around by Baji, because he doesn't want to risk stepping on a finished box of peyoung yakisoba as he walks, and he's not sure he wants to do it with two people instead of one.

Theirs is not a relationship, it's something strange and still new to which they have not given a name. He and Baji have never stopped Kazutora from continuing with the life he had before he met them, but Chifuyu has realized that Tora falls in love really easily. Rationally he knows this is a lack of affection fault, that Kazutora has shown no sign of even wanting sex with anyone else since they met, let alone wanting to look for a boyfriend at a club, but he can't quite relax. He fears that this may only be a pleasant interlude in his life, that sooner or later the balance that has been established between them will shatter.

Without Kazutora, Chifuyu would never have been able to go further than a couple of casual touches with Baji. He would never have had sex with him, he would not have had the courage to ask for it, and if he had tried, they might not have been able to get it done. He didn't expect it would take that much preparation to make a sexual intercourse really painless, or at least manageable.

He likes Kazutora a lot. If in the end Baji chooses him, Chifuyu will be disappointed, but he’ll understand. They are both beautiful, and they are quickly becoming the two people he holds dearest in the world, apart from his mother. He really likes them so much, if they eventually decide to cut him off it would be a problem, but he would stand strong and approve of their relationship. That's not what worries him.

Being afraid of Kazutora walking away from them is, probably, an irrational fear. Only a day before, Baji said, "Tora, stop being so obsessive with Fuyu," and Kazutora replied, "Don't worry, I am obsessive with you too," with that beautiful, captivating expression of his, that yet occasionally doesn't seem so stable.

Maybe Chifuyu should worry a little, but all he managed to do was feel relieved on hearing that exchange of lines. He wants nothing more than them beside him, and for the time being he has everything he desires, but how can he accept that and stop worrying? They met Kazutora in a club, and they ended up sleeping together that same night. It doesn't mean anything in particular, and yet....

And then there is his physical appearance, his being really, really breathtaking. As much as Kazutora may compliment him, and he often does, Chifuyu can't quite believe him. He is nothing compared to Baji, and not just aesthetically. Keisuke is special, he is someone who gives his soul for the people he cares for.

"That was... good," Kazutora murmurs. "You guys are so perfect."

They have just finished having sex, they are in Chifuyu's bed. He is the only one among the three who has a double, and as a result they always end up in his room, and he couldn't be happier about it. He likes to fall asleep every night thinking about everything they have done there. If only his mind could quiet down, and leave him free to rest without proposing a whole series of uncomfortable thoughts....

"Have you seen yourself?" Chifuyu laughs. "You're beautiful, you have a good personality, and... I wouldn't be surprised if Baji eventually decides to date you, it would be... anyone would choose you."

He might as well get out those words, which he has had in his chest for a couple of months now. Kazutora is really a nice person. It doesn't matter what his background is, or if he spends too much time in the workshop chatting and playing with cats, or doing anything but work. Chifuyu finds him adorable, and he knows that at the end of the probationary period he'll hire him anyway, but most of all he is sure that Kazutora deserves stability, that he deserves to be happy. By now it's clear that he was looking for a boyfriend before he met them, and the only thing preventing him from finding one is their being three.

"Impossible," laughs Kazutora. He and Chifuyu are facing each other, lying on the bed. "No one has ever chosen me, I'm not that perfect... but you are, damn right you are, and besides, you've known each other forever. You never went clubbing..."

"It doesn't mean anything, you were just looking for someone."

"In a place where I knew I wouldn't find anything of the sort." 

What Kazutora is telling him is clear, he didn't go to clubs just for that. Chifuyu is not a completely clueless person, even though he was drunk he remembers the way Kazutora approached them. Kazutora went to that club with a condom in his pocket, and a plug to take out at the first opportunity. What does it matter, after all? 

"Baji cares a lot about you, I can tell," Kazutora is saying to him, "It was only a matter of time before you started a relationship, I noticed it right away when I saw you."

"That's enough," blurts out Baji, who is settled on Chifuyu's right. "We just finished fucking, it was great, what the fuck are you talking about?! Tomorrow morning I have class, then I have to go to the dojo, and then to Peke-J Lando. I can't stay up all night listening to your bullshit."

"But..."

"Besides, why the fuck should I be the one to choose?! You two can also get together, you know."

"But we could never leave you out, Baji-san!" says Chifuyu, and Kazutora adds, "Of course we can't!"

"And why should I... and stop calling me Baji-san, we just finished fucking, call me Keisuke!"

"It slipped out, Baji-s... Keisuke. Anyway it's true, I could never choose between you, and Kazutora has already said he's in love with you!"

"He also said he is in love with you," Baji snorts. "Shit, I have to sleep, it's so late... enough of this bullshit, let's stay together all three of us."

"Huh?" Kazutora has a lost, confused expression. It can even be seen in the dimness of the room.

"Can it be done?" Chifuyu asks. It's not that he hadn't thought about it, but he doesn't even know how it works. He doesn't know anyone in such a relationship, and they have just started dating. What if it doesn't work?

"Who's stopping us?" snorts Baji. "Now let me fucking sleep," he adds, turning around and giving them his back.

Chifuyu remains looking at Baji’s back, his heart beating rapidly in his chest. Kazutora moves closer to him, encircles his sides with his arms, and murmurs, "Can we really...?"

"Sleep," Baji repeats, without turning to look at them.

Chifuyu is almost about to reply, but he falls silent. Keisuke is right, he has a busy day ahead of him, and it’s already late. He grabs one of Kazutora's hands, holding it to let him know that he has heard him, that he is there for him. For the moment, it's best to try to sleep. He already knows that tomorrow they'll talk about it, this time without putting it off for months, because Kazutora is with them. Chifuyu is not sleepy, but he closes his eyes and struggles to relax in that warm embrace.

Chapter Text

Chifuyu hasn't stopped going to Baji and Kazutora's place. He doesn't often think about what happened when they first met; the Baji and Kazutora he spends time with at least three times a week are not the same ones who got him drunk to have sex with him. The Kazutora Chifuyu has come to know is not the same one who held a knife to his throat and ordered him to give Baji a blowjob.

He knows that blaming it all on drugs would be simplistic, he is not so naive. He knows he should be more wary, but by now he can almost say he has become friends with them. They have talked a lot, they have told him their stories, meaning that Baji has told him Kazutora's story, and Kazutora has told him Baji's one.

He likes to be with them. Chifuyu knows he has a bit too much of a 'shojo manga' worldview, he is aware of it, but how could he hate someone who was beaten by his father, and ignored by his mother? How could he hate someone who saw one of his childhood friends end up motionless on a hospital bed, and disastrously handled every moment of his life from there on? They are two good people who have had many difficulties and made mistakes, and street life is not easy.

Chifuyu doesn't want to abandon them, despite what they've done to him... which he didn't mind so much, though. When Kazutora told him to blow Baji off, he was terrified. He had realized that they were both on drugs, and he was really afraid of getting a knife stuck in his throat. He instead enjoyed having Kazutora near him, murmuring words of encouragement against his ear, holding him close, and it made him feel wrong and confused.

He could have walked away, after that blowjob, despite the fact that his face and his shirt were a mess. He instead started talking about cats with Baji. He followed them, no one stopped him from running away. He almost was on the verge of doing it, once or twice, but in the end he entered the abandoned arcade of his own free will. He did it out of curiosity, maybe, or he did it just because he is an idiot who knew what he was getting into, but he still wanted to experience it firsthand.

That's what happened, right? Chifuyu is not sure that they didn't... well, rape him, but he was the one who went there. He was the one who agreed to drink, Kazutora pushed him several times, but he didn't really force him. Chifuyu could have said no. He's not even sure he didn't like it, although he remembers little of what happened after the fourth sip of vodka. Baji also helped him get to the bathroom before he ended up vomiting on the floor, and then to clean himself up and put his clothes back on. Kazutora was clearly overwhelmed, he was crying.

Even though they see each other often, nothing more happened between them. Baji and Kazutora are both afraid to touch him, he realized this from the early days. Once they were drinking beer, Kazutora kissed him on the mouth, and then apologized several times. Occasionally, even when they lay a hand on his shoulder, they jerk it away a moment later.

That situation is starting to get a little frustrating. It's embarrassing to admit it, but he's getting along well with them both, so well that he's got a crush. There's no way that his is a platonic feeling, as he struggled to believe at first. By now Chifuyu just keeps thinking about the next time he'll meet them, and his fantasies after a while always take the same turn.

Baji and Kazutora at first kept themselves in check with each other in front of him. They stopped doing that when, after drinking a little, Chifuyu said, "You don't have to hold back just because I'm here... this is your home, I know you're a couple, it doesn't bother me."

It's true that it doesn't bother him, the problem is that what he feels is more or less the opposite. He saw them kissing, making out in front of him, and he wished he could have been involved. He didn't have the courage to move a single muscle. They even touched each other with him there once, only to apologize after a few hours, once the alcohol wore off.

They act as if Chifuyu might get traumatized in the face of every single physical contact, or even in seeing them do things to each other. He suspects Kazutora was the one who put that idea in Baji's head, but it's now hardwired into both of them. It doesn't make sense, really, but he hasn't been able to say anything to either of them yet.

That's not why he decided to invite them to his house, although he has a little, tiny hope, even in that way. His mom has a long shift at work, and then she'll be out to dinner with colleagues. She told him not to wait up for her, she doesn't even know if she'll be back for the night. It's cold outside, it's already winter, and there's no heat in the arcade. Baji and Kazutora have brought an old electric heater there, stolen from a warehouse, but it's not enough to heat the whole place. It's a problem especially when they have to take a shower, there is no hot water and it becomes uncomfortable and complicated. They agreed immediately when he told them they could use the shower and bathtub.

"...and then we can eat something, maybe not three Peyoung Yakisoba, otherwise my mom will wonder where the one she bought last week went, but there's the fridge full." He's talking off the cuff, actually he's a little nervous about taking them both to his house.

"Wait, but this area..." Baji interrupts him.

"You know it? I live down the street, near the newspaper stand."

"Even too well..." murmurs Kazutora.

Chifuyu looks at them confused, and asks, "Is there a problem?" but neither of them answers. When they are a few steps away from the building where Chifuyu lives, Baji grabs him by the front of his shirt and drags him to a side street.

"What the fuck are you trying to do?" Keisuke snarls at him.

"N-nothing!"

"Do you really live in that building?" asks Kazutora, as he rests a hand on Baji's shoulder.

"Yes!" Chifuyu actually feared, for a moment, that he would get punched in the face. "What's the matter... what's wrong with the apartment where I live? It's a very ordinary low-income house!" he replied, with his heart beating rapidly in his chest.

"There's no way this is a fucking coincidence," Baji tugs at his shirt, his expression still angry. Chifuyu has yet to avoid that metaphorical punch.

He holds his breath, as Kazutora replies, "Let's find out. Your mom is at work at this time, right? That shouldn't be a problem either way."

"In theory," Baji blurts out, and then lets go of Chifuyu's shirt, angrily. "How do I know if she has changed her schedule in the meantime, or if she has changed job altogether?"

Chifuyu hasn't understood anything the other two boys are saying, he is still motionless with his heart beating fast in his chest.

Kazutora passes a hand around his back, "You don't want to trick us, do you?" his tone doesn't sound good, and Chifuyu knows he always has a switchblade in his pocket.

"No... of course not! Why should I? Besides, how? What happened?" He doesn't understand shit, really.

"What floor do you live on?" asks Kazutora.

"On the first..."

"Look at the names on the doorbells on the fifth floor, as we go up."

Baji approaches the building circumspectly, looking around and turning more than one nervous glance at the windows. Chifuyu realizes why, and opens his eyes wide as he reads 'Baji Ryoko' on the doorbell of one of the apartments on the fifth floor.

"How is it possible..."

"Baji's mom has been living here for less than two years, it could be a coincidence... or at least, I hope it is," Kazutora replies, giving him a look that sends a cold shiver down Chifuyu's spine.

"Of course it is! We've never even crossed paths on the stairs, it's absurd..."

"Hurry up and get into the house before someone recognizes me!" growls Baji, yanking them both out of the elevator.

Chifuyu hurries to open the door, and Baji rushes inside. It's definitely not because he's hungry, in need of the bathroom, or in a hurry to meet Peke-j. This is really absurd. Baji is looking around. "Shit, it's really just like my house... furniture aside, the rooms are identical."

It's really, really absurd. Now he can understand Baji's reaction down the street. He, too, would have thought that his mother was somehow trying to bring him home through one of her peers, had he been in his place. Chifuyu only now realizes how misunderstandable the whole thing was, Kazutora saved him from getting punched in the face.

He sighs with relief as Peke-j walks over, and goes to rub himself against Baji's legs. Nothing has happened, Kazutora and Baji are the same as ever, and his cat seems to adore Keisuke. It's clear how much he likes him, and Chifuyu trusts Peke-j. Animal instincts are more developed than human ones, and Peke-j is even purring at the one who in theory is a complete stranger.

"He hasn't run away since I've known you... I mean, he goes away now and then, but he always comes back," he explains, as he takes off his shoes, and leaves them at the front door. The other two boys do likewise, although Peke-j doesn't give Baji a break even for a moment.

"How cute..." Kazutora crouches down to the cat's level, bringing a hand toward his head. Peke-j reaches out to his fingers, rubbing against him too. "I've never had an animal at home, it has to be nice."

"Didn't you spay him, though? This is a tomcat," Baji gives him a puzzled, and also a little annoyed, look.

"I don't know, my mom said she'll think about it later, but she's always at work... It hasn't been that long since I brought him home."

"No wonder he runs away."

"...ah." Chifuyu had no idea, does Peke-j really keep running away for that reason? He's a quiet cat who doesn't scratch furniture or mark his territory. His mom was more worried about that than anything else, because male cats spray urine against the wall and stuff, according to what she told him when Chifuyu picked up a kitten from the street. Then almost ten months passed, and Peke-j never did anything bad except running away from home from time to time. "Baji-san, I can see you wanted to be a veterinarian!"

"Everyone knows that," Baji snorts, "You don't need to be a vet. Schedule the operation if you don't want your cat to disappear again someday."

"Yes...!" Chifuyu didn't know, really. Baji always told him that his grades were below average, that he was never smart or gifted in any subject, but to him it looks the other way around. "I don't want Peke-j to leave again." It would be a nightmare, he didn't sleep for whole nights, he was so nervous he got into fights with anyone who looked at him the wrong way. Then he met the two of them, and Peke-j came back home.

"So..." Kazutora clears his throat. "It's eleven thirty, can we take a shower before we eat?"

"Sure!" he almost forgot. He feels embarrassed for not proposing for them to use the bathroom while he prepares something to eat. "This way..."

"Even the bathroom is the same as the one in my house..." Baji comments, and Chifuyu laughs. "Then I don't have to apologize because it's so small, and the bathtub is hanging on the wall... I can prepare it if you want."

"The shower is more than enough," Kazutora smiles at him.

Chifuyu falls silent for a moment, because Baji has already taken off his hoodie and shirt, just like that, and is now undoing his pants.

He clears his throat. "Then I'll leave you two alone..."

"It's your bathroom, do what you want," Keisuke replies to him, as he pulls down his pants and boxers in one motion. Chifuyu feels himself flaming in the face.

"I'll get you some towels, and the clothes in your backpacks!" he replies, before running out of the room.

He only needs to close the door to feel like a complete idiot. Baji literally told him he could stay there while he and Kazutora showered. Chifuyu sighs deeply, and goes to get the two boys' backpacks.

-

His room is, apparently, bigger than Baji's. The reason is that Chifuyu's and his mom's rooms are switched compared to Baji's and Ryoko's. It sounds like the two boys are happy about this, Kazutora even told him, laughing, "At least we don't have to press the three of us on a single bed... Baji's is built-in, single bed, it wasn't comfortable to stay over at his place."

"It was more than comfortable for you back in the day," Baji replied to him, with an amused snort.

Chifuyu wonders if they both miss Ryoko, with whom Keisuke had a relationship quite different from the one Kazutora had with his mother. He finds himself thinking that a few floors divide his house and Baji's; it would be awfully easy for him to wait for his mom to return from work, and ring the doorbell. His chest tightens in a vise, thinking that nothing like that will happen.

"Keisuke is a thickhead," Kazutora told him, laughing, weeks earlier. He was referring to an entirely different context, but Chifuyu feel like he could hear that phrase again, as he thought of a mother waiting for the return of her son, who is actually only a few floors down, in the same fucking building. He doesn't dare say anything, he's too afraid that pressing Baji on that subject, or even just asking him inappropriate questions, would lead to an argument. He doesn't know Ryoko, but he knows that what happened is fixable.

He can't think about it for long, because Kazutora is going through his room as if Chifuyu had given him permission, commenting on every single thing. It's embarrassing enough to make him forget everything else.

"Do you have a sister?" Kazutora asks him, with a shojo manga in his hand.

Chifuyu knows where this is heading, and he might be better off telling him that he has a sister, but he's not good at lying, and besides, there's no second room in that house, or even a second bed. "No..."

"What about these? Are they your mom's?"

"Um no... they are mine" Chifuyu clears his throat, red in the face. He also has a Nana poster on the door of the room, but for some reason Kazutora has not connected the two things. He's obviously not up to date on the currently trending shojo manga, and Chifuyu doesn't feel like blaming him for that. He knows it's weird for a guy to read that stuff, but what can he do if he likes them?

"Leave him alone," snorts Baji, who has meanwhile sat on his bed, with a notebook in his hands, which he is flipping through.

Chifuyu has to restrain the urge to snatch it out of his hand and hide it, even though that's only his Japanese literature exercise book, and not his personal diary.

Fortunately, he had the foresight to hide that one in the bottom of his closet before he left the house that very morning. He followed his instincts and got it right, although he had no idea that Baji and Kazutora would be poking around in that shameless way.

"I didn't say anything bad, I was just curious!" replied Kazutora.

"Does it look like Chifuyu can have a sister, though? My house is a hole, his house is the same, where would you put a sister? And if those manga were his mom's they wouldn't be in Chifuyu's room, who cares if he likes that girly stuff!"

Baji probably wanted to stand up for him, but now Chifuyu feels three times worse. His cheeks are on fire, and all because of some stupid manga.

Kazutora is laughing, approaching them with the first volume of Paradise Kiss in his hands. "Take it easy Fuyu, don't listen to what Baji says. I have no problem with the manga you read," he laughs, as he takes a seat next to them. He is already reading the first few pages.

"What the fuck?" rants Baji, closing the notebook and shoving a hand into his pants pocket. "I never said it's a problem for me," he adds, pulling the cigarette pack, and a lighter, out of his pocket.

"Not here, Baji-san..." he tells him, reaching to his hand to stop him from lighting a cigarette.

They are very close to each other. He's very close to both of them actually, pressed between them on the bed, which is not that huge to fit three people comfortably. It's only a single and a half size, but neither Baji nor Kazutora seems to mind.

For a few moments his and Keisuke's eyes meet, and it's natural for Chifuyu to lean in closer.

Baji's hair is still half wet, he has blow-dried it, but in a perfunctory way. His expression is quiet, but within a few moments he becomes just surprised, maybe a little confused. He really likes Baji, with those beautiful features, the dark eyes, the slightly contracted eyebrows.

Keisuke grabs him by the shirt, and kisses him on the mouth. Chifuyu's eyes go wide - it's the first time it's happened without alcohol - but he doesn't relax in time. Baji pulls away from him a moment later. "Shit...! Sorry, I didn't mean to..."

"No..." he tries to say, but is interrupted by Kazutora.

"Baji! What the fuck did we say... holy shit! Fuyu, are you okay?"

"Yes..." he tries to say, again, and this time he gets interrupted by Baji. "I'm sorry, okay? Shit, he's the one who got near-"

"And so you thought it would be good to kiss him on the mouth, as if last time wasn't enough... fuck Baji, we talked about this!"

"I already said I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose!"

"Guys..." attempts Chifuyu, clearing his throat.

"Yes, you didn't do it on purpose! You slipped and your mouth accidentally landed on his, what the fuck!"

"Holy shit, Kazutora! Don't make it sound like-"

"Guys!" he struggles to raise his voice. They both finally fall silent, and Chifuyu finds himself staring at them, without uttering a word.

"...yes?" Baji asks him.

"If this idiot bothered you..." starts Kazutora, but Chifuyu interrupts him.

"He didn't bother me! I don't... I know it's crazy, but I've grown fond of both of you, even if the beginning was..." It's now or never, he says to himself. If he takes those words back now, he probably won't be able to get them out again, or at least not in a good way. He already ran out of the bathroom like an idiot, less than two hours earlier, only to ask himself what they did without him, whether they just showered or if there was some kissing, some touching.

He wished he had been there, and he has only to thank himself and his stupidity. "I like you both," he blurts out, all in one breath.

"So it would be nice if you'd stop acting like I could... I don't know, getting traumatized for life by a hand on my shoulder?"

They are both staring at him. Chifuyu catches his breath, red in the face. "I know it may not be exactly normal, but..."

Kazutora clears his throat. "If you're really sure... I mean, Baji and I told each other to take it easy, to not even touch you after... after what happened."

Chifuyu turns to him, grabs his hand and kisses him. He knows what Kazutora is thinking: that this is not normal, that he is not normal for falling for the same people who drank him into unconsciousness and fucked him while he was not lucid. Maybe that's true, but he doesn't want to follow the coherence, or keep thinking about it over and over again.

He pretty much fucked his brains out on the first night, as the migraine split his head.

He wondered if they had really raped him, or if Chifuyu had just let them do it, since he followed them. He never wanted to report them, doing so would have meant telling someone what had happened to him, and then he's a male, and he fucking followed them.

Then Peke-J came back, and Chifuyu saw it as a sign. He cleared his mind, waited for the hangover to pass, and decided to go back to that arcade. His memories are fuzzy, but at one point Kazutora was crying, and Baji helped him. Neither of them was in their right mind when they pushed him to his knees in the street, or even when they made him drink like that. As far as he knows, neither of them has taken a pill since that day, or at least not in his presence.

It's his fault too, he repeats in his mind as Baji grabs him by the hips and pushes him against Kazutora, pressing Chifuyu between their bodies. He has told himself over and over again to avoid justifying them, because no one forced them to take drugs and do what they did, but he can't. He likes them too much, and it's easier that way.

He is fond of them, he feels sorry for the way they live, he is trying to bring them something to eat, or give them the little money he has so they can wash their clothes, get something useful. Since they are there he feels less lonely, he doesn't even feel the need to hit anyone who looks at him wrong at school anymore. Checking that they don't die, and trying to help them, is the least he can do.

Kazutora pushes his tongue into his mouth, and Chifuyu feels his heart beating rapidly in his chest. He tries to respond, to do something coherent. For a few moments he even feels like he is succeeding, after all that's not his first kiss. He feels hot, he is shivering, and Kazutora quickly makes it worse.

"You asked for it," Kazutora tells him, as he goes to undo his pants. For a moment, Chifuyu feels like he is seeing again the Kazutora he met in that Shibuya alley, and then in the abandoned arcade.

His heart leaps into his throat, a hot shiver slides down his spine. Baji reaches out and kisses his neck, Kazutora pulls him closer to him, and Chifuyu almost collapses on him as he is pressed between him and Baji. He manages to settle himself astride Kazutora's legs, who reaches out a hand to his cock and wraps his fingers around it.

That contact rips the breath from his lungs, and the coherence from his brain. He pushes against his hand as Baji nibbles on his neck, making him shiver. It's so intense, it feels so good, he enjoys it so much. This is what he wanted, to be pressed between them, to be touched and kissed. Chifuyu closes his eyes, pushes himself against Kazutora, who brings his lips close to his. He moves toward him, and gasps into his mouth.

Pleasure vibrates under his skin, his cock is so hard. He first clings to Kazutora's shoulders, then he circles his neck with his arms. "Nnh..." he murmurs, and thrusts his hips against the guy's hand. "Ah… K-Kazu-" he is interrupted by the other boy's mouth, pressed to his own.

Baji bites his neck, and Chifuyu's eyes go wide, and he moans. He doesn't even know if he's in pleasure or pain, Kazutora is still touching him, now faster. Chifuyu has a pair of hands on his hips, but he doesn't know whose they are. His legs are wide open, he knows Kazutora is also aroused, but he is not coherent enough to even think of doing something about it.

It doesn't take long for him to come. It's too much, really. It's wonderful, he wants to be held between them forever. Pleasure flows down his body, as a sequence of intense shivers. He cums on Kazutora, clinging to him. Baji doesn't stop biting his neck, probably he has already left marks on him, and his attentions make the orgasm even more intense.

Chifuyu doesn't even have time to catch his breath, the orgasm has been over for a moment, and Baji grabs him by the weight and makes him move, and then he kisses Kazutora on the mouth, pushing him down on the mattress. Chifuyu, still out of breath, stands watching as Tora ends up sprawled on the bed, and Baji settles between his legs.

"Shit, Baji...!"

"What else is there now? Chifuyu's okay with it!"

"You almost made me bang my head against the wall, for fuck's sake!"

"You didn't bang it," Baji points out, then brings his gaze to Chifuyu. "Wait, do you want to be the first one?"

"No...!" he knows his face is already all red, that his embarrassment can't be noticed any more than that, but he still feels as if his heart has leapt in his chest again. "I just cum, I'll gladly stay and watch you..." he bites his lower lip, he has never been so explicit, but what's the point of holding back now? They've made him cum, and judging by what he's seeing, they'll soon be doing the same to each other.

Baji is already undoing Kazutora's pants, which asks him, "Fuyu, go get us condoms. They're in my backpack..."

"We never fuck with condoms," Baji comments, as he unbuckles his pants. Chifuyu realizes only now the mess he has made on Kazutora's clothes by cumming on him. He didn't even think to tell him to undress, luckily he has a washer and dryer at home.

"And that's why I have them in my backpack, so that I don't end up with cum running down between my legs like the last time you wanted to fuck me outside," Kazutora snorts, as he pulls off his shirt, and remains completely naked. "And by the way, we don't have lube... Chifuyu?"

"Yes...!" He is red in the face. He stands up sharply, then grabs the shirt Kazutora has just thrown on the ground, and says to him, "I'll put this in the washing machine too, it'll only be a moment!"

Chifuyu pulls on his boxer shorts and pants, and runs to get what was asked of him. Kazutora replies, "Don't waste time on a shirt, we'll wash it later," as Chifuyu slips his pants off, and hurriedly grabs and fastens them.

Chifuyu forces himself to calm down and do as he is asked, rummaging through a backpack is not complicated. He drops the shirt on the floor again. There is no point in washing it now, and not later along with the other clothes. He realizes this belatedly, but doesn't dwell on it, and goes back to the kitchen to pick up Kazutora's backpack. It's full of stuff, there are even manga and several accessories in there, probably all stolen. Eventually Chifuyu finds what he is looking for, and hurries back to them.

Kazutora is completely naked, and Baji is shirtless. Their hair is both tousled, the blond wisps fall over Baji's shoulders. "Shit, this hair... Chifuyu, can you get me a rubber band too?"

"...yes!"

Chifuyu runs to the bathroom to get him a rubber band. He grabs the first one he finds, and hurriedly brings it to him. Kazutora has already told him not to waste any time, he doesn't want Baji, who has even less patience than him, to tell him that too. Keisuke immediately ties his hair, then finishes undoing his pants.

"Aren't you going to get closer?" asks Kazutora, reaching out a hand to him.

"Don't you want some privacy?"

They don't want it, it's obvious.

Kazutora laughs, without stopping reaching out to him. "Weren't you the one who wanted to fuck us?"

"Um, yes..."

He still wants it, he hasn't stopped wanting it. He enjoyed being touched and kissed, he would do it again right away too, but he has a hard time asking for it himself. If he didn't, they probably would have already had sex, or at least he would have already told them both everything he feels about them.

Kazutora smiles at him, his expression is calm. His eyes are a little glazed over, and Chifuyu is taken aback for a moment. This is not the usual Kazutora, he seems... sincere, honest, and maybe even a little worried. "You can back out if you don't feel like it."

"No..." It's a change that doesn't leave him too startled, because he's seen this Kazutora before, even though it's been a while since the last time. He feels his chest tighten, but not in a bad way. He chuckles, but a choked sound comes out of him. "Ahaha I'll gladly stay and watch you... I'm just embarrassed," he admits.

"Tora, stop confusing him," Baji snorts, as he finishes undressing. They are both completely naked now.

"I'm not confusing anyone's mind," snorts Kazutora, but it's a soft, amused sound.

"Kazutora's not confusing me, I'm just-" he's doing what he wants, and then they've already touched him, made him cum. He wants to watch them, and he also wants to help. For the moment he settles down next to them, on the edge of the bed so that they both have most of the space, and grabs Kazutora's hand after holding out the box of condoms to Baji. "I'm doing what I want."

Baji tries to open the condom for two seconds, then curses and hands it to Kazutora, who snorts in amusement and unwraps it. Keisuke meanwhile takes off his pants, strips completely, and Chifuyu stares at him and swallows blankly. He has imagined several times to touch Baji again, he has even dreamed of spreading his legs wide for him and having him on himself, thrust deep inside. Now that he could actually do it, his legs shake at the very idea. Baji's cock is really big; he doesn't even know if he could convince himself to reach out and touch it.

Kazutora removes his shirt, before returning with his back to the mattress, with his thighs apart. Baji settles between them, grabs his legs and spreads them even wider. Kazutora seems to be holding his breath, but he doesn't complain, he instead reaches out to Baji and says, "Come closer, I'll put a condom on you."

"I don't want it. Chifuyu, don't you have any lube?"

"Not the one suitable for-"

"Body oil? A hand cream?"

"Just put this on," Kazutora snorts, and lifts his back to slip it on Baji himself. "Next time we'll be better prepared, right Chifuyu?"

Chifuyu feels his cheeks on fire, at this point he doesn't think it's possible to get any redder than this. He nods with too much emphasis, and Kazutora laughs, and lies with his back on the mattress again. "Go slow," he says to Baji.

Keisuke turns an amused grin to Kazutora, grabs his legs under his knees, and spreads them even wider. Baji adjusts himself on top of the other boy, and grabs his dick, now covered by the condom, at the base. Chifuyu doesn't even dare to breathe as he watches Baji rub the tip of his cock against Kazutora's hole, and push it into him in one motion.

It's not abrupt, but it's clear from the way Tora grits his teeth that it hurts. "Fuck..." gasps Kazutora.  "F-fuking slow down..."

"I'm taking it slow" Baji is pushed all the way in, he has brought both hands to Kazutora's thighs again, and is holding him down.

Baji still has that beautiful grin on his face, but Chifuyu doesn't know if he would like to be in Kazutora's place. "B-Baji-san...!" It must not be easy to take such a cock without any preparation, and now he feels guilty for not lending them something useful. He could have at least checked in the bathroom before saying he had nothing.

"Maybe I can..."

"Don't worry. Kazutora likes it if it hurts."

"I-it's not-" Kazutora tries to say, but a small movement of Baji, who sways his hips against his, almost makes him scream. "N-not..." Baji does it again. "Fuck, Baji! F-fuck...!"

"See?" grins Baji, as he pushes his hips against Kazutora's.

"At least give me some time to get fucking used to it!" gasps Kazutora, and Chifuyu goes back to grabbing his hand, which the other boy squeezes hard.

Chifuyu is not sure if Kazutora likes it, but he is also not sure if he doesn't like it. It is hard to tell, his face is flushed, his expression contacted in a grimace. Kazutora, however, is not fighting it, he is not even complaining anymore. Chifuyu squeezes his hand tighter, and Kazutora grabs him with his free one, and pulls him closer.

He ends up hugging him, more or less. He settles on his side so as not to get in their way, but Kazutora holds him tighter and slips his face into the crook of his neck, as Baji starts a steady rhythm.

He is out of breath. He can feel his heart rumbling against his throat, he is partly leaning against Kazutora with his torso, and he can hear his loud moans and his breath against his skin in addition to each of Baji's thrusts. He is aroused again, but he says nothing.

Holding on to him has positives, and negative sides. He can't really get a good look at them from the position he is in, but at the same time he can feel Keisuke's every thrust, every movement of their bodies.

He has one of Kazutora's legs pressed against his hip, it's as if he is for all intents and purposes part of that intercourse, even though no one is fucking him.

It's maddening, and it becomes even more so when Kazutora loosens the embrace, but only to rest his hands on his cheeks, and kiss him on the mouth. He goes along with him, although he is not sure he can really do it. He has never kissed anyone but them, except for one of his classmates in fourth grade. He doesn't know whether what he received earlier is to be taken into account or not, because Tora was touching him, and Chifuyu's brain has basically short-circuited.

It doesn't matter at all that he barely knows what he's doing, because Kazutora is panting, groaning in his mouth. His lips are wide open, the kiss is wet and out of control.

Kazutora interrupts him, breaking away from him with a loud moan. "T-touch me... Come on Fuyu, give me... ah, g-give me a hand..."

Chifuyu does, how could he resist such a request?Kazutora is lost in pleasure, and he reaches out a hand to his dick, and tightens his fingers around it. Tora's cock throbs in response, and Chifuyu immediately starts to touch him.

Baji is moving without restraint, slamming his hips against his boyfriend's. Chifuyu is trying to be helpful, to keep a rhythm as close to theirs as possible. It's a feat, even though he is using only one hand.

He is quickly repaid. Kazutora arches his back, tenses under Baji, and bursts into a quick orgasm. Neither of them stops stimulating him, accompanying him throughout the climax as splashes of cum stain Kazutora's beautiful pale skin.

When Chifuyu moves his hand, Baji also stops. Keisuke stays still inside Kazutora, pushed all the way in, and says to Chifuyu, "Do you want to be the next one?"

His breath breaks in his throat. He stares at him wide-eyed, at a loss for words. He feels like he is gasping like a fish. This is the second time Baji has asked him if he wants to be fucked, but now he doesn't have the convenient excuse of having just cum.

"Chifuyu can't take your cock without proper preparation, and we don't have lube" Kazutora comes to his rescue. His chest is rising and falling rhythmically, His hair is framing his face, it has shifted from his forehead and also from his neck. The tattoo is on full display. "Finish with me."

Baji doesn't repeat himself, he looks annoyed just for a couple of seconds, then grabs Kazutora more firmly, and increases his pace. Chifuyu grabs his hand, again, as Kazutora closes his eyes and holds his breath. It looks like it hurts, for a few moments, then he relaxes again. New moans escape from his mouth, his expression is relaxed, his cheeks red and his eyes bright.

Chifuyu looks up at Baji's face and finds him lost in the moment, his eyebrows barely contracted, his cheeks red, his lips half-opened. He is looking at something private and intense, he realizes only now. That expression on Baji's face has probably only been seen by Kazutora before him.

Baji doesn't hold back, he moves fast inside Kazutora, holding his legs open and chasing his orgasm. It doesn't take long for him to immobilize inside him, pushed deep inside.

For a few moments no one speaks. They both look gorgeous, tired and fulfilled. Then Baji gets out of Kazutora's body, and as he knots the condom, and throws it on the floor, Kazutora says to Chifuyu, "You're aroused again... want me to suck you off?"

Those words are the only thing that doesn't make him run for the trash can.

"I'll do it."

Those, along with Baji's words.

"N-not..." whatever was about to come out of his mouth is interrupted by Kazutora.

"You want to blow him?"

"Where's the problem?"

"You don't even suck me off..."

"I do it all the time!"

"Twice a month is not all the time."

"Whatever, I feel like sucking Chifuyu's dick." Baji insists, and walks over to him to undo his pants. Chifuyu lets him, he doesn't even dare to breathe.

"Watch your teeth," Kazutora replies, wryly, as he grabs Chifuyu's shirt and pulls it off him.

In a moment he finds himself naked, in front of them. He flares up, but has no time to be embarrassed. Baji slips to his knees on the floor, near the edge of the bed. "Settle here," he tells Chifuyu, motioning for him to come closer.

Chifuyu does so. Baji barely waits for him to settle as requested, before bringing his lips to his dick.

"Baji is better at fucking than he is with foreplay," Kazutora tells him, but it only takes a couple of moments for Chifuyu to stop comprehending shit. All he needs is for Keisuke to touch his cock with his lips, with his tongue.

Holy shit, that's Baji, and he's licking his cock. His tongue is on Chifuyu's dick, it's crazy.

Keisuke backs away a few inches, just enough to remark, "Shut up, I'm good at everything."

"We both know I'm the best with blowjobs," Kazutora specifies, only to be answered with a dry, "Wait your turn."

During the entire exchange of lines, Baji never really moves away from Chifuyu's dick. He keeps sucking his cock, and from time to time he pulls away to answer Kazutora. It's torture.

"B-Baji-san...!  Ah..."

Kazutora settles behind Baji on the floor. Chifuyu watches him fumble with the condom package, he watches him open one, but he is too lost in the moment to connect his brain. The feeling is so hot and wet, he wants more. Even though they have just started, he wants to cum.

It's intense, it’s so wet, Baji's tongue is working on his length. For a few moments Chifuyu loses himself in that contact, he finds himself moaning, with his cheeks on fire. His heart does a backflip in his chest as he realizes that Kazutora has opened the condom wrapper, slipped it on two fingers, and brought them between Baji's buttocks.

Kazutora has his fingers inside Baji - three, maybe - and he is moving them, tearing loud moans from Keisuke. Chifuyu doesn't even know when they started, he was so lost in the moment.

It's too much. It's really too much, Baji is on his knees between his legs, so much for being 'not so good at giving blowjobs.' Chifuyu doesn't even understand what the fuck is happening to him, he is so wracked with pleasure. Keisuke's mouth is as hot as a furnace, he can feel his soft, wet tongue. Each moan vibrates against his cock, making him tremble, making him want more and more.

"F-fuck Fuyu..." gasps Baji, "just f-fuck me...

Those words have the effect of making him cum pretty much on the spot. Baji doesn't swallow, but he doesn't pull away either. As a result, the cum ends up partly on one of his cheeks, and partly on Chifuyu's abdomen. He is trembling, overwhelmed.

Baji scoops up the cum with his hand, and licks his fingers. Chifuyu feels like he might die at that sight. Holy shit, Baji is really perfect, they both are.

"Fuck... you've both cum already, who the fuck is going to fuck me now?" gasps Baji, as Kazutora's fingers continue to spread him, to thrust inside him.

"Fuyu later, if you behave," murmurs Kazutora, as he touches Baji in two different ways. He has one hand around Keisuke's cock, and three fingers of his other hand pushed inside him. Chifuyu can see it all, just leaning in slightly. It's a crazy sight, he's out of breath. Although he has already cum, it's no less intense.

"F-fuck you... fuck Tora, touch me there..."

For some reason, he had expected Baji to always be on top. He had been wrong about it, finding it out is so hot. He really wants to thrust inside him someday, as Kazutora anticipated, but he doesn't know if he would be good at it. He doesn't want to make a bad impression, they're both so perfect, and then....

"Here...?" murmurs Kazutora, as he pushes his fingers all the way in, in a dry motion.

"Yes... fuck, yes! Tora...! Holy shit, Chifuyu, Fuyu! F-fucking make me..."

He doesn't quite know what to do, what to say. He is still with his legs wide apart, and Baji between them. Keisuke is clinging to his thighs, driving his nails into his flesh, and Chifuyu can feel him shaking. It hurts, but he doesn't dare tell him. It's too hot, he wants to stay in that position forever, with Baji clinging to him, and Kazutora touching him.

It doesn't take much, really. Chifuyu would have stayed watching them even for hours, but Kazutora manages to make Baji cum quickly, thanks to that double stimulation. Keisuke leans his face on Chifuyu's thigh, his lips all too close to his resting cock, as the orgasm shakes him from head to toe. Chifuyu manages to bring a hand into Keisuke's hair, stroking him until Baji stops moaning and relaxes against him.

Kazutora stands up, with a fulfilled smirk on his lips, and settles next to him on the bed, hugging him around the waist. The second condom has also followed the fate of the first: carelessly tossed on the floor.

Baji joins them a moment later, unties his hair, lies down, and rests his head on Chifuyu's legs. Chifuyu feels overwhelmed, but in a good way. It's like he's in heaven.

"Um, do you guys want to watch something on the PC? I don't know, an anime, a movie..." he asks both of them. They should fix themselves first. Change in the bathroom, clean up their cum....

"Five minutes..." murmurs Kazutora, clinging to him. "Just five minutes and then we'll go fix ourselves up, and watch a movie..."

Chifuyu indulges him, but then minutes pass, and it's not just five. Chifuyu doesn't pull away, he doesn't evade their attention in any way, but he soon realizes that Baji has fallen asleep. Kazutora doesn't let go of his arm, nor does he give any sign of wanting to move.

"Weren't we supposed to clean up...?" he finally asks.

Kazutora mutters in agreement and rubs his sleepy eyes, but doesn't move from the position he is in. "In a little while..." he murmurs.

It's not a problem. He is so comfortable with them that he cares little about being presentable again. Rather, he has to hold back from asking to get all three of them into his bed, under the covers. He is starting to get a little cold.

Chifuyu realizes that what they did today will change their relationship, that shying away is no longer an option, yet he can only be happy about it. He just has to shush that little part of his mind that keeps telling him that there is something really wrong with this. After all, common sense has never been his strong suit, and being so comfortable with them does the rest.

He closes his eyes, and enjoys the physical closeness with both of them.

Chapter Text

Ran crosses his arms over his chest, and a heavy sigh escapes his lips. Sanzu is in a pool of blood, laughing. He still has the katana in his hand, the blade is resting against his leg, and he hasn't even noticed. That's not the only spot where he is injured, but all that blood is not his. For the most part it belongs to the prostitute lying on the ground next to him.

That's not why Ran told him, "You can take it out on one of our girls."

He was generous, and now he finds himself with a whore less. She was good stuff, which could have made him a lot of money. He had taken into account that Sanzu was going to be violent, after all it's not the first time this has happened, but cutting her stomach open with a katana? For fuck's sake, the girl has her insides out, it's a disgusting sight, and Sanzu is laughing as if he has completely lost touch with reality.

Ran doesn't know if he's taken too many drugs, or if it's a manic episode. A mix of the two, probably.

Only two days earlier, Mikey arranged for his vice to kill two guys, two supposed traitors. Ran doesn't know if they really were, but he has long since realized two things: the first is that it's not normal for the Leader of a criminal organization to use his second in command as a hitman, instead of having someone else do that job, and the second is that Sanzu can't do it without taking drugs, and without making his already poor mental condition even worse.

Bonten is falling apart from the inside, Izana's ideals lost their value by the time Bonten became for all intents and purposes what Izana wanted to create, the most powerful crime syndicate in Japan. The Leader and his vice are a mess, they are hardly lucid, and the decisions they make are sometimes questionable. The other members are doing well, but he doesn't know how long the heart of the organization will hold up. It's a pity, because instead for Ran and Rindou business is going very well, and they don't like the idea of losing everything at all.

For the moment, he has fortunately lost only a whore in a dungeon, and nothing more. She is replaceable merchandise, but that doesn't mean Sanzu won't have to pay for that. All the Bonten members run illegal rings, they'll find a way to settle. It's a minor annoyance, a detail they'll have forgotten about in a few weeks.

He approaches him circumspectly, because Sanzu is still wielding his katana, and when he is so out of it, one can never know how he'll react. Ran rests his hand on his gun, but he doesn't pull it out. "You screwed up big time," he tells him, and receives nothing but a lost, dilated-pupil stare in return, accompanied by an overly wide grin on his lips.

Ran manages to slip the katana out of his hand without any difficulty. He almost sighs with relief. When Sanzu is high, and so out of control, there are two options: either he doesn't react at all, or he does so violently and unpredictably. It wouldn't have been a big deal if he had reacted in the second way, Ran is stronger and faster than someone who, lately, barely remembers to eat once a day. It would have been a hassle, however, which he doesn't mind avoiding.

Sanzu has his boxers on, he probably didn't even fuck the girl before killing her. A real waste.

He doesn't say anything to him, because it wouldn't make the slightest sense to do so. He just grabs him by weight, and moves him to the bed, which unlike the floor is still immaculate. The sheets are black, if a couple of drops of blood have reached them, it cannot be seen.

The shower rooms are on the upper floor, but he can't take someone covered in blood into the hallways before he gets all the customers out. This means losing more money, since the workday is not over yet. Ran sighs, and grabs his cell phone.

'There's been a snag, don't accept any new customers, reorganize the reservations, and let me know as soon as those in the rooms leave the building,' he writes to the receptionist. The starting fee for having one of his girls starts at a hundred thousand yen in that specific facility. It's an exclusive club, where customers can take more than a few liberties with the prostitutes. Killing one is not one of them, or rather, the last time a customer asked if he could end a sexual intercourse by killing a girl, and thus fulfill an illegal fantasy, Ran charged him so much that, with that single income, he opened two small, shabby brothels, which still make a decent income.

And still Sanzu has the nerve to reply, "Cut the crap," when he and Rindou point out that the treatment they give him is preferential. Next time Ran will lend him a high as fuck whore, in a seven-thousand-yen-a-fuck club, and not a comma more. After all, it's normal that he and Rindou don't always have the desire and time to take care of him themselves.

'If you're done with the things you had to do today, wait for me at home,' he writes to Rindou, without specifying anything else, because using cell phones is always a risk. His brother doesn't have anything too challenging to do that afternoon, he just has to show up at the house of a guy who has been dealing without permission in one of their clubs, and maybe break his arm to scare him off if they can't come to a quick agreement. Rindou is probably long done with that guy by now, but his brother is not the type to sit at home on the couch and do nothing. Ran wouldn't be surprised if he's at the gym now, or out shopping for something.

Ran slips his cell phone back into his pocket, and looks around. The wound on Sanzu's leg is still bleeding, and he opens the closet, looking for something useful. The only vaguely suitable thing he finds is a bandage, which Ran ties around Sanzu's thigh, hoping to stop the bleeding. It’s made of black cloth, it's supposedly for tying it around the eyes, but it's long enough to do its job. He gets no reaction, not even a wince of pain. Sanzu is in a world of his own, and Ran knows that a really long couple of hours await him.

°

The wound is bleeding again, but that's bound to happen, in contact with water. It's not the only one Sanzu has on his body, but it's definitely the most serious. It may need stitches, but Ran will consider later, together with Rindou, whether to call one of the doctors who work for them.

He has placed Sanzu in a bathtub, and is cleaning him of the blood of the girl he killed. That way Ran was able to spot two or three wounds that he hadn’t seen before, and he had a well-stocked first aid kit brought in. He is good with that sort of thing, for years he and Rindou have taken care of each other's wounds. He prefers to avoid attempting a suture though, after all they have people much more skilled at specific treatments than he is.

Sanzu is not irresponsive, but his every movement is slowed down, and what he says makes no fucking sense. Ran has given up on it now, maybe sooner or later the idiot will recover enough to come to his senses, probably after a night's sleep. If nothing else, he's no longer laughing like he's in the middle of a psychotic episode.

"On the one hand, I really want to drown you in this bathtub so I can stop worrying about you," he tells him, as he runs the sponge over his chest. The only reason he says those words to him is that he knows Sanzu can't, at the moment, understand them.

Chapter Text

Someone is screaming. People's voices mix, there is chaos. Ran tugs on Sanzu's arm, he knows they have to get away quickly before the police arrive.

They have seen the scene from a distance, but not so far as to have doubts. No one can survive such a fall.

Ran is confused about what happened, in theory the meeting with Takemichi Hanagaki was supposed to go smoothly. Mikey had Sanzu accompany him, and he put Ran in charge of surveillance from the outside, to have someone trustworthy warn them if that encounter turned out to be an ambush. Mikey was aware of the collaboration between his former friend, and a private detective affiliated with the police. Manjiro knew that, most likely, that meeting wouldn't end with a handshake, and he was ready for anything.

Sanzu was there, but Mikey asked him to leave. As he was walking out of the building, he heard gunshots. Haruchiyo approached him, said, "Mikey finally killed the guy off," only to see, after a few minutes, two bodies flying out the window, smashing to the ground several floors below.

Ran doesn't know what the fuck happened, but there's no way their leader survived. "Hurry, we have to go," he says to Sanzu, grabbing him by the arm. Haruchiyo doesn't move, he doesn't react in any way. He is in shock, but they have no time to waste. Ran has the scene of Mikey clinging to Takemichi's hand for a few moments, and then of both of them falling below, etched in his mind. For Sanzu it's definitely way, way worse.

Haruchiyo stumbles over his feet, and Ran lifts him up by his weight. He carries him on his shoulder, growling a curse between his teeth, and hurries away.

Sirens can be heard in the distance, he doesn't know if they are ambulance or police ones, but they won't stay there to find out.

°

Rindou lays Sanzu on the bed, and settles the sheets over him. He carried him there by lifting him up by weight, but that's not really new. It's easier to do this than to hope for Sanzu to move of his own free will.

Today was his turn to keep an eye on him. It's a pain in the ass, but Ran is not wrong in saying that there are big risks for the former Bonten second in command to do some serious shit, now that Mikey is dead, the police are investigating, and the organization no longer exists.

Sanzu has been irresponsible for days now. Today there was no way to get him to eat shit again, except for a taiyaki in the middle of the afternoon. That dessert triggered a hysterical reaction out of him, he and Ran didn't expect anything different, but at least Sanzu didn't stay another day on an empty stomach.

They are in a small apartment in Chiba, outside the area where the Bonten used to run most of its trafficking, which on paper doesn't appear under their name. It's one of three shelters they've prepared in case everything went to hell at any moment, but they can't stay there forever.

He and Ran are not sure on how to proceed. Izana's cause no longer exists, Mikey is dead, and Koko has taken all the Bonten money and disappeared. Rumors say that the one who was once with him in the Black Dragon has also vanished, and at this point Rindou wouldn't mind putting a bullet in both their heads, but it's not a priority. Kakucho has been hiding well, but the police have tracked down Mocchi, and worse, Takeomi, who could give them information about Sanzu.

He and Ran are considering escaping abroad, but they have the tattoo problem. Mikey made a deliberate choice of where to get it done for both of them, because he knew the Haitani brothers are totally loyal only to each other. They have a huge problem tattooed on their throats, and they can't even hide it with a scarf without looking suspicious, since it's not cold.

Rindou sighs, as he lies down next to him. They also have Sanzu's problem now. It's uncomfortable to admit it, but neither of them likes the idea of leaving him behind.

Chapter Text

Fucking that bitch didn't feel like a bad idea, even if Ran noticed the resemblance on the spot. He also did it for that reason. Even though rationally he knows that using one woman to get back at another doesn't make sense, he at least hoped he could vent some anger.

It's his style, after all. It's like him to be kind, pleasant, with that smile like honey and charismatic manner, until the real Ran comes out.

It happens rarely, and only with the right people, because he has a reputation to maintain. He runs a club that does very well, and also some private parties, so it's normal for him to be careful about what he does.

There are rumors going around, though. They tell the truth, which is that Ran is even worse than Rindou in terms of sadism and personality. It happens that someone looks for him for that specific reason, to be treated like the cheap slut she is, even though she may have two degrees and a gorgeous body. He has to be drunk enough to grab a bitch by her hair and show her the real Ran, or alternatively she has to be drugged enough to remember nothing the next morning. It matters little whether she did this to herself, or if he was the one who slipped something into her glass.

After all, for Ran it's all about power. It's amazing how easily he can surround himself with the best women thanks to his last name, his role, and the amount of money he moves. No one cares whether or not it's dirty money, or that Ran isn't the kind of guy who fucks the same woman twice, unless she becomes his collaborator. That's what they all aspire to, despite the fact that Ran also runs jobs where they end up giving blowjobs to anyone, and not just to the boss. He has had at least a couple of his former secretaries, which caused him to lose some money, end up there.

For that woman, however, he had nothing in particular in mind. If he had been sober, he probably would have stayed away, but to his drunken mind it seemed like a good idea to take her to one of the private rooms, for pounding her on the couch. It wasn't, but he realized it too late.

He almost killed her, and his drunkenness suddenly went away. He tightened his hands around her neck as he banged her, and he didn't do it in a controlled way, to get a rush of pleasure out of it. His brain just overlapped the image of his fucking babysitter with the one of that slut, it was like jumping back twenty years. His mind disconnected from reality, and when he came to his senses she was passed out on the couch.

The knot in his throat hasn't gone away yet. He feels like throwing up, his hands are shaking, but not because he almost killed a stupid bitch. He still has imprinted in his mind the image of his babysitter undressing in front of him.

"Come here now," he writes to Rindou.

°

Rindou holds Ran close, they are both lying in bed, and finally his brother has fallen asleep. It has been a shitty night, it feels like it lasted an eternity.

He had to make a deal with that bitch, he took care of it because Ran was in no condition to do so. He paid for her silence with a fair amount of money. It's nothing exaggerated for their pockets, but holy shit. He doesn't like to waste their money like that, when Ran only needed the slightest shrewdness.

They're not kids anymore, they can't afford the luxury of another murder. This time they would really end up in jail, and not in juvie for a couple of years. Offering a sum of money to a woman with that fucking face was like a punch in the stomach, the clearly visible marks on her neck made it just a little more tolerable.

It's not her fault, Rindou knows that, but it fucking made him angry. Although not voluntarily, she was the one who reduced Ran to that state.

That chick, who at this point Rindou hopes will stay away from them for life, is really identical to their babysitter. She even has the same haircut, a crazy coincidence. Their babysitter was a former hooker who worked for their father, who had become too old to do well with clients. The man always kept Ran away from his colleagues because he looked a little too much like a cute little girl, and it was the fucking babysitter who took her clothes off in front of him and traumatized him at nine years old, an age when no child should be touched by an adult woman. Rindou knows all this because he was there, but it's not something they normally talk about.

It's not the only experience that created the adult Ran, of course. It's just a fragment, which for years was, if not forgotten, at least kept silent. Rindou knows that neither of them is properly normal in the sexual sphere, but that has always been okay. It has never been a problem. His brother acts as if that episode has never happened, and Rindou didn't think that sooner or later it would all come back like a fucking boomerang.

They have a club to run, they're not kids anymore. They can't afford that kind of shit. Tomorrow he'll have to give him a long speech, but for now he just runs a hand through his hair, and holds him close.

Chapter Text

"Are you leaving or returning?" Shion freezes as he hears Izana's voice in the dimness of the apartment.

He's made too much noise, maybe.

No, more likely Izana heard him re-entering despite being quiet. Their leader is on another level from them, from anyone, and not just because of his highly developed senses.

"There isn’t a rule about not going out at night."

His head is spinning, he didn't think he had overdone it with alcohol to such an extent. He doesn't even know if he has to blame the alcohol, or the fistfight outside the bar. Shion didn't plan to pay, he entered that bar with very little pocket money, but usually the managers at best call the police, or get intimidated by some threat and don't do anything at all. The man jumped into the fight as if he were a fucking gang member himself, and the brawl escalated in no time. About twenty people got involved, it was great.

Izana doesn't reply for a few moments, it's as if he's weighing him with his gaze. What he thinks of him is obvious, but Shion has never blamed him for it. Izana is superior to all of them, and not just because he doesn't do that kind of crap: going to a bar with no intention of paying, and refusing to let someone else do it in his place, with the hope of starting a fight. Izana is on a whole other level, he is the kind of man who could have the whole world at his feet. Shion in comparison is barely a pawn on a chessboard, to put it kindly.

"Sit down," Izana motions to him. They are in an apartment that the Tenjiku Boss has rented for the top members of his gang who don't have a place to stay here in Tokyo.

Shion takes a seat on a chair, and lets Izana examine him from above. The others are still sleeping, the light of the morning softly coming in through the windows. His head is still spinning, and he knows he has several bruises on his face.

"They'll heal quickly..." he doesn't know why he said that, he doubts Izana cares.

"Who were you with?"

"No one."

It's a lie, he and Rindou were good friends in juvie, and they quickly became close again. It came instinctively to Shion to cover for him, even though Rindou is now in his apartment in Roppongi with Ran, and he is not even one of the Four Heavenly Kings. Izana is unpredictable, but covering for someone who would, most likely, receive a smaller punishment than him, was not a great idea. It came instinctively for him to do it anyway, because that's how Shion is.

"Who were you with?" repeats Izana, and this time he grabs his hair, to force him to maintain eye contact.

Shion keeps still for a few moments. Izana is too close. He barely feels the grip in his hair, but his heart starts beating fast in his chest.

"With Rindou," he finally admits. "But nothing happened, we just-"

"Shut up," Izana interrupts him, then he walks away, and Shion is left watching his back as Izana grabs the first-aid kit hung on the kitchen wall.

"I don't give a damn what you do, but we're not in Tokyo for a pleasure trip." What Izana is telling him is clear: getting injured over a stupid fight outside a bar before a gang confrontation is dumb, but Rindou is unharmed, and he has just a few bruises. It's no big deal. "Now stay still."

The discussion didn't end there, Izana is probably considering whether to do something or let it go, but Shion can't stay focused on his words for long, nor on the risk of a punishment. He doesn't know what he had thought when he saw Izana holding the first aid kit, but certainly not that he would open it himself, to grab some gauze and disinfectant.

"There's a tension in the air, do you feel it?" Izana asks, as he rubs the gauze on the abrasion Shion has on his cheek.

Shion can't feel shit at all, except for the sound of his heart rumbling in his rib cage, and his cheek burning. Izana is not gentle, but he didn't expect him to be. He also didn't expect him to help fix his face, the last time it happened they were in reform school, it seems like a lifetime ago. Even when they were in Black Dragon they always took care of themselves. Izana is, as always, completely incomprehensible to him.

"Prove that you are not completely useless in the upcoming battle."

Chapter Text

Kazutora hums under his breath as he cuts open the package just delivered by the courier. It's a new product, some salmon and berry flavored dog food. It's more of a supplement than real pet food, and the price is high. The company sent them some packets as free samples for their most loyal customers, to try for feedback.

It's not the first time this has happened, Kazutora at first doubted that anyone would be interested in the so-called complementary food, but he had to change his mind. Some of their customers would buy any kind of nonsense at any price, especially if he is the one listing the supposed benefits. Only a day earlier he managed to sell a pack of dog supplements at an outrageous price, to someone who didn't need them. The tablets were pink and heart-shaped, and Kazutora only had to take a look at the outfit worn by the girl to know he would be able to convince her to buy that stuff.

He barely has time to open the box, and peek at the contents, before Baji walks out of the clinic, growling, "Holy shit, again!" Chifuyu is following him, and sighing heavily.

Kazutora places the cutter back on the counter, and stops whistling. "What's going on?" Baji wasn't dealing with an emergency, there shouldn't be any problems, or at least nothing serious.

"What's going on? That's what the fuck is going on!" blurts out Baji, placing his hand in front of Kazutora's face, his index finger bloody. The bite is unmistakable. "Again."

"Again?" Kazutora bursts out laughing. "Rabbits hate you, every time it's the same thing hahaha and to say they are so adorable and cute."

"Adorable and cute my ass, that's just the facade! Every time it's the same fucking story, half the rabbits that come through that door don't leave before they bite me!"

Kazutora is still laughing, with gusto. It's ridiculous, really. Baji, loved by cats, dogs, and virtually every other kind of animal that has ever visited his clinic, has trouble interacting with bunnies. Keisuke is less noisy and aggressive than he was as a teenager, he has to keep himself in check if he wants to work, and he knows how to deal with each animal to adapt to the needs of the species. It can't even be said that he dislikes rabbits, he finds them adorable even if he admits it less and less lately, but despite this his relationship with them continues to be one a love-hate one. It doesn't help that they are so delicate, and that many of the late-night calls Keisuke receives are precisely about bunnies. 

"You're just jealous because bunnies prefer me and Chifuyu over you," Kazutora used to tell him, laughing, at first. It's become an old gag by now, but he actually always suspected that that was the point: for someone who loves animals like Baji, it can't be nice to get bitten if he even tries to put his hand near a rabbit, and see him and Chifuyu manage to pick them up without too much trouble instead.

"It's probably because you're the vet, they smell the medicine on you," is another line they often tell him, put one way or another. It's a possibility, rabbits are sensitive animals. 

Neither he nor Chifuyu has time to remind him this, for the little point it makes to try, because Baji has already started complaining loudly about the customer who brought that bunny in. "And by the way, it's not because of the bite that I'm pissed off. I mean, I'm pissed off about the bite too, but that imbecile of an owner brought me a pregnant rabbit! And not because she bought her like that, as sometimes happens, but because she took her to the park to play with her friend's rabbit. She even wondered how she got pregnant, holy shit!"

"She took her to the park to play...?" This is a first even for them, and Kazutora has heard, and seen, some crazy things since working in that store.

Meeting the owners' demands is sometimes a feat, and it's not uncommon for someone to bring them absurd animals. He and Chifuyu once almost ran away in front of a tarantula, a couple of times Baji had to contact the Ueno Zoo for reptiles with a really complicated clinical picture, and once an amateur breeder brought them about twenty kabutomushi, which found homes surprisingly quickly. The overnight calls were countless, and unfortunately not all of them ended positively, but taking a rabbit to play in a park, as if the risk of crossing a dog, or a stray cat, did not exist, is more than irresponsible. All the more so if she eventually ended up pregnant.

"Yes, those two imbeciles took their rabbits to the park, as if they were six-year-olds, and not precisely rabbits! What the fuck is wrong with people?"

"But… is she still in the clinic now? I mean, the owner left her here?"

"Of course, because some owners are idiots to the core! The rabbit belongs to a sixteen-year-old bitch, with a mother who is just as much of a bitch as her, and who doesn't want the rabbit to give birth in her home because it grosses her out, and then ‘you never know what could go wrong’, and to quote her 'I didn't even want my daughter to get one rabbit, let alone... how many kittens do they make, twelve or thirteen?' Shit, twelve or thirteen is practically a record for a dwarf rabbit, people are just dumb!"

"Wait a minute." So does that mean they're going to have kittens in the clinic soon? Little, adorable bunnies? Kazutora's face lights up, but he doesn't have time to ask Baji that fateful question. The door opens suddenly, and they all wince, including Chifuyu who has been silent up to that point.

All three of them exchange a quick glance. Baji's glance toward Kazutora is one of pure irritation, he definitely want to tell him, "Don't you dare be happy for the kittens, don't even try," Chifuyu's is rather a, "Holy shit what a timing, Kazutora take care of it," and Kazutora nods quickly, and grabs Baji by the wrist.

"So what about the new stock of dog bags?" asks Kazutora, loud enough to be heard by the customer, as he takes Baji into the warehouse. There is no stock of bags to check, but Keisuke is in no condition to smile cordially at a customer, they know him too well to believe otherwise.

"Take your time to check," Chifuyu nods to both of them, before addressing the customer with his usual professionalism. "Good morning, what can I do for you?"

Kazutora has just enough time to hear that sentence, before closing the warehouse door. "Okay, now I'll help you calm down," he says to Baji, approaching him and encircling his sides with his arms.

Baji snorts, "It's just an excuse to fuck in the workplace again," but he has already put both hands on Kazutora's ass, and is dragging him closer.

"Look who's talking," laughs Kazutora. "You can't go back to work so pissed off, though...  for some adorable bunnies we're going to have in the store soon."

"Are you trying to piss me off even more?"

"Ahahaha thankfully Chifuyu lets us do all that and more," laughs Kazutora, and kisses him on the lips.

The warehouse is really small, and full of boxes yet to be opened. Kazutora has dedicated himself to the one that just arrived because he is curious about the new products and free samples, but in there it's full of uninteresting stuff still in its packaging. There are some boxes containing pet food, and at least four or five cages stacked on top of each other, which they use as needed for hospitalizations. They also have a number of carriers. In short, that room is a mess, in addition to being small.

"Don't make any noise," he reminds him, as he slips to his knees on the... well, not really clean floor. "We should dust and mop once in a while," he comments.

"Yeah, you first," Baji replies, as he undoes his apron and throws it over some boxes.

"You could do it, too," snorts Kazutora, bringing his hands down Keisuke's pants.

"Chifuyu will do it. Now hurry up, we have just ten minutes."

"I know... wait, I'm almost there," he tells him, as he works on the fastening of his pants, and pulls them down along with his underwear.

Baji is still not aroused, but it only takes a couple of movements of Kazutora's hand, combined with his tongue on the tip, to get him completely hard. They don't have time to waste, but to be honest he is getting aroused, and he wouldn't mind getting fucked in a few minutes. He left home prepared, as he often does. It would be a shame to waste his hard work, and besides, Chifuyu has never had a problem covering for them for a dozen minutes or so.

Kazutora sighs with pleasure, it doesn't matter how much time passes, and how many times he sees Baji naked, he always likes his cock as much as the first day. They have become adults in the meantime, their free time has shrunk to the bone. Keisuke has graduated from college, he works as a veterinarian and can be reached for emergencies even at night. When he doesn't have to visit any animals he helps them in the store, and on Saturday afternoons he tutors children in Mikey's dojo. Before he graduated he did it twice a week, but as much as he enjoys even that second job, the days are made up of only twenty-four hours, and Keisuke has had to reduce the frequency with which he works out, and trains others. Chifuyu took over the pet store where he used to work part-time as a teen, and hired them both. It's a place divided into four areas: the store, the clinic, an in-patient room, and the warehouse where they are now.

Kazutora has two perfect boyfriends, they are both so cool, helping them relax is the least he can do. Chifuyu agrees with this, after all, he doesn't enjoy having an employee who swears at people and objects because someone pissed him off two hours earlier. Kazutora opens his lips for Keisuke, he takes him into his mouth, and since they have no time to waste he immediately tries to relax his throat, to push in as many inches as he can.

He wants to lick it from the base to the tip, play with his tongue on the glans, give him all the attention that wonderful cock deserves. He wants to run along the raised veins, rub on the glans attachment, where Baji is most sensitive. He does it anyway, just a little, and a hot shiver runs through him from head to toe when he manages to tear out a restrained moan.

They both know they can't be loud. They have learned to fuck silently, or nearly so, because they can't know when one or more customers will enter the store. Kazutora moves his lips along the length, murmurs words of appreciation against Baji's heated skin, licks him, sucks him off.

Fuck, he loves it. With one hand he caresses his testicles, plays with them, and sighs in pleasure as he lets go of Baji's dick only to rub it with his tongue, with his lips.

Keisuke grabs him by the arm, drags him to his feet, and says, "Fuck, enough of these little games. Just make me cum."

"That's what I was doing," Kazutora gasps, stumbling on his legs.

"Yeah, sure you were." Baji kisses him on the mouth, tearing the breath from his lungs, and touches him from atop his pants. With his hand he rubs on the crotch of Kazutora's jeans, after moving the fabric of the apron away.

"Bullshit," moans Baji, and he moves his hand to Kazutora's buttocks, pushing himself against him. "You were enjoying my cock like we had all afternoon."

That movement almost makes Kazutora moan loudly. He gasps, and manages to restrain himself just in time. His reaction gets noticed by Baji, who stares at him with a suspicious expression.

"Turn over."

Kazutora's legs tremble as he does so, his heart beating rapidly in his chest. Baji first pulls off his apron, which ends up in turn thrown on the boxes, but unlike Keisuke's it doesn't hover there, and falls straight to the ground. Then Baji unbuckles his pants, quickly pulls them down along with his underwear, and brings a hand between his buttocks.

Kazutora gasps again, this time covering his mouth with his hands to keep himself from moaning. The sensation is sharp, and his cock is already so hard.

"You left the house with one of these again," Baji tells him, as he touches the base of the plug Kazutora is wearing with two fingers, thus making the toy move inside him. It's almost imperceptible, yet that stimulation is enough to make Kazutora's legs tremble. "Hmm..." he mutters.

"Let's fuck."

Kazutora leans his hands against the wall, it feels good. He can't stop himself from going at him with his hips. Wearing a plug doesn't bother him, that model is comfortable, and he often comes to forget he has it in. He doesn't do this every day, that morning his sixth sense helped him, and that's very fortunate. When they fuck in that little room, they don't have the time or space for thorough preparation.

It would be perfect, if only one of them had swept the floor. "On this floor? I don't think so..."

"You're already in the perfect position," Baji tells him, before picking up the lubricant strategically left on one of the shelves. "Lean your back a little forward."

Kazutora does so, he balances himself better on his arms against the wall, spreads his legs as far as his pants around his ankles allow, and pushes his butt toward him. "Okay... it's been a while since we've done it while standing, but the position should work..."

Baji grabs the base of the plug, and Kazutora holds his breath as it gets pulled out of him in one motion. He's had it in for hours, he's adjusted to the shape, and Baji is not very careful. His hole is forcibly widened by the inner part of the toy, which is larger than what was previously positioned there. He grits his teeth, but it doesn't hurt too much, he is used to it.

Baji uses the lube to wet his erection, then places it back on the shelf, along with the plug. Kazutora bites his lower lip, then his eyes open wide and holds back a moan, as Baji enters him. "Nnh..." Keisuke has grabbed his hips, and is filling him better than a plug ever could.

Taking his cock is always challenging, which is why Kazutora has been looking for something to help him, even as a teenager. More than once they found themselves in a hurry, in the old abandoned warehouse where they used to go, which has now been sold, or even in the bathrooms of the schools they once attended. Chifuyu has never really indulged them in any of this, he is the most responsible of the three, but he is also easy to persuade and talk into things. It wouldn't be a bad thing if, after Baji, he fucked him too.

Kazutora tries hard not to moan, while Keisuke picks up the pace, and starts to really bang him. It has been five days since they have had sex, and it feels like a lifetime has passed. He had missed it; adult life is not bad for several reasons - he has stability, he lives with his boyfriends, he hasn't seen his mother or father in years - but the lack of time and the constant stress are not pleasant. He kind of misses his high school years, when they were no longer part of any gang, and even though they were studying and working part-time they had more free time for each other.

He wouldn't trade the house he shares with them for anything in the world, but it wouldn't hurt to avoid arriving at night so tired they fall asleep in front of the television set. If nothing else, they have that tiny dusty warehouse, and Chifuyu who grants them several freedoms.

"Baji..." he murmurs. He closes his eyes, concentrating only on not moaning too loudly as the cock of one of his boyfriends spreads him so well. His legs are shaking, he struggles to stand, his pants around his ankles force him not to move even an inch. Keisuke increased the pace further.

Baji didn't put a condom on, Kazutora realizes this only now. They ran out, they should have bought them again but he forgot. The thought that soon Baji will fill him with his cum turns him on even more, but at the same time it's a bother. They have a bathroom, which is even smaller than that warehouse, but that means he'll lose even more time before returning to Chifuyu.

It's not a pressing enough thought to prompt him to ask Baji to stop, to find another solution. He wants to feel him come, he is there for Baji, to let him unload some stress. When Keisuke is done, he'll lock himself in the bathroom, and in addition to finishing himself, so he won't dirty anything in there, he'll clean himself up.

That sounds like a good solution to him, at least until Keisuke wraps a hand around his cock, and Kazutora finds himself opening his eyes wide, and holding back another moan. It's too much, the dick in his ass is so pleasurable, feeling him move like that is intense and he had missed it so fucking much. With one hand on his cock he'll end up cumming before him, and then they'll have to clean the floor of semen as well as dust.

"B-Baji..." he tries to tell them.

Kazutora points his right forearm against the wall, and with his left hand he tries to grab his wrist. "F-fucking stop it... ah!" he clamps his lips together and hopes no one heard anything outside that door.

There's nothing he can do. The new position puts even more pressure on his body, he is levering on one arm, his back bent forward, and Baji is fucking him without restraint, slamming his hips against his. Kazutora can't help it, he finds himself cumming as heat envelops his belly and Keisuke's hand continues to touch him. He almost slams his face against the wall as the orgasm shakes him from head to toe.

"F-fuck..." he gasps, trembling.

Baji is still inside him, he is pushed all the way in, but he has stopped moving. Now he is holding him in place, with one arm on his side. Kazutora is almost sure a bruise will pop up.

"Are you okay?" Keisuke asks him.

"Yes... fuck, yes..." Kazutora brings both hands back to the wall, the muscles in his forearms ache. He is still shaking. "Fuck, you should have come before me... I mean, you are the only one who should have come..."

"Why?"

Because that way they wouldn't have soiled the floor, and so they wouldn't have to clean up afterwards. Kazutora just sighs, he doesn't feel like stating the obvious out loud. "B-because..." because Baji was the one pissed off and nervous, who needed to vent. Kazutora never says no to a fuck, that's obvious, but it wasn't supposed to go that way.

He doesn't get to tell him, Baji just snorts, exits him, and says, "Lie down."

"Not on that floor."

"Then settle on the boxes, you want me to fuck you on your feet again?"

Baji has already grabbed him by the hips, and is pushing him there. "Wait a fucking minute," Kazutora tells him, he still has his pants around his ankles. "Fuck..." he repeats, as he pulls off a shoe, and tries to regain a modicum of freedom of movement.

He manages to get his pants off one leg, before Keisuke pushes him with his knees on the ground, and his belly on the boxes. Once they are done, they'll have to clean not only the floor, but also open those boxes and take out the contents. He doubts Chifuyu will like seeing traces of semen there, they'll have to take care of that themselves. That's what he thinks about, as Baji enters him again.

The orgasm has made him more sensitive, but at least the position is comfortable. Kazutora rests his arms on the box, and his head on them. He is bent over, with Baji behind him, and Keisuke doesn't take long to pick up the pace again.

"F-fucking slow down..." he tries to say, but he gets interrupted by a moan that, again, forces him to close his mouth. Each thrust is intense, they rip electric shivers along his entire body. It's not cold, he's wearing only a black turtleneck shirt, which covers his tattoo. It's long-sleeved, and when Baji centers his prostate with a well-aimed thrust, Kazutora finds himself biting his forearm in hopes of not moaning. He clutches the fabric between his teeth, and the flesh beneath, as Keisuke fucks him hard again and again.

It feels good. He wishes it was lunchtime already, so he could scream without holding back, and also call Chifuyu to ask him to join them. His body is overstimulated, every thrust makes him see stars, he is loving every fucking moment. Baji hasn't stopped fucking them as hard as he did as a teen, but he is often so tired in the evening he falls asleep after a blowjob. Those quickies are so enjoyable because they almost always happen when Baji is pissed off and in need of an outlet.

Kazutora tries to hold back his voice, he tries hard, and more or less he manages to do so. By now he's good at it, even Baji is not as noisy as he used to be, or as he still is when they are in their apartment. They almost got caught in the school bathroom once, but it never happened in the store. Chifuyu himself has confirmed that nothing can be heard from the other room, and Kazutora feels like this is a progress, although some of it is due to the music in the background, the thick walls, and the structure of the store itself. To get to that warehouse, one has to go through the clinic.

Kazutora is left to enjoy the moment, savoring the way Baji's cock fills him, the way it moves in and out. He holds his breath every time his prostate gets grazed, or worse, hit. It's manageable, until Baji grabs him by the torso and pulls Kazutora against him. He finds himself seated on Baji, his back against Keisuke's chest, without support and with his boyfriend's cock pushed all the way in. He opens his eyes wide and tightens his lips, but luckily it's a split-second thing. Baji has grabbed him by weight a moment away from his orgasm, and Kazutora feels him stiffen, thrust deep inside him.

He gasps as Keisuke kisses his neck, just below his ear. "Mmh..." he trembles, from yet another shiver of pleasure.

"Next time..." Baji's voice is broken. "Next time take off these fucking shirts..."

"A... ha" he can't respond in any other way, this is not the first time Keisuke has told him that not being able to kiss him freely, and not being able to see the tiger tattoo on his neck, bothers him. Kazutora has already told him that he is doing this for the respectability of the store, given how flashy his tattoo is, and on top of that with a design that many people would consider aggressive. He doesn't want the more conservative customers to think that Chifuyu's store is affiliated with the Yakuza, when that's absolutely not the case.

As soon as Baji lets him go, and exits from him, Kazutora returns to sag on the box. He knows his face is all red, and he has probably drooled over his own shirt, while biting the fabric. Luckily, he has a replacement. He feels so good, his heart rumbles in his throat, in his temples, chills still run through him. Baji's cum is dripping between his thighs. Although the place is not the most appropriate, he always likes it when Keisuke or Chifuyu fills him like that. Maybe he'll slip the plug in without cleaning himself inside, just externally. That would be good, his erection throbs at the very idea. He has done it, sometimes.

Baji strokes his hair, a pleasant touch that lasts just a moment, and then tells him, "You're hard again, right? Fuck me."

Kazutora slowly turns to him, still pleasantly overwhelmed due to the way he was fucked, and watches him tie his hair.

"Mh... okay" getting back on his feet is a struggle, his legs are shaking. "Lie down on the floor..."

"On this floor? It's already enough if I put my knees on it," Baji snorts, as he takes off his shoes, and his pants. "You lie down, I'll ride you."

"No," Kazutora replies, why should he be the one to lie down on that mess? "Get against the wall, I'll fuck you standing up."

Baji just spreads his legs and rests his hands on the wall. "Okay, get started."

Kazutora is, indeed, hard between the legs again. It was inevitable after Baji fucked him like that. He leaves the plug where it is, even though he would like to put it back in. He grabs the lube and pours some on his hand, wets his dick first and then brings his fingers between Keisuke's legs.

They are all used to switching, but unlike him Baji doesn't walk around with a plug in his ass, and he isn't used to fingering himself the few times he touches himself in the shower. Kazutora starts with two fingers, but he does so carefully. First he rubs his fingertips over Baji's hole, then he spreads a buttock with his free hand, and finally he pushes slowly inside him.

Baji stays silent for about a couple of seconds. "H-hurry... every time the same fucking thing, you don't f-fucking hurt me... just put it inside."

"No," Kazutora replies, as he does every time. It's okay for him to speed up the preparation when they're short on time, but not to skip it. 

He actually likes to touch Baji, filling him with his fingers, pushing them all the way in and curving them. He likes to search for his prostate and stimulate it just right, until Keisuke cries out. He likes to do this to both his boyfriends, but while Chifuyu lets himself go, and sometimes even climaxes in being penetrated with his fingers, Baji starts asking for more after a few minutes... or after two seconds, when they're in a hurry.

"F-fuck Tora..."

The fingers have become three. As much as he enjoys touching him for hours, stimulating him the right way, making him feel every sharp and intense sensation, he knows there is a limit beyond which he can't push himself with Baji. He manages to persuade him a little better when they are home, but in that warehouse he won't be surprised if Keisuke throws him on the floor to impale himself on his cock, in making him wait. It has already happened.

"We're almost there..." he tells him, as he pushes his fingers deep, and tries to spread them apart, to prepare Baji to take something bigger.

Keisuke has never been afraid of pain, and he is not the type to feel ashamed or embarrassed about being touched, and this has helped from the start. Even during his first time as a bottom, Baji had virtually no problems. He liked it right from the start, and only after Kazutora insisted, Baji admitted, "It hurt a little at first, but whatever."

Keisuke works that way, and it's both a pro and a con, because Baji would have no problem enduring without saying anything even if something really hurt him. Kazutora has to make sure that it doesn't happen, that everything is enjoyable for all of them. It's a good thing they have known each other for years, that he is well aware of how to touch him, what spots to insist on.

Baji once told him, "You know how to touch me, what you don't know is when to stop and give me your dick for real," and Kazutora is still proud of himself for snatching that confession out of him. 

Baji's back is bent forward, he has leaned his forearms against the wall instead of just his hands. He is moaning, and Kazutora slips his fingers out to give him what he really wants.

He enters him in one smooth movement, all the way in. His cock is not as big as Baji's, but it's not small either, and Keisuke can take it so well. He seems made for that, Kazutora loves to fill him up that way, and the reactions he manages to wring out of him are always delightful.

He starts moving right away, and just as Baji has done before with him, he also goes to grab his erection. He moves inside him, he strokes his cock, he tries to coordinate the two even though it's not easy. He is lucky he just came, so that he is not already on the verge of orgasm. He feels him shaking, Baji thrusts toward him, and Kazutora for a few moments loses himself in the warmth of that wonderful, and still tight, body.

He even forgets to hold back his voice, and to tell him to do the same. It's fortunate that the warehouse is accessible only from the clinic, and that no one but the two of them, and Chifuyu, enter there. He pushes himself all the way into his body, then pulls out a few inches, and sinks back into Keisuke. His movements soon become rhythmic, fast.

"F-fuck... that's it, that's fucking it..."

Baji is practically bent over, arms against the wall, and Kazutora doesn't slow down, doesn't stop fucking him. He gives him everything his boyfriend wants.

"Y-yes, that's the right spot... F-fuck, keep going, keep going..."

Kazutora does so, now lost in his own world, their world. It was supposed to be a quickie, but he forgot. Baji is a sight for the eyes, listening to his moan is wonderful, each movement is sharp, quick.

"Y-yes... yes, fuck, yes!" Baji cums. Kazutora feels Keiseke's cock throbbing in his hand, as spurts of cum go to wet the floor. "D-don't stop, don't... keep going, fucking keep going..."

He does, now without touching his dick any more. He brings both hands to his hips and starts moving fast inside him, while Baji clamps his lips shut and enjoys the new sensation the orgasm has given his body. It's beautiful to see him so lost in the moment, he wants to make him enjoy it even more, he wants to give it all to him. If only Chifuyu were there with them, filling Keisuke's mouth, that would be just perfect.

He tells him that, panting, "I-I want... I want Chifuyu to fuck your mouth, while I fuck your ass. Shit Baji, you're so perfect..."

Baji puts pressure on his arms, lifting his torso. Kazutora stops, his dick comes out of his boyfriend's body. Keisuke turns to him, grabs him by the shirt, and says, "Lie down on the floor, I need to cum again."

Despite his previous complaints, Kazutora does it instantly.

-

Chifuyu sighs, an hour has passed since he signaled for both of them to go to the backroom. There are no customers at the moment, but that's not the problem.

It has been almost a year since he gave Kazutora the green light to 'calm down Baji the way he knows’ in an emergency situation. It's convenient for both of them, Chifuyu knows that Kazutora misses having sex like they did when they were younger, and it's not great for him to have a pissed-off co-worker, who rants at the cans he has to arrange on the shelves, or worse at customers. He would love to be with them, that's obvious, but somebody has to run the store, and certain things don't always happen at the same time as the lunch break.

It's nice to see them come back from the backroom happy, relaxed, and with flushed cheeks. Or rather, it was in the early days, when they really took ten minutes. Then they started taking more and more freedoms, and the quickies stopped being such.

There's no shortage of customers, handling it all by himself is difficult, there was a fair amount of people coming and going during that hour. He needs at least one of his two co-workers, he has no other choice. In an hour there will be a lunch break, they can have another round then, but in the meantime it's essential that they get out of that room.

There's no one in the store at the moment, he doesn't hang up the 'I'll be right back' sign, planning to really take a moment. He walks past the clinic, and arrives at the room where Baji and Kazutora have locked themselves in. He knocks once, to announce himself, before opening the door. He's in a hurry, and besides, those are his boyfriends, he's seen them have sex a ton of times.

Baji is on top of Kazutora, with his thighs wide open. They have just finished, from the position they are in it's obvious that until a few moments earlier Baji was riding Kazutora, who is lying with his back on the floor. Keisuke has his torso leaning forward, maybe they were in the middle of kissing, but that's not what leaves Chifuyu breathless.

On Baji's inner thigh some semen is dripping, from where he is standing he can see it well. Kazutora's shirt is also stained, and the warehouse is a mess. There are boxes everywhere, some of which should have been opened days ago. There are even papers on the floor, which Chifuyu hopes are nothing important.

He stares blankly at them, at a loss for words. They both have a lost expression, their cheeks red. They are beautiful. Chifuyu stands still until Baji lifts his torso, sits on Kazutora's lap, and says, "Fuyu, there you are. Tora wanted to give you a blowjob." Kazutora's cock is now at rest, but that doesn't make that position any less sexy. 

"...no?"

"Come closer," Kazutora tells him, licking his lips slowly. "If you don't want it from me, Baji can suck you off. He told me earlier that he feels like it, although... well, his technique is still what it is, even after all these years."

"Fuck it, my technique is just fine. Come on Chifuyu, put up the 'I'll be right back' sign, and I'll suck you off."

Chifuyu clears his throat, suddenly hot and red in the face. "Someone has to take care of the store."

"Then I blow you, and we let Baji at the register."

"That's even worse than the 'I'll be right back' sign..." Chifuyu reminds Kazutora, whose mind hasn't to be so clear, for proposing such a thing. Chifuyu doesn't feel like blaming him, given the position he is in, and considering that he has fucked Baji for an hour.

"It's been years, and I have just started working!" 

Keisuke messed with the cash register once. He hadn't just started working, he had been working for two years. They had to call Koko to figure out how to fix things, and the consultation wasn't free.

"Maybe later, as soon as customers stop coming in..." tries Chifuyu, he really can't take a break now without a good reason. "I need one of you as soon as possible. I'll go get a towel," he tells them. Later he'll make them fix that warehouse, this time for real given the mess they made in there, but at the moment there are other priorities.

"Do you want to go back behind the counter with a hard cock?" Baji asks him. "It's noticeable from here, you know."

Chifuyu feels his face flare up. "Of course my dick is hard, have you seen yourselves? But it's still not a problem, I'll pass soon!" 

"Come on Fuyu, we'll take ten minutes..." murmurs Kazutora, as he lifts his back off the floor, and licks his lips softly.

Chifuyu sighs heavily. "With you it's never ten minutes..."

"It'll be, I can't fuck for another hour. Baji clean himself up, in the meantime I make you cum in my mouth, and then I go to the bathroom."

-

Chifuyu gave in. He knew it was going to happen, but fortunately Kazutora stood by his words, and it was really a ten-minute thing. Only five, to be totally honest.

Chifuyu went right back to work, and his boyfriends were supposed to do the same, but at the moment they are on the little sofa that was put there for the children and elderly customers to sit on while the rest of the family shops for their pets. For a change, they are not working. Kazutora has his cell phone in his hand and is showing videos to Baji, which surely depict puppies or kittens judging by the noises he hears coming from his smartphone.

They are both beautiful, their expressions are relaxed and their cheeks flushed, and Chifuyu knows he is weak for both of them. 'Just five more minutes,' he promises to himself.

Chapter Text

"One last sip," laughs Sanzu, keeping a firm grip on the glass of red wine that Rindou almost took out of his hand. 

"Try not to pass out on my bed like last time," laughs Ran.

"Fuck you," Sanzu replies, to both of them, as he swallows the contents of the glass in one gulp. 

The red wine slides deliciously down his throat, it doesn't make him cough like the cheap booze the guests of the ongoing party are drinking in the living room and kitchen of the Haitani house. Rindou has arranged the DJ set so the music continues without him, Ran has opened that bottle just for the three of them. They are in the Haitani older brother's room, behind a locked door. The party is almost over, or anyway at that hour everyone is too drunk to notice the temporary disappearance of the hosts.

"I drink to forget what you make me do every fucking weekend," he snorts, as he puts the now-empty glass in Rindou's hand.

Sanzu is also drunk as hell, but despite this he tries to maintain a modicum of dignity, even while wearing a fucking maid uniform. The thigh-length skirt is full of laces, he is wearing a headdress on his head, and a pink collar around his neck. He looks like one of those girls who sponsor maid cafes in Akihabara, the difference is that the dress he's wearing is of good quality, because obviously Ran had it custom made. It's a little creepy, Sanzu has no idea when he was measured. Probably while he was asleep on that bed, or on Rindou's bed, stuffed with alcohol after one of those parties.

"Haru-chan, it looks so good on you," Ran chuckles, with that soft, appealing smirk.

"My brother is right, it does suit you. You should wear it more often," Rindou backs Ran up, as he stares at him with excessive interest. 

He doesn't mind having the gaze of both of them on him, that much is obvious, but he can't stop thinking they're fucking with him. Sanzu knows he has a nice face, it's not uncommon for Ran to call him 'the beautiful one in his family.' Haruchiyo is aware that one of the reasons the Haitani brothers have taken an interest in him is because of his appearance. The other reason is his skill with a katana, and his being potentially able to slice someone up with that weapon. 

Despite his pretty face, and his androgynous appearance, it's ridiculous to think that a maid uniform would fit him. He only put it on because he's drunk as hell. "Fuck you, assholes," he replies to both of them.

He hears them laughing, once again. He is not the only one who has been drinking, that much is obvious, and on such evenings it doesn't matter that they hold their liquor better than him. The bottles are unlimited, and no one keeps count of the glasses.

Rindou settles in behind him, Sanzu's slowed mind only realizes it when he feels a pair of hands on his hips, and a body leaning against his own. It feels good, in an instant Haruchiyo forgets that poor banter, half-closes his eyes, and presses himself against him.

Rindou lets his hands roam from his hips, down to his thighs. His fingers graze the garters made of curled fabric, with a small black bow on the white material, then go back up, but this time they don't do so above the skirt. Sanzu sighs, his cock is already getting hard, even though Rindou's hands haven't yet reached up to touch him there.

"Rin, wait a minute..." Ran licks his lips, and grabs his cell phone from his pants pocket. "Let me take a picture."

Sanzu takes a few moments - or minutes - to get a sense of what's going on. By the time he realizes it, Ran has probably already taken two or three pictures. "Hey!" he complains. "If those go around..." He has recently opened a YouTube channel, and even while drunk he realizes that ruining a career that has barely begun with a photo of him dressed in a maid outfit is not a great idea.

"If they go around you'll be famous in five minutes," laughs Rindou.

"Very true... but don't worry Haru-chan, I'll jealousy keep them just for me" Ran is not taking only a picture, his phone is still raised in midair.

"And for me."

"Of course, I'll share it in our private chat room... just for me and my brother."

Sanzu makes a sound that is half a laugh, and half a snort. "You can't really like this stuff..."

"Not normally," Rindou shrugs. "But if you're the one wearing it..."

"Well, even normally," Ran laughs. "But if you're the one wearing it, it's even better."

"Of course," Sanzu rolls his eyes, with an amused, drunken expression on his face. "Ran Haitani is a freak, what a news. What are you going to make me wear next, a schoolgirl uniform?"

"Are you giving me ideas?" Ran grabs the wine bottle and makes to pour it, only to find out that it's empty. His expression for a moment turns into a small, adorable pout, then he sets it back on the table. "To be a good maid you should bring us more wine... and next time you should call me senpai."

"....sorry?" Sanzu bursts out laughing, Ran is crazy if he thinks he's going to walk out of that room dressed like that, and then what the fuck does calling him senpai have to do with it?

"Yes, when we make you wear a schoolgirl uniform... you're younger than both of us. You're three years younger than me, I'm your senpai."

"I never agreed to wear a schoolgirl uniform!" Sanzu bursts out laughing, what Ran says makes no sense at all.

"You didn't agree to wear that either," Rindou points out. When did he go back to caressing his thighs? Fuck, it feels so good. 

"And then, what would you be my senpai for?"

"Everything," laughs Ran, moving closer to him and resting one hand on his hip. With the other, the older Haitani brother goes to lift Sanzu's face. "I am older than you, we were in the same gang..."

"I was your superior, in Toman" Haruchiyo doesn't stop laughing, despite their lips being so close. "I had the fifth division, you were just Izana's underling... you're not my senpai."

"Yes, I am. Try saying that."

"To satisfy your ridiculous hentai manga kinks?"

"Say it."

"Come on, say it," Rindou urges him. With his hands he has again moved up his thighs, he is very close to the boxer shorts Sanzu is wearing. At this point Haruchiyo is completely hard under that skirt.

Sanzu is still laughing. "Senpai...?" he tries to say, it sounds ridiculous. His tone is ironic, those two are not his senpai in anything at all, except... well, they have been in juvie before him, and they started beating people up before him, but Sanzu doubts the word senpai could be applied to that as well.

"You can do better, but you still deserve an award," murmurs Ran, with his lips very close to Sanzu's.

Haruchiyo closes his eyes, waiting for the kiss that, he already knows, will come soon. He feels really good, he's drunk and pressed between them, with Rindou behind him, touching him on top of his underwear and pressing his cock against his buttocks, through too much fabric that he hopes will soon be taken out of the way, and Ran in front of him ready to stick his tongue in his mouth.

Nothing of the sort happens, unfortunately. All Sanzu hears is the sound of the door opening.

He winces, and takes a little too long to open his eyes, notice that someone is definitely staring, and focus his attention on the person a few steps away from them. "...what the fuck?" he manages to say, with difficulty. 

"Um..." Shion Madarame is staring at them, his eyebrows raised. He is more Rindou's friend than his own, and he is often invited to those parties to keep an eye on the situation, just like the other members of the former Toman eighth division. In fact, Shion mostly takes advantage of the alcohol and the female guests, but Sanzu is in no position to criticize him. He is the first one who drinks until he forgets his own name, and then fucks anyone who asks for it, and in the best case scenario directly the hosts. "People are starting to leave, it wouldn't hurt if you said goodbye to them, the usual stuff..." Shion wrinkles his eyebrows, and stares at them better. "Whatever, fuck it, I'll say goodbye to them, you guys keep doing... whatever you were doing."

The door is closed again, neither Rindou nor Ran has moved an inch away from him. The Haitani younger's hand is still on Sanzu's cock, thankfully covered by layers of cloth. Haruchiyo takes several moments to get the gears of his brain to turn on, and to realize a small detail he had taken for granted.

"Why didn't anyone lock the door?!" he finally blurts out, but all three are so drunk that they burst into uncontrolled laughter, and don't stop for quite a while.

Chapter Text

Since he and Mikey rewrote the present together, something has changed. Their relationship feels the same, but it's not. It's natural that they have grown even closer, Manjiro was one of the most important people to him even before that handshake, and living closely together for years, trusting each other blindly and fighting together tooth and nail, can only unite two people even more.

It's normal, but at the same time it's not at all. There are small differences, something slips through his fingers, but Takemichi can't figure out what. It's nothing serious or problematic, probably. No one is going to die, the Shiba family's mess has been resolved, Tenjiku has been absorbed into Toman and has become the Eighth Division, Kisaki and Hanma are not planning anyone's demise - or at least, that's what Takemichi hopes - Baji, Emma, and Draken are not in life threatening danger. It's something more subtle that he cannot focus on.

It's a really weird feeling, but maybe it's not that important. Toman is at the height of its glory, and although he and Manjiro plan to disband it soon, they are enjoying those last few months in their beloved gang. They have no fight planned, nothing to worry about, so they can indulge in that moment of relaxation.

They are in a public bathhouse, the same one Takemichi has visited during other timelines with Mikey and Draken, or with Chifuyu. It's almost lunchtime, but they have recently arrived and are taking their time. They are washing up before entering the bath, this time Baji and Kazutora are also there, something Takemichi is not surprised about. He saw what happened in multiple futures, he took it for granted that the three of them would become a full-fledged trio if Baji survived, and Kazutora didn't end up in jail for ten years. That's exactly what happened. He has a good relationship with Chifuyu, who, however, is no longer his best friend. He's a little sad about it, but among Mikey, Akkun, and the others, he doesn't feel lonely.

"Hey, Takemitchi! I'll give you a hand soaping yourself up," Manjiro laughs, approaching him and settling with his stool behind him.

That’s one of the odd, little inconsistencies with the past timelines. Mikey has never done anything similar, but maybe it's normal since they've never been that close. Feeling Manjiro’s hands on his back, full of soap, makes his face blush. It's stupid, they're just two friends helping each other; more or less, more accurately it's Mikey who is helping him even if Takemichi hasn't asked him to.

It's actually true that he can't touch a couple of specific areas of his back even by squirming like a contortionist, and Manjiro's massage, assuming it can be called such, is vigorous. There are soap bubbles and foam everywhere. "Um, should I take your place, Mikey-kun?" he tries to say.

Mikey laughs, pours more soap (which is not needed, really) into his hands, and brings both palms to the front of his body, touching his chest. "Maybe later, Takemitchi!" laughs Manjiro, as he massages his pecs, abdomen, and even belly.

Takemichi feels his face literally on fire. Mikey has just brushed his cock, but there is no way he did it on purpose. Mikey is Mikey, and in part he is still a mystery even to him, who has known him through dozens of different timelines. The Manjiro he's dealing with now is slightly different, and Takemichi has a moment of inner panic because 'holy shit it's impossible that he actually touched my dick, Mikey-kun never did anything like that, he has no reason to do anything like that, it was definitely a mistake, his hand must have slipped or whatever the fuck, with all this foam nothing can be seen so it's perfectly normal for Mikey not to notice whether he's touching my dick or not' before making peace with his brain, and concluding that it was all his imagination.

The others are staring at them wide-eyed. Draken has the most puzzled expression Takemichi has ever seen on his face. Chifuyu gasps, "But... did you also see..." and Kazutora replies, "He touched his cock" a little incredulously and a little amused.

"...impossible," Baji comments. "His hand must have slipped...?" Kazutora moves closer to him, and murmurs something near his ear. Baji blushes, and growls at him, "Shut up, or I'll drown you in the bathtub."

Baji is the only one with any sense among them, it seems. That's impossible, it was definitely a mistake. Mikey, behind his back, is laughing like it's nothing. Maybe he didn't hear the others' comments, and it's really for the best. It's embarrassing that they're all thinking badly because one of Mikey's hands slipped.

"Did you like it, Takemitchi? That's one of the suggestions my brother gave me!"

"Who, Shinichiro?" Baji is speechless. Draken drops the hand shower, and the jet of water hits him directly in the face. He hurriedly grabs it, growling a curse between his teeth.

"No, Izana!" Mikey laughs, before standing up, and settling with his stool in front of Takemichi. He is so close that he is practically between his legs. "Now it's my turn."

"Aaah, Izana..." is the collective response from Baji, Draken, and Kazutora.

Takemichi clears his throat. That's just how Mikey is, sometimes he sounds like a five-year-old, other times he's all too aware of what he's doing. It's not always easy to understand him, but it's impossible for those words to have a double meaning. They are very good friends, and Izana is... well, maybe not the best example as a big brother, but not one who would suggest washing someone else's back with ulterior motives, either. What ulterior motives could there possibly be, anyway, in washing another male's back? That whole situation is unnecessarily awkward, and Takemichi feels a little stupid about his cheeks that won't return to normal.

He grabs the soap dispenser, and pours a little amount on his hands. It's incredible how Mikey continues to be a mystery from timeline to timeline. Maybe someday he'll truly understand him to the core, or at least that's what he hopes, because Manjiro Sano is one of the most important people in his life. In the meantime, he simply soaps his back.

Chapter Text

Hanma knows that not messing up the timeline too much is important. He knows that changing a comma in the past means unleashing a butterfly effect as fierce as a hurricane. Every time leaper is aware of this, because sooner or later he has experienced it firsthand.

The rules of time travel are mysterious and complicated, Hanma believes he understands at least a couple of them, but he certainly can't claim to comprehend how it works. His goal, from the beginning, has always been to save Kisaki. Tetta is everything to him, he is the person who pulled him out of apathy, who gave color to his days. It was horrible to see him die the first time, hit by a truck at only thirteen years old. It was horrible to see his body broken by the impact, his bones shattered, and all that blood.

Seeing it many more times wasn't any less painful, and Hanma swore to himself that he would avoid that incident at all costs. He got his hands dirty for it, he even went against Kisaki himself, he tried everything there was to try, in every fucking combination possible, timeline after timeline.

He still hasn't found the solution. Saving Kisaki means going straight to a gray future, where Toman turns into a criminal organization, and the world becomes colorless again. Hanma hasn't found a way yet, but he'll keep looking for it. He refuses to believe that Kisaki's life is the real turning point, that keeping him alive means going straight toward that ending, without the slightest option. It's impossible for that to be the case, partly because Hanma is not the only one fighting for his fucking happy ending.

His trigger is Kazutora, the then third-in-command in Valhalla. Hanma is sure that there's something wrong with both of them, otherwise Kazutora wouldn't have stuck a knife in Baji's back and ended up behind bars for ten years in many timelines, thus complicating not only his own life, but also their fucking mission. However, Hanma can't believe that it's really impossible for them to do anything good. He can't lose hope, and accept that fate is just fucking with them and rubbing in their faces that a happy ending doesn't exist at all, timeline after timeline.

This is not the first time he has seen a future where Mikey has completely lost his mind, and Kisaki has taken Toman over. It's a repeating scenario. He already knows that, continuing down this road, Kisaki will end up killing all his executives except Hanma. Shuji has already received the order to supervise the truck that will crash into the car in which Akkun, Hinata and Takemichi will be traveling. (It's always a truck with Kisaki, Hanma doesn't know why the fuck it works like that, it feels like a ridiculous, annoying joke of fate.) In a couple of days the countdown to the end will begin, and then they'll both end up behind bars. If Hanma allows the timeline to get to that point, Kisaki will receive the death sentence, and he'll never get out of prison.

He doesn't want to wait until he turns eighty-something to get out of jail, and shake hands with Kazutora. He might as well do it now, and prevent all that shit before it happens. 

This time, Hanma doesn't even have the discretion to wait a couple of days before intercepting Kazutora. He waits for him directly outside jail, even though he knows that by doing so he will alter the future.

Hanma knows Chifuyu has contacted Kazutora in prison, he knows that he should be the one outside that gate. He also knows that, upon seeing Shuji, Chifuyu will drive away with his car before he even parks. He doesn't care, he doesn't give a shit about the future. He wants to change the past.

-

He felt nothing unusual during that umpteenth time skip. The sensation was identical to all the other times, Hanma felt his chest compress, he felt light-headed, for a moment the pit of his stomach contracted as if he were going to vomit. Then, like all the other times, everything ended.

He finds himself in the usual setting, the Tokyo of twelve years earlier. He is pacing along an embankment that he walked on dozens of times, together with Kisaki, back in the day. There should be nothing out of the ordinary, and Hanma probably would have thought he was wearing the shoes of his teenage self, had he not seen the sleeves of his expensive jacket, and his leather, Italian-brand shoes.

He had nothing like that, twelve years earlier. He couldn't have afforded stuff like this even on rent, to go to a wedding or a funeral. A weird feeling gripped his chest in a vise, and Hanma ran to the water, to mirror himself. What he saw left him breathless.

Every time leaper knows that not messing up the timeline too much is important. Every time leaper knows that unleashing a terrible, huge butterfly effect is a one-minute thing, but holy shit. He can't have ended up in the past with his future appearance just because he waited for Kazutora outside the prison instead of Chifuyu, it's ridiculous. It doesn't make any fucking sense.

The rules of time travel are a mystery, but holy shit that's too much, it's something he's never seen before. Not even the other time leapers he's talked to, or people who have been triggers for someone over time, have ever reported anything like this. It's crazy, this is more than a discrepancy in the timeline, and it could be a fucking disaster.

Hanma stares at his figure reflected in the water, his perfectly coiffed hair, the round, vintage-cut glasses that Kisaki chose for him. His lips curve into a grin, and a moment later he bursts into out-of-control laughter.

Holy shit. It's a mess, it could be a disaster, but it's also exhilarating.

Hanma was starting to get tired. Saving Kisaki has always been his sole purpose, but he doesn't want to end up in that awful timeline where he can't even beat someone up because he has a whole bunch of underlings who do it for him. That shit is boring, being an executive member of an overly powerful Toman is not for him. He never followed Kisaki because he wanted to be some sort of well-dressed Yakuza look-alike, eating oysters and drinking champagne while giving orders left and right. He put himself at his service to be a weapon, to knock out the teeth of whatever asshole stands between Kisaki and his purpose.

Timeline after timeline, disaster after disaster, Hanma was really getting the urge to bang his head against the wall, and continue until he saw blood. It gets frustrating after a while. It becomes a fucking nightmare, which is obviously no worse than seeing Kisaki run over by that shitty truck, but it's still not nice. Finding himself as an adult in that timeline is something new, something different; something extremely different, so different as to be potentially dangerous.

He doesn't know how the fuck he's going to fix that mess, he doesn't know if the time-space has finally cracked and the universe will eventually implode, but the truth is that he doesn't really care that much. He's been struggling for a lifetime, for many lifetimes. If he can have Kisaki, even for one last, wonderful moment, he doesn't give a shit if the world ends up destroyed around them. 

The grin widens on Hanma's lips, as he sees two figures approaching in the distance. He is back in the time when he was happiest, in that small parenthesis between the apathy he fell into before he met Kisaki, and the one he will slowly slip back into if Toman becomes a large-scale crime syndicate. He doesn't even want to consider the alternative, what will happen if Kisaki dies.

He is back in that time frame with his adult appearance, and Kisaki is approaching him. At his side stands his other self, his younger version. Hanma would burst into another uncontrolled laugh, if he weren't about to cross paths with someone he knows very well, and wasn't too interested in their reaction.

The time-space flow has definitely gone to shit. There are two Hanmas now, and at this point Shuji wouldn't even be surprised if a portal opened in front of him, or if any other sci-fi movie bullshit happened. It makes no sense, it's absurd, but it's also so, so much funny.

A shiver slips down his spine, it's been a while since he's had that feeling. Maybe he should move away quickly, to avoid being recognized, find Kazutora and shake hands with him to return to his own time. That would be the most reasonable choice, but he doesn't know what he would find there. At this point he wouldn't be surprised to find another Hanma even in the timeline he came from, and the last thing he wants is to get himself into a mess like that, having to kill his clone to decide who is the real Hanma... no, wait a minute. That would be fun. 

However, meeting his past self and Kisaki is even more so. Shuji can't hold back a grin as they walk alongside him. They are talking about something, possibly a Toman-related plan or maybe something that has nothing to do with it, his memories are not so perfect that he can say for sure. Kisaki lingers his attention on him, for a moment his gaze is indifferent, then it becomes attentive, and eventually even weirded out. Tetta's eyebrows first rise, then contract, and he stops walking.

It looks like a scene from a movie. Hanma is torn between 'holy shit, what a mess' and 'oh fuck, young Kisaki!♡'

"You should have seen their faces, Kisaki! It was... fuck, it was perfect!" the other Hanma is saying, caught up in a conversation that by now Tetta is no longer listening to. "Kisaki...?"

"It's really you," laughs the adult Hanma, approaching Kisaki. "It's been a long time... or more accurately, I only saw you last night, but" his words are interrupted by a laugh, he only saw him last night but it was a different Kisaki, the grown-up version of him. "It's been a lifetime since I last saw you like this."

"...if it's a joke, it's not funny," Kisaki replies, his icy gaze already analyzing him from head to toe, lingering on his tattooed hands. Tetta immediately realized who he is dealing with, his impossible for Hanma not to have been recognized. Only twelve years have passed, his resemblance to the other Hanma is striking. They are the same person, it's clear. 

"Do you have an older brother, or some relative who enjoys such bullshit?" Kisaki turns to the Hanma of his timeline, his arms crossed on his chest.

"This... shouldn't be possible," says his younger version, approaching them. The other Shuji is eyeing him from head to toe, instantly realizing what has happened. "Wait, am I like this in the future?"

"So you just started time traveling," he tells him, with a grin growing wider on his lips. He had assumed the other Hanma would recognize him instantly, but in fact he himself took three time leaps to see the future where Toman becomes a criminal syndicate. He saw Kisaki get hit by a truck three fucking times before he was able to change something.

"I saw my future version, but I wasn't like you."

"So you've already seen the future where Kisaki dies. Hurry up and change it, that future is shit."

"That's what I'm trying to do."

Kisaki is staring at them wide-eyed. "What the fuck are you saying?" Tetta, so rational, is thinking they are fucking with him. It's natural, it was really hard for Kisaki to accept the existence of time travel. Hanma knows this well.

"You haven't told him yet, huh? Get him to talk to Sanzu, and Kisaki will believe all this shit."

"Who the fuck is Sanzu?" his younger counterpart replies.

Hanma sighs, he didn't expect his other self to be so far behind on the various time-leaps. This Hanma hasn't seen the Toman he came from, and apparently he hasn't seen the Kanto Manji Gang either. This Hanma doesn't know how Mikey will end up, or the reason behind it. His counterpart doesn't know that all of them are just pawns in a giant, huge mess created by Shinichiro, and that karma has been kicking all of them in the ass ever since; well, all except him and Kisaki, Hanma is sure that Shinichiro doesn't have that much to do with them, and that there's some other force at work, but he hasn't been able to find out for sure yet.

Explaining everything would be tiresome, and boring. Kisaki might not believe him, Hanma knows what he is like. He should confront him with irrefutable certainty, show him something that would force Tetta to believe him. He can do that, but he has to think about it. Talking to his past self could further change the timeline, Hanma is messing things up even by revealing the existence of other time-leapers. He has already mentioned Sanzu's name, and knowing Kisaki, in a few hours he'll already be researching, and he would be able to track down both him and the other members of the Akashi family. That's normal, Kisaki is made that way.

Hanma has no idea what mess he may have unintentionally caused, but that's a problem to deal with later. If he can help his other self, and consequently his own battle through another Hanma, he is willing to explain every detail of all the things he has seen so far.

He'll do it later, though. Kisaki is staring at him with that irritated frown, Hanma can tell he doesn't believe a single word that came out of his mouth, and Hanma finds him really, really adorable. Kisaki is conflicted and puzzled, however, because he realized that the other Hanma (his Hanma... that sounds nice) believes him instead, and that incomprehensible sentences have come out of his mouth. Knowing Tetta, he probably just wants to grab the other Hanma (his Hanma... that's exciting to think about, even if Shuji is only referring to the timeline) by the front of his shirt, and demand an explanation. If he doesn't do it, it's only because he's busy scrutinizing him.

"Aah, Kisaaki! I didn’t remember you used to be so adorable! I mean, I remember that, it's obvious, I also have several photos, but seeing you in person is a whole different thing! The Kisaki of my time has pale skin, and he's taller than you... by only some inches but still taller. it's been ages since I've seen you like this!"

"Wait, wait," the other Hanma put an arm between him and Kisaki. "Stop hitting on someone who is twelve years younger than you, it's creepy."

"Creepy? Please," Shuji bursts out laughing. "We're the same person, if I don't find it creepy, you don't find it creepy either."

Kisaki rests his hand on the arm of the Hanma of his timeline, forcing him to move. Tetta settles in front of the adult Hanma, staring at him with that beautiful unfazed expression and those gorgeous gray eyes, then he grabs him by the tie and forces him to lean down toward him.

"Are you really Hanma?"

"Of course," he grins, as he feels his boner awaken. Having a pair of hands around his neck is one of his favorite kinks, and something Kisaki routinely performs on him. A tie still works well.

"Hanma, is that really you?"

"Yes... it's a bit complicated to explain, but he's really me," the younger Hanma crosses his arms over his chest, and snorts in annoyance. Shuji knows himself well enough to be sure that his other self is just jealous. "By the way, this shouldn't be possible... knowing me, I must have screwed up the timeline to the point that I made this mess."

"I didn't do anything weird, I swear," he laughs, looking at his other self. Kisaki hasn't let go of his tie yet, and Hanma licks his lips, and looks intensely into the other Shuji's eyes. "You still haven't told him how we feel with a pair of hands wrapped around our necks?" Or a tie, or whatever.

The other Hanma rests a hand around Kisaki's hip, protectively. "Shut up," he tells him, now red in the face.

"How does that affect you?" says Kisaki, shifting his gaze from one to the other. He has already figured it out, it's obvious.

Shuji - the adult version - gets closer to Tetta in turn, under the irritated gaze of this timeline's himself. He places one hand around his back, the other on his face. He forces him to bring his eyes to his own, and asks, "You've already started fucking?"

"Yes."

"Ahahaha luckily it has already happened in this timeline as well. Was it after Bloody Halloween for you too? Fuck, all that bloodshed made me so hard..." he licks his lips, and his other self grabs the arm Shuji holds around Kisaki's back, hard.

"If I had any doubt, now I'm sure this guy is really Hanma," Kisaki snorts, his gaze is no less cold, and there's no doubt he'll soon demand an explanation.

"Hey. Why don't you go back to your Kisaki, and leave mine alone?" the other Hanma's grip becomes painful.

Shuji laughs, as Kisaki elbows the younger Hanma's side, and turns to face him. This time he doesn't just look at him, he analyzes him closely. "You really are two peas in a pod. Explain every single detail, you still haven't convinced me."

"Tell me, are Kisaki and I together in the future?" asks the other Hanma, butting in with all the boldness they are both capable of.

"Well, kinda..." the two of them have never actually been a couple, not in the classic sense of the word. He never called Kisaki his boyfriend, or even his best friend, but Hanma can confidently say that at one point he was both, even without naming what they had. Then, it got more complicated. "I'm his right-hand man."

"You heard Kisaki, I'm your right-hand man!" grins the other Hanma, he looks satisfied by that answer. He would have been too, twelve years earlier.

"It's Hanma, he must be talking bullshit... or half-truths" Kisaki narrows his gaze, those two gray eyes are so piercing that they seem to read inside him. "Has Toman become what I wanted it to become?"

It has, and everything has slowly turned gray again. Hanma always followed every order, even if he sometimes took additional liberties. He has never gone against Kisaki's wishes, and still he is not happy. Maybe he should tell him that, and see how this Kisaki would react, but he knows that his Boss is not interested in Shuji's personal happiness, not to the point of changing his plans. Maybe he should tell him how, in twelve years, Toman will reach its peak and then it will all go to shit. Will telling him that jail and the death penalty awaits him really stop Kisaki, or will it cause him to try even harder, without changing his path one iota?

Hanma knows him too well to be so naive. He has to think this through, he can't just talk in circles. If he wants to discuss with the Kisaki of the past, he must make sure that his words bring a change. 

He needs to postpone that discussion, and he has a great way to do it, since he is still hard in his pants. "Tetta~♡" he giggles, adjusting himself in front of him.

"It's Kisaki for you," he replies, in a cold tone that sends a hot shiver down his spine.

"How cute! Kisaki you're the same as always!" he chuckles, aroused.

"I know, he's adorable, I love him," chuckles the other Hanma, in his exact same tone of voice.

It's so weird and natural at the same time, it's like talking to himself in his mind, except that the 'himself' in question has taken shape, and he's a younger version. That's probably why the other Hanma answered him that way. He can understand it, because it comes naturally to him too.

"Yes, I love him too!"

Kisaki looks really, really puzzled. That reaction makes him burst out laughing, not because of Tetta himself, but because the whole situation is absurd. It's not something that was supposed to happen, it's a mistake in the plot, and it's as if Hanma's own thoughts are losing substance. Why has Kisaki not yet demanded a rational and detailed explanation? Is he too taken aback to do so? He is Kisaki, it's a bit odd, but Hanma is desperate to fuck him, and he can't say he is focused on more serious matters.

Shuji hugs Kisaki, on impulse. "How cute you are, I know I've told you this ten other times since we've met, but you're too cute! I remembered you being like this, but I mean... seeing you that way again makes me think back to how much fun we had during Bloody Halloween, and during that period" when everything was better, when they had more freedom, and no ties, as suffocating as a major role in a criminal group, around their necks. "It was fucking beautiful, I remember that. After the fight I sucked you off with my hands still covered in blood, holy shit how I'd love to do something like that again."

His cock is now really, really hard in his pants. He feels himself on fire, and that suite is bothering him. "Even the Kisaki from my timeline is cute but you're so young, you remind me of the good old days! Why don't we try something? Don't you want to see your more-or-less boyfriend's dick as an adult?"

The other Hanma puts a hand on his shoulder, and Shuji acts on instinct. He is with the young version of Kisaki and himself, he knows them very well. He knows how to persuade them to give in, he is aware they both like him, and he knows they are curious and have no reason to shy away. Fucking the younger version in one's lover is not cheating, and fucking himself is at best a more complex version of masturbation. It's pseudo-fantasy hentai manga stuff, and Hanma can't pass up that opportunity.

Later he'll explain to both of them the timelines he saw, the things he did. For the moment he kisses his other self on the mouth, and grins against his lips. "I was so fucking hot when I was younger, before Kisaki gave me a makeover," he tells him, thrusting his tongue into his mouth. The other Hanma gives in instantly, responding to the kiss and going to him with his lips, with his tongue.

He was sure his other self would react that way, he knows himself. He is not a narcissist, but he is aware he has a good appearance, and he likes to look at himself in the mirror. After all, sending selfies in which he is half-naked to Kisaki is one of his favorite hobbies. Moreover, the sentence that escaped his lips has just reminded him of a detail: if the Kisaki of the future chose that look for him. His current physical appearance must also please the Kisaki of the past. It's mathematical, it can't be otherwise.

For a while he just makes out with his other self, while keeping his arm around Tetta's waist and forcing him to stay close. He gives attention to both of them, bringing his free hand to the other Hanma's ass, and groping him full palm.

Finally Kisaki tugs both of them on their respective sleeves, and blurts out, "Fuck, I see where you're going with this. You're two Hanmas, of course you want to fuck. At least let's go to an alley."

"An alley is perfect," he groans, against the other Hanma's lips. "An alley... I remember we already fucked in an alley. And on our bike, out at night, on the same overpass where you took me on New Year's Eve, at least in a couple of parking lots, in the train station bathroom, and so many other places..."

"Shit, you're giving me ideas," laughs the Hanma of that timeline. "At least half of these things haven't happened yet."

"And what are you waiting for to make them happen?" he laughs, as Kisaki grabs the hands of both of them, and drags them to the nearest alley.

It's a shady area, but all things considered clean. They've fucked in worse places, so Shuji takes the opportunity to immediately slide to his knees in front of Kisaki, and unzip his pants. "The Kisaki from my timeline is a man of power," he licks his lips. He tells him so even though, maybe, that's also part of the problem.

He can't see Kisaki in a non-successful role. He is sure that, even in a timeline where there is no future Toman, Tetta will still have an important position that will allow him to use all his mental abilities, and earn him a mountain of money, as well as all the prestige Kisaki aspires to. That can't be the key to not ending up in one of the shitty futures Hanma has seen, and he notices the way Kisaki's gaze changes, the hint of satisfaction creeping into it.

The other Hanma kneels next to him, while Shuji continues to undo Tetta's pants, and pulls them down for him. "The future version of you has pale skin and glasses, and you look so handsome... similar to now, and different at the same time. Can you imagine, sometimes you even fuck me in the future, it's perfect."

"Um..." Tetta's cheeks are red, he's staring at him with furrowed brows.

Hanma, who immediately understands what Kisaki is thinking, bursts out laughing. "Don't worry, your cock will grow..." he licks his lips, as he lowers Kisaki's boxer shorts as well. "Although we've always loved it from the start, right Shuji?" he asks to himself.

The other Hanma has an aroused look on his face, he is completely rapt. It's obvious that he likes it, asking is completely unnecessary, and Kisaki knows that. It has always been this way, ever since they first met, even before they started fucking. This Kisaki, just like in any other timeline, is well aware of the effect he has on Hanma. 

They start licking his cock in double, one on each side. It happens spontaneously, they don't even have to arrange it. Shuji uses his tongue on one side of Kisaki's cock, while his other self does the same. They meet at the tip and there exchange a wet kiss, with Tetta's glands between their lips.